Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Imperva, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   03-0460133
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Imperva, Inc.

3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

(650) 345-9000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Shlomo Kramer

Imperva, Inc.

President & Chief Executive Officer

3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

(650) 345-9000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

  Copies to:  

Anthony J. McCusker, Esq.

Bradley A. Bugdanowitz, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

135 Commonwealth Drive

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-3100

 

Scott L. Darling, Esq.

Vice President and General Counsel

Imperva, Inc.

3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

(650) 345-9000

 

Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq.

Rezwan D. Pavri, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: as soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of each class of securities to be registered    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)(2)
   Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

   $75,000,000    $8,707.50
 
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated                     , 2011.

Prospectus

             Shares

LOGO

Imperva, Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Imperva, Inc.

Imperva is offering              of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares. Imperva will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . Imperva intends to apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IMPV.”

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Imperva

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $                    $                

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from Imperva at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2011.

 

J.P. Morgan

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

 

Lazard Capital Markets

Pacific Crest Securities

Prospectus dated                     , 2011.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     35   

Use of Proceeds

     37   

Dividend Policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     43   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     45   

Business

     77   

Management

     96   

Compensation

     102   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     124   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     128   

Description of Capital Stock

     132   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     137   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     140   

Underwriting

     144   

Legal Matters

     149   

Experts

     149   

Where You Can Find More Information

     149   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including                    , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Imperva,” “we,” “us,” the “Company” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Imperva, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

Imperva is a pioneer and leader of a new category of data security solutions focused on providing visibility and control over high-value business data across critical systems within the data center. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is a broad solution designed to prioritize and mitigate risks to high-value business data, protect against hackers and malicious insiders and address and streamline regulatory compliance. SecureSphere is an integrated, modular suite, which provides database, file and web application security and secures all business data across various systems in data centers, including traditional on-premise data centers as well as private, public and hybrid cloud computing environments. We also offer cloud-based security services that deliver on-demand and cost-effective web application security.

Organizations are facing numerous challenges in providing the visibility and control required to protect high-value business data from theft and exploitation. Enterprises must also comply with increasingly complex regulatory standards enacted to protect this business data. As organizations adopt new technologies and architectures, they increase the complexity of, and open access to, the data center; thereby exposing their business data to new vulnerabilities. We believe that these challenges are driving the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around business data and systems in the data center, and that traditional security and compliance products do not address this need.

We were founded in 2002 with the vision of protecting high-value business data within the enterprise. As of March 31, 2011, we had over 1,300 customers in more than 50 countries. In addition, our solutions are used to protect thousands of organizations through cloud-based deployments with our managed security service provider (“MSSP”) and hosting partners. Our customers include four of the top five telecommunications companies, three of the top five commercial banks in the United States, three of the top five financial data service firms, three of the top five computer hardware companies, two of the top five food and drug store companies, over 150 government agencies around the world and more than 100 Fortune 1000 companies. We primarily sell our products and services through our network of over 350 channel partners worldwide, including both distributors and resellers, which provide sales and support leverage to our sales organization. We generated revenue of $55.4 million in 2010, an increase of 41% over the $39.3 million in revenue we generated in 2009, and we reduced our net loss attributable to our stockholders to $12.0 million in 2010 from $12.3 million in 2009.

Industry Background

As a result of the rise in sophisticated attacks by hackers and malicious insiders, the difficulty in complying with regulations governing business data and the growing complexity of, and open access to, data centers, enterprises are struggling to provide visibility and control over business data that they need to protect.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

According to International Data Corporation (“IDC”), worldwide spending on IT security products is expected to grow to $38 billion in 2014 from $27 billion in 2010. We believe that only a small fraction of this is spent today on protecting high-value business data in the data center. As a result, we believe data security represents a significant green field opportunity because the current level of spending to protect high-value business data must dramatically increase in response to the magnitude of the threats to business data.

We believe the challenges that organizations face to control and protect high-value business data are driving the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around business data and systems in the data center.

 

  Ÿ  

High-value business data is increasingly targeted for illicit financial, political and military gain .    Organizations are increasing their collection, storage and use of high-value business data, including financial and credit card data, intellectual property and personally identifiable information. At the same time, the greater use and availability of this high-value business data has driven an increase in the monetary incentives for its theft and abuse. In addition, recent events, such as the data leaks publicized by WikiLeaks, demonstrate that the value of business data goes well beyond its financial value and includes political and military value.

 

  Ÿ  

Enterprises struggle to comply with an increasingly complex regulatory environment.     Governments and industry groups are enacting legislation and compliance standards to ensure that consumers and enterprises are informed of, and protected from, losses due to data breaches. As enterprises implement internal compliance policies and best practices intended to comply with regulatory requirements and secure high-value business data, they face a range of challenges prompted by the lack of visibility into the location and access rights of high-value business data as well as the cost and resource burden created by manual processes to audit data usage.

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing complexity of, and open access to, the data center is elevating the risk of attacks that target business data .    Organizations continue to deploy new technologies and architectures that are increasing the complexity of, and accessibility to, the data center. The widespread use of web applications to facilitate sensitive business transactions, adoption of cloud computing and Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) models that house sensitive data outside of the organization and the growth in unmanaged mobile computing, broaden the risks associated with business data by creating new points of vulnerability across the data center.

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing sophistication, scale and frequency of attacks drive the need for a dedicated layer of security for business data and applications .    Attackers, motivated by the value of business data and encouraged by the growing complexity of, and open access to, the data center, continue to increase the sophistication, scale and frequency of their attacks to steal high-value business data. For example, according to the Verizon 2011 Data Breach Investigations Report, the number of data breaches in 2010 due to internal and external attacks increased 5.4 times from 2009. Traditional security products have been unable to effectively prevent data breaches because:

 

   

perimeter content and network security solutions cannot address malicious insider threats, are not designed to prevent threats from insiders compromised by malware and are often circumvented by sophisticated application and business logic attacks; and

 

   

internal network security solutions, such as network firewalls and antivirus software, do not provide visibility and control over data usage by internal users and business systems.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Need For a Broad Data Security Solution

As a result of these factors, organizations need a new approach to provide visibility and control over high-value business data across the data center. We believe that effectively addressing data security requires a solution that includes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

a broad and fully integrated platform that monitors and protects high-value business data across various systems in the data center;

 

  Ÿ  

automated capabilities to discover and classify high-value business data;

 

  Ÿ  

user rights management capabilities to ensure data access rights align with corporate policy;

 

  Ÿ  

auditing and reporting capabilities that enable a separation of duties;

 

  Ÿ  

sophisticated attack prevention technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

deployment flexibility through physical, virtual and SaaS offerings to address complex heterogeneous data center environments; and

 

  Ÿ  

integrated and centralized management.

Our Solution

Our solution includes our SecureSphere Data Security Suite for enterprise data centers and our cloud-based security services designed for mid-market enterprises and SMBs. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is an integrated, modular solution, which includes database, file and web application security and provides organizations with the following benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

Broad and unique solution that protects high-value business data .    Our solution is designed to secure business data across various systems in the data center, from storage within a database or on a file server to consumption through web applications, by monitoring all data usage and business transactions across these systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Automates discovery and classification of high-value business data.     Our solution is designed to provide enterprises visibility and control of business data by automatically identifying and classifying high-value business data, which enables enterprises to focus the scope of their risk mitigation and regulatory compliance efforts and to reduce the resources required for those projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Enables granular user rights management capabilities to reduce unwarranted data access .     Our solution enables organizations to aggregate and review user rights across multiple database platforms and file systems and to ensure that user access rights are aligned with corporate policy and compliance needs.

 

  Ÿ  

Facilitates large-scale, independent auditing and reporting of access to high-value business data.     Our solution provides visibility into data usage, establishes an audit trail that is independent from the database administration team to enable separation of duties and facilitates interactive and customizable reporting to address compliance and risk management needs.

 

  Ÿ  

Provides integrated protection against sophisticated threats.     Our solution leverages proprietary technology to detect and block advanced persistent threats and application-centric attacks.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivers flexible deployment models for complex and heterogeneous data center environments.     Our solution is offered as either a physical or virtual appliance to enable flexible deployment in any traditional or virtualized data center.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Significantly improves operational efficiency.     Our solution provides automated capabilities that significantly reduce the need for manual processes as well as provides a single point for managing, monitoring and reporting on data security across applications, databases and files in the data center.

Our solution also includes cloud-based security services that we provide through our majority owned subsidiary, Incapsula, Inc., that deliver on-demand and cost-effective web application security that reduces the need for customers to deploy additional hardware or augment IT staff.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to extend our leadership position in the data security market. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance and extend our leadership position through technological and product innovation.     We intend to continue to invest in product upgrades and product line extensions and to create new products and services that address emerging data security and regulatory compliance requirements to maintain our technological advantages. We also plan to invest in advanced threat research to increase our threat intelligence leadership and to continue our investments in data security for cloud computing environments.

 

  Ÿ  

Further penetrate our existing customer base.     Many of our customers initially deploy our solution on a limited portion of their business systems, which provides us with significant opportunities to sell them more of our products. As a leading provider of a broad data security solution, we believe we are well positioned to benefit as our customers expand the scope of their data security and compliance initiatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Invest in our global distribution network to expand our customer base.     We believe that our hybrid sales model, which combines the leverage of a channel sales model with the account control of a direct sales model, has played an important role in our success to date. We intend to continue to invest significant resources to further strengthen our existing relationships with channel partners and to expand our network by adding new channel partners.

 

  Ÿ  

Pursue data security opportunities as businesses adopt cloud computing.     We believe data security is a paramount concern of enterprises as they consider the adoption of cloud computing. We intend to continue to focus on capturing the expected increases in spending on securing business data as enterprises pursue cloud computing initiatives.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our focus on the mid-market and SMB market.     We believe there is a significant opportunity to provide data security solutions to smaller businesses as they are faced with increasing security threats and compliance mandates. We plan to increase our business with mid-market enterprises and SMBs by expanding our distribution channels and promoting the cloud-based web application firewall service that we provide through Incapsula, which is optimized for mid-market enterprises and SMBs.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase awareness of the importance of data security and drive adoption of our solution .     We plan to continue to increase market awareness of the benefits of our broad data security solution and to invest in our brand so that we can extend our leadership in the data security market.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with our Business and an Investment in our Common Stock

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject to numerous risks. These risks include, among others that:

 

  Ÿ  

we have a history of losses and we may not become profitable;

 

  Ÿ  

our quarterly operating results are likely to vary significantly and to be unpredictable;

 

  Ÿ  

the data security market is rapidly evolving and difficult to predict, and we may not anticipate market needs and opportunities, which could cause our business to suffer;

 

  Ÿ  

we face intense competition, especially from larger, better-known companies;

 

  Ÿ  

if our products fail to protect against malicious attacks and our customers experience security breaches, our reputation and business could be harmed; and

 

  Ÿ  

assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, there are numerous risks related to an investment in our common stock.

Following this offering, our executive officers, directors and other key employees will beneficially own, collectively,    % of our outstanding common stock, or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. These stockholders will have significant influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or any other matter submitted for approval to our stockholders.

You should carefully read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for an explanation of the foregoing risks, as well as other risks, before investing in our common stock.

Company Information

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in 2002. Our principal executive office is located at 3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood Shores, CA 94065. Our telephone number at our principal executive office is (650) 345-9000. Our website address is www.imperva.com . This is a textual reference only. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including without limitation “Imperva,” “SecureSphere,” and “Protecting the Data that Drives Business.” This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other businesses that are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks we name in this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

        shares

Common stock offered by selling stockholders

  

        shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

        shares

Option to purchase additional shares

   We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional         shares of common stock from us.

Use of proceeds

  

We expect our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from shares sold by the selling stockholders.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. If Incapsula, Inc., our majority owned subsidiary, achieves certain milestones, then we will invest up to $7.0 million of the net proceeds to us from this offering in Incapsula. For a more complete description of our intended use of proceeds from this offering, see the section entitled “Use of Proceeds”

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“IMPV”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2011 and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                     , 2011, and having a weighted average exercise price of $             per share;

 

  Ÿ  

40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of two outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, assuming the conversion immediately prior to the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share; and

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

conversion of all of our shares of preferred stock into common stock, which we expect to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly reflect our consolidated results of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and our consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2011. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2011 or any other period. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Net revenue:

         

Products and license

  $ 24,298      $ 25,727      $ 34,479      $ 6,966      $ 9,978   

Services

    7,848        13,614        20,903        4,350        6,445   
                                       

Total net revenue

    32,146        39,341        55,382        11,316        16,423   

Cost of revenue:

         

Products and license

    3,661        4,795        5,905        1,154        1,371   

Services

    3,455        4,576        6,428        1,452        1,963   
                                       

Total cost of revenue

    7,116        9,371        12,333        2,606        3,334   
                                       

Gross profit

    25,030        29,970        43,049        8,710        13,089   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    8,591        10,538        13,214        2,956        3,927   

Sales and marketing

    20,447        26,920        34,168        7,593        10,000   

General and administrative

    3,608        4,669        7,982        1,519        2,294   
                                       

Total operating expenses

    32,646        42,127        55,364        12,068        16,221   
                                       

Loss from operations

    (7,616     (12,157     (12,315     (3,358     (3,132

Other income (expense), net

    190        178        474        23        (89
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,426     (11,979     (11,841     (3,335     (3,221

Provision for income taxes

    229        360        527        62        116   
                                       

Net loss

    (7,655     (12,339     (12,368     (3,397     (3,337

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          43        355        89        131   
                                       

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

  $ (7,655   $ (12,296   $ (12,013   $ (3,308   $ (3,206
                                       

Net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (0.99   $ (1.41   $ (1.23   $ (0.35   $ (0.32
                                       

Shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(1)

    7,720,066        8,730,718        9,769,330        9,358,686        10,149,669   
                                       

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

      $ (0.38     $ (0.10
                     

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(1)

        31,292,378          31,672,717   
                     

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma(2)     Pro Forma as
Adjusted(3)
 
           (in thousands)        

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 18,872      $ 18,872      $               

Working capital

     1,112        1,182     

Total assets

     39,602        39,602     

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     23,146        23,146     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     70        —       

Convertible preferred stock

     53,442        —       

Noncontrolling interest

     (482     (482  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (55,445   $ (1,933   $     

 

(1) Please see Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma net loss per share of common stock.
(2) The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,523,048 shares of common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the resulting reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.
(3) The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,523,048 shares of common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering, (ii) the resulting reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and (iii) the receipt of $             in net proceeds from the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital (deficit), total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses, we may not become profitable and our revenue growth may not continue.

We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception, including net losses attributable to our stockholders of $7.7 million in 2008, $12.3 million in 2009, $12.0 million in 2010 and $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $59.1 million at March 31, 2011. We may not become profitable in the future if we fail to increase revenue and manage our expenses or if we incur unanticipated liabilities. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products or services, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of, or decline in, our overall market, or our failure to capitalize on growth opportunities or introduce new products and services. Any failure by us to achieve and maintain profitability and continue our revenue growth could cause the price of our common stock to materially decline.

Our limited operating history and the rapidly evolving nature of the markets in which we operate may make it difficult for you to evaluate our business.

We were incorporated in 2002, and since that time have been developing products to meet the rapidly evolving demands of customers in the markets in which we operate. We shipped our initial web application security and data security products in 2002, in 2006, we expanded our database security product to include compliance features and in 2010, we launched our file security offering. In addition, in 2010, we launched our cloud-based services with ThreatRadar and, in 2011, we introduced our cloud-based offerings for mid-market enterprises and small to medium-sized businesses (“SMB”) through Incapsula, Inc., our majority-owned subsidiary. This limited operating history, as well as the early stage of our relationships with many of our channel partners, makes financial forecasting and evaluation of our business difficult. Furthermore, because we depend in part on the market’s acceptance of our products it is difficult to evaluate trends that may affect our business. We have limited historic financial data, and we operate in a rapidly evolving market, and, as such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to vary significantly and to be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

Our operating results have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to do so as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the level of demand for our products and services, and the timing of orders from our channel partners and end-user customers, who we refer to in this prospectus as our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of shipments of products, which may depend on many factors such as inventory and logistics and our ability to ship new products on schedule and accurately forecast inventory requirements;

 

10


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the mix of products sold, the mix of revenue between products and services and the degree to which products and services are bundled and sold together for a package price;

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal buying patterns of our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the level of perceived threats to data security, which may fluctuate from period to period;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in customer, distributor or reseller requirements or market needs;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the growth rate of the data security market;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction or adoption of new technologies that compete with our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

deferral of orders from customers in anticipation of new products or product enhancements announced by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

decisions by potential customers to purchase data security solutions from larger, more established security vendors or from their primary network equipment vendors;

 

  Ÿ  

the announcement or adoption of new data security compliance regulations or changes to existing compliance regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

price competition;

 

  Ÿ  

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our key suppliers, which could disrupt our supply chain;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in customer renewal rates for our services;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of revenue recognition for our sales, which may be affected by both the mix of sales by our channel partners and the extent to which we bring on new resellers and distributors;

 

  Ÿ  

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

  Ÿ  

increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the Israeli shekel, since a significant portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in the Israeli shekel and other currencies besides the U.S. dollar.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our revenue or other operating result expectations or those of securities analysts or investors for a particular period. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses are fixed in nature and based on forecasted revenue trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we are generally unable to mitigate the negative impact on margins in the short term. If we fail to meet or exceed expectations for our business for these or any other reasons, the market price of our shares could fall substantially and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

 

11


Table of Contents

The data security market is rapidly evolving and difficult to predict. If the data security market does not evolve as we anticipate or if customers do not adopt our broad data security solution, our sales will not grow as quickly as anticipated and our stock price could decline.

We are in a new, rapidly evolving category in the security industry that focuses on securing our customers’ high-value business data. As such, it is difficult to predict important market trends, including how large the data security market will be and what products customers will adopt. For example, organizations that use other security products, such as network firewalls, security information and event management (“SIEM”) products or data loss prevention (“DLP”) solutions, may believe that these security solutions sufficiently protect access to sensitive data. Therefore, they may continue spending their IT security budgets on these products and may not adopt our data security solutions in addition to such products.

We offer database, file and web application security in an integrated, modular data security solution. Currently less than half of our customers have purchased more than one of our product families. Even if customers purchase our products, they may not make repeat purchases or purchase other elements of our SecureSphere Data Security Suite.

If the market for data security does not evolve in the way we anticipate, if customers do not recognize the benefit our data security solution offers in addition to existing security products, or if we are unable to sell our entire data security solution to customers, then our revenue may not grow quickly or may decline, and our stock price could decline.

If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and opportunities and enhance our products and develop new products that meet those needs and opportunities on a timely basis, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.

The data security market is characterized by rapid technological advances, changes in customer requirements, including customer requirements driven by changes to legal, regulatory and self-regulatory compliance mandates, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving industry standards in computer hardware and software technology. As a result, we must continually change and improve our products in response to changes in operating systems, application software, computer and communications hardware, networking software, data center architectures, programming tools and computer language technology. Moreover, the technology in our products is especially complex because it needs to effectively identify and respond to methods of attack and theft, while minimizing the impact on database, file system and web application performance. In addition, our products must successfully interoperate with products from other vendors.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs and opportunities or be able to develop product enhancements or new products to meet such needs or opportunities in a timely manner or at all. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce enhancements and new products, there can be no assurance that enhancements or new products will achieve widespread market acceptance. For example, while the majority of our current revenues are derived from the sales of our SecureSphere appliances, we are now offering cloud-based data security services through Incapsula. The market for cloud-based data security solutions is relatively new and it is uncertain whether Incapsula’s services will gain market acceptance.

Our product enhancements or new products could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

  Ÿ  

delays in releasing our enhancements or new products;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to accurately predict market demand in terms of product functionality and to supply products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

 

12


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

inability to interoperate effectively with the database technologies, file systems or web applications of our prospective customers;

 

  Ÿ  

inability to protect against new types of attacks or techniques used by hackers or other data thieves;

 

  Ÿ  

defects, errors or failures;

 

  Ÿ  

negative publicity about their performance or effectiveness;

 

  Ÿ  

introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

poor business conditions, causing customers to delay IT purchases;

 

  Ÿ  

easing or changing of regulatory requirements related to security; and

 

  Ÿ  

reluctance of customers to purchase products incorporating open source software.

If we fail to anticipate market requirements or fail to develop and introduce product enhancements or new products to meet those needs in a timely manner, it could cause us to lose customers and such failure could substantially decrease or delay market acceptance and sales of our present and future products, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face intense competition, especially from larger, better-known companies and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

The market for data security products is intensely competitive and we expect competition to intensify in the future. Our competitors include companies such as Citrix Systems, Inc., F5 Networks, Inc., International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), McAfee, Inc. (a subsidiary of Intel Corporation), Oracle Corporation, Symantec Corporation and other point solution security vendors.

Many of our existing and potential competitors may have substantial competitive advantages such as:

 

  Ÿ  

greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

  Ÿ  

larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

 

  Ÿ  

broader distribution networks and more established relationships with distributors and customers;

 

  Ÿ  

access to larger customer bases;

 

  Ÿ  

greater customer support resources;

 

  Ÿ  

greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

  Ÿ  

greater resources to develop and introduce products that compete with our products;

 

  Ÿ  

lower labor and development costs; and

 

  Ÿ  

substantially greater financial, technical and other resources.

In addition, some of our larger competitors have substantially broader product offerings and leverage their relationships based on other products or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing our products. Customers may elect to accept a bundled product offering from our competitors, even if it has more limited functionality than our product offering, instead of adding the additional appliances required to implement our offering. These larger competitors are also often in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital

 

13


Table of Contents

spending, and will therefore not be as susceptible to economic downturns. Also, many of our smaller competitors that specialize in providing protection from a single type of data security threat may deliver these specialized data security products to the market more quickly than we can. Conditions in our markets could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements or continuing market consolidation.

Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources, such as IBM’s acquisition of Guardium, Inc., Oracle Corporation’s acquisition of Secerno, Ltd. and McAfee’s acquisition of Sentrigo, Inc. As a result of such acquisitions, our current or potential competitors might be able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs, devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of other opportunities more readily or develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we do. Larger competitors with more diverse product offerings may reduce the price of products that compete with ours in order to promote the sale of other products or may bundle them with other products, which would lead to increased pricing pressure on our products and could cause the average sales prices for our products to decline. If we are unable to compete effectively for a share of the data security market, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

New or existing technologies that are perceived to address data security risks or address the risks in different ways could gain wide adoption and supplant our products and services, thereby weakening our sales and our financial results.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technologies could render our existing products and services obsolete or less attractive to customers. Other data security technologies exist or could be developed in the future, and our business could be materially negatively affected if such technologies are widely adopted. We may not be able to successfully anticipate or adapt to changing technology or customer requirements on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to keep up with technological changes or to convince our customers and potential customers of the value of our solutions even in light of new technologies, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If our products fail to protect against malicious attacks and our customers experience security breaches, our reputation and business could be harmed.

Data thieves are increasingly sophisticated, often affiliated with organized crime and operate large scale and complex automated attacks. In addition, their techniques change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. If we fail to identify and respond to new and increasingly complex methods of attack and to update our products to detect or prevent such threats in time to protect our customers’ high-value business data, our business and reputation will suffer.

In addition, an actual or perceived security breach or theft of the sensitive data of one of our customers, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to the failure of our products or services, could adversely affect the market’s perception of our security products. Despite our best efforts, there is no guarantee that our products will be free of flaws or vulnerabilities, and even if we discover these weaknesses we may not be able to correct them promptly, if at all. Our customers may also misuse our products, which could result in a breach or theft of business data.

 

14


Table of Contents

False detection of security breaches or false identification of malicious sources could adversely affect our business.

Our data security products may falsely detect threats that do not actually exist. For example, our ThreatRadar product relies on information on attack sources aggregated from third-party data providers who monitor global malicious activity originating from anonymous proxies, specific IP addresses, botnets and phishing sites. If the information from these data providers is inaccurate, the potential for false positives increases. These false positives, while typical in the industry, may impair the perceived reliability of our products and may therefore adversely impact market acceptance of our products. If our products and services restrict access to important databases, files or applications based on falsely identifying users or traffic as an attack or otherwise unauthorized, this could adversely affect customers’ businesses. Any such false identification of users or traffic could result in negative publicity, loss of customers and sales, increased costs to remedy any problem and costly litigation.

If our internal network system is compromised by computer hackers or other data thieves, public perception of our products and services will be harmed.

We will not succeed unless the marketplace is confident that we provide effective data security protection. We provide data security products, and therefore we may be a more attractive target for attacks by computer hackers or other data thieves. If we experience an actual or perceived breach of our network or data security in our internal systems, it could adversely affect the market perception of our products and services. In addition, such a security breach could impair our ability to operate our business, including our ability to provide subscription or maintenance and support services to our customers. If this happens, our revenue could decline and our business could suffer.

Defects in our products or services could harm our reputation and business.

Our products and services are very complex and have contained and may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Defects in our products may impede or block network traffic or cause our products or services to fail to help secure high-value business data. Defects in our products may lead to product returns and require us to implement design changes or software updates.

Any defects or errors in our products, or the perception of such defects or errors, could result in:

 

  Ÿ  

expenditure of significant financial and product development resources in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects;

 

  Ÿ  

loss of existing or potential customers or channel partners;

 

  Ÿ  

delayed or lost revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

delay or failure to attain market acceptance;

 

  Ÿ  

delay in the development or release of new products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

negative publicity, which will harm our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

warranty claims against us, which could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts;

 

  Ÿ  

an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable or the expense and risk of litigation; and

 

  Ÿ  

harm to our results of operations.

Although we have limitation of liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale, they may not fully or effectively protect us from claims as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions in the United States or other countries. The sale and

 

15


Table of Contents

support of our products also entail the risk of product liability claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain claims associated with the use of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any claim asserted against us. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

If our products fail to help our customers achieve and maintain compliance with government regulations and industry standards, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We generate a substantial portion of our revenues from our products and services because they help organizations achieve and maintain compliance with government regulations and industry standards, and we expect that will continue for the foreseeable future. For example, many of our customers purchase our web application security products to help them comply with the security standards developed and maintained by the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Security Standards Council (the “PCI Council”), which apply to companies that process or store credit card information. Industry organizations like the PCI Council may significantly change their security standards with little or no notice, including changes that could make their standards more or less onerous for businesses. Governments may also adopt new laws or regulations, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could impact whether our products and services enable our customers to demonstrate, maintain or audit their compliance. If we are unable to adapt our products and services to changing regulatory standards in a timely manner, or if our products fail to expedite our customers’ compliance initiatives, our customers may lose confidence in our products and could switch to products offered by our competitors. In addition, if regulations and standards related to data security are changed in a manner that makes them less onerous, our customers may view government and industry regulatory compliance as less critical to their businesses, and our customers may be less willing to purchase our products and services. In either case, our sales and financial results would suffer.

We rely on third party channel partners to generate substantially all of our revenue, and if we fail to expand and manage our distribution channels, our revenues could decline and our growth prospects could suffer.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of our products and services through channel partners, such as resellers, and we expect that channel sales will represent a substantial portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Our ability to expand our distribution channels depends in part on our ability to educate our channel partners about our products and services, which are complex. Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive and many of our channel partners have more established relationships with our competitors. If our channel partners choose to place greater emphasis on products and services of their own or those offered by our competitors, our ability to grow our business and sell our products may be adversely affected. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our products and services, or if they fail to meet the needs of our customers, then our ability to grow our business and sell our products may be adversely affected. The loss of one or more of our larger channel partners, who may cease marketing our products with limited or no notice, and our possible inability to replace them could adversely affect our sales. Our failure to recruit additional channel partners, or any reduction or delay in their sales of our products and services or conflicts between channel sales and our direct sales and marketing activities could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

If we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our products, our revenue may not continue to grow, or may decline.

We have a limited operating history and we believe that we have not yet established sufficient market awareness in the data security market. Market awareness of our capabilities and products is

 

16


Table of Contents

essential to our continued growth and our success in all of our markets, particularly for the large enterprise, service provider and government entities markets. If our marketing programs are not successful in creating market awareness of our company and products, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected, and we will not be able to achieve sustained growth.

Reliance on a concentration of shipments at the end of the quarter could cause our revenue to fall below expected levels, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

Historically, we have received a substantial portion of a quarter’s sales orders and generated a substantial portion of a quarter’s revenue during the last two weeks or last days of the quarter. The fact that so many orders arrive at the end of a quarter means that our revenue may move from one quarter to the next if we cannot fulfill all of the orders and satisfy all of the revenue recognition criteria under our accounting policies before the quarter ends.

This pattern is a result of customer buying habits and the efforts of our sales force and channel partners to meet or exceed quarterly quotas. If expected revenue at the end of any quarter is delayed because anticipated purchase orders fail to materialize, our logistics partners’ fail to ship products on time, we fail to manage our inventory properly, we fail to release new products on schedule, or for any other reason, then our revenue for that quarter could fall below our expectations or those of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

Delays or interruptions in the manufacturing and delivery of SecureSphere appliances by our sole source manufacturer may harm our business.

Our hardware appliances are built by a single manufacturer. Our reliance on a sole manufacturer, particularly a foreign manufacturer, involves several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of appliances and limited control over pricing, quality and timely delivery of products. In addition, replacing this manufacturer may be difficult and could result in an inability or delay in obtaining products.

Our manufacturer’s ability to timely manufacture and ship our appliances in large quantities depends on a variety of factors. The manufacturer relies on a limited number of sources for the supply of functional components, such as semiconductors, printed circuit boards and hard disk drives. Functional component supply shortages or delays could prevent or delay the manufacture and shipment of appliances. In addition, contractual restrictions or claims for infringement of intellectual property rights may restrict our manufacturer’s use of certain components. These restrictions or claims may require our manufacturer to utilize alternative components or obtain additional licenses or technologies, and may impede its ability to manufacture and deliver appliances on a timely or cost-effective basis.

In the event of an interruption from this manufacturer, we may not be able to develop alternate or secondary sources in a timely manner. If we are unable to buy our appliances in quantities sufficient to meet our requirements on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver products to our channel partners and customers, which would seriously affect present and future sales.

We have operations outside of the United States and a significant portion of our customers and suppliers are located outside of the United States, which subjects us to a number of risks associated with conducting international operations.

We market and sell our products throughout the world and have personnel in many parts of the world. In addition, we have sales offices and research and development facilities outside the United

 

17


Table of Contents

States and we conduct, and expect to continue to conduct, a significant amount of our business with companies that are located outside the United States, particularly in Israel, Asia and Europe. We also source our components for our products from various geographical regions and ship products from a foreign production facility. Therefore, we are subject to risks associated with having international sales and worldwide operations, including:

 

  Ÿ  

trade and foreign exchange restrictions;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign currency exchange fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

economic or political instability in foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in regulatory requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  Ÿ  

the uncertainty and limitation of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of compliance with foreign laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of complying with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

  Ÿ  

heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, and irregularities in, financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential for political unrest, acts of terrorism, hostilities or war;

 

  Ÿ  

management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural differences and geographic dispersion; and

 

  Ÿ  

multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures.

Our product and service sales may be subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country and change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business. Further, in many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. regulations applicable to us. Although we implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, channel partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, channel partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines, penalties or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our products and services and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We rely significantly on revenue from services which may decline and, because we recognize revenue from services over the term of the relevant service period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results.

Our services revenue accounted for 24.4% of our total revenue for fiscal 2008, 34.6% of our total revenue for fiscal 2009, 37.7% of our total revenue for fiscal 2010 and 39.2% of our total revenue for

 

18


Table of Contents

the three months ended March 31, 2011. Sales of new or renewal services contracts may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customers’ level of satisfaction with our products and services, the prices of our products and services, the prices of products and services offered by our competitors or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our sales of new or renewal services contracts decline, our revenue or revenue growth may decline and our business will suffer. In addition, we recognize service revenue ratably over the term of the relevant service period, which is typically one to three years but has been as long as five years. As a result, much of the revenue we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from services contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewal services contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our services would not be reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods.

If we are unable to increase sales to larger customers, our results of operations may suffer.

We continuously seek to increase sales of our products to large enterprises, managed security service providers and government entities. Sales to enterprises, service providers and government entities involve risks that may not be present, or are present to a lesser extent, with sales to small to mid-sized entities. These risks include:

 

  Ÿ  

preexisting relationships with larger, entrenched providers of security solutions who have access to key decision makers within the organization and who also have the ability to bundle competing products with a broader product offering;

 

  Ÿ  

increased purchasing power and leverage held by large customers in negotiating contractual arrangements with us;

 

  Ÿ  

more stringent requirements in our support service contracts, including stricter support response times, and increased penalties for any failure to meet support requirements; and

 

  Ÿ  

longer sales cycles and the associated risk that substantial time and resources may be spent on a potential customer who elects not to purchase our products and services.

In addition, product purchases by enterprises, managed security service providers, cloud hosting providers and government entities are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. Large enterprises, managed security service providers, cloud hosting providers and government entities typically have longer implementation cycles; require greater product functionality and scalability and a broader range of services; demand that vendors take on a larger share of risks; sometimes require acceptance provisions that can lead to a delay in revenue recognition; and expect greater payment flexibility from vendors. All these factors can add risk to doing business with these customers. If our sales expectations for a large customer do not materialize in a particular quarter or at all, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our functional and reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and we generate a majority of our revenue in U.S. dollars. However, in 2010, we incurred approximately 27% of our expenses outside of the United States in foreign currencies, primarily Israeli shekels, principally with respect to salaries and related personnel expenses associated with our Israeli operations. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. The exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future. We expect that a majority of our

 

19


Table of Contents

revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses, including personnel costs, as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated in Israeli shekels. The results of our operations may be adversely affected by foreign exchange fluctuations.

We use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge or mitigate the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on our operating expenses denominated in certain foreign currencies. However, we may not be able to purchase derivative instruments that are adequate to insulate ourselves from foreign currency exchange risks. Additionally, our hedging activities may contribute to increased losses as a result of volatility in foreign currency markets.

If our existing and potential customers migrate to hosted, cloud-based data centers that do not deploy our products, our revenues could suffer.

The majority of our current sales are made through a model in which our channel partners sell our data security solutions to large enterprise customers that operate their own data centers and have the ability to choose the data security solutions and configurations to fit their environment. If our large enterprise customers and potential customers choose to outsource the hosting of their data centers to large, multi-tenancy hosting providers like Rackspace Hosting, Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc., they may not be able to choose what data security solutions are deployed in these hosted environments, and our current sales model may not be effective. Although we work with large hosting services providers, like Rackspace Hosting, Inc. and Savvis, Inc., to integrate our data security solutions into their hosting environments so our solutions may be offered to their hosting customers, we cannot guarantee that all such hosting service providers will adopt our solutions, offer them as a choice to their customers or promote our solutions over those of our competitors. Even if these large hosting services providers integrate our data security solutions into their hosting environments and promote our solutions, they may be able to negotiate larger discounts than individual enterprise customers and, consequently, the average selling price of our products may decrease and our revenue would suffer.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth, or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our operating results will be negatively affected.

We have experienced rapid growth over the last several years. We rely heavily on information technology systems to help manage critical functions such as order processing, revenue recognition, financial forecasts and inventory and supply chain management. To manage any future growth effectively, and in connection with our transition to a publicly-listed company, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, operating and administrative systems and controls, and continue to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner. For instance, over the last several years we have used and relied heavily on Priority, an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, made by Eshibel Technologies Ltd., an Israeli software company. In the first quarter of 2011, we decided to replace Priority with NetSuite, an on-demand ERP system, and commenced a several month process to implement NetSuite. We have a limited operating history using NetSuite and may encounter difficulties using NetSuite to manage critical functions of our business. Such difficulties with our transition to NetSuite could include delays in calculating and reporting our quarterly results.

In addition, we rely heavily on hosted, Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) technologies from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including ERP services from NetSuite and customer relationship management (“CRM”) services from salesforce.com, inc. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions or because they are no longer available on

 

20


Table of Contents

commercially reasonable terms or prices, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage our finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our products and services and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and integrated; all of which could harm our business.

Also, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to operate in the intended manner, may result in our inability to manage the growth of our business and to accurately forecast our revenue, expenses and earnings, or to prevent certain losses. Our productivity and the quality of our products and services may also be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively. Any future growth would add complexity to our organization and require effective coordination across our organization. Failure to manage any future growth effectively could result in increased costs, harm our results of operations and lead to investors losing confidence in our internal systems and processes, any of which could result in a decline in our stock price.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.

Patent and other intellectual property disputes are common in the IT security industry. Some companies in the IT security industry, including some of our competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which they may use to assert claims against us. Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights against us. They may also assert such claims against our customers or channel partners whom we typically indemnify against claims that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. As the numbers of products and competitors in our market increase and overlaps occur, claims of infringement, misappropriation and other violations of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim and could distract our management from our business.

The patent portfolios of our most significant competitors are larger than ours. This disparity between our patent portfolio and the patent portfolios of our most significant competitors may increase the risk that they may sue us for patent infringement and may limit our ability to counterclaim for patent infringement or settle through patent cross-licenses. In addition, future assertions of patent rights by third parties, and any resulting litigation, may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or otherwise violating any third-party intellectual property rights.

An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay substantial damages including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patents or copyrights; cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology, which may not be successful; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights; and indemnify our partners and other third parties. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required or desirable, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may require significant royalty payments and other expenditures. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

21


Table of Contents

We have in the past been sued for patent infringement, and likely will be involved in additional disputes in the future. We expect that we will be sued for patent infringement in the future, regardless of the merits of any such lawsuits. The cost to defend such lawsuits and any adverse result in such lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on the availability of licenses to third-party software and other intellectual property.

Many of our products and services include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. For example, a licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us. Also, it may be necessary in the future to renew licenses, or to seek new licenses, relating to various aspects of these products and services, or otherwise relating to our business. There can be no assurance that the necessary licenses would be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The inability to obtain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of products and services, and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, if at all, and integrated into our products and services or otherwise in the conduct of our business. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, the inclusion in our products and services of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis could limit our ability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and our failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our products, services and other technologies contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under so-called “open source” licenses, including the GNU Public License (“GPL”), the GNU Lesser Public License (“LGPL”), the BSD License, the Apache License and others. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that open source software infringes the claimants’ intellectual property rights. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights in what we believe to be licensed open source software. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Numerous open source licenses require that source code subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to open source software continue to be licensed under open source licenses. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. Disclosing the source code of our proprietary software could make it easier for hackers and other third parties to discover vulnerabilities in or to defeat the protections of our data security products, which could result in our data security products failing to protect our customers’ business data. This could harm our business and reputation. Disclosing our proprietary source code also could allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S.

 

22


Table of Contents

courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In this event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products, to make our proprietary code generally available in source code form, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Failure to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business and operating results.

The success of our business depends on our ability to protect and enforce our trade secrets, trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights. We attempt to protect our intellectual property under patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and through a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other methods, all of which offer only limited protection.

We currently have three issued patents in the United States, but this number is relatively small in comparison to our competitors. As of March 31, 2011, we have seven pending U.S. patent applications, and may file additional patent applications in the future. The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions. Furthermore, it is possible that our patent applications may not issue as granted patents, that the scope of our issued patents will be insufficient or not have the coverage originally sought, that our issued patents will not provide us with any competitive advantages, and that our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we have an absolute right to practice the patented invention. As a result, we may not be able to obtain adequate patent protection or to enforce our issued patents effectively.

In addition to patented technology, we rely on our unpatented proprietary technology and trade secrets. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and trade secrets, unauthorized parties may attempt to misappropriate, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use them. The contractual provisions that we enter into with employees, consultants, partners, vendors and customers may not prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, products and intellectual property is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. We may be unable to determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement of our products, technologies or intellectual property rights.

From time to time, legal action by us may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time and effort required to create the innovative products that have enabled us to be successful to date.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly in engineering and sales, may seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any of our employees may terminate their employment at any time. Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel will be critical to our future success. Competition for highly skilled personnel is frequently intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area and in Tel Aviv, Israel, the locations in which we have a substantial presence and need for highly-skilled personnel. In addition, a large portion of our employee base is substantially vested in significant stock option grants, and the ability to exercise those options and sell their stock in a public market after the closing of this offering may result in a larger than normal turn-over rate. We intend to issue stock options and restricted stock units as key components of our overall compensation and employee attraction and retention efforts. In addition, we are required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to recognize compensation expense in our operating results for employee share-based compensation under our equity grant programs, which may negatively impact our operating results and may increase the pressure to limit share-based compensation. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information.

We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our future performance depends on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management and other key employees to execute on our business plan, and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. The loss of services of senior management or other key employees, particularly Shlomo Kramer, one of our founders and our President and Chief Executive Officer; Amichai Shulman, one of our founders and our Chief Technology Officer; and Terrence J. Schmid, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Conditions in Israel may limit our ability to develop and sell our products. This could result in a decrease of our revenues.

Our principal research and development facilities are located in Israel. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its neighboring countries, as well as incidents of civil unrest. Political, economic and military conditions in Israel could directly affect our operations. We could be adversely affected by any major hostilities involving Israel, including acts of terrorism or any other hostilities involving or threatening Israel, the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners, a significant increase in inflation or a significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel. Any on-going or future violence between Israel and the Palestinians, armed conflicts, terrorist activities, tension along the Israeli borders or political instability in the region could disrupt international trading activities in Israel and may materially and negatively affect our business and could harm our results of operations.

Certain countries, as well as certain companies and organizations, continue to participate in a boycott of Israeli firms, firms with large Israeli operations and others doing business with Israel and Israeli companies. We are also precluded from marketing our products to certain of these countries

 

24


Table of Contents

due to United States and Israeli regulatory restrictions. In addition, such boycott, restrictive laws, policies or practices may change over time and we cannot predict which countries, as well as whether certain companies and organizations, will be subject thereto. The boycott, restrictive laws, policies or practices directed towards Israel, Israeli businesses or Israeli citizens could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse affect on our business in the future.

Some of our executive officers and employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual military reserve duty in the Israel Defense Forces, depending on their age and position in the armed forces. Furthermore, they may be called to active reserve duty at any time under emergency circumstances for extended periods of time. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence, for a significant period, of one or more of our executive officers or key employees due to military service, and any significant disruption in our operations could harm our business.

Outages, interruptions or delays in hosting services could impair the delivery of our cloud-based security services and harm our business.

The cloud-based security services that we provide through our majority owned subsidiary, Incapsula, are operated from a network of third party facilities that host the software and systems that operate these security services. We currently serve our customers from third-party hosting facilities located in the United States and Europe. We have a limited operating history for our cloud-based security services in these third party hosting facilities. In addition, we operate the infrastructure that supports our ThreatRadar and Security Operations Center (“SOC”) services. Despite precautions taken within our own internal network and at these third party facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services.

In addition, any damage to, or failure of, our internal systems or systems at third party hosting facilities could result in outages or interruptions in our cloud-based services. Outages or interruptions in our cloud-based security services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or pay penalties, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Our business will also be harmed if our customers and potential customers believe our cloud-based security services are unreliable.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced information technology spending may adversely impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. In addition, the purchase of our products is often discretionary and may involve a significant commitment of capital and other resources. Weak global economic conditions, or a reduction in information technology spending even if economic conditions improve, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products and services, higher default rates among our distributors, reduced unit sales and lower or no growth.

A failure to prevent excess inventories or inventory shortages could result in decreased revenue and gross margins and harm our business.

We purchase products from our manufacturing partner outside of and in advance of reseller or customer orders, which we hold in inventory and resell. There is a risk we may be unable to sell excess products ordered from our manufacturing partner. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs, and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices could significantly impair our brand image and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products or if our manufacturing partner fails to supply

 

25


Table of Contents

products we require at the time we need them, we may experience inventory shortages. Inventory shortages might delay shipments to resellers, distributors and customers or cause us to lose sales. These shortages may diminish the loyalty of our channel partners or customers.

The difficulty in forecasting demand also makes it difficult to estimate our future results of operations and financial condition from period to period. A failure to accurately predict the level of demand for our products could adversely affect our net revenues and net income, and we are unlikely to forecast such effects with any certainty in advance.

A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

Sales to U.S. and foreign federal, state and local governmental agency customers have accounted for a portion of our revenue in past periods, and we may in the future increase sales to government entities. Sales into government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will complete a sale. Government demand and payment for our products and services may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products. Most of our sales to government entities have been made indirectly through our channel partners. Government entities may have contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future results of operations. Finally, for purchases by the U.S. government, the government may require certain products to be manufactured in the United States and other high cost manufacturing locations, and we may not manufacture all products in locations that meet the requirements of the U.S. government.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We incorporate encryption technology into our products, and certain of our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be exported outside the United States only with the required export license through an export license exception or other appropriate government authorizations. If we were to fail to comply with U.S. export control regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, U.S. economic sanctions and other laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines for the Company and incarceration for responsible employees and managers, and the possible loss of export or import privileges. In addition, if our channel partners fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or permits, we may also be adversely affected, through reputational harm and penalties. Complying with export control regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our product from being shipped to U.S. sanctions targets, our products could be shipped to those targets by our channel partners despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our

 

26


Table of Contents

products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, long-lived assets and accounting for income taxes.

If we are unable to establish vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of a software order from a customer, our revenue relating to the entire software order will be deferred and recognized over future periods, which would prevent us from recognizing revenue on a significant portion of our sales in a particular quarter, which could cause our stock price to decline.

In the course of our selling efforts, we typically enter into arrangements that require us to deliver a combination of products and services. We refer to each individual product or service as an “element” of the overall arrangement. These arrangements typically require us to deliver particular elements in a future period. Arrangements that are considered software arrangements, such as when there is no hardware component to the arrangement as is the case when we sell virtual products, follow different, more restrictive accounting requirements than non-software arrangements. As we discuss further in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition,” if we are unable to determine the vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of any undelivered elements in a software arrangement, then we are required by GAAP to defer revenue from the entire software arrangement rather than just the undelivered elements. If we are required to defer revenue from the entire software arrangement for a significant portion of our sales, our revenue for that quarter could fall below our expectations or those of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

If we fail to comply with environmental requirements, our business, financial condition, operating results and reputation could be adversely affected.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including laws governing the hazardous material content of our products and laws relating to the collection of and recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. Examples of these laws and regulations include the European Union (“EU”) Restrictions of Hazardous Substances Directive (“RoHS”) and the EU Waste Electrical

 

27


Table of Contents

and Electronic Equipment Directive (“WEEE”) as well as the implementing legislation of the EU member states. Similar laws and regulations have been passed or are pending in China, South Korea, Norway and Japan and may be enacted in other regions, including in the United States, and we are, or may in the future be, subject to these laws and regulations.

The EU RoHS and the similar laws of other jurisdictions ban the use of certain hazardous materials such as lead, mercury and cadmium in the manufacture of electrical equipment, including our products. Currently, the manufacturer of our hardware appliances and major component part suppliers comply with the EU RoHS requirements. However, if there are changes to this or other laws (or their interpretation) or if new similar laws are passed in other jurisdictions, we may be required to reengineer our products to use components compatible with these regulations. This reengineering and component substitution could result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics.

The WEEE Directive requires electronic goods producers to be responsible for the collection, recycling and treatment of such products. Changes in interpretation of the directive may cause us to incur costs or have additional regulatory requirements to meet in the future in order to comply with this directive, or with any similar laws adopted in other jurisdictions.

Our failure to comply with past, present and future similar laws could result in reduced sales of our products, substantial product inventory write-offs, reputational damage, penalties and other sanctions, which could harm our business and financial condition. We also expect that our products will be affected by new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis, and although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such laws or regulations, they will likely result in additional costs and may increase penalties associated with violations or require us to change the content of our products or how they are manufactured, which could have a material adverse affect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our success in acquiring and integrating other businesses, products or technologies could impact our financial position.

In order to remain competitive, we may seek to acquire additional businesses, products or technologies. The environment for acquisitions in the markets in which we operate is very competitive and acquisition candidate purchase prices will likely exceed what we would prefer to pay, but may choose to pay in order to make an acquisition. Achieving the anticipated benefits of future acquisitions will depend in part upon whether we can integrate acquired operations, products and technology in a timely and cost-effective manner. The acquisition and integration process is complex, expensive and time consuming, and may cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, product development and sales activities and operations of both companies. We may not find suitable acquisition candidates, and acquisitions we complete may be unsuccessful. If we consummate a transaction, we may be unable to integrate and manage acquired products and businesses effectively. If we are unable to effectively execute acquisitions, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

If our customers are not satisfied with our technical support or professional services, they may choose not to purchase our products and services or to renew maintenance contracts, either of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Our business relies on our customers’ satisfaction with the technical support and professional consulting services we provide to support our products. If we fail to provide technical support services that are responsive, satisfy our customers’ expectations and resolve issues that they encounter with our products and services, then they may elect not to purchase or renew annual maintenance and support contracts and they may choose not to purchase additional products and services from us.

 

28


Table of Contents

Accordingly, our failure to provide satisfactory technical support or professional services could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in our provision for income taxes or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results.

We are subject to income taxation in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Determining our provision for income taxes requires significant management judgment. In addition, our provision for income taxes is subject to volatility and could be adversely affected by many factors, including, among other things, changes to our operating or holding structure, changes in the amounts of earnings in jurisdictions with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. We are subject to ongoing tax examinations in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. While we regularly assess the likely outcomes of these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, there can be no assurance that the outcomes of such examinations will not have a material impact on our operating results and cash flows.

Significant judgment is required to determine the recognition and measurement attributes prescribed in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-25 (formerly referred to as Financial Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”). In addition, ASC 740-25 applies to all income tax positions, including the potential recovery of previously paid taxes, which if settled unfavorably could adversely impact our provision for income taxes or additional paid-in capital. Further, as a result of certain of our ongoing employment and capital investment actions and commitments, our income in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates and in some cases is wholly exempt from tax. Our failure to meet these commitments could adversely impact our provision for income taxes. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, or a significant power outage could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, natural disasters could affect our manufacturing vendors or logistics providers’ ability to perform services such as manufacturing products on a timely basis and assisting with shipments on a timely basis. In the event our service providers’ information technology systems or manufacturing or logistics abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, shipments could be delayed, resulting in missing financial targets, such as revenue and shipment targets, for a particular quarter. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, customers in that region may delay or forego purchases of our products, which may materially and adversely impact our results of operations for a particular period. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners, customers or the economy as a whole. Given our typical concentration of sales at each quarter end, any disruption in the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners or customers that impacts sales at the end of our quarter could have a significant adverse impact on our quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if the disaster recovery plans for

 

29


Table of Contents

us and our suppliers prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delays or cancellations of customer orders, or the delay in the manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

Market volatility may affect our stock price and the value of your investment

Following the completion of this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been previously traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot predict or control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of new products, services or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of securities of similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

general market conditions and overall fluctuations in U.S. equity markets;

 

  Ÿ  

variations in our operating results, or the operating results of our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our financial guidance or securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in accounting principles;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of any of our key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements related to litigation;

 

  Ÿ  

changing legal or regulatory developments in the United States and other countries; and

 

  Ÿ  

discussion of us or our stock price by the financial press and in online investor communities.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the New York Stock Exchange in particular, have experienced substantial price and volume volatility that is often seemingly unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company after a period of volatility in the market price of its common stock. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Any securities litigation claims brought against us could result in substantial expenses and the diversion of our management’s attention from our business.

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We intend to submit an application to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IMPV.” However, we cannot assure you that our common stock will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or, if approved, that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the likelihood that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be maintained, the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses, services or technologies that management deems to likely be complementary. In addition, if Incapsula achieves certain milestones, then we will invest up to $7.0 million of the net proceeds to us from this offering in Incapsula. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. As such, our management could spend the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock. For a further description of our intended use of the proceeds of the offering, see the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting may fail to adequately allow us to report information accurately to investors or to detect and prevent errors or fraud, and any failure of such controls and procedures could damage investor confidence in us, cause the market price of our common stock to decline and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We cannot assure you that our disclosure controls and procedures, or our internal control over financial reporting, will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of meeting control system objectives. The design of a control system must also reflect applicable resource constraints, and we must consider the control system benefits relative to their costs. As a result of these inherent limitations, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that we have identified or will identify or prevent all control issues and instances of errors or fraud, if any, within our company. The failure of our control systems to allow us to accurately report information or detect or prevent errors or fraud could damage investor confidence in us, cause the market price of our common stock to decline, and materially adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. After that, we may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may

 

31


Table of Contents

experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make capital expenditures and take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the stockholders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Similarly, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, strategic alliance and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

develop or enhance our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

expand operations, in the United States or internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

hire, train and retain employees; or

 

  Ÿ  

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

Our failure to do any of these things could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to control our management and affairs and substantially all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction. These persons will also have the ability to control our management and business affairs. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these,              shares are being sold in this offering (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Only              shares will be freely tradable immediately after this offering (except for shares purchased by affiliates) and              of the              shares may be sold upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject in some cases to volume limitations). In addition, as of March 31, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase 5,718,837 shares of common stock that, if exercised, will result in these additional shares becoming available for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements. A large portion of these shares and options are held by a small number of persons and investment funds. Sales by these stockholders or optionholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, certain holders of shares of common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the shares they currently hold, or to include these shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

 

32


Table of Contents

We also intend to register all common stock that we may issue under our 2003 Stock Plan, as amended, and our 2011 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under this plan, plus any shares which are forfeited, cancelled or terminated (other than by exercise) under our 2003 Stock Plan. Once we register these shares, which we plan to do shortly after the completion of this offering, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If we do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of efforts to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies which could adversely affect our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as other rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes are significant. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the value of their stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions include:

 

  Ÿ  

a classified board of directors whose members can only be dismissed for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock, which would increase the number of outstanding shares and could thwart a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

the prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the limitation on who may call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the establishment of advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; and

 

  Ÿ  

the requirement of at least 75% of the outstanding common stock to amend any of the foregoing provisions.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to obtain greater value for stockholders by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if an offer rejected by our board were considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitation and may result in increased future tax liability to us.

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a corporation’s stock, by value, over a three-year period constitutes an ownership change for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. We have not performed a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code has occurred after each of our previous private placements of preferred stock. In addition, the number of shares of common stock that we issue in connection with this offering may be sufficient, taking into account prior or future shifts in our ownership over a three-year period, to cause us to undergo an ownership change. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may become subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

 

34


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. You can generally identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

expected growth in the markets for data security products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to anticipate market needs and opportunities and expand our distribution channels;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete with other companies that are developing or selling products that are competitive with our products;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans to continue to invest in and develop technology and products for our markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations regarding expenditures;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to acquire and integrate new businesses and technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of expected introductions of new or enhanced products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

 

  Ÿ  

other factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not occur.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This prospectus also contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, while other information is based on our internal sources. Although we believe that these third-party sources referred to in this

 

35


Table of Contents

prospectus are reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the information provided by these third parties. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the expected offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $             million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             would increase or decrease the net proceeds we received from the offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, if Incapsula, Inc., our majority owned subsidiary, achieves certain milestones, then we will invest up to $7.0 million of the net proceeds to us from this offering in Incapsula and shall receive in exchange for our investment shares of Incapsula’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock. For a more complete description of our potential additional investment in Incapsula, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Transactions with our Executive Officers, Directors and Beneficial Owners—Transactions with Incapsula, Inc.”

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We have not entered into any agreements with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering. Accordingly, our management team will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering.

Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

37


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. The loan agreement for our credit facility contains a prohibition on the payment of cash dividends.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of March 31, 2011, as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

our actual cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization;

 

  Ÿ  

our pro forma cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,523,048 shares of common stock, which we expect to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 21,523,048 shares of common stock, which we expect to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and (ii) the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 18,872      $ 18,872      $                
                        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 70      $ —        $ —     

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, per share: 21,566,101 shares authorized, 21,523,048 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     53,442        —          —     

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.0001, per share: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 12,642,889 shares issued and outstanding actual; 34,165,937 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited);             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     1        3     

Additional paid-in capital

     3,903        57,413     

Accumulated deficit

     (59,067     (59,067  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     200        200     

Noncontrolling interest

     (482     (482  
                        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (55,445     (1,933  
                        

Total capitalization (capital deficiency)

   $ (1,933   $ (1,933   $     
                        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this

 

39


Table of Contents

prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above excludes the following shares:

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                     , 2011, and having a weighted average exercise price of $             per share;

 

  Ÿ  

40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of two outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, assuming the conversion immediately prior to the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011 was $             million, or $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, as of March 31, 2011, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into              shares of our common stock, which we expect to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2011

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
           

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
           

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
           

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $             and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table presents on a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock, which we expect to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common and convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the value of any stock issued for services and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at an assumed offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
       Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
                                          

Total

        100        100  
                                          

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, sales by us in this offering will reduce the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders to     % and will increase the number of shares held by our new investors to             , or     %.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of                 , 2011 and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                 , 2011, and having a weighted average exercise price of $ per share;

 

  Ÿ  

40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of two outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, assuming the conversion immediately prior to the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 are unaudited. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2011 or any other period. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net revenue:

             

Products and license

  $ 8,635      $ 13,995      $ 24,298      $ 25,727      $ 34,479      $ 6,966      $ 9,978   

Services

    1,776        3,713        7,848        13,614        20,903        4,350        6,445   
                                                       

Total net revenue

    10,411        17,708        32,146        39,341        55,382        11,316        16,423   

Cost of revenue:(1)

             

Products and license

    1,877        2,379        3,661        4,795        5,905        1,154        1,371   

Services

    395        1,659        3,455        4,576        6,428        1,452        1,963   
                                                       

Total cost of revenue

    2,272        4,038        7,116        9,371        12,333        2,606        3,334   
                                                       

Gross profit

    8,139        13,670        25,030        29,970        43,049        8,710        13,089   

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development(1)

    3,037        4,899        8,591        10,538        13,214        2,956        3,927   

Sales and marketing(1)

    8,223        14,505        20,447        26,920        34,168        7,593        10,000   

General and administrative(1)

    896        1,811        3,608        4,669        7,982        1,519        2,294   
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    12,156        21,215        32,646        42,127        55,364        12,068        16,221   
                                                       

Loss from operations

    (4,017     (7,545     (7,616     (12,157     (12,315     (3,358     (3,132

Other income (expense), net

    573        522        190        178        474        23        (89
                                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (3,444     (7,023     (7,426     (11,979     (11,841     (3,335     (3,221

Provision for income taxes

    —          106        229        360        527        62        116   
                                                       

Net loss

    (3,444     (7,129     (7,655     (12,339     (12,368     (3,397     (3,337

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          43        355        89        131   
                                                       

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

  $ (3,444   $ (7,129   $ (7,655   $ (12,296   $ (12,013   $ (3,308   $ (3,206
                                                       

Net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

  $ (0.52   $ (0.97   $ (0.99   $ (1.41   $ (1.23   $ (0.35   $ (0.32
                                                       

Shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(2)

    6,657,621        7,356,756        7,720,066        8,730,718        9,769,330        9,358,686        10,149,669   
                                                       

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

          $ (0.38     $ (0.10
                         

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted(2)

            31,292,378          31,672,717   
                         

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

43


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 3       $ 8       $ 22       $ 37       $ 44       $ 8       $ 18   

Research and development

     21         33         41         57         66         11         18   

Sales and marketing

     71         153         163         218         257         42         58   

General and administrative

     24         25         48         109         273         20         189   
                                                              

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 119       $ 219       $ 274       $ 421       $ 640       $ 81       $ 283   
                                                              

 

(2) Please see Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma net loss per share of common stock.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     As of
March 31,

2011
 
     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010    
     (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments.

   $ 16,557      $ 11,628      $ 24,949      $ 19,050      $ 17,655      $ 18,872   

Working capital

     16,182        10,528        22,892        11,317        6,246        1,112   

Total assets

     19,953        20,343        38,535        37,546        40,977        39,602   

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     930        5,046        8,060        13,377        21,218        23,146   

Long-term debt, including current portion

     36        38        —          600        501        —     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     55        55        55        55        69        70   

Convertible preferred stock

     33,464        33,464        53,442        53,442        53,442        53,442   

Noncontrolling interest

     —          —          —          (43     (351     (482

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (16,378     (23,027     (30,072     (41,528     (52,419     (55,445

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a pioneer and leader of a new category of data security solutions focused on providing visibility and control over high-value business data across critical business systems within the data center. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is a broad solution designed to prioritize and mitigate risks to high-value business data, protect against hackers and malicious insiders, and address and streamline regulatory compliance. SecureSphere is an integrated, modular suite, which provides database, file and web application security, and secures all business data across various systems in data centers, including traditional on-premise data centers as well as private, public and hybrid cloud computing environments. We also offer cloud-based security services that deliver on-demand and cost effective web application security.

We were founded in 2002 with the vision of protecting high-value business data within the enterprise. Since that time we have been investing in our data security products to meet the rapidly evolving demands of customers. We shipped our initial web application security and data security products in 2002; in 2006, we expanded our database security product to include compliance features; and in 2010, we launched our file security offering. In addition, in 2010, we launched our cloud-based initiatives with ThreatRadar and, in 2011, we introduced our cloud-based offering for mid-market enterprises and small and medium-sized businesses (“SMB”) that we provide through Incapsula, Inc., our majority owned subsidiary.

Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on improving and enhancing our existing data security products and services, as well as developing new products and services and conducting advanced security research. We conduct our research and development activities in Israel, and we believe this provides us with access to some of the best engineering talent in the security industry. As of March 31, 2011, we had 113 employees dedicated to research and development, including our advanced security research group, the Application Defense Center (“ADC”). Our research and development expense was $8.6 million, $10.5 million and $13.2 million for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $3.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

We derive our revenue from sales and licenses of our products and sales of our services. Products and license revenue is generated primarily from sales of perpetual software licenses installed on hardware appliances or virtual appliances for our SecureSphere Data Security Suite. Services revenue consists of maintenance and support, professional services and training and subscriptions. A majority of our revenue is derived from customers in the Americas region. In 2010, 66% of our total revenue was generated from the Americas, 24% from Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and 10% from Asia Pacific, and for the three months ended March 31, 2011, 65% of our total revenue was generated from the Americas, 23% from EMEA and 12% from Asia Pacific.

 

45


Table of Contents

We market and sell our products through a hybrid sales model, which combines a direct touch sales organization and an overlay channel sales team that actively assist our extensive network of channel partners throughout the sales process. We also provide our channel partners with marketing assistance, technical training and support. We primarily sell our products and services through our channel partners, including distributors and resellers, which sell to end-user customers, who we refer to in this prospectus as our customers. We have a network of over 350 channel partners worldwide, including both resellers and distributors. In 2010, our channel partners originated over 60%, and fulfilled almost 90%, of our sales. We work with many of the world’s leading security value added resellers, and our partners include some of the largest hosting companies for cloud-based deployments.

As of March 31, 2011, we had over 1,300 customers in more than 50 countries. In addition, our solutions are used to protect thousands of organizations through cloud-based deployments with our managed security service provider (“MSSP”) and hosting partners. Our customers include four of the top five telecommunications companies, three of the top five commercial banks in the United States, three of the top five financial data service firms, three of the top five computer hardware companies, two of the top five food and drug store companies, over 150 government agencies around the world and more than 100 Fortune 1000 companies.

Our revenue has increased in each of the last three years, growing from $32.1 million in 2008 to $55.4 million in 2010. Our revenue has also grown from $11.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010 to $16.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011. We have incurred net losses attributable to our stockholders of $7.7 million, $12.3 million and $12.0 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $59.1 million.

Opportunities, Challenges and Risks

Maintain Technology Leadership.     As a result of the rise in sophisticated attacks by hackers and malicious insiders, the difficulty in complying with regulations governing business data and the growing complexity of, and open access to, data centers, enterprises are struggling to provide visibility and control over business data that they need to protect. We believe these challenges are driving the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around business data and systems in the data center. We expect that, as enterprises recognize the growing risk to high-value business data and the need to comply with increasing regulatory compliance mandates, their spending will increase on solutions designed to control and protect such data. We believe that traditional security and compliance products do not address the evolving needs of enterprises or do not do so adequately, and that this presents us with a large market opportunity. To capitalize on this opportunity, we have introduced and expect that in the future we will need to continue to introduce innovations to our broad data security solutions. We cannot assure you that our products will achieve widespread market acceptance or that we will properly anticipate future customer needs. Moreover, if our products do not satisfy evolving customer requirements, we will not capture the increase in spending that we expect will result from enterprises seeking to secure business data and systems.

Invest in Sales and Marketing Team .    In order to capitalize on the anticipated increase in spending in the data security market, we will need to continue to invest significant resources to further strengthen our existing relationships with channel partners, extend our global network by adding new channel partners and grow our sales and marketing team. We cannot assure you that the investments that we intend to make to strengthen our sales and marketing efforts will result in an increase in revenue or an improvement in our results of operations.

Address Needs of Smaller Enterprises .    As market awareness of the benefits of a broad data security solution increases, we believe there is a significant opportunity to provide data security solutions to smaller enterprises as they confront increasing security threats and compliance mandates.

 

46


Table of Contents

To capitalize on this opportunity, we intend to increase our business with mid-market enterprises and SMBs by expanding our cloud-based service offerings and our distribution channel. We cannot guarantee that our cloud-based security products, which are relatively new, will gain broad acceptance with mid-market enterprises and SMBs.

Compete Effectively .    We operate in an intensely competitive market that has witnessed significant consolidation in recent years with large companies acquiring many of our competitors. While we have a proven track record of successfully competing against larger competitors, some have numerous advantages, including, but not limited to, greater financial resources, broader product offerings and more established relationships with channel partners and customers.

Key Metrics of Our Business

We monitor several key financial metrics to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies. The key financial metrics that we monitor are:

 

  Ÿ  

our net revenue to assess the acceptance of our products from our customers and our growth in the markets we serve;

 

  Ÿ  

our gross margin to assess the pricing and mix of products we are selling to our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our loss from operations to assess how effectively we are monitoring our operations as well as controlling our operational costs, which are primarily driven by headcount; and

 

  Ÿ  

our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments to ensure we have sufficient liquidity to fund operations.

We discuss revenue, gross margin and the components of loss from operations further below under “—Segments” and “—Results of Operations” and we discuss our cash and cash equivalents under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We also believe that deferred revenue and cash flow from operations are key financial metrics for our business. The components of deferred revenue and cash flow from operations, as well as our rationale for monitoring these metrics, are discussed immediately below this table:

 

    Years Ended or as of
December 31,
    Three Months Ended or as of
March 31,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 32,146      $ 39,341      $ 55,382      $ 11,316      $ 16,423   

Gross margin

    77.9 %     76.2     77.7 %     77.0     79.7

Loss from operations

    (7,616     (12,157     (12,315     (3,358     (3,132

Total deferred revenue

    8,060        13,377        21,218        13,141        23,146   

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

    24,949        19,050        17,655        18,142        18,872   

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

    (5,164     (5,511     (1,049     120        1,094   

Deferred Revenue

Our deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been invoiced but that have not yet been recognized as revenue. The majority of our deferred revenue balance consists of the unamortized portion of services revenue from maintenance and support contracts. We monitor our deferred revenue balance because it represents a significant portion of revenue to be recognized in future periods. We also assess the increase in our deferred revenue balance plus revenue we recognized in a particular

 

47


Table of Contents

period as a measure of our sales activity for that period. While the change in our deferred revenue and revenue recognized in a given period comprise the majority of our sales activity during that period, they do not constitute the entire sales activity during the period. Our total sales activity also includes sales of products and services for which we have not yet met the criteria to recognize revenue or add such amounts to our deferred revenue balance. Revenue and deferred revenue from these transactions is recognized or recorded in future periods when we have met the required criteria.

Net Cash Flow Provided By (Used in) Operations

We monitor cash flow from operations as a measure of our overall business performance. Our cash flow from operations is driven primarily by sales of our products and licenses and, to a lesser extent, from up-front payments from customers under maintenance and support contracts. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for personnel-related expenditures, costs of acquiring the hardware used for our appliances, marketing and promotional expenses and costs related to our facilities. Monitoring cash flow from operations enables us to analyze our financial performance without the non-cash effects of certain items such as depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expenses, thereby allowing us to better understand and manage the cash needs of our business.

Segments

For financial reporting purposes, we operate as two reportable business segments: (i) Imperva, which is comprised of our financial position and results of operations and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; and (ii) Incapsula, which is comprised entirely of the financial position and results of operations of our majority-owned subsidiary. Our Incapsula segment commenced operations in November 2009 and has not generated any significant revenue since inception. In discussing our results of operations, we have provided a consolidated discussion and analysis of the revenues from our two segments and, where significant, provided a separate discussion and analysis of the operating expenses of our two segments. See Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of our financial information by segment.

Financial Overview

Net Revenue

We derive our revenue from sales and licenses of our products and sales of our services. As discussed further in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable.

Our net revenue is comprised of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Products and License Revenue —Product and license revenue is generated from sales of perpetual software licenses installed on hardware appliances or virtual appliances for our SecureSphere Data Security Suite. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite consists of database security, file security and web application security. We offer multiple hardware appliance versions that accompany our software, each with different throughput capacities. Perpetual software license revenue is generated from sales of our appliances, licenses for additional users and add-on software modules. We also generate a small amount of hardware revenue from sales of spares or replacement appliances, demonstration units and accessories.

 

  Ÿ  

Services Revenue— Services revenue consists of maintenance and support, professional services and training and subscriptions. Maintenance and support revenue is generated from support services that are bundled with appliances and add-on software modules. There are

 

48


Table of Contents
 

three levels of maintenance and support—Standard, Enhanced and Premium—and these are offered through agreements for 1-year, 2-year or 3-year terms. Maintenance and support includes major and minor if-and-when available software updates; customer care, which includes our designated support engineer program; content updates from our advanced security research group, the ADC, and hardware replacement. Subscription revenue is generated from sales of our cloud-based services. Professional services revenue consists of fees we earn related to implementation and consulting services we provide our customers. Training services revenue consists of fees we earn related to training customers and partners on the use of our products. We expect that the services revenue from maintenance and support contracts will continue to grow along with the increase in the size of our installed base.

Most of our products and services are sold to customers in the Americas, primarily in the U.S., however, a significant portion of our revenue is generated from international sales. See Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of our financial information by geographic region. Our revenue by geographic region is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2008          2009          2010                  2010                      2011          

Americas

   $ 21,770       $ 24,869       $ 36,586       $ 6,511       $ 10,694   

EMEA

     6,706         9,929         13,492         3,471         3,746   

Asia Pacific

     3,670         4,543         5,304         1,334         1,983   
                                            

Total

   $ 32,146       $ 39,341       $ 55,382       $ 11,316       $ 16,423   
                                            

Cost of Revenue

Our total cost of revenue is comprised of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Cost of Products and License Revenue —Cost of products and license revenue is comprised primarily of third-party hardware costs and royalty fees. Our cost of products and license revenue also includes personnel costs related to our operations team, shipping costs and write-offs for excess and obsolete inventory.

 

  Ÿ  

Cost of Services Revenue —Cost of services revenue is primarily comprised of personnel costs of our technical support team, our professional consulting services and training teams and our Security Operations Center (“SOC”) team. Cost of services revenue also includes facilities costs, subscription fees and depreciation. We expect that our cost of services revenue will increase in absolute dollars as we increase our headcount.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of our operating expenses and consist of wages, benefits and bonuses and, with regard to the sales and marketing expense, sales commissions. Personnel costs also include stock-based compensation. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees to continue to grow our business. While our operating expenses have grown on an absolute basis each year, they have decreased as a percentage of revenue. As a result, our operating margins have improved.

Research and Development

Our research and development is focused on maintaining and improving our existing products and on new product development. A majority of our research and development expenses are comprised of personnel costs and, to a lesser extent, facility costs, hardware prototype costs,

 

49


Table of Contents

laboratory expenses and depreciation. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance our existing products and develop new products and services that address the emerging market for data security and regulatory compliance.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense is the largest component of our operating expenses and consists primarily of personnel costs, including commissions and travel expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs related to marketing and promotional activities, third-party referral fees and, to a lesser extent, facilities costs and depreciation. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales and marketing efforts worldwide.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs as well as professional fees, facilities costs and depreciation. General and administrative personnel costs include our executive, finance, purchasing, order entry, human resources, information technology and legal functions. Our professional fees consist primarily of accounting, external legal, information technology and other consulting costs. We expect that general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars to support our growth and following the completion of this offering, as we expect to incur significant additional legal and accounting costs related to compliance with rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, compliance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of the following items:

 

  Ÿ  

Interest Income— Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We expect interest income will vary each reporting period depending on our average investment balances during the period and market interest rates.

 

  Ÿ  

Interest Expense— Interest expense consists of interest accrued or paid on debt obligations.

 

  Ÿ  

Foreign Currency Forward Contract Gains (Losses) —Foreign currency forward contract gains and losses pertain to the ineffective portion of derivative instruments that we have entered into primarily to manage our exposure to the variability in expected future expenses resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We expect our foreign currency forward contract gains (losses) to continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

  Ÿ  

Foreign Currency Exchange Gains (Losses) —Foreign currency exchange gains and losses relate to transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar.

 

  Ÿ  

Warrant Liability Gain (Losses) —Our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets and, as such, are remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding gain or loss from the adjustment recorded as other income (expense), net. We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of the warrants until they are exercised, automatically converted into warrants to purchase common stock or expire, at which time the warrants will no longer be remeasured at

 

50


Table of Contents
 

each balance sheet date. Following completion of this offering, our outstanding warrants will automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock and, upon such conversion, will no longer be classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet.

Provision for Income Taxes

We operate in several tax jurisdictions and are subject to taxes in each country or jurisdiction in which we conduct business including the United States and Israel. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to U.S. income tax. To date, we have incurred net losses and have not recorded any U.S. federal or state income tax provisions. Our tax expense to date relates to foreign income taxes, mainly from our Israeli activities.

Results of Operations

The following table is a summary of our consolidated statements of operations in dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue. We have derived the data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the data for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of Net
Revenue
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Net revenue:

                   

Products and license

  $ 24,298        75.6      $ 25,727        65.4      $ 34,479        62.3      $ 6,966        61.6      $ 9,978        60.8   
                                                                               

Services:

                   

Maintenance and support

    7,192        22.4        11,840        30.1        18,064        32.5        3,810        33.6        5,407        32.9   

Professional services and training

    656        2.0        1,763        4.5        2,465        4.5        465        4.1        817        5.0   

Subscriptions

    —          0.0        11        0.0        374        0.7        75        0.7        221        1.3   
                                                                               

Total services

    7,848        24.4        13,614        34.6        20,903        37.7        4,350        38.4        6,445        39.2   
                                                                               

Total net revenue

    32,146        100.0        39,341        100.0        55,382        100.0        11,316        100.0        16,423        100.0   
                                                                               

Cost of revenue:

                   

Products and license

    3,661        11.4        4,795        12.2        5,905        10.7        1,154        10.2        1,371        8.3   

Services

    3,455        10.7        4,576        11.6        6,428        11.6        1,452        12.8        1,963        12.0   
                                                                               

Total cost of revenue

    7,116        22.1        9,371        23.8        12,333        22.3        2,606        23.0        3,334        20.3   
                                                                               

Gross profit

    25,030        77.9        29,970        76.2        43,049        77.7        8,710        77.0        13,089        79.7   

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    8,591        26.7        10,538        26.8        13,214        23.9        2,956        26.1        3,927        23.9   

Sales and marketing

    20,447        63.7        26,920        68.4        34,168        61.7        7,593        67.1        10,000        60.9   

General and administrative

    3,608        11.2        4,669        11.9        7,982        14.4        1,519        13.4        2,294        14.0   
                                                                               

Total operating expenses

    32,646        101.6        42,127        107.1        55,364        100.0        12,068        106.6        16,221        98.8   
                                                                               

Loss from operations

    (7,616     (23.7     (12,157     (30.9     (12,315     (22.2     (3,358     (29.7     (3,132     (19.1

Other income (expense), net

    190        0.6        178        0.5        474        0.8        23        0.2        (89     (0.5
                                                                               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,426     (23.1     (11,979     (30.5     (11,841     (21.4     (3,335     (29.5     (3,221     (19.6

Provision for income taxes

    229        (0.7     360        (0.9     527        (0.9     62        (0.5     116        (0.7
                                                                               

Net loss

    (7,655     (23.8     (12,339     (31.4     (12,368     (22.3     (3,397     (30.0     (3,337     (20.3

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          0.0        43        0.1        355        0.6        89        0.8        131        0.8   
                                                                               

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

  $ (7,655     (23.8   $ (12,296     (31.3   $ (12,013     (21.7   $ (3,308     (29.2   $ (3,206     (19.5
                                                                               

 

51


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011

Net Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Change
     2010    2011   
     Amount    % of
Net Revenue
   Amount    % of
Net Revenue
   Amount    %
     (dollars in thousands)

Net revenue by type:

                             

Products and license

     $ 6,966          61.6        $ 9,978          60.8        $ 3,012          43.2  
                                                           

Services:

                             

Maintenance and support

       3,810          33.6          5,407          32.9          1,597          41.9  

Professional services and training

       465          4.1          817          5.0          352          75.7  

Subscriptions

       75          0.7          221          1.3          146          194.7  
                                                           

Total services

       4,350          38.4          6,445          39.2          2,095          48.2  
                                                           

Total net revenue

     $ 11,316          100.0        $ 16,423          100.0        $ 5,107          45.1  
                                                           

Net revenue by geographic region:

                             

Americas

     $ 6,511          57.5        $ 10,694          65.1        $ 4,183          64.2  

EMEA

       3,471          30.7          3,746          22.8          275          7.9  

Asia Pacific

       1,334          11.8          1,983          12.1          649          48.7  
                                                           

Total net revenue

     $ 11,316          100.0        $ 16,423          100.0        $ 5,107          45.1  
                                                           

Our net revenue increased by $5.1 million, or 45.1%, to $16.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $11.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010 due to growth in products and license revenue and services revenue. The Americas region contributed the largest portion of this growth with a $4.2 million increase, or approximately a 64.2% change over the same period in 2010.

Products and license revenue increased by $3.0 million, or 43.2%, to $10.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $7.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010. The change in product and license revenue was driven by a significant increase in product sales, primarily in the Americas region in the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was due to higher demand for our products and, to a lesser extent, by a shift in product mix towards our higher priced, higher throughput appliances.

Services revenue increased by $2.0 million, or 48.2%, to $6.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, our services revenue was comprised of $5.4 million in maintenance and support, $0.8 million in professional services and training and $0.2 million in subscriptions. The change in services revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2011 from the three months ended March 31, 2010 was primarily due to an increase of $1.6 million in maintenance and support revenue resulting from our larger installed base, $0.3 million in professional services and training revenues due primarily to an increase in the number of implementation projects and $0.1 million in subscriptions revenue from our ThreatRadar product, which was launched in the first quarter of 2010.

 

52


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,        
     2010     2011     %
Change
 
     Amount      Gross
Margin
    Amount      Gross
Margin
   
     (dollars in thousands)        

Products and license gross profit

   $ 5,812         83.4   $ 8,607         86.3     2.9   

Services gross profit

     2,898         66.6     4,482         69.5     2.9   
                        

Total gross profit

   $ 8,710         77.0   $ 13,089         79.7     2.7   
                        

Total gross margin increased 2.7 percentage points from 77.0% during the three months ended March 31, 2010 to 79.7% during the three months ended March 31, 2011 primarily due to an increase in products and license gross margin of 2.9 percentage points in the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. The change was primarily due to a shift in product mix towards our higher priced, higher throughput appliances. The 2.9 percentage point increase in services gross margin was due to higher utilization of our support teams.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,         
     2010      2011      Change  
     Amount      % of
Net Revenue
     Amount      % of
Net Revenue
     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

   $ 2,956         26.1       $ 3,927         23.9       $ 971         32.8   

Sales and marketing

     7,593         67.1         10,000         60.9         2,407         31.7   

General and administrative

     1,519         13.4         2,294         14.0         775         51.0   
                                               

Total operating expenses

   $ 12,068         106.6       $ 16,221         98.8       $ 4,153         34.4   
                                               

Results above include stock-based compensation expense of:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
     Increase  
     2010      2011     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 11       $ 18       $ 7   

Sales and marketing

     42         58         16   

General and administrative

     20         189         169   
                          
   $ 73       $ 265       $ 192   
                          

Research and development expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 32.8%, to $3.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $3.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010. The change was primarily attributable to an increase of $0.6 million in personnel costs due to additional research and development personnel being hired to support our ongoing product development efforts. The change was also partly due to an increase of $0.3 million in Incapsula personnel costs as a result of it increasing its headcount during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.4 million, or 31.7%, to $10.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $7.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

 

53


Table of Contents

The change was due to an increase of $1.5 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount in all regions in an effort to help drive our overall revenue growth, $0.7 million in promotional and other marketing related expenses, and $0.2 million in travel expenses.

General and administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 51.0%, to $2.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from $1.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010. The change was primarily due to an increase of $0.6 million in personnel costs related to increased headcount to support the growth and operations of our business.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other expense, net increased by $0.1 million to $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011 from other income of $23,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

       Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 62      $ 116      $ 54         87.1   

Effective tax rate

     (1.9 )%      (3.6 )%      

The provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are comprised primarily of foreign income taxes.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Net Revenue

 

     Years Ended December 31,     
     2009    2010    Change
     Amount    % of
Net
Revenue
   Amount    % of
Net
Revenue
   Amount    %
     (dollars in thousands)

Net revenue by type:

                             

Products and license

     $ 25,727          65.4        $ 34,479          62.3        $ 8,752          34.0  
                                                           

Services:

                             

Maintenance and support

       11,840          30.1          18,064          32.5          6,224          52.6  

Professional services and training

       1,763          4.5          2,465          4.5          702          39.8  

Subscriptions

       11          0.0          374          0.7          363          *  
                                                           

Total services

       13,614          34.6          20,903          37.7          7,289          53.5  
                                                           

Total net revenue

     $ 39,341          100.0        $ 55,382          100.0        $ 16,041          40.8  
                                                           

Net revenue by geographic region:

                             

Americas

     $ 24,869          63.3        $ 36,586          66.0        $ 11,717          47.1  

EMEA

       9,929          25.2          13,492          24.4          3,563          35.9  

Asia Pacific

       4,543          11.5          5,304          9.6          761          16.8  
                                                           

Total net revenue

     $ 39,341          100.0        $ 55,382          100.0        $ 16,041          40.8  
                                                           

 

  * Not meaningful

 

54


Table of Contents

Our net revenue increased by $16.1 million, or 40.8%, to $55.4 million in 2010 from $39.3 million in 2009 primarily due to growth in products and license revenue and services revenue. The Americas region contributed the largest portion of this growth with a $11.7 million increase, or 47.1% change over 2009, and the EMEA region contributed a smaller increase of $3.6 million, or 35.9% growth over 2009.

Products and license revenue increased by $8.8 million, or 34.0%, to $34.5 million in 2010 from $25.7 million in 2009. The change was primarily due to a significant increase in demand for our products in the Americas and EMEA regions and was also due to a shift in our product mix towards our higher priced, higher throughput appliances.

Services revenue increased by $7.3 million, or 53.5%, to $20.9 million in 2010 from $13.6 million in 2009. During 2010, our services revenue was comprised of $18.0 million in maintenance and support, $2.5 million in professional services and training and $0.4 million in subscriptions. The change in services revenue in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily due to an increase of $6.2 million in maintenance and support revenue resulting from our larger installed base, a $0.7 million increase in professional services and training due to increased demand for our products and a $0.4 million increase in subscriptions revenue from our ThreatRadar service, which launched during the first quarter of 2010, and our SOC service, which launched in late 2009.

Gross Profit

 

       Years Ended December 31,        
     2009     2010        
     Amount      Gross
Margin
    Amount      Gross
Margin
    %
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)        

Products and license gross profit

   $ 20,932         81.4   $ 28,574         82.9     1.5   

Services gross profit

     9,038         66.4     14,475         69.2     2.8   
                        

Total gross profit

   $ 29,970         76.2   $ 43,049         77.7     1.5   
                        

The 1.5 percentage point increase in products and license gross margin in 2010 was primarily due to margin improvement on all appliance platforms due to cost improvements in our hardware appliances and a shift in our product mix towards our higher priced, higher throughput appliances. The 2.8 percentage point increase in services gross margin was due to higher utilization of our support teams.

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,         
     2009      2010      Change  
     Amount      % of
Net
Revenue
     Amount      % of
Net
Revenue
     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

   $ 10,538         26.8       $ 13,214         23.9       $ 2,676         25.4   

Sales and marketing

     26,920         68.4         34,168         61.7         7,248         26.9   

General and administrative

     4,669         11.9         7,982         14.4         3,313         71.0   
                                               

Total operating expenses

   $ 42,127         107.1       $ 55,364         100.0       $ 13,237         31.4   
                                               

 

55


Table of Contents

Results above include stock-based compensation of:

 

    

Years Ended

        
     December 31,      Increase  
     2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 57       $ 66       $ 9   

Sales and marketing

     218         257         39   

General and administrative

     109         273         164   
                          
   $ 384       $ 596       $ 212   
                          

Research and development expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 25.4%, to $13.2 million in 2010 from $10.5 million in 2009. The change was primarily due to an increase of $1.6 million in personnel costs due primarily to the hiring of additional research and development personnel to support our product development efforts. The change was also partly due to an increase of $0.9 million in research and development costs from Incapsula, which commenced operations in November 2009 and increased hiring throughout 2010.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $7.3 million, or 26.9%, to $34.2 million in 2010 from $26.9 million in 2009. The change was primarily due to an increase of $5.4 million in personnel costs primarily related to increased headcount in the Americas region and, to a lesser extent, sales commissions, an increase of $1.1 million in marketing expenses primarily related to marketing promotions and initiatives aimed at promoting our brand and creating market awareness of our technology and our products and an increase of $0.5 million in travel expenses. The change was also partly due to an increase of $0.2 million primarily in Incapsula’s personnel costs.

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.3 million, or 71.0%, to $8.0 million in 2010 from $4.7 in 2009. The change was primarily related to an increase of $1.8 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount in our accounting and legal departments, $1.0 million in professional services expense related primarily to patent litigation and $0.3 million in rent and occupancy-related expenses. The change was also partly due to an increase of $0.2 million primarily in Incapsula’s personnel costs.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income, net increased $0.3 million, or 166.3%, to $0.5 million in 2010 primarily due to increased foreign exchange gains of $0.3 million. The gains were primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Israeli shekel.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 360      $ 527      $ 167         46.4   

Effective tax rate

     (3.0 )%      (4.5 )%      

The provision for income taxes in 2009 and 2010 are comprised primarily of foreign income taxes. The increase in the provision for income taxes in 2009 compared with 2010 was primarily attributable to an increase in income in our foreign operations.

 

56


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

Net Revenue

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2008     2009     Change  
    Amount     % of
Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Net
Revenue
    Amount      %  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Net revenue by type:

            

Products and license

  $ 24,298        75.6      $ 25,727        65.4      $ 1,429         5.9   
                                          

Services:

            

Maintenance and support

    7,192        22.4        11,840        30.1        4,648         64.6   

Professional services and training

    656        2.0        1,763        4.5        1,107         168.8   

Subscriptions

    —          0.0        11        0.0        11         *   
                                          

Total services

    7,848        24.4        13,614        34.6        5,766         73.5   
                                          

Total net revenue

  $ 32,146        100.0      $ 39,341        100.0      $ 7,195         22.4   
                                          

Net revenue by geographic region:

            

Americas

  $ 21,770        67.7      $ 24,869        63.2      $ 3,099         14.2   

EMEA

    6,706        20.9        9,929        25.2        3,223         48.1   

Asia Pacific

    3,670        11.4        4,543        11.6        873         23.8   
                                          

Total net revenue

  $ 32,146        100.0      $ 39,341        100.0      $ 7,195         22.4   
                                          

 

  * Not meaningful

Our net revenue increased by $7.2 million, or 22.4%, to $39.3 million in 2009 from $32.1 million in 2008 primarily due to growth in products and license revenue and services revenue. The EMEA region contributed $3.2 million of the increase, or a 48.1% change over 2008, and the Americas region contributed $3.1 million of the increase, or a 14.2% change over 2008.

Products and license revenue increased by $1.4 million, or 5.9%, to $25.7 million in 2009 from $24.3 million in 2008. The change was primarily due to an increase in demand for our products in the EMEA and Asia Pacific regions, partially offset by a decrease in sales in the Americas region due to challenging economic conditions in the United States in 2009.

Services revenue increased by $5.8 million, or 73.5%, to $13.6 million in 2009 from $7.8 million in 2008. During 2009, our services revenue was comprised of $11.8 million in maintenance and support and $1.8 million in professional services and training. The increase in services revenue during 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due to an increase of $4.6 million in maintenance and support revenue resulting from our larger installed base, and a $1.1 million increase in professional services and training revenue primarily related to increased demand for our products.

Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended December 31,        
     2008     2009        
     Amount      Gross
Margin
    Amount      Gross
Margin
    Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Products and license gross profit

   $ 20,637         84.9   $ 20,932         81.4     (3.5

Services gross profit

     4,393         56.0     9,038         66.4     10.4   
                        

Total gross profit

   $ 25,030         77.9   $ 29,970         76.2     (1.7
                        

 

57


Table of Contents

The 3.5 percentage point decrease in products and license gross margin in 2009 was primarily due to a shift in our product mix towards our lower average selling priced products as a result of challenging economic conditions. The 10.4 percentage point increase in services gross margin in 2009 was primarily due to higher utilization of our support teams.

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,         
     2008      2009      Change  
     Amount      % of
Net
Revenue
     Amount      % of
Net
Revenue
     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

   $ 8,591         26.7       $ 10,538         26.8       $ 1,947         22.7   

Sales and marketing

     20,447         63.7         26,920         68.4         6,473         31.7   

General and administrative

     3,608         11.2         4,669         11.9         1,061         29.4   
                                               

Total operating expenses

   $ 32,646         101.6       $ 42,127         107.1       $ 9,481         29.0   
                                               

Results above include stock-based compensation expense of:

 

             Years Ended December 31,           
     2008      2009      Increase  
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Research and development

   $ 41       $ 57       $ 16   

Sales and marketing

     163         218         55   

General and administrative

     48         109         61   
                          
   $ 252       $ 384       $ 132   
                          

Research and development expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 22.7%, to $10.5 million in 2009 from $8.6 million in 2008. The change was primarily due to an increase of $1.3 million in personnel costs due to the hiring of additional research and development personnel in 2009 to support our ongoing product development efforts and a $0.6 million increase in facilities expenses and depreciation expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $6.5 million, or 31.7%, to $26.9 million in 2009 from $20.4 million in 2008. The change was primarily due to an increase of $5.0 million in personnel costs primarily related to increased headcount in the Americas region and, to a lesser extent, sales commissions, an increase of $0.9 million in travel costs due to additional sales and marketing personnel hired, a $0.3 million increase in facilities expenses and a $0.3 million increase in fees paid to third parties who generated sales leads for us.

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.1 million, or 29.4%, to $4.7 million in 2009 from $3.6 million in 2008. The change was primarily related to an increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount across the accounting and legal departments to support the growth of our business.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), remained unchanged at $0.2 million in 2009 compared to 2008.

 

58


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2008     2009     Amount       
    

(dollars in thousands) 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 229      $ 360      $ 131         57.2   

Effective tax rate

     (3.1 )%      (3.0 )%      

The provision for income taxes in 2009 and 2008 are comprised primarily of foreign income taxes.

 

59


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended March 31, 2011. The data presented below has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
    Dec. 31,
2010
    March 31,
2011
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Net revenue:

                 

Products and license

  $ 4,296      $ 5,272      $ 6,975      $ 9,184      $ 6,966      $ 8,319      $ 8,247      $ 10,925      $ 9,978   

Services:

                 

Maintenance and support

    2,429        2,691        3,015        3,706        3,810        4,425        4,704        5,148        5,407   

Professional services and training

    366        355        563        478        465        667        584        749        817   

Subscriptions

    —          —          —          11        75        25        111        162        221   
                                                                       

Total services

    2,795        3,046        3,578        4,195        4,350        5,117        5,399        6,059        6,445   
                                                                       

Total net revenue

    7,091        8,318        10,553        13,379        11,316        13,436        13,646        16,984        16,423   

Cost of revenue:

                 

Products and license

    724        941        1,389        1,741        1,154        1,537        1,432        1,782        1,371   

Services

    1,131        1,157        1,036        1,252        1,452        1,564        1,623        1,789        1,963   
                                                                       

Total cost of revenue

    1,855        2,098        2,425        2,993        2,606        3,101        3,055        3,571        3,334   
                                                                       

Gross profit

    5,236        6,220        8,128        10,386        8,710        10,335        10,591        13,413        13,089   

Gross margin

    74     75     77     78     77     77     78     79     80

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    2,408        2,483        2,813        2,834        2,956        3,042        3,470        3,746        3,927   

Sales and marketing

    5,178        6,080        6,945        8,717        7,593        8,072        8,430        10,073        10,000   

General and administrative

    1,119        925        1,127        1,498        1,519        1,662        2,111        2,690        2,294   
                                                                       

Total operating expenses

    8,705        9,488        10,885        13,049        12,068        12,776        14,011        16,509        16,221   
                                                                       

Loss from operations

    (3,469     (3,268     (2,757     (2,663     (3,358     (2,441     (3,420     (3,096     (3,132

Other income (expense), net

    (239     321        142        (46     23        (471     805        117        (89
                                                                       

Loss before provision from income taxes

    (3,708     (2,947     (2,615     (2,709     (3,335     (2,912     (2,615     (2,979     (3,221

Provision for income taxes

    107        15        51        187        62        94        243        128        116   
                                                                       

Net loss

    (3,815     (2,962     (2,666     (2,896     (3,397     (3,006     (2,858     (3,107     (3,337

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          43        89        104        63        99        131   
                                                                       

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

  $ (3,815   $ (2,962   $ (2,666   $ (2,853   $ (3,308   $ (2,902   $ (2,795   $ (3,008   $ (3,206
                                                                       

Quarterly Trends

Total Net Revenue Trends

Revenue increased each quarter as compared with the same period in the prior year due to increases in sales of our products and due to increases in our services revenue primarily resulting from increases in our installed base of customers. We believe that our revenue reflects seasonality. The fourth quarter of each year is typically our strongest quarter due to customer budget and purchasing trends, and demand for our products and services is typically slowest in the first quarter.

 

60


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue Trends

Cost of revenue has increased in each quarter as compared with the same period in the prior year primarily due to increased shipments of hardware appliances and the growth in size of our support and professional services organization to support increases in our installed base. While costs have generally increased along with the associated revenue, gross profit also increased. Gross margins ranged from 74% to 80%. The improved gross margins in 2010 resulted from shipments of a lower cost hardware appliance and a shift in our product mix to higher margin, higher throughput products. Our gross margins typically decrease slightly in the first quarter as we experience fewer billable hours for professional services and training due to holidays and scheduled internal training.

Operating Expenses Trends

Total operating expenses increased in each quarter as compared with the same period in the prior year, primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Operating expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue during each quarter of 2010 and 2011 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Revenue seasonality also has an impact on operating expenses as we typically experience a slight reduction in operating expenses in the first quarter compared to the preceding year’s fourth quarter due to lower commission payments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have satisfied our capital and liquidity needs through sales of our products and services and private placements of convertible preferred stock. We have incurred significant losses as we continue to expand our business. Our cash flow from operating activities will continue to be affected principally by the extent to which our revenue exceeds or does not exceed any increase in spending on personnel to support the growth of our business. Our largest source of operating cash flow is cash collections from our customers.

Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2011, we had $18.9 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including, among other things, market acceptance of our products, the cost of our research and development activities, the acquisition of other businesses and overall economic conditions.

As of March 31, 2011 we had no outstanding debt under our credit facility agreement.

 

61


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (5,164   $ (5,511   $ (1,049   $ 120      $ 1,094   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (1,558     (1,942     (4,573     (2,363     484   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     20,156        831        3,274        (357     (221

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

We have historically experienced negative cash flow from operations as we continue to expand our business. Our largest uses of cash from operating activities are for employee related expenditures. Our primary source of cash flow from operating activities is cash receipts from customers. Our cash flow from operations will continue to be affected principally by the extent to which we grow our revenues and increase our headcount, primarily in our sales and marketing and research and development functions, in order to grow our business.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 reflected non-cash charges of $0.6 million, as well as a net change of $3.8 million in our net operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a net loss of $3.3 million. The net change in our operating assets and liabilities was the result of a decrease in our accounts receivable of $2.7 million along with a $1.9 million increase in our deferred revenue, which represents unearned amounts billed to our customers, resulting from our larger installed base combined with strong maintenance and support renewal rates from our existing customers.

Net cash used in operating activities of $1.0 million for 2010 reflected a net loss of $12.4 million, partially offset by a net change of $9.5 million in our net operating assets and liabilities and aggregate non-cash charges of $1.8 million. The net change in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of an $7.8 million increase in our deferred revenue, a $1.5 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits, a $2.0 million increase in accrued and other current liabilities, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $0.7 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.7 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.6 million. Non-cash charges included $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.6 million of stock-based compensation.

Net cash used in operating activities of $5.5 million for 2009 reflected a net loss of $12.3 million, partially offset by a net change of $5.7 million in our net operating assets and liabilities and aggregate non-cash charges of $1.1 million. The net change in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of a $5.3 million increase in our deferred revenue. Non-cash charges included $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation.

Net cash used in operating activities of $5.2 million for 2008 reflected a net loss of $7.7 million, partially offset by a net change of $1.8 million in our net operating activities and liabilities and aggregate non-cash charges of $0.7 million. The net change in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of a $3.0 million increase in our deferred revenue combined with a $2.3 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses offset by a $3.0 million increase in accounts receivable. Non-cash charges consisted of $0.5 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.3 million in stock-based compensation.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment and purchases and sales of investments. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, cash provided by investing activities was $0.5 million, primarily as a result of a $0.7 million decrease in restricted cash and $0.5 million in proceeds from maturities of short-term investments partially offset by $0.4 million in capital expenditures and $0.4 million in purchases of short-term investments.

In 2010, cash used in investing activities of $4.6 million was primarily attributable to $2.9 million in capital expenditures, a $0.9 million increase in restricted cash relating to our purchase commitments and $0.8 million in net purchases of short-term investments.

In 2009, cash used in investing activities of $1.9 million was primarily attributable to $1.3 million in capital expenditures and $0.5 million in net purchases of short-term investments.

In 2008, cash used in investing activities of $1.6 million was primarily attributable to $1.3 million in capital expenditures and a $0.3 million increase in restricted cash relating to our purchase commitments.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

To date, our primary financing activities have been the sale of our convertible preferred stock.

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, cash used in financing activities was $0.2 million, primarily as a result of a $0.5 million payment made to pay off our revolving credit facility, partially offset by $0.3 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

In 2010, cash provided by financing activities was $3.3 million, which consisted of $2.8 million in proceeds from the issuance of restricted stock, $0.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, and $0.5 million in borrowings on our revolving credit facility, partially offset by $0.6 million in repayments on the convertible promissory note that Incapsula entered into in November 2009 with our Chief Executive Officer.

In 2009, cash provided by financing activities was $0.8 million due primarily to the $0.6 million in proceeds we received from the convertible promissory note Incapsula entered into in November 2009 with our Chief Executive Officer, as well as $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

In 2008, cash provided by financing activities was $20.2 million due to the receipt of $20.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of our Series D convertible preferred stock, as well as $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

For a description of our issuance of restricted stock and transactions with Incapsula, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and Incapsula, our majority owned subsidiary. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable periods. Management bases its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical

 

63


Table of Contents

experience and on various other factors that they believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could change the results from those reported. Our management evaluates its estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

Our management must make significant judgments and estimates to determine revenue to be recognized in any accounting period. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management makes different judgments or utilizes different estimates.

We derive revenue from two sources: (i) products and license revenue, which includes hardware and perpetual software license revenue and (ii) services revenue, which includes maintenance, professional services, training and subscription arrangements. Substantially all of product and license sales have been sold in combination with maintenance services. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery or performance has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collection is reasonably assured.

We define each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.     Evidence of an arrangement consists of a purchase order issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a distributor or value-added reseller agreement and, in limited cases, an end user agreement and/or purchase order.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery or performance has occurred.     We use shipping and related documents, or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to value-added resellers, distributors or end users. We do not have significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with our sales.

 

  Ÿ  

The sales price is fixed or determinable.     We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Standard payment terms to customers range from 30 to 90 days. In the event payment terms are provided that differ from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payments become due, provided the remaining criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

  Ÿ  

Collection is reasonably assured.     We assess probability of collection on a customer-by-customer basis. Our customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services. If we conclude that collection is not reasonably assured based upon an initial review, we do not recognize revenue until payment is received.

Maintenance and subscription revenue includes arrangements for software maintenance and technical support for our products and subscription services revenue primarily related to our cloud-based services. Maintenance is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Maintenance and subscription revenue is initially deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. Maintenance and subscription contracts usually have a term of one to three years. Unearned maintenance and subscription revenue is included in deferred revenue.

 

64


Table of Contents

Professional service revenue primarily consists of the fees we earn related to installation and consulting services. We recognize revenue from professional services upon delivery or completion of performance. Professional service arrangements are typically short term in nature and are largely completed within 90 days from the start of service.

Training services are recognized upon delivery of the training.

Multiple Element Arrangements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the accounting standards for revenue recognition to remove from the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance any tangible products containing software components and non-software components that operate together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. In addition, the FASB amended the accounting standards for multiple element revenue arrangements not within the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance to:

 

  Ÿ  

Provide updated guidance on whether multiple elements exist, how the elements in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated to the separate elements;

 

  Ÿ  

Implement a price hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if available and VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE or TPE is available;

 

  Ÿ  

Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method.

We adopted this accounting guidance at the beginning of the first quarter of 2010 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2009. As a result of the adoption, net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was approximately $1.5 million higher than the net revenue that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules. Net loss and net loss per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2010, were approximately $1.3 million and $0.14 lower than the net loss and net loss per share of common stock that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules.

This guidance does not change the units of accounting for our revenue transactions. Our non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and our revenue arrangements do not include a general right of return for delivered products.

Most of our products are hardware appliances containing software components that function together to provide the essential functionality of the product. Therefore, our hardware appliances are considered non-software deliverables and have been removed from the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance.

Our product revenue also includes revenue from the sale of stand-alone software products. Stand-alone software may operate on our hardware appliance, but is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware and continues to be subject to the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance, which remains unchanged.

Certain of our standalone software when sold with hardware appliances is considered essential to the functionality and as a result is no longer accounted for under industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance; however, this same software when sold separately is accounted for under the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. Additionally, we provide unspecified software

 

65


Table of Contents

upgrades for our products, on a when-and-if available basis, through maintenance and support contracts. To the extent that the software being supported is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware, these support arrangements would continue to be subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance.

For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2009 and for all transactions entered into prior to January 1, 2010, we recognize revenue based on software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, we use the residual method to recognize revenue when a product agreement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. In the majority of our contracts, the only element that remains undelivered at the time of delivery of the product is maintenance and support services. Under the residual method, VSOE of the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract fee is recognized as product revenue. If evidence of VSOE of the fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is generally deferred and recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established.

For all other transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2009, we recognize revenue in accordance with the amended accounting guidance. For certain arrangements with multiple deliverables, we allocate the arrangement fee to the non-software element based upon the relative selling price of such element and, if software and software-related (e.g., maintenance and support for the software element) elements are also included in the arrangement, we allocate the arrangement fee to each of those software and software-related elements as a group. After such allocations are made, the amount of the arrangement fee allocated to the software and software-related elements is accounted for using the residual method. When applying the relative selling price method, we determine the selling price for each element using VSOE of selling price, if it exists, or if not, TPE of selling price, if it exists. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exist for an element, we use our BESP for that element. The revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for that element. We limit the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, or subject to our future performance obligation.

Consistent with our methodology under previous accounting guidance, VSOE of fair value for elements of an arrangement is based upon the normal pricing and discounting practices for those services when sold separately, and VSOE for maintenance and support services is further measured by the renewal rate offered to the customer. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a service fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range, evidenced by a substantial majority of such historical stand-alone transactions falling within a reasonably narrow range of the median rates. In addition, we consider major service groups and geographies in determining VSOE.

We are typically not able to determine TPE for our products or services. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. Generally, our go-to-market strategy differs from that of our peers and our offerings contain a significant level of differentiation such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be obtained. Furthermore, we are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

When we are unable to establish the selling price of our non-software deliverables using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, geographies, and distribution channels.

For our non-software deliverables we allocate the arrangement consideration based on the relative selling price of the deliverables. For our hardware appliances we use BESP as the selling price

 

66


Table of Contents

as we have no history of selling our hardware appliances separately. For our maintenance and support and professional services and training, we primarily use VSOE as the selling price and when we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE, we used BESP.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options and shares of restricted stock granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. For stock options, we estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

The fair value of the option awards during 2008, 2009, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
           (Unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Risk-free interest rate

     3.0     2.5     2.2     2.6     2.6

Expected volatility

     58     55     51     52     48

Expected dividend rate

     0     0     0     0     0

The Black-Scholes options pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. These assumptions include:

Expected Term .    The expected term represents the period over which the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” we used the simplified method to determine the expected term as set forth in the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For option grants that are not considered “plain vanilla,” the expected term is based on historical option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellations of options by employees.

Risk-Free Interest Rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to each award’s expected term.

Expected Volatility .    The expected volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies within our industry that are deemed to be comparable to our business because we have limited information on the volatility of our common stock since we have no trading history. When making the selections of our industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, we considered the size, operational and economic similarities to our principle business operations.

Expected Dividend .    The expected dividend was assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to do so.

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for expense related to our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the

 

67


Table of Contents

appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, expected volatility and forfeiture rate related to our own stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors with significant experience in the information technology industry. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (“AICPA Practice Aid”), our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

  Ÿ  

contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third party specialists;

 

  Ÿ  

prices for our convertible preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

actual operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

  Ÿ  

risks inherent in the development of our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

market value of a comparable group of privately held companies that are in a similar state of development to ours;

 

  Ÿ  

illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

  Ÿ  

industry information such as market size and growth; and

 

  Ÿ  

macroeconomic conditions.

In valuing our common stock, the board of directors determined the equity value of our business by taking a weighted combination of the value indications under two valuation approaches, an income approach and a market approach. The income approach estimates the present value of future estimated cash flow, based upon forecasted revenue and costs. This future cash flow is discounted to its present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable

 

68


Table of Contents

publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flow. The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business which are based on key metrics implied by the enterprise values or acquisition values of our comparable publicly traded companies.

The fair value of our business was then allocated to each of our classes of stock using either the Option Pricing Method or the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method.

The Option Pricing Method (“OPM”) treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

The Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM included non-initial public offering market based outcomes as well as initial public offering scenarios. In the non-initial public offering scenarios, a large portion of the equity value is allocated to the convertible preferred stock to reflect the preferred stock liquidation preferences. In the initial public offering scenarios, the equity value is allocated pro rata among the shares of common stock and each series of convertible preferred stock, which causes the common stock to have a higher relative value per share than under the non-initial public offering scenario. The fair value of the enterprise determined using the initial public offering and non-initial public offering scenarios was weighted according to the board of directors’ estimate of the probability of each scenario.

Over time, as certainty developed regarding possible discrete events, including an initial public offering, the allocation methodology utilized to allocate our enterprise value to our common stock transitioned from the OPM, which was utilized through September 30, 2010, to the PWERM, which has been utilized since February 28, 2011.

Information regarding stock option grants, which includes grants of restricted stock, since January 1, 2010 is summarized as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value Per Share
of Common Stock
     Aggregate Grant
Date Fair Value(1)
 

February 5, 2010

     943,900       $ 0.84       $ 0.84       $ 412,396   

June 4, 2010

     413,600         1.26         1.26         262,492   

August 25, 2010

     311,300         1.65         1.65         248,430   

September 28, 2010

     260,122         1.65         1.85         246,406   

September 30, 2010

     1,687,639         1.65         1.85         1,643,845   

November 17, 2010

     557,300         1.85         1.85         515,257   

March 2, 2011

     786,150         2.71         2.71         1,049,591   

April 8, 2011

     78,400         2.71         2.71         104,494   

May 19, 2011

     296,200         4.03         4.03         577,341   

 

 

(1) Aggregate grant date fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

69


Table of Contents

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as March 31, 2011 was $             million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase or decrease from February 5, 2010 through May 19, 2011. Instead, a combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of the underlying common stock.

December 31, 2009 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of December 31, 2009, the board determined a fair value of our common stock to be $0.81 per share. The December 31, 2009 contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were in Stage 4 of enterprise development which is defined by the AICPA Practice Aid as an enterprise that has achieved key development milestones, recognized product revenues but is still operating at a loss. Our enterprise value was determined using an income approach and market approach. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the enterprise value, before factoring in any discounts or allocation. In addition, a discount rate of 20.38% was determined to be reasonable and appropriate given our stage of development and inherent risks.

We then allocated our enterprise value to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.5 years, a risk-free rate of 0.81% and volatility of 60.87% over the time to a liquidity event. The results from the OPM were then reduced by a 28.29% marketability discount which determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $0.81 per share as of December 31, 2009. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $0.84 per share for the exercise price for the options granted on February 5, 2010, which was deemed to be the fair value of our common stock on the grant date. No other options were granted during this period between the December 31, 2009 valuation and the date of the subsequent contemporaneous valuation performed as of March 31, 2010.

March 31, 2010 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of March 31, 2010, the board determined a fair value of our common stock to be $1.26 per share. The March 31, 2010 contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were in Stage 4 of enterprise development. Our enterprise value was determined using an income approach and market approach, which was weighted equally to determine the enterprise value, before favoring in any discounts or allocations. Our projected cash flow used included updated cash flow projections from the December 31, 2010 contemporaneous value and the projected cash flow from our majority owned subsidiary Incapsula, of which we purchased an additional ownership interest in during March 2010, resulting in an increase to our calculated enterprise value. A discount rate of 20.36% was determined to be reasonable and appropriate given our stage of development and inherent risks.

We then allocated our enterprise value to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.5 years, a risk-free rate of 0.73% and volatility of 51.98% over the time to a liquidity event. The results from the OPM were then reduced by a 28.0% marketability discount which determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $1.26 per share as of March 31, 2010. The increase in the fair value of our common stock was attributable to higher projected cash flows that were used to calculate our enterprise value under the income and market approaches. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $1.26 per share for the exercise price of the options granted on June 4, 2010, which was deemed to be the fair

 

70


Table of Contents

value of our common stock on the grant date. No other options were granted during this period between the March 31, 2010 valuation and the date of the subsequent contemporaneous valuation performed on August 1, 2010.

August 1, 2010 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of August 1, 2010, the board determined a fair value of our common stock to be $1.65 per share. The August 1, 2010 contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were in Stage 4 of enterprise development. Our enterprise value was determined using the income approach and market approach, which we weighted equally to determine the enterprise value, before factoring in any discounts or allocation. Our projected cash flows were increased from our March 31, 2010 valuation to reflect the stronger than expected sales growth we experienced during the second quarter of 2010 from international sales and customer acceptance of our ThreatRadar product, resulting in a significant increase in our calculated enterprise value under both the income and market approaches. A discount rate of 20.7% was determined to be reasonable and appropriate given our stage of development and inherent risks.

We then allocated our enterprise value to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.4 years, a risk-free rate of 0.39% and volatility of 49.66% over the time to a liquidity event. The results from the OPM were then reduced by a 28.0% marketability discount which determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $1.65 per share as of August 1, 2010. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from our March 31, 2010 valuation was primarily due to stronger than expected sales growth we experienced during the second quarter of 2010 combined with higher revenue multiples from our peer companies due to improving economic conditions that were used to determine our enterprise value under the market approaches. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $1.65 per share for the exercise price for the options granted on August 25, 2010 and September 28, 2010. Our board of directors also used $1.65 for the exercise price of our restricted stock units granted on September 30, 2010.

In connection with the initial filing of our registration statement on Form S-1, we reassessed the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes. Based on this reassessment, the fair value of our common stock for the September 28, 2010 and September 30, 2010 grants was determined to be $1.85 per share, which is consistent with the fair value of our common stock that our board of directors determined as of September 30, 2010. As a result, we increased the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes from $1.65 per share to $1.85 per share for the September 28, 2010 and September 30, 2010 grants.

September 30, 2010 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of September 30, 2010, the board determined a fair value of our common stock to be $1.85 per share. The September 30, 2010 contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were in Stage 4 of development. Our enterprise value was determined using an income approach and market approach, which we weighted equally to determine the enterprise value, before factoring in any discounts or allocation. Our projected revenues were revised marginally lower due to a slower than expected performance during the third quarter; however, the long-term growth projections remained in intact. A discount rate of 20.67% was determined to be reasonable and appropriate given our stage of development and inherent risks.

We then allocated our enterprise value to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.75 years, a risk-free rate of 0.39% and volatility of 51.23%

 

71


Table of Contents

over the time to a liquidity event. The results from the OPM were then reduced by a 30.0% marketability discount which determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $1.85 per share as of September 30, 2010. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from our August 1, 2010 valuation was attributable to our third quarter operating results combined with improving economic conditions. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $1.85 per share for the exercise price for the options granted on November 17, 2010. No other options were granted during this period between the September 30, 2010 valuation and the date of the subsequent contemporaneous valuation performed as of February 28, 2011.

February 28, 2011 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of February 28, 2011, the board determined a fair value of the common stock to be $2.71 per share. This contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were still in Stage 4 of enterprise development. For this valuation, the market approach was utilized and the income approach was not used because projected economic benefits to the shareholders are expected to be realized in the form of an initial public offering or merger in which market participants are expected to value the business primarily using valuation multiples derived from market data rather than from the application of discount rates to future earnings or cash flow. A risk-adjusted discount of 25.0% based upon an adjusted capital asset pricing model was then applied to the values derived from the market approach.

We used a PWERM for the February 28, 2011 valuation which requires us to estimate the probability of future scenarios for our business including an initial public offering scenario and a merger or sale scenario. As noted previously, the OPM is preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and the PWERM becomes useful when discrete future outcomes become more predictable. During the period between September 2010 and February 2011, the range of discrete events, specifically initial public offering scenarios, became fairly well established; therefore, the PWERM was utilized to estimate the fair value of the common stock as of February 28, 2011 with the following scenario probabilities: initial public offering scenario with a 25% probability of occurring between June 2012 and 2013, and a Merger or Sale scenario with a 75% probability of occurring between June 2012 and December 2013. The results from the PWERM were then discounted by a 25.0% marketability discount to determine the fair value of the common stock of $2.71 per share. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from our September 30, 2010 valuation was attributable to our strong fourth quarter operating results combined with our switch to the PWERM which resulted in a significant increase in the revenue and comparable transaction multiples used to determine our enterprise value. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $2.71 per share for the exercise price for the options granted on March 2, 2011.

April 30, 2011 Contemporaneous Valuation

As of April 30, 2011, the board determined a fair value of the common stock to be $4.03 per share. This contemporaneous valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis assuming we were still in Stage 4 of enterprise development. The market approach was utilized because the projected economic benefits to the shareholders are expected to be realized in the form of an initial public offering or merger. A risk-adjusted discount of 25.0% based upon an adjusted capital asset pricing model was then applied to the values derived from the market approach.

We used a PWERM to estimate the fair value of the common stock as of April 30, 2011 with the following scenario probabilities: initial public offering scenario with a 45% probability of occurring between December 2011 and December 2012 and a merger or sale scenario with a 55% probability of occurring between December 2011 and December 2012. The results from the PWERM were then discounted by a 15.0% marketability discount to determine the fair value of the common stock of $4.03

 

72


Table of Contents

per share. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from our February 28, 2011 valuation was primarily attributable to our progress towards an initial public offering and our strong first quarter operating results. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors used $4.03 per share for the exercise price for the options granted on May 19, 2011.

No single event caused the valuation of the common stock to increase from December 31, 2009 to May 19, 2011; rather, it was a combination of factors. Primarily, the increase was a result of our progress towards an initial public offering, including expanded discussions with investment bankers in early 2011 following a very robust initial public offering market that was represented by a significant increase in activity during the fourth quarter of 2010. The impact of the initial public offering progress was noted in the change in valuation methodologies from OPM to PWERM, which will generally increase common stock valuations because there tends to be higher prices allocated to initial public offering scenarios then to merger or sale scenarios. The increase was also attributable to developments in our business during this period including hiring a new chief financial officer in December 2010 and strong fourth quarter 2010 and first quarter 2011 operating results due to higher than anticipated sales growth and customer acceptance of our newly introduced products. As a result, the board of directors believed that it had a better view of our future expectations and accordingly increased our projections that were used in the February and April 2011 valuations. We also added guideline companies to the valuation per discussions with our investment bankers in February 2011 in order to incorporate more recent transaction activity which also increased our market multiples used in the valuation.

Our stock-based compensation expense for awards granted is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 22       $ 37       $ 44       $ 8       $ 18   

Research and development

     41         57         66         11         18   

Sales and marketing

     163         218         257         42         58   

General and administrative

     48         109         273         20         189   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 274       $ 421       $ 640       $ 81       $ 283   
                                            

As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 we had $1.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years and 2.9 years, respectively. In future periods, our stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase as a result of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation to be recognized as these awards vest and as we issue additional stock-based awards to attract and retain employees.

Long-Lived Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation on our consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We make estimates of the useful life of our property and equipment in order to determine depreciation expense to be recorded each reporting period based on similar assets purchased in the past and our historical experience with such similar assets, or asset group, as well anticipated technological or market changes. The estimated useful life of our property and equipment directly impacts the timing of when our depreciation expense is recognized. There is significant judgment involved with estimating the useful lives of our property and equipment, and a change in the estimates of such useful lives could cause our depreciation expense in future periods to increase significantly.

 

73


Table of Contents

We assess impairment of our property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount of the asset is impaired or the estimated useful lives are no longer appropriate. Circumstances such as changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used may trigger an impairment review. If indicators of impairment exist and the undiscounted projected cash flow associated with such assets are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded to write the asset down to their estimated fair values. Fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flow. We have not recognized an impairment charge on our property and equipment in our consolidated statement of operations during 2008, 2009, 2010 and during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with the FASB ASC No. 740   (“ASC 740”), Accounting for Income Taxes. We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in the subsequent period when such a change in estimate occurs.

We use an asset and liability approach for accounting of deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements, but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carry-forwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the realization criteria set forth in ASC No. 740. To the extent that we believe any amounts are not more likely than not to be realized, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred income tax assets. In the event we determine that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred income tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in an adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize and measure potential liabilities based upon criteria set forth in ASC 740. Based upon these criteria, we estimate whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. If payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities may result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. If our estimate of tax liabilities is less than the amount ultimately assessed, a further charge to expense would result.

Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred income tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event that we change our determination as to the amount of deferred income tax assets that could be realized, we will adjust our valuation allowance with a corresponding effect to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions under ASC 740 and determining our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our reserves for uncertain tax

 

74


Table of Contents

positions are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserves for uncertain tax positions and any changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties, if applicable.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   2011      2012      2013      2014     

2015 and
    after    

     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations, including current portion(1)

   $ 501       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 501   

Operating lease obligations(2)

     2,147         2,145         2,139         768         472         7,671   

Cancelable lease obligations(3)

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Severance Pay Fund(4)

     —           —           —           —           —           2,372   

Purchase commitments(5)

     1,927         —           —           —           —           1,927   
                                                     

Total

   $ 4,575       $ 2,145       $ 2,139       $ 768       $ 472       $ 12,471   
                                                     

 

(1) Long-term debt includes $0.5 million in principal under our credit facility agreement entered into in September 2010. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, we paid off our obligations under the credit facility resulting in us having no amounts outstanding under our credit facility.
(2) Operating lease agreements represent our obligations to make payments under our non-cancelable lease agreements for our facilities. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, we made regular lease payments of $0.5 million under the operating lease agreements.
(3) Cancelable lease obligations represent our obligations under our motor vehicle lease agreement. We have the option to cancel the lease at any time which may result in penalties in a maximum amount of $92,000 as of March 31, 2011. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, we made regular lease payments of $0.4 million under the cancelable lease obligations.
(4) Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 includes $2.4 million of non-current liabilities for our Israeli severance pay fund. The specific timing of any cash payments relating to this obligation cannot be projected with reasonable certainty and, therefore, no amounts for this obligation are included in the annual columns of the table set forth above.
(5) Purchase commitments are contractual obligations to purchase hardware appliances and related component parts from our vendors in advance of anticipated sales.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through March 31, 2011, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices

 

75


Table of Contents

and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio and our outstanding debt obligations. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment accounts as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 totaled $16.4 million and $18.9 million, respectively, and consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments with maturities of less than one year from the date of purchase. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of the interest rates in the United States. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or our results of operation.

As of March 31, 2011, we have no outstanding obligations under our credit facility agreement. To the extent in the future we enter into other long-term debt arrangements, we would be subject to fluctuations in interest rates which could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operation.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our consolidated results of operations and cash flow are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Substantially all of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the U.S. and Israel and to a lesser extent in Europe, Middle East and Africa and Asia Pacific. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flow are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchanges rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

To date, we have used derivative financial instruments, specifically foreign currency forward contracts, to manage exposure to foreign currency risks, by hedging a portion of our forecasted expenses denominated in Israeli shekels expected to occur within a year. The effect of exchange rate changes on foreign currency forward contracts is expected to offset the effect of exchange rate changes on the underlying hedged item. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2010-06 requires disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers, beginning in the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), beginning in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of this new standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a pioneer and leader of a new category of data security solutions focused on providing visibility and control over high-value business data across critical systems within the data center. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is a broad solution designed to prioritize and mitigate risks to high-value business data, protect against hackers and malicious insiders and address and streamline regulatory compliance. SecureSphere is an integrated, modular suite, which provides database, file and web application security and secures all business data across various systems in data centers, including traditional on-premise data centers as well as private, public and hybrid cloud computing environments. We also offer cloud-based security services that deliver on-demand and cost-effective web application security.

Organizations are facing numerous challenges in providing the visibility and control required to protect high-value business data from theft and exploitation. Enterprises must also comply with increasingly complex regulatory standards enacted to protect this data. As organizations adopt new technologies and architectures, they increase the complexity of, and open access to, the data center; thereby exposing their business data to new vulnerabilities. In addition, attacks, whether perpetrated by sophisticated hackers or malicious insiders, targeting high-value business data continue to increase in sophistication, scale and frequency. We believe that these challenges are driving the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around business data and systems in the data center and that traditional security and compliance products do not address this need.

We were founded in 2002 with the vision of protecting high-value business data within the enterprise. As of March 31, 2011, we had over 1,300 end-user customers, who we refer to in this prospectus as our customers, in more than 50 countries. In addition, our solutions are used to protect thousands of organizations through cloud-based deployments with our managed security service provider (“MSSP”) and hosting partners. Our customers include four of the top five telecommunications companies, three of the top five commercial banks in the United States, three of the top five financial data service firms, three of the top five computer hardware companies, two of the top five food and drug store companies, over 150 government agencies around the world and more than 100 Fortune 1000 companies. We primarily sell our products and services through our network of over 350 channel partners worldwide, including both distributors and resellers, which provide sales and support leverage to our sales organization. As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately 340 employees, including 113 employees in research and development. We generated revenue of $55.4 million in 2010, an increase of 41% over the $39.3 million in revenue we generated in 2009, and we reduced our net loss attributable to our stockholders to $12.0 million in 2010 from $12.3 million in 2009.

Industry Background

As a result of the rise in sophisticated attacks by hackers and malicious insiders, the difficulty in complying with regulations governing business data and the growing complexity of, and open access to, data centers, enterprises are struggling to provide visibility and control over business data that they need to protect. We believe these challenges are driving the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around business data and systems in the data center.

High-value business data is increasingly targeted for illicit financial, political and military gain.

Business data has always been valuable to legitimate organizations that use it to run their operations. As a result, organizations are increasing their collection, storage and use of high-value

 

77


Table of Contents

business data, including financial and credit card data, intellectual property and personally identifiable information. At the same time, the greater use and availability of this high-value business data has driven an increase in the monetary incentives for its theft and abuse.

The monetary value of business data has motivated the formation of a sophisticated and organized industry around the theft and exploitation of such data. According to the Verizon 2011 Data Breach Investigations Report, more than half of the data breaches involving external agents were perpetrated by individuals affiliated with organized crime. Further, these data breaches have fueled a data theft industry, in which black market forums advertise and trade stolen information, causing an estimated $1 trillion in annual losses to companies and individuals.

However, the value of business data goes well beyond its financial value. Public incidents, such as the attack on, and infiltration of, Google Inc.’s corporate infrastructure, suspected to have been sponsored by a foreign government, and the various data leaks publicized by WikiLeaks, demonstrate the political and military value of data. These types of attacks seek high-value political and military data and are typically as sophisticated as attacks seeking valuable business data.

Enterprises struggle to comply with an increasingly complex regulatory environment.

In response to the increased threats to high-value business data and the potential harm to victims of fraud, identity theft and disclosure of personal information, governments and industry groups are enacting legislation and compliance standards to ensure that consumers and enterprises are informed of, and protected from, losses due to data breaches. Several new and expanding laws, regulations and industry standards, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”), Basel II, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (the “Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 mandate increased visibility and control of high-value business data, as well as the protection of data from unauthorized use and ongoing auditing and reporting duties.

In addition to growing in number, compliance and privacy regulations are increasingly global in scope and applicable to small and large enterprises in a variety of industries. The result is that many enterprises find themselves subject to an ever growing number of such regulations.

As enterprises implement internal compliance policies and best practices intended to secure high-value business data and enable regulatory compliance, they face a range of challenges.

 

  Ÿ  

These regulations typically apply to all data within the scope of a given mandate regardless of whether the data resides in applications, structured repositories such as databases, or unstructured repositories such as file servers and network-attached storage systems. Enterprises often lack complete visibility into the location and content of high-value business data and are therefore unable to protect it.

 

  Ÿ  

Frequent organizational changes and an ever evolving, increasingly distributed IT infrastructure often result in users having excessive rights to sensitive data. Many enterprises lack the time and resources necessary to manually review and update user rights, which often results in unwarranted data access.

 

  Ÿ  

Traditional approaches to the auditing of sensitive data rely on manual processes that cannot cost-effectively address the scope of auditing needed and fail to provide separation of duties from privileged users, such as database and system administrators, who often control and can therefore manipulate audit logs and reports.

 

78


Table of Contents

Increasing complexity of, and open access to, the data center is elevating the risk of attacks that target business data.

In order to support evolving business priorities, enterprises continue to deploy new technologies and architectures that are increasing the complexity of, and the accessibility to, the data center. These technologies and architectures broaden the risk associated with business data by creating new points of vulnerability across the data center. Several examples include:

 

  Ÿ  

The widespread use of web-based applications to facilitate complex and sensitive business transactions creates new points of vulnerability from sophisticated attacks that exploit custom application code and business logic.

 

  Ÿ  

The adoption of cloud computing and Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) models extends the data center beyond the traditional boundaries of the enterprise network and outsources the physical custody of business data to third parties, which results in an increased risk to the data due to the complexity associated with protecting outsourced business systems and controlling the usage of business data in disparate locations.

 

  Ÿ  

The growth of mobile computing is further accelerating the adoption of web applications and extending business processes outside the traditional network perimeter. Additionally, the proliferation of unmanaged mobile devices used by employees with access privileges to sensitive data increases the organization’s vulnerability to attacks.

 

  Ÿ  

The rapid growth of structured and unstructured data throughout organizations, coupled with the dynamic use and copying of this data by numerous users across multiple business systems, increases both the scale and complexity of achieving visibility and control over business data in the data center.

Increasing sophistication, scale and frequency of attacks drive the need for a dedicated layer of security for business data and applications.

Attackers, motivated by the value of business data and encouraged by the growing complexity of, and open access to, the data center, continue to increase the sophistication, scale and frequency of their attacks to steal high-value business data. For example, according to the Verizon 2011 Data Breach Investigations Report, the number of data breaches in 2010 due to internal and external attacks increased 5.4 times from 2009, which approximated the cumulative total of incidents documented from 2004 to 2009. Examples include:

 

  Ÿ  

Large scale, automated external attacks on web applications of organizations of all sizes .    By automatically finding and exploiting weaknesses in any web application, as opposed to targeting a specific web application, industrialized attackers are able to systematically gather valuable data in a scalable and repeatable fashion, resulting in the need for organizations of all sizes to protect high-value business data.

 

  Ÿ  

Sophisticated application and business logic attacks that bypass perimeter network and content security controls.     Several sophisticated technical attack categories, such as SQL injection, cross-site scripting, cross-site request forgery, cookie poisoning and other common attacks, are able to avoid the inspection capabilities of many traditional security products. In addition, attacks on the logic of business applications, such as scraping, application layer denial of service and brute forcing, are crafted to appear as legitimate and are thus able to avoid detection by infrastructure oriented defenses such as network firewalls and intrusion prevention systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Malicious insider attacks that are frequently undetected by traditional internal security controls.     The existence of a robust, illicit market for sensitive data has provided the opportunity and financial incentives for insiders to commit crimes involving the theft and distribution of proprietary data. Since employees, contract workers and business partners need

 

79


Table of Contents
 

access privileges to sensitive data in order to carry out their responsibilities, they are able to abuse their privileges and extract high-value business data directly, without triggering internal controls that focus on network and infrastructure activities rather than data access. For example, in 2010, General Motors Corporation was subject to a malicious insider attack when two employees stole sensitive documents relating to hybrid technology worth an estimated $40 million and attempted to sell the data to a Chinese auto manufacturer.

 

  Ÿ  

Attacks originating from trusted insiders compromised by malware that are often undetected by traditional security controls.     In many cases, attacks on data through insiders occur without the insider’s knowledge or collaboration. An insider’s endpoint device may be compromised by malware, which can take control over the device or gain access to its system credentials, allowing an external attacker to then act as a malicious insider and perpetrate an attack on high-value business data. Since internal network and infrastructure solutions do not provide visibility into the usage of data, this malicious interaction with high-value business data remains a blind spot for the organization. The U.S. Office of the Director of National Intelligence reports that almost half of all computers in the United States have been compromised in some manner and that an average of 60,000 new pieces of malware are identified per day.

Need For a Broad Data Security Solution

As a result of these factors, organizations need a new approach to provide visibility and control over high-value business data across the data center. We believe that effectively addressing data security requires a solution that includes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

a broad and fully integrated platform that monitors and protects high-value business data across various systems in the data center;

 

  Ÿ  

automated capabilities to discover and classify high-value business data;

 

  Ÿ  

user rights management capabilities to ensure data access rights align with corporate policy;

 

  Ÿ  

auditing and reporting capabilities that enable a separation of duties;

 

  Ÿ  

sophisticated attack prevention technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

deployment flexibility though physical, virtual and SaaS offerings to address complex heterogeneous data center environments; and

 

  Ÿ  

integrated and centralized management.

Market Opportunity

We believe that compliance and privacy regulations, large scale and sophisticated external attacks, privilege abuse by malicious insiders and attacks from insiders compromised by advanced malware, all drive the need for a new protection layer positioned closely around the high-value business data and systems in the data center and that existing investments in security and compliance do not address this need:

 

  Ÿ  

perimeter content and network security solutions cannot address malicious insider threats, are not designed to prevent threats from insiders compromised by malware and are often circumvented by sophisticated application and business logic attacks;

 

  Ÿ  

internal network security solutions, such as network firewalls and antivirus software, do not provide visibility and control over data usage; and

 

  Ÿ  

traditional methods of addressing this broad set of requirements result in expensive manual processes that do not scale or provide separation of duties.

 

80


Table of Contents

According to IDC, worldwide spending on IT security products is expected to grow to $38 billion in 2014 from $27 billion in 2010. We believe that only a small fraction of this is spent today on protecting high-value business data in the data center. As a result, we believe data security represents a significant green field opportunity because the current level of spending to protect high-value business data must dramatically increase in response to the magnitude of the threats to business data.

Our Solution

We are a pioneer and leader of a new category of data security focused on providing visibility and control over high-value business data across critical systems within the data center. We believe most of our customers deploy our solutions as a new layer of data security in addition to traditional security solutions. Our solution includes our SecureSphere Data Security Suite for enterprise data centers and our cloud-based security services designed for mid-market enterprises and SMBs.

Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is a broad solution designed to protect high-value business data that resides in the data center. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is an integrated, modular solution that delivers database, file and web application security and provides organizations with the following benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

Broad and unique solution that protects high-value business data.     Our solution is designed to secure business data across various systems in the data center, from storage within a database or on a file server to consumption through web applications, by monitoring all data usage and business transactions across these systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Automates discovery and classification of high-value business data.     Our solution is designed to enable enterprises to gain visibility and control of business data by automatically identifying and classifying high-value business data, such as financial and credit card data, intellectual property and personally identifiable information, that are typically the focus of security and compliance projects. By identifying the location of high-value business data, our solution enables enterprises to focus the scope of their risk mitigation and regulatory compliance efforts and to reduce the resources required for those projects.

 

  Ÿ  

Enables granular user rights management capabilities to reduce unwarranted data access.     Our solution enables organizations to aggregate and review user rights across multiple database platforms and file systems and to ensure that user access rights are aligned with corporate policy and compliance needs. Our solution is designed to enable an automated, repeatable process for reviewing and reporting on access rights, prevent insiders from accessing high-value business data without a business need-to-know rationale and assist enterprises in accelerating compliance with regulations and other compliance obligations.

 

  Ÿ  

Facilitates large-scale, independent auditing and reporting of access to high-value business data.     Our solution provides visibility into data usage by users and applications to establish an audit trail and control access to high-value business data. Our solution enables critical separation of duties by establishing audit trails that are independent from the database administration team. The reporting capabilities within our solution provide compliance templates as well as interactive audit analytics for fully customizable reporting to address compliance and risk management needs.

 

  Ÿ  

Provides integrated protection against sophisticated threats.     Our solution leverages proprietary technology to dynamically profile application and database usage, correlate security intelligence across our solution, and incorporate threat intelligence from our Application Defense Center (“ADC”) and other third party sources to detect material variances and block advanced persistent threats and application-centric attacks. By inspecting usage activity and transactions across web applications, databases and file servers, our solution detects and

 

81


Table of Contents
 

blocks internal and external attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to high-value business data as well as data access requests that either violate corporate policy or attempt to exploit known vulnerabilities in data center security.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivers flexible deployment models for complex and heterogeneous data center environments .    Our solution is offered as either a physical or virtual appliance to enable flexible deployment in any traditional or virtualized data center. This flexibility enables our SaaS customers, such as salesforce.com, inc., to better protect customer data, and our MSSP and cloud hosting customers, such as Rackspace Hosting, Inc., to offer enhanced data security as a value-added offering to their customers. In addition, we offer cloud-based services that provide on-demand and cost-effective web application firewall capabilities that reduce the need for customers to deploy additional hardware or augment IT staff.

 

  Ÿ  

Significantly improves operational efficiency .    Our solution’s automated capabilities significantly reduce the need for traditional audit and reporting processes to monitor the usage of sensitive data. Our flexible solution automatically adapts to changes in the data center environment without significant ongoing IT administrative resources or manual tuning. In addition, SecureSphere’s centralized platform provides a single point for managing, monitoring and reporting on data security across applications, databases and files in the data center. As a result, our solution enhances operational efficiency and reduces personnel costs, enabling enterprises to scale their data security solutions in a cost-effective manner.

Our solution also includes cloud-based security services that we provide through our majority owned subsidiary, Incapsula, Inc., that deliver on-demand and cost-effective web application security that reduces the need for customers to deploy additional hardware or augment IT staff.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to extend our leadership position in the data security market. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance and extend our leadership position through technological and product innovation.     We intend to continue to invest in product upgrades and product line extensions and to create new products and services that address emerging data security and regulatory compliance requirements. We also plan to invest in advanced threat research, conducted by our ADC, to increase our threat intelligence leadership, and to continue our investments in data security for cloud computing environments. For example, we recently introduced SecureSphere File Activity Monitoring to enable our customers to monitor, audit and control access to high-value business data residing in their unstructured repositories.

 

  Ÿ  

Further penetrate our existing customer base.     We intend to drive further penetration and deployment of our data security suite within our existing customer base. As of March 31, 2011, we had over 1,300 customers in more than 50 countries. Many of our customers initially deploy our solution on a limited portion of their business systems providing us with significant opportunities to sell them more of our products. We have enjoyed success from this strategy as more than 35% of our sales in 2010 were based on repeat sales to existing customers. In addition, as a leading provider of a broad data security solution, we believe we are well positioned to benefit as our customers expand the scope of their data security and compliance initiatives. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 39% of our customers have purchased more than one of our product families.

 

  Ÿ  

Invest in our global distribution network to expand our customer base.     We believe that our hybrid sales model, which combines the leverage of a channel sales model with the account control of a direct sales model, has played an important role in our success to date.

 

82


Table of Contents
 

Our hybrid sales model employs a direct touch sales organization and an overlay channel sales team that actively assist our extensive network of channel partners throughout the sales process. We have a network of over 350 channel partners worldwide, including both distributors and resellers, which provide sales and support leverage to our sales organization. In 2010, our channel partners originated over 60%, and fulfilled almost 90%, of our sales. We intend to continue to invest significant resources to further strengthen our existing relationships with channel partners and to expand our network by adding new channel partners. We also plan to expand and develop our relationships with global channel partners, such as Dimension Data plc and Wipro Limited. As we expand our base of partners, we intend to grow our direct touch sales team and enhance our marketing efforts to support our distribution network.

 

  Ÿ  

P ursue data security opportunities as businesses adopt cloud computing.      Our solutions are used to protect thousands of enterprises through cloud-based deployments with our MSSP and hosting partners. We intend to continue to focus on capturing the expected increases in spending on securing high-value business data as enterprises pursue cloud computing initiatives. We believe data security is a paramount concern of enterprises as they consider the adoption of cloud computing. Our approach of providing enterprises flexible and scalable data security over a broad range of enterprise cloud strategies has achieved early success. For example, our sales from cloud-based service providers, such as MSSPs and data center hosting vendors, have grown significantly since we first targeted these customers in 2008 and were approximately 7% of our sales in 2010. We intend to develop and expand our relationships with MSSPs and data center hosting providers, such as RackSpace Hosting, Inc. and Savvis, Inc. (which recently agreed to be acquired by CenturyLink, Inc.), and to increase sales to SaaS providers, such as salesforce.com, inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our focus on the mid-market and SMB market.     We believe there is a significant opportunity to provide data security solutions to smaller businesses as they are faced with increasing security threats and compliance mandates. We plan to increase our business with mid-market enterprises and SMBs by expanding our distribution channels and our cloud-based service offering. We recently introduced the Imperva Cloud Web Application Firewall service for the mid-market and the Incapsula service for the SMB market, each of which provide cost-effective data security solutions optimized for the needs of their respective markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase awareness of the importance of data security and drive adoption of our solution.     We believe the market for data security is in its early stages and is growing rapidly. We plan to continue to increase market awareness of the benefits of our broad data security solution and invest in our brand so that we can extend our leadership in the data security market. For example, we plan to increase our investments in a broad range of marketing programs, including expanding active tradeshow participation, print advertising, direct marketing, high-profile web events, online advertising initiatives and social media channels such as LinkedIn, Facebook and Twitter.

Products

Our products include our SecureSphere Data Security Suite for enterprise data centers and our cloud-based security services that we provide through Incapsula for mid-market enterprises and SMBs. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite secures high-value business data across critical systems within the data center from hackers and malicious insiders, provides an accelerated and cost-effective route to address regulatory compliance and establishes a repeatable process for data risk management. Our solution is designed on a common, modular platform that provides centralized management, in-depth analytics and customizable reporting and offers multiple, flexible deployment options that are quick to deploy and easy to scale. Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite incorporates our proprietary dynamic profiling, universal user tracking, transparent inspection and correlated attack validation technologies,

 

83


Table of Contents

which are described further below. Our solution includes database security, file security and web application security, which we believe differentiate us as providing one of the broadest data security offerings in the marketplace:

 

  Ÿ  

Database Security .    Provides full visibility and control over structured business data repositories, including database data usage, vulnerabilities and access rights and enables security, audit, risk and IT professionals to improve data security and address compliance requirements.

 

  Ÿ  

File Security .    Provides full visibility and control over unstructured business data repositories, including file ownership, usage and access rights and enables security, audit, risk and IT professionals to improve file data security and address compliance requirements.

 

  Ÿ  

Web Application Security .    Protects web applications from large scale cyber attacks, adapts to evolving threats to prevent data breaches and addresses compliance requirements.

LOGO

 

84


Table of Contents

Database Security

Our database security products are designed to secure high-value business data in structured repositories in the data center. Our database security products are sold as physical or virtual appliances based on the feature and traffic capacity requirements of our customers. We also offer add-on products for our appliances that are sold separately. Our database products cover the following major enterprise database platforms: Oracle, MS-SQL, IBM DB2, Sybase, Informix, MySQL, Progress, Teradata and Netezza.

 

Database Security    Description

Discovery and Assessment Server

  

Ÿ     Automates the process of discovering databases and other business data on the network and performs a security assessment to identify risks to high-value business data

 

Ÿ     Includes assessments for over 1,000 known vulnerabilities and configuration flaws based on proprietary research from our ADC and industry best practices

 

Ÿ      Enables organizations to review and manage their vulnerabilities and accurately scope security and compliance projects

Database Activity Monitoring

  

Ÿ     Includes all Discovery and Assessment Server functionality

 

Ÿ      Delivers real-time, automated, scalable database activity monitoring, auditing and reporting for heterogeneous database environments

Database Firewall

  

Ÿ     Includes Database Activity Monitoring functionality

 

Ÿ      Delivers real-time blocking of external attacks and internal threats from malicious users

User Rights Management for Databases

  

Ÿ     Enables the management of user rights across heterogeneous enterprise databases by aggregating user rights to illustrate what rights users have to business data

 

Ÿ     Secures customer environments by evaluating user rights, eliminating excessive privileges and disabling dormant accounts

 

Ÿ      Enables our customers to comply with regulatory requirements to limit user access rights based on business need to know

ADC Insights

  

Ÿ     Optimized for quick and effective deployment of our SecureSphere database products within organizations running complex enterprise applications such as Oracle E-Business Suite, PeopleSoft and SAP

 

Ÿ     Provides user tracking for identifying the real end-user behind database transactions

 

Ÿ     Includes policies to audit and protect database objects containing sensitive data and assessments for identifying known vulnerabilities

 

85


Table of Contents

File Security

Our file security products are designed to secure files, including spreadsheets, presentation slides, word processing documents and PDFs containing high-value business data that our customers store in unstructured repositories, such as file servers, network attached storage and storage area network devices. Our file security products are sold as physical or virtual appliances based on feature and traffic capacity requirements of our customers.

 

File Security    Description

User Rights Management for Files

  

Ÿ     Sold as a part of the File Activity Monitoring and File Firewall solutions

 

Ÿ      Enables the management of user access rights across multiple different file storage systems by aggregating user rights based on organizational context and actual file usage to illustrate what rights users have to sensitive files

 

Ÿ     Secures customer environments by evaluating user rights, eliminating excessive privileges and disabling dormant accounts

File Activity Monitoring

  

Ÿ     Includes all User Rights Management for Files functionality

 

Ÿ      Delivers real-time, automated, scalable file activity monitoring, auditing and reporting

 

Ÿ     Creates a detailed audit trail of file access activity, enabling customers to perform interactive audit analytics to identify file activity and user rights problems, measure risk and document compliance with regulatory requirements

File Firewall

  

Ÿ     Includes all File Activity Monitoring functionality, and provides real-time blocking of suspicious activity that violates corporate policies

 

Ÿ     Guards against mistakes introduced at the access control list level

 

86


Table of Contents

Web Application Security

Our web application firewall (“WAF”) product is an industry leading solution for protecting web assets from application attacks. Our web application security products protect our customers’ applications and high-value business data from application attacks and enable compliance with regulatory requirements. Our web application security products are sold as physical or virtual appliances based on the feature and traffic capacity requirements of our customers. We also offer add-on services for our appliances that are sold separately.

 

Web Application Security     Description

Web Application Firewall

  

Ÿ     Dynamically learns legitimate web application usage

 

Ÿ      Fortifies web defenses with research-driven intelligence on current threats

 

Ÿ     Alerts or blocks requests that:

 

Ÿ     Deviate from normal application and data usage

 

Ÿ     Attempt to exploit known and unknown vulnerabilities

 

Ÿ     Originate from malicious sources

 

Ÿ     Indicate a sophisticated, multi-stage attack

 

Ÿ     Virtually patches application vulnerabilities through integration with web application vulnerability scanners, reducing the window of exposure and impact of ad-hoc application fixes

Our WAF has achieved web application firewall certification and PCI DSS Product Capability Assurance from ICSA Labs, an independent division of Verizon Business which provides third party product assurance and certification for security products and solutions.

Common Product Platform

Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite is built on a common modular platform, which includes a single operating system and common code base. All of the products in our SecureSphere Data Security Suite can be managed either individually as standalone appliances or collectively from our SecureSphere MX Management Servers, which provide centralized management, in-depth analytics and customizable reporting. Our SecureSphere MX Management Server product provides a single, centralized point for aggregating and managing SecureSphere security policies, real-time monitoring, logging, auditing and compliance reporting. With our MX server, administrators can simultaneously manage our database, file and web security products from a single console.

Flexible Deployment Options

Our common product platform allows us to offer multiple, flexible deployment options that are quick to deploy and easy to scale. Our platform includes physical and virtual network appliances that can be deployed both inline and non-inline via a variety of networking configurations. Our platform also includes software agents that provide additional ability to monitor local activity on database servers or file storage devices, including the actions of privileged users.

 

  Ÿ  

Hardware Appliances .    Our SecureSphere database security, file security and web application security products are available on five different hardware appliance models that can handle traffic throughput from 100 Mbps to 2Gbps. Our hardware appliances are built on a high performance architecture that allows organizations to manage heavy traffic loads without impacting application or network performance.

 

87


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Virtual Appliances .    SecureSphere virtual appliances provide our full suite of web application, database and file security products in a flexible, easy to install software-only solution. Our virtual appliances operate on VMware, Inc.’s hypervisor that allows organizations to select their preferred hardware or leverage existing hardware for data center consolidation, to maximize server utilization and reduce power, cooling and support costs. Our virtual appliances offer adaptable, reliable and manageable security for organizations of all sizes that operate VMware, Inc. environments.

 

  Ÿ  

Agents .    For complete visibility into user activity, we offer SecureSphere agents, software that is installed on database or file servers, to extend monitoring, auditing, and enforcement capabilities to these host servers. A single SecureSphere agent can be installed on a server to monitor database activity, file activity or both, and to protect sensitive data with minimal impact to the server performance. Agent communications to the SecureSphere appliance are buffered and encrypted to prevent data loss or compromise. Our database agents can optionally block user activity and quarantine user accounts in the event of a security violation and we expect to add similar blocking capabilities for our file agents in a future product release.

Cloud-Based Services

A key focus of our business and product strategy is to develop hosted security services that we offer as subscriptions in a SaaS delivery model. Our primary cloud-based service offerings are our Incapsula service, the Imperva Cloud WAF Service and our ThreatRadar subscription service.

Incapsula Service

Leveraging our expertise in data security and our investment in intellectual property, our Incapsula service is purpose-built to deliver cloud-based security and content delivery optimization. Our Incapsula service is designed to be easy to deploy and to be accessible to small and medium size businesses that need data security and compliance solutions, but do not have the size or resources to deploy our SecureSphere WAF appliances into their own web site infrastructure. With no requirement to purchase or install any hardware or software to use the Incapsula service, we estimate that most customers can set up the Incapsula service in less than 10 minutes. Our customers begin using the Incapsula service by changing their web site’s Domain Name System setting to route traffic to Incapsula’s network. Incapsula’s global network of servers apply security and optimization solutions to the customers’ web sites’ traffic according to the Incapsula service options purchased by the customer. The screened, filtered and optimized traffic is then routed by the Incapsula network to the customer’s web sites.

Incapsula’s security and optimization offerings currently include the following services:

 

  Ÿ  

Web Application Firewall Services :    provides enterprise-grade blocking of attacks against web applications to help ensure website safety and availability; enhanced security through real-time and centralized threat detection across all protected websites; allows customers to address compliance requirements.

 

  Ÿ  

Content Delivery Optimization :    optimizes website performance by reducing page load times, server load and bandwidth consumption.

 

  Ÿ  

Distributed Denial of Service-Attack Prevention :    blocks malicious attack traffic and allows filtered, legitimate traffic to flow to the customer website allowing its business to run without interruption.

Customers sign up directly with Incapsula to receive the service under different pricing plans, based principally on web site traffic bandwidth. These direct customers operate principally through

 

88


Table of Contents

Incapsula’s high volume, self service model—provisioning the Incapsula service themselves through Incapsula’s web site and payment processor—and receive basic customer support.

LOGO

Imperva Cloud WAF Service

For customers that desire a higher level of managed services and customer support, we launched an additional cloud-based service offering in May 2011 targeted at mid-market enterprises. This offering, which we market as the Imperva Cloud WAF powered by Incapsula, bundles the Incapsula service with managed support services from our Security Operations Center (“SOC”). Managed services include provisioning, security alert notifications and tuning, incident response, real time service dashboard and statistics, customer support and weekly reports on alerts and attack trends.

ThreatRadar

ThreatRadar is an add-on, premium subscription service for our SecureSphere WAF appliance that recognizes attack sources and dynamically adjusts web security policies within our SecureSphere WAF appliance to provide protection against them. These attack sources may include known malicious traffic sources that have attacked other web applications, anonymous proxies that may be used by hackers to launch attacks, traffic sources that launch anonymous attacks and phishing URLs. Our dedicated security research team, the ADC, globally tracks these different attack sources and compiles this information with third-party research on malicious sources into the ThreatRadar feed.

Security Operations Center

We offer our hosting partners that deploy our SecureSphere WAF appliances and Imperva Cloud WAF customers remotely managed security services through our team of specialized data security professionals in our SOC in Tel Aviv, Israel. For our hosting partners, our SOC remotely configures provisions, manages and monitors our SecureSphere WAF appliance in our hosting partners’ data

 

89


Table of Contents

centers; provides maintenance updates, patch management and backups; and delivers daily or weekly reports, real-time alerts and incident responses for suspicious activities. Our SOC services for our hosting partners also include customized rules, alerts, reports and dashboards to enable quick and cost effective steps towards compliance and security. While our SOC currently only provides managed security services to our hosting partners for our SecureSphere WAF appliances, we anticipate that in the future our SOC services will also support our database activity monitoring and file activity monitoring products.

Technology

Our SecureSphere Data Security Suite provides our customers with a single unified platform for protecting sensitive data from hackers and malicious insiders, providing a fast and cost-effective route to regulatory compliance and establishing a repeatable process for data risk management. Our solution includes the proprietary technologies described below.

Dynamic Profiling

Our dynamic profiling technology allows customers to create and monitor security policies based on actual application and database behavior. Data security requires an understanding of hundreds of thousands of constantly changing variables including URLs, parameters, cookies, queries, commands and stored procedures. Our dynamic profiling technology automatically profiles all of these application and database elements by examining live application and database traffic and builds a baseline of acceptable user behavior. By building an accurate profile or “white list” of acceptable application and database usage, our dynamic profiling technology streamlines monitoring and security configuration. Our dynamic profiling technology also automatically recognizes valid application and database changes over time and automatically updates the profile according to these application and database changes, ensuring that security policies are current. This profile can be viewed by the application development or database security teams and may be manually modified to bridge any differences between actual usage and corporate security policies.

Universal User Tracking

Our universal user tracking technology helps customers achieve the primary requirements of any audit and security process by tracking the individual end user that accessed or modified business data. Often, when users access databases via a web application, connections are pooled by the application server into a single connection to the database. Typical database auditing systems do not consistently link database activity with specific users when connection pooling is in use because only the application’s login name is recorded. Our universal user tracking technology tracks individual user connections, not just application logins, to provide full database audit accountability. Our universal user tracking incorporates multiple tracking methods to establish end user accountability for every database transaction, even in connection pooling environments. These methods include web application user tracking, web to database user tracking, SQL connection user tracking and direct user tracking that collectively enable our solution to audit end users regardless of how they connect to the database, enabling complete accountability. By tracking end users, our solution can display user IDs in database security alerts, audit logs and reports. In addition, database security policies can be created to restrict access by user ID. Our universal user tracking technology provides greater visibility into database activity and more granular security controls than typical database auditing systems and facilitates adherence to today’s stringent regulatory requirements.

Transparent Inspection

Our transparent inspection technology provides application layer security without needing to intermediate web connections. This technology allows our solution to inspect traffic without

 

90


Table of Contents

compromising performance, latency or availability. Our transparent inspection technology intercepts packets without modifying them and reconstructs web and SQL transactions without needing to terminate connections. This means our solution can be easily deployed in an enterprise’s data centers without any changes to the existing network architecture.

Correlated Attack Validation

Our correlated attack validation technology provides our customers with protection against malicious activity by analyzing multiple data points, tracking events over time and correlating disparate events to identify and block sophisticated attacks. This technology examines multiple pieces of information at the network, protocol and application level immediately and over time to distinguish between attacks and valid user traffic. By basing decisions on multiple observations rather than a single event, our correlated attack validation technology delivers a highly accurate and automated defense system against application attacks and abuse that provides protection against today’s complex, multi-vector attacks.

Services

Maintenance and Support

We offer our customers ongoing product support services for both hardware and software. These maintenance programs are typically sold to customers for one to three-year terms at the time of the initial product sale and typically renew for successive one to three-year periods. We offer a premium level of service which includes advance replacement and greater call center availability. While some of our channel partners provide tier one support, including MSSPs and data center hosting providers, in most instances we provide tier one level support and above.

Our ADC updates are included with maintenance and support contracts. The service consists of a content delivery mechanism by which we can distribute product content enhancements to our customers. Our ADC update servers deliver various types of security content to our appliances deployed in the field without the need for our customers to install a software patch or upgrade. Examples of ADC updates include new security signatures and policies for our WAF, new database assessment tests for our discovery and assessment server and new audit policy functionality for our database products.

Professional Services and Training

Our professional services consultants assist our customers in the deployment and configuration of our products. These fee-based services, provided by our professional services consultants, include providing advice on deployment planning, network design, product configuration and implementation, automating and customizing reports and tuning policies and configuration of our products for the particular characteristics of the customer’s environment. Additionally, we provide our customers with fee-based, hands-on training classes for our solution that are offered regularly and in different parts of the world.

Customers

We provide products and services to a variety of customers worldwide, including some of the world’s largest banks, retailers, insurers, technology and telecommunication companies, hospitals, as well as U.S. and other national, state and local government agencies. As of March 31, 2011, we had over 1,300 customers in more than 50 countries. In addition, our solutions are used to protect thousands of organizations through cloud-based deployments with our MSSP and hosting partners.

 

91


Table of Contents

Our customers include four of the top five telecommunications companies, three of the top five commercial banks in the United States, three of the top five financial data service firms, three of the top five computer hardware companies, two of the top five food and drug store companies in the United States, over 150 government agencies around the world and more than 100 Fortune 1000 companies.

Our customer base is broad and diversified across multiple geographies and industry verticals, including banking and finance, government and military, technology, telecom, healthcare and retail. Since 2004, no customer has accounted for more than 10% of our sales in any year. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, we generated approximately 68%, 63% and 66% of our revenue from customers in the Americas and approximately 32%, 37% and 34% from customers outside of the Americas, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We believe that our hybrid sales model, which combines the leverage of a channel sales model with the account control of a direct sales model, has played an important role in our success to date. Our hybrid model employs a direct touch sales organization and an overlay channel sales team that actively assist our extensive network of channel partners throughout the sales process. We primarily sell our products and services to our customers through our channel partners, including distributors and resellers. In 2010, our channel partners originated over 60% of our sales and fulfilled almost 90% of our sales. Although our products are designed for turnkey deployment, they are highly customizable, which allows our channel partners to provide a variety of value added services to our customers. We employ a direct touch sales organization to work closely with our channel partners on customer outreach efforts and a channel overlay organization to manage our channel partners. As of March 31, 2011, our network of channel partners included more than 350 resellers and distributors worldwide. We work with many of the global channel partners, such as Dimension Data plc and Wipro Limited, and leading security value added resellers, including Accuvant, Inc., FishNet Security, Inc. and Integralis AG. Our MSSP partners include some of the largest hosting companies including Rackspace Hosting, Inc., Savvis, Inc. (which recently agreed to be acquired by CenturyLink, Inc.) and Dell, Inc. (formerly SecureWorks, Inc.).

Sales

We support the sales of our products and services with a team of experienced channel account managers, sales professionals and sales engineers who provide business planning, joint marketing strategy, and pre-sales and operational sales support. Our overlay channel team is responsible for managing relationships with our resellers, MSSPs and distributors. Our sales professionals are responsible for assisting channel partners in gaining and supporting key customer accounts and acting as liaisons between the end customers and our marketing and product development organizations. Our sales professionals and sales engineers typically work alongside our channel partners and directly engage with customers to address their unique security and deployment requirements. We also have an inside sales team that is principally focused on lead generation for our reseller partners and regional sales professionals.

To support our broadly dispersed global channel and customer base, we have, as of March 31, 2011, sales personnel in 18 countries. We plan to invest in our sales organization to support the growth of our channel partners.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is focused on building our brand and driving customer demand for our security solutions. We execute this strategy by leveraging a combination of internal marketing professionals and a network of regional and global channel partners. Our internal marketing

 

92


Table of Contents

organization is responsible for branding, and product marketing and works with our business operations team to support channel marketing and sales support programs. We focus our resources on programs, tools and activities that can be leveraged by partners worldwide to extend our marketing reach, such as sales tools and collateral, information regarding product awards and technical certifications, training, regional seminars and conferences, webinars and various other demand-generation activities. Our marketing efforts also include public relations and our web site, including our data security blog.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on improving and enhancing our existing data security products and services, as well as developing new products, features, and functionality and conducting advanced security research. We conduct our research and development activities in Israel, and we believe this provides us with access to some of the best engineering talent in the security industry. As of March 31, 2011, we had 113 employees dedicated to research and development, including our advanced security research group, the ADC.

When considering product improvements and enhancements, we communicate with our customers and partners who provide significant feedback for product development and innovation. We regularly release new versions of our products incorporating these improvements and enhancements. Our research and development team works with our customer support group to resolve escalated support issues by providing consultation, bug fixes and patches. Our research and development team also provides technical assistance to our other departments, including to our sales team by overseeing product pilots for potential customers.

In addition to enhancing our products and services, our research and development organization is made up of our engineering team and our advanced security research group, the ADC. We believe our ADC is an important differentiator for us in the security marketplace. Our ADC team performs security analysis, tracks hackers and trends in the hacker community and undertakes vulnerability discovery, in addition to providing us with regulatory compliance expertise. ADC research combines extensive lab work with hands-on testing in real world environments to ensure that our products, through advanced data security technology, deliver up-to-date threat protection and leading compliance automation. Our ADC has discovered numerous commercial application vulnerabilities and has issued numerous security advisories, providing insight into both published and unpublished security threats to help commercial application and database vendors and security professionals. Our ADC’s “Hacker Intelligence Initiative” focuses on improving risk management by tracking hackers, developments in attack techniques and potential targets in known hacker forums and chat rooms. The ADC’s research is also the foundation for many of our solution’s features and services, including attack signature updates, database vulnerability assessments and pre-defined compliance reports. We deliver automated feeds from our ADC to our products in the field to ensure that our customers are always armed with the latest defenses against new threats, and the most recent regulatory compliance best practices.

Our research and development expense was $8.6 million, $10.5 million and $13.2 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $3.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Intellectual Property

To protect our intellectual property, both domestically and abroad, we rely primarily on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws. As of March 31, 2011 we had three issued patents and seven pending patent applications in the United States. The claims for which we have sought patent

 

93


Table of Contents

protection relate primarily to methods, computer programs, devices and systems we have developed for our products. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use our trade secrets or other confidential information. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information and proprietary technology. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our trade secrets or technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of relevant patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the security industry have extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these leading companies, have asserted and may assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our customers. Successful claims of infringement by a third party could prevent us from distributing certain products or performing certain services or require us to pay substantial damages (including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights), royalties or other fees. Such claims also could require us to cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others, or to expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights; and to indemnify our partners and other third parties. Even if third parties may offer a license to their technology, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any license could cause our business, operating results or financial condition to be materially and adversely affected. We typically indemnify our customers and distributors against claims that our products infringe the intellectual property of third parties.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

Our security hardware appliance products are manufactured to our specifications by Caswell, Inc., a Taiwanese original design manufacturer of network appliance hardware products. We purchase these hardware appliances from American Portwell Technology, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Portwell, Inc.), and Dan-el Technologies Ltd., which are value-added distributors of products manufactured by Caswell, Inc. We submit purchase orders to these value-added distributors that describe the types and quantities of our products to be manufactured, the delivery dates and other delivery terms. Our value-added distributors receive the hardware appliances from the manufacturer and configure and install our proprietary software on the appliances and then undertake quality testing at their fulfillment centers. Our value-added distributors then ship our appliances directly to our distributors, resellers or customers or our logistic partner, Base Logistics BV. We hold inventory in our value-added distributors’ fulfillment centers and in our logistic partner’s warehouses, in anticipation of orders for new appliances and to support our advance replacement program with new and repaired appliances. We believe that having third parties manufacture, configure and test our products and provide a substantial portion of our logistics enables us to efficiently allocate capital, better adjust manufacturing volumes to meet changes in demand and more quickly deliver products, allowing us to focus resources on our core competencies.

 

94


Table of Contents

The hardware components included in our products are sourced from various suppliers by our manufacturer and are principally industry standard parts and components that are available from multiple vendors. We have limited sources of supply for certain key components of our products, which exposes us to the risk of component shortages or unavailability.

Competition

The market for data security solutions is intensely competitive and we expect competition to increase in the future. Our primary competitors by product area include:

 

  Ÿ  

Database security.     International Business Machines Corporation (through its acquisition of Guardium, Inc.), McAfee, Inc., a subsidiary of Intel Corporation (through its recent acquisition of Sentrigo, Inc.) and Oracle Corporation (through its acquisition of Secerno Ltd.)

 

  Ÿ  

File security.     EMC Corporation and Symantec Corporation

 

  Ÿ  

Web application security.     Citrix Systems, Inc. and F5 Networks, Inc.

We believe that the principal competitive factors affecting the market for data security solutions include breadth of product offerings, security effectiveness, manageability, reporting, technical features, performance, ease of use, price, professional services capabilities, distribution relationships and customer service and support. We believe that our solutions generally compete favorably with respect to such factors.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Redwood Shores, California in an office consisting of approximately 26,000 sq. ft. The lease for this office expires in March 2014. Our office in Tel Aviv, Israel, where we employ our research and development team, consists of approximately 4,100 sq. meters (approximately 44,000 sq. ft.) and the lease for this office begins to expire for portions of this office in December 2013. We also lease sales offices in Japan, New York and Singapore. We believe that our facilities are suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to seek additional space as needed to accommodate our growth.

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, our total headcount was 339 employees, with 113 in research and development, 142 in sales and marketing, 39 in services and support, 4 in manufacturing operations and 41 in a general and administrative capacity. As of March 31, 2011, our headcount was 138 people in the United States, 156 in Israel and 45 in other countries. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation, however, we have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. In May 2010, F5 Networks, Inc., an IT infrastructure company that competes with us in the web application firewall market, filed a lawsuit against us alleging patent infringement. In June 2010, we filed a counterclaim alleging patent infringement by F5 Networks, Inc. In February 2011, we entered into a settlement and license agreement with F5 Networks, Inc., which dismissed the litigation. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our channel partners and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of May 31, 2011.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Shlomo Kramer

     45       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Terrence J. Schmid

     47       Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Amichai Shulman

     41       Chief Technology Officer

Jason Forget

     37       Vice President, Business Operations

Prashant K. Karnik

     55       Vice President, Worldwide Client Services

Mark E. Kraynak

     37       Vice President, Worldwide Marketing

Ralph Pisani

     41       Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Yaniv Shaya

     40       Vice President, Engineering

Michael Boodaei

     39       Director

Asheem Chandna

     46       Director

Theresia Gouw Ranzetta

     43       Director

Steven Krausz

     56       Director

Albert A. Pimentel

     56       Director

 

(1) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of audit committee.
(3) Member of compensation committee.

Shlomo Kramer is our co-founder and has served as chairman of the board of directors since our inception in April 2002 and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2002. Mr. Kramer has also served as a member of the board of directors of our majority owned subsidiary, Incapsula, Inc., since 2009. Prior to founding Imperva, Mr. Kramer co-founded Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., an enterprise security software company, in 1993, where he held various executive roles through 1998 and served as a member of the board of directors through 2003. Mr. Kramer is also an active investor and current board member of a number of privately held companies in the security and enterprise software industries. Mr. Kramer holds a B.S. in mathematics and computer science from Tel Aviv University and an M.S. in computer science from Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

The board of directors believes that Mr. Kramer possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer, one of our founders, and a large stockholder. The board of directors also believes that Mr. Kramer brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to the board of directors.

Terrence J. Schmid has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since November 2010. Prior to that, from April 2009 to November 2010, Mr. Schmid was the Chief Financial Officer for Coremetrics, Inc. (acquired by IBM), a provider of marketing optimization software. From November 2006 to April 2009, Mr. Schmid was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Enterasys Networks, Inc., a provider of wired and wireless infrastructure and security solutions. Mr. Schmid holds a B.A. in economics from the University of San Francisco and an M.B.A. from Duke University.

 

96


Table of Contents

Amichai Shulman is our co-founder and has served as the Chief Technology Officer of Imperva Ltd., our Israeli subsidiary, since May 2002. Mr. Shulman has also served as our Secretary from May 2002 to October 2010. Prior to founding Imperva, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Shulman was a founder and Chief Technology Officer of eDvice Security Services Ltd., an application and database security consulting group. Mr. Shulman holds a B.Sc. and an M.S. in computer science from Technion, Israel Institute of Technology where he currently serves as an adjunct faculty member in the Computer Science department.

Jason Forget has served as our Vice President, Business Operations since July 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Field Operations from January 2010 to July 2010; our Vice President, Corporate Sales from January 2009 to January 2010; our Senior Director, Sales Operations from January 2008 to January 2009 and our Director, Sales Operations from May 2006 to January 2008. Mr. Forget holds a B.S. in finance and marketing from Northeastern University and an M.B.A. from Bentley College.

Prashant K. Karnik has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Client Services since February 2011. Prior to that, from June 2010 to February 2011, Mr. Karnik was an independent management consultant for InfoGain Corporation, where he advised the chief executive officer and the executive team in matters of global strategy and solutions in cloud computing and mobility. From August 2006 through May 2010, Mr. Karnik served as Senior Vice President and General Manager for Chordiant, Inc. (acquired by Pegasystems Inc.), a global customer relationship management solution provider. From June 2005 to August 2006, Mr. Karnik was Senior Vice President, Worldwide Professional Services and Offshore Operations at Dorado, Inc., a solution provider for the mortgage industry. Mr. Karnik holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from National Institute of Technology, India, an M.S. in industrial engineering and operations research from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from Southern New Hampshire University.

Mark E. Kraynak has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Marketing since December 2008. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Director, Strategic Marketing from July 2007 to December 2008; Director, Product Marketing from September 2004 to July 2007 and Senior Product Marketing Manager from June 2004 to September 2004. Mr. Kraynak has also served as a director of our subsidiary, Incapsula, Inc., since November 2009. Mr. Kraynak holds a B.Sc. in electrical engineering and a B.A. in English from Duke University and an M.F.A. in Literature from American University.

Ralph Pisani has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Sales since July 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Americas Sales from January 2009 to July 2010 and as our Vice President, North American East Sales from February 2008 to January 2009. From August 2006 to February 2008, Mr. Pisani was the Vice President, OEM Sales for Secure Computing Corporation (acquired by McAfee, Inc.), a provider of computer security appliances. From December 2003 to August 2006, Mr. Pisani served as the Vice President of Channel and Business Development and then as Vice President of Sales, East Region for CipherTrust, Inc., an email security company (acquired by Secure Computing Corporation). Mr. Pisani holds a B.A. in business from Bentley College.

Yaniv Shaya has served as the Vice President, Engineering of Imperva, Ltd., our Israeli subsidiary, since August 2009. Prior to that, from April 2005 to August 2009, Mr. Shaya was a Director of Research and Development for Mercury Interactive Corp. (acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company), an IT management software and services company. Mr. Shaya holds a B.Sc. in electrical engineering from Technion, Israel Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University.

Michael Boodaei is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception in April 2002. Beginning in July 2006 through the present, Mr. Boodaei has been the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Trusteer, Inc., a provider of secure web access services.

 

97


Table of Contents

Previously, Mr. Boodaei served as our Vice President, Europe, Middle East and Africa Sales and Vice President, Product Management from January 2005 to July 2006 and from April 2002 to January 2005, respectively. Prior to that, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Boodaei was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of eDvice Security Services Ltd., an application and database security consulting group. Mr. Boodaei holds a B.Sc. in computer engineering from Technion, Israel Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Ben-Gurion University.

The board of directors believes that Mr. Boodaei possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his long history with Imperva, his extensive experience in the internet security industry and his deep expertise in security technologies.

Asheem Chandna has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2003. Currently, Mr. Chandna is a Partner at Greylock Partners, where he focuses on investments in enterprise IT, including security products. Mr. Chandna currently also serves as a board member of several privately held companies that are portfolio companies of Greylock Partners. From April 2003 to October 2009, Mr. Chandna was a director of Sourcefire, Inc. Prior to Greylock Partners, Mr. Chandna was Vice President, Business Development and Product Management for Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. from 1996 to 2002. Mr. Chandna holds a B.S. and an M.S. in electrical and computer engineering from Case Western Reserve University.

The board of directors believes that Mr. Chandna possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his specific professional experience with security products while at Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. as well as his extensive background with enterprise IT companies, and public and private company board member experience.

Theresia Gouw Ranzetta has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2002. Currently, Ms. Ranzetta is a Partner at Accel Partners, which she joined in 1999, where she focuses on software investments, with a specific interest in social commerce, vertical media, security and consumer internet/mobile applications. Ms. Ranzetta currently also serves as a board member of various software and technology companies that are portfolio companies of Accel Partners, as well as the National Venture Capital Association. Ms. Ranzetta holds a Sc.B. in engineering from Brown University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

The board of directors believes that Ms. Ranzetta possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a director, including her substantial experience in the software and technology industry as an investment professional, an executive and a member of the boards of directors of other companies in such industries.

Steven Krausz has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2003. Currently, Mr. Krausz is a Managing Member at U.S. Venture Partners, which he joined in 1985, where he specializes in communications, internet infrastructure, networking and enterprise software investments. Mr. Krausz currently also serves on the board of directors of several portfolio companies of U.S. Venture Partners, the Western Association of Venture Capitalists, the World Affairs Council and the Stanford GSB Trust. Mr. Krausz was also a director of Occam Networks, Inc., from 2000 until its acquisition by Calix, Inc. in February 2011. He is also a former board member and treasurer of the National Venture Capital Association. Mr. Krausz holds a B.S. in electrical engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

The board of directors believes that Mr. Krausz possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his extensive experience as an investment professional and director of various companies in the industry, as well as his technical expertise.

 

98


Table of Contents

Albert A. Pimentel has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Currently, Mr. Pimentel is Executive Vice President, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer for Seagate Technology PLC, one of the world’s largest manufacturers of storage devices. From March 2009 until April 2011, Mr. Pimentel served on Seagate Technology PLC’s board of directors. Mr. Pimentel has served as a member of the board of directors of Xilinx Corporation since August 2010. From May 2008 to August 2010, Mr. Pimentel also served as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer for McAfee, Inc., a leading company in the field of consumer and enterprise digital security products. From October 2004 to April 2008, Mr. Pimentel was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Glu Mobile, Inc., a global publisher of mobile games. From September 2003 to April 2004, Mr. Pimentel was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Zone Labs, Inc., a provider of end-point security software which was acquired by Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. in March 2004. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Pimentel was a partner with Redpoint Ventures. Mr. Pimentel holds a B.S. in commerce from Santa Clara University.

The board of directors believes that Mr. Pimentel possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his extensive industry experience and financial and operational expertise.

Board Composition

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of six directors, five of whom will qualify as “independent” directors according to the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide for a classified board of directors divided into three classes with members of each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year.             and             have been designated Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.             and             have been designated Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders.             and             have been designated Class III directors whose term will expire at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors and any vacancies in our board and newly created directorships may be filled only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes, so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the removal of a director only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors. These provisions and the classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the control or management of Imperva.

Each of our directors currently serves on our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Our board of directors has considered the relationships of all directors and, where applicable, the transactions involving them described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” and determined that each of them does not have any relationship which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibility as a director and that each non-employee director qualifies as an independent director under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

99


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. The composition and functioning of our board of directors and all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee shall consist of             ,             and             , with              chairing the audit committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board has determined that             is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.             ,             and             are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

  Ÿ  

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns; and

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee shall consist of             and             , with              chairing the compensation committee. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Internal Revenue Code.

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

100


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

recommending to the board the compensation of all our other officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing and administering our incentive-based compensation and equity plans; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to director compensation.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of             and             , with             chairing the nominating and corporate governance committee. All of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to the board criteria for selecting board and committee membership;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating director candidates including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending to the board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to the board a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of the board, its committees and management.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is or has at any time during the past fiscal year been an officer or employee of the Company. None of the members of the compensation committee has formerly been an officer of the Company. Mr. Kramer, our President and Chief Executive Officer, serves as a member of the board of directors of Trusteer, Inc., and Mr. Boodaei, the Chief Executive Officer of Trusteer, Inc. serves on our board of directors. Except as disclosed in the preceding sentence, none of the executive officers of the Company serve or in the past fiscal year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

101


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information about the material components of our executive compensation program for:

 

  Ÿ  

Shlomo Kramer, our President and Chief Executive Officer (our “CEO”);

 

  Ÿ  

Terrence J. Schmid, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (our “CFO”);

 

  Ÿ  

Sunil Nagdev, our former Vice President, Worldwide Services;

 

  Ÿ  

Jason Forget, our Vice President, Business Operations; and

 

  Ÿ  

Ralph Pisani, our Vice President, Worldwide Sales.

We refer to these executive officers collectively in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the related compensation tables as the “named executive officers.”

Specifically, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each element of compensation that we provide. In addition, we explain how and why our board of directors (the “Board”) arrived at the specific compensation policies and decisions involving our executive officers during 2010.

Mr. Nagdev resigned his position and terminated his employment with the Company on January 6, 2011.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation plans and arrangements. The actual compensation plans and arrangements that we adopt may differ materially from currently anticipated plans and arrangements as summarized in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We operate in a highly competitive business environment, which is characterized by frequent technological advances, rapidly changing market requirements and the emergence of new market entrants. To succeed in this environment, we must continuously develop and refine new and existing products and services, devise new business models and demonstrate an ability to quickly identify and capitalize on new business opportunities. To achieve these objectives, we need to attract a highly talented and seasoned team of technical, sales, marketing, operations and other business professionals.

We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled management team. To meet this challenge, we have embraced a compensation philosophy of offering our executive officers compensation and benefits packages that are focused on long-term value creation and rewarding them for achieving our financial and strategic objectives.

In prior years, we have oriented our executive compensation program to:

 

  Ÿ  

provide total compensation opportunities that enable us to recruit and retain executive officers with the experience and skills to manage the growth of our Company and lead us to the next stage of development;

 

102


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

establish a clear alignment between the interests of our executive officers and the interests of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

reinforce a culture of ownership, excellence and responsiveness; and

 

  Ÿ  

offer total compensation that we believe to be competitive and fair based on our understanding of the markets in which we compete for talent.

As we have grown and begun to transition to public company status, we have refined our executive compensation philosophy and objectives and now observe the following additional principles in formulating our compensation policies and making compensation decisions:

 

  Ÿ  

use short-term and long-term incentives to create a direct and meaningful link between Company business results, individual performance and rewards;

 

  Ÿ  

provide for significant differentiation in compensation opportunities for performance that is below, at and above target levels;

 

  Ÿ  

ensure that all employees have the opportunity to share in the success we create;

 

  Ÿ  

provide equity awards that reflect potential contributions as measured by position and expertise;

 

  Ÿ  

ensure that compensation plans and arrangements are simple to communicate and understand; and

 

  Ÿ  

ensure that compensation plans and arrangements are flexible to allow for adjustments for changing economic circumstances and affordability considerations.

Compensation Program Design

To date, the compensation of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, has typically consisted of base salary, a cash bonus opportunity and equity compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock awards. In addition, executive officers resident in Israel also receive the customary benefits payable to Israeli executives, including managers’ insurance (“bituach minahalim”), an advanced study fund (“keren hishtalmut”), vacation and sick leave, recreation pay (“dmei havraa”) and use of an automobile. Of these components, only base salary is fixed. The other components generally are variable based on the performance of both the Company and the individual executive officer, measured against specific objectives that are determined in advance. The benefits payable to our Israeli executive officers generally are set according to local custom.

The key component of our executive compensation program has been equity awards in the form of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock. As a privately-held company, we have emphasized the use of equity to incent our executive officers to focus on the growth of our overall enterprise value and, correspondingly, to create value for our stockholders. In prior years, we have used stock options as our primary equity award vehicle. Going forward, we may use stock options, restricted stock units and other types of equity-based awards, as we deem appropriate, to offer our employees, including our executive officers, long-term equity incentives that align their interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

We also offer cash compensation in the form of base salaries and cash bonuses that we believe appropriately recognize and reward our executive officers for their individual contributions to our business. Typically, the determination of bonus payouts has been made by the Board (in the case of our CEO) or the CEO (in the case of our other executive officers) on a discretionary basis based on an evaluation of our financial and operational results as well as each executive officer’s performance against his individual performance objectives.

 

103


Table of Contents

When determining our compensation policies and practices, the Board considers various matters relative to the development of a compensation program that the Board believes is reasonable and prudent, including whether the policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. We believe that the mix and design of our executive compensation policies and practices do not encourage management to assume excessive risks and are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company for the following reasons: we offer an appropriate balance of short-term and long-term incentives and fixed and variable amounts, our variable compensation is based on a balanced mix of criteria, and the Board has the authority to adjust variable compensation as appropriate.

Compensation-Setting Process

Role of the Board and Compensation Committee

The initial compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been determined in negotiations with each individual executive when he joined the Company. Typically, the Board or our CEO have been responsible for negotiating these arrangements.

Following the completion of these arrangements, the Board has been responsible for overseeing, determining and approving the compensation of our CEO and our CEO has been responsible for determining the compensation of our other executive officers. Once we are a publicly-traded company, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) will assume responsibility for overseeing our executive compensation program and will recommend for approval to the independent members of the Board the compensation of our CEO. In addition, the Committee will, after consulting with our CEO, determine our other executive officers’ compensation.

Typically, in the first quarter of each year, the Board would review the compensation of our CEO. At that time, the Board would also evaluate the performance of the Company and the CEO’s contribution thereto to determine whether to pay him a cash bonus for the previous year and, if so, the amount of any such bonus.

Going forward, the Committee intends to review our executive compensation program on an annual basis, including any incentive compensation plans, to determine whether they are appropriate, properly coordinated and achieve their intended purposes, and recommend to the Board any modifications or new plans or programs.

Role of Senior Management

In prior years, our CEO has been responsible for determining the compensation of our other executive officers, including the other named executive officers. Our CEO has typically sought the input of our Board when discussing the performance of and compensation for our other executive officers. In this regard, our CEO has reviewed the performance of the other executive officers, including the other named executive officers, quarterly and was able to consult with the Board on his conclusions and recommendations as to their compensation, including base salary adjustments, cash bonus payouts and stock option awards.

The Board and our CEO have also coordinated with our CFO and human resources department in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our executive compensation plans and arrangements.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In July 2010, the Company engaged Compensia, Inc., a national compensation consulting firm, to review the compensation arrangements of our CEO and to evaluate the Company’s equity award grant practices. Subsequently, Compensia’s engagement was expanded to include a general review of non-executive employee compensation.

 

104


Table of Contents

The Committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors, as it sees fit, in connection with the establishment of our compensation programs and related policies. In March 2011, Compensia was engaged by the Committee to provide it with information, recommendations and other advice relating to executive compensation on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, Compensia now serves at the discretion of the Committee.

The Committee has directed Compensia to review the process and data that the Board and our CEO have previously used for purposes of making executive officer and director compensation comparisons and to develop one or more groups of peer companies to help us determine the appropriate level of overall compensation for our executive officers, as well as assess each separate element of compensation, with a goal of more formally ensuring that the compensation we offer to our executive officers is competitive and fair.

In the future, we expect that the Committee, as part of its annual review of our executive officers’ compensation, will instruct its executive compensation advisor to analyze our executive compensation program to ensure that it remains properly aligned with our ongoing business strategy and that the pay mix and levels are competitive with current market practices.

Executive Compensation Program Elements

The following describes each element of our executive compensation program the rationale for each, and how compensation amounts and awards are determined.

Base Salary

To obtain the skills and experience that we believed were necessary to lead our growth, most of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, have been either founders of the Company or hired from larger organizations. Generally, their initial base salaries were established through arm’s-length negotiation at the time the individual executive officer was hired, taking into account their qualifications, experience and prior salary level.

Following the determination of these initial amounts, the Board, in the case of our CEO, and our CEO, in the case of our other executive officers, have conducted an annual review of each executive officer’s base salary, and made adjustments as it or he determined to be reasonable and necessary to reflect the scope of the applicable executive officer’s individual contributions and responsibilities, position in the case of a promotion and market conditions.

In connection with taking on the management of operations of the Company in July 2010, Mr. Forget’s base salary was increased from $175,000 to $185,000. In addition, in connection with taking on management of global sales in July 2010, Mr. Pisani’s base salary was increased from $150,000 to $165,000. No other adjustments were made to the 2010 base salaries of our named executive officers.

The base salaries paid to the named executive officers during 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Annual Cash Bonuses

We use cash bonuses to motivate our executive officers to achieve our short-term financial and strategic objectives while making progress towards our longer-term growth and other goals. The initial cash bonus opportunities for our executive officers, including the named executive officers, were

 

105


Table of Contents

established through arm’s-length negotiation at the time each individual executive officer was hired, taking into account his qualifications, experience and prior compensation level. In subsequent years, the cash bonus opportunities of our executive officers have been determined at the beginning of each year by the Board or our CEO, as applicable, taking into account each executive officer’s current position, expected contributions for the current year, internal equity and market conditions. Such determination also took into consideration past performance, including the actual performance with respect to an executive officer’s achievement of any performance targets to the extent applicable, as described below.

In 2010, the cash bonus opportunities for the named executive officers were as follows:

Mr. Kramer

Our CEO’s cash bonus opportunity was established by the Board in connection with the negotiation and execution of his employment transition letter dated September 29, 2010 (which is described in more detail below). His target cash bonus opportunity for 2010 was set at $250,000 and was payable in the sole discretion of the Board based on its evaluation of the Company’s overall financial and operational performance for the year.

Mr. Schmid

Our CFO’s cash bonus opportunity was established in connection with the negotiation and execution of his employment offer letter dated August 16, 2010 (which is described in more detail below). Accordingly, his target cash bonus opportunity for 2010 was set at $62,500; one-half of which was based on the Company’s non-GAAP net income for the fourth quarter and one-half of which was based on customer bookings recorded for the fourth quarter as reflected in the Company’s annual operating plan. To the extent that the Company achieved its target non-GAAP net income and customer bookings targets for the fourth quarter, he would receive his target bonus. If either the target non-GAAP net income or customer bookings targets were not met, the applicable portion of his target bonus opportunity would be pro-rated for the percentage achievement with respect to that performance measure. The non-GAAP net income target for the fourth quarter and the customer bookings target were set at levels that were determined to be challenging to achieve. For these purposes, “non-GAAP net income” was to be calculated as GAAP net income for the quarter after reduction for the stock-compensation expense recorded for such quarter, and “customer bookings” meant customer purchase orders that were accepted by the Company after the satisfaction of all related contingencies.

Mr. Pisani

Mr. Pisani’s cash bonus opportunity was established by our CEO at the beginning of 2010 as part of the Company’s sales commission plan and was set at $150,000. In connection with his promotion to Vice President, Worldwide Sales in July 2010, his cash bonus opportunity was increased to $160,000. For the first half of 2010, 80% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on customer bookings, 10% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on maintenance and 10% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on profitability, while for the second half of 2010, 90% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on customer bookings and 10% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on profitability. For the first half of 2010, for achievement of up to 100% of target, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.29% of customer bookings and 0.17% of maintenance, for achievement between 100% and 110% of target, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.43% of customer bookings and 0.25% of maintenance and for achievement greater than 110% of target, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.58% of customer bookings and 0.34% of maintenance. For the second half of 2010, for achievement of up to 100% of target, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.20% of customer bookings, for achievement between 100% and 110% of target, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.30% of

 

106


Table of Contents

customer bookings and for achievement greater than 110%, Mr. Pisani would receive commissions of 0.40% of customer bookings. In addition, the commission plan provided for specific “escalators” that would increase the bonus amount payable if the number of customer bookings for the year exceeded the target set forth in the Company’s annual operating plan. Based on his performance in 2010 measured against the commission plan, none of the escalators were applied to increase the bonus amount payable. Mr. Pisani’s commission targets for 2010 were set at levels that were determined to be challenging to achieve. For these purposes, “profitability” was to be calculated by subtracting the cost of goods sold and the operating expenses from the Company’s revenue and “maintenance” means all maintenance renewals recorded.

Mr. Nagdev

Mr. Nagdev’s cash bonus opportunity was established in connection with the negotiation and execution of his employment offer letter dated April 3, 2008 (which is described in more detail below). Accordingly, his target cash bonus opportunity for 2010 was set at $115,000. His cash bonus opportunity was based on his performance against a series of several individual financial and operational performance objectives (“MBOs”). The MBOs were established and evaluated on a quarterly basis, and the MBOs and relative weighting assigned to each MBO varied on a quarterly basis. These MBOs included achieving the customer bookings targets and meeting the services budget, as well as other objectives including the successful development of a series of consulting resources, the maintenance of an effective customer support organization, and the implementation of customer certification platforms for our products.

Mr. Forget

Mr. Forget’s cash bonus opportunity was established at the beginning of 2010 and was set at $65,000. For the first half of 2010, Mr. Forget participated in the Company’s sales commission plan. 90% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on customer bookings he recorded for the year and 10% was based on achieving profitability, in each case with targets set at levels that were determined to be challenging to achieve. For achievement of up to 100% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.08% of customer bookings, for achievement between 100% and 110% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.12% of customer bookings and for achievement greater than 110% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.16% of target. In July 2010, in connection with Mr. Forget taking on the management of operations of the Company, Mr. Forget’s cash bonus opportunity was increased by $10,000. In addition, for the second half of 2010, 63% of his cash bonus opportunity was based on customer bookings he recorded for the year, 10% was based on achieving profitability and 27% was based on his individual MBOs. For the second half of 2010, for achievement of up to 100% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.07% of customer bookings, for achievement between 100% and 110% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.10% of customer bookings and for achievement greater than 110% of target, Mr. Forget would receive commissions of 0.13% of customer bookings. The MBOs were established and evaluated on a quarterly basis, and the MBOs and relative weighting assigned to each MBO varied on a quarterly basis. The MBOs included the development of our sales management framework and a commission plan for the sales organization, and the successful launch of several sales-oriented initiatives.

2010 Bonus Decisions

The cash bonus for our CEO was determined after the end of the year in the sole discretion of the Board, and in the case of the other executive officers, by our CEO on a quarterly basis, based on the assessment of the Company’s financial and operational performance as set forth in our annual operating plan and, in the case of certain executive officers, the evaluation of such executive officer’s performance against his MBOs for the year.

 

107


Table of Contents

While the decision to pay bonuses and any amounts payable are made in the sole discretion of the Board or our CEO, as applicable, the Board provided advice to our CEO on determining the amounts of any bonuses payable to our other executive officers (except for those cash bonuses earned under the sales commission plans described above), and the CEO made the final determinations on such bonuses, based on the actual performance of the other executive officers, as well as his evaluation of the expected and actual performance of each executive officer, his or her individual contributions and responsibilities and market conditions.

In March 2011, the Board evaluated the Company’s financial and operational performance for 2010 and the performance of our CEO for purposes of making bonus decisions. In the case of our CEO, the Board determined that the Company had achieved its principal financial objective for the year (which was measured on the basis of our 2010 non-GAAP net income) and its principal operational objective for the year (which was measured on the basis of customer bookings) and approved a bonus of $250,000.

In addition, our CEO assessed each executive officer’s contributions to the Company’s performance in order to determine the bonus payments for our other executive officers, including the other named executive officers. In the case of our CFO, our CEO determined that, during his time with the Company, he had made a significant contribution to the Company’s achievement of its principal financial and operational performance objectives for the fourth quarter and determined that he receive a bonus of $10,313, which was prorated from his target bonus of $62,500 to reflect the partial year he was employed by the Company. In the case of Mr. Nagdev, based on the performance of the Company and his actual performance with respect to his various MBOs, our CEO determined that he had achieved 100%, 95%, 93% and 91% with respect to each of his quarterly MBOs, respectively, earning quarterly cash bonuses in the aggregate amount of $108,963 for 2010. In the case of Mr. Forget, based on his actual performance under the commission plan for the first half of the year and based on his actual performance with respect to his various MBOs for the second half of 2010, our CEO determined that he had achieved 100% of his MBOs in the third quarter and 99% of his MBOs in the fourth quarter and that he receive, together with commissions earned under the commission plan, an aggregate cash bonus of $64,464. In the case of Mr. Pisani, based on his actual performance under the commission plan, he earned an aggregate cash bonus of $142,106.

The cash bonuses paid to the named executive officers for 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

In November 2010, the Board approved the 2011 Executive Incentive Plan for our executive officers. This plan provides for both a quarterly component pursuant to which payouts may be made based on actual achievement against pre-established corporate and individual performance objectives and an annual component pursuant to which payouts may be made if the Company exceeds its internal targets for net income and bookings as reflected in the Company’s annual operating plan for 2011.

In connection with this offering, the Board intends to put in place a Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan that will provide a formal framework for the Company’s executive officer cash bonus plan.

Equity Compensation

We use equity awards to incent and reward our executives officers, including the named executive officers, for long-term corporate performance based on the value of our common stock and, thereby, to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.

Historically, the size and form of the initial equity awards for our executive officers have been established through arm’s-length negotiation at the time the individual executive officer was hired. In

 

108


Table of Contents

making these awards, the Board has considered, among other things, the prospective role and responsibility of the executive officer, the amount of equity-based compensation held by the executive officer at his former employer, the cash compensation received by the executive officer and the need to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value.

In addition, the Board has periodically granted equity awards to our executive officers, including the named executive officers, to ensure that their overall equity position was consistent with our compensation objectives, including our objectives of aligning the interest of our executive officers and the interests of our stockholders and our objective of offering total compensation that we believe to be competitive and fair. The Board has not applied a rigid formula in determining the size of these stock option awards. In making these awards, the Board has exercised its judgment and discretion and considered, among other things, the Company’s financial and operational results, the role and responsibility of the executive officer, individual performance, his individual experience, skills, contributions and responsibilities, competitive factors, the amount of equity-based equity compensation already held by the executive officer, the cash compensation received by the executive officer and market conditions.

Historically, the Board has had responsibility for granting equity awards to our executive officers. Going forward, the Committee will be responsible for making recommendations of equity awards to our executive officers, which will be approved by our Board.

In February 2010, the Board approved stock option grants to our employees, including certain of our executive officers, in recognition of our financial and operational results and each executive officer’s individual performance for the preceding 12 months. These options were granted following a determination of the fair market value of our common stock. In determining the amount of each executive officer’s stock option grant, the Board took into consideration the factors described above, as well as internal equity and current market practice. At that time, the Board granted Messrs. Nagdev, Forget and Pisani stock options to purchase 25,000, 50,000 and 15,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, with these options scheduled to vest over four years.

In June 2010, the Board approved stock option grants to our employees, including certain of our executive officers, to meet its retention objectives with respect to these individuals. At that time, the Board granted Mr. Pisani a stock option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock, with the option scheduled to vest over four years.

In September 2010, consistent with our practice in prior years, we sold Mr. Kramer shares of our common stock at its then-current fair market value in two separate restricted stock purchase transactions to secure his continued services as our President and Chief Executive Officer and to meet our retention objectives.

 

  Ÿ  

In the first transaction, the Board agreed to sell and issue to Mr. Kramer 1,265,730 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.65 per share, subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company that expires periodically over four years, and further subject to partial accelerated expiration of the right of repurchase in the event of a change in control of the Company and full accelerated expiration of the right of repurchase in the event of certain terminations of employment following a change in control of the Company.

 

  Ÿ  

In the second transaction, the Board agreed to sell and issue to Mr. Kramer 421,909 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.65 per share, subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company that expires after five years, and further subject to accelerated expiration of the right of repurchase in the event of a change in control of the Company or an initial public offering of our common stock in which the Company is valued at more than $500 million.

 

109


Table of Contents

In November 2010, in connection with the hiring of Mr. Schmid as our CFO, the Board granted to Mr. Schmid a stock option to purchase 420,000 shares of our common stock, with the option scheduled to vest over four years.

The equity awards granted to the named executive officers during 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.

Welfare and Other Benefits

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under this plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their current compensation subject to certain statutory limits, and contribute to the plan. We currently do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executive officers. We intend for the plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan.

In addition, we provide other benefits to our executive officers, including the named executive officers, on the same basis as all of our full-time employees. These benefits include medical, dental, and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage. These benefits are provided to our executive officers on the same general terms as to all of our full-time employees in the country in which they are resident.

We believe that our employee benefits programs are affordable and competitive in relation to the market based on our understanding of the markets in which we compete for talent. We adjust our employee benefits programs as needed based upon regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices and the competitive market.

We do not provide perquisites to our executive officers, except in limited situations where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, or for recruitment and retention purposes. During 2010, we provided Mr. Kramer with a $25,000 relocation allowance, In addition, executive officers resident in Israel received the customary benefits payable to Israeli executives, including managers’ insurance (“bituach minahalim”), contributions to an advanced study fund (“keren hishtalmut”), vacation and sick leave, recreation pay (“dmei havraa”) and use of an automobile.

In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, or for recruitment, motivation, or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits will be approved and subject to periodic review by the Committee.

Employment Agreements

While we do not have employment agreements with any of our named executive officers, the initial terms and conditions of employment of each of the named executive officers are set forth in a written employment offer letter (or, in the case of Mr. Kramer, employment transition letter). For a summary of the material terms and conditions of employment for the named executive officers, see “—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements” below.

In retaining our executive officers, we recognized that it would be necessary to recruit candidates from outside our Company with the requisite experience and skills to manage a dynamic, growing

 

110


Table of Contents

business. In addition, the Board recognized that a competitive compensation package would have to contain a financial inducement sufficient to motivate the candidate to accept an employment offer over any competing offers. Accordingly, the Board sought to develop compensation packages that were sufficient to attract qualified candidates who could fill our most critical positions. At the same time, the Board was sensitive to the need to integrate new executive officers into our executive compensation structure, balancing both competitive and internal equity considerations.

Mr. Kramer’s Transition Agreement

In August 2010, in connection with his transition of employment from Imperva, Ltd. to the Company, we entered into an employment transition letter with Mr. Kramer setting forth the terms and conditions of his employment. These arrangements were reviewed and approved by the Board.

In effecting the transition of employment for Mr. Kramer, the Board approved an initial base salary of $250,000 for Mr. Kramer, as well as an initial target cash bonus opportunity of $250,000. In addition, the Company agreed to pay certain relocation costs associated with Mr. Kramer’s relocation from Israel to the United States. Other than these terms, Mr. Kramer’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Mr. Schmid’s Offer Letter

In November 2010, Mr. Schmid was named Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr. Schmid’s employment offer letter sets forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including an initial base salary of $250,000, an initial target cash bonus opportunity of $62,500 (payable quarterly), and an initial stock option award to purchase 420,000 shares of our common stock (subject to accelerated vesting as described below). Other than these terms, Mr. Schmid’s employment is “at will” and for no specific period of time.

Post-Employment Compensation

Except as described in the following paragraph, we do not have any agreements or other arrangements with any of our executive officers that provide for payments or benefits in the event of a termination of employment or in connection with a change in control of the Company.

The restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Kramer and the stock option granted to Mr. Schmid provide for accelerated vesting of any outstanding and unvested portion of such awards in the event of a change in control of the Company and/or their termination of employment under specified circumstances following a change in control of the Company. We believe that these protections were necessary, in the case of Mr. Schmid, to induce him to forego other opportunities or leave his current employment for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization and, in the case of Mr. Kramer, to meet our retention objectives. We also believe that entering into these arrangements will help these executive officers maintain continued focus and dedication to their responsibilities to help maximize stockholder value if there is a potential transaction that could involve a change in control of the Company.

For a summary of the material terms and conditions of these post-employment compensation arrangements, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In connection with this offering, the Board intends to put in place standardized arrangements for the payment of severance and change in control benefits to certain of our executive officers. Under these arrangements, the rights of these executive officers upon an involuntary termination of employment, including an involuntary termination of employment following a change in control of the

 

111


Table of Contents

Company, will be established on a uniform basis. Each of our executive officers who are selected to participate in these arrangements will be required, as a condition of participation, to relinquish any severance payments and benefits otherwise provided in his employment offer letter or other agreement with us.

Other Compensation Policies

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding minimum stock ownership requirements for our executive officers, including the named executive officers.

Compensation Recovery Policy

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to our executive officers and other employees where the payments were predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a financial restatement. We intend to adopt a general compensation recovery (“clawback”) policy covering our annual and long-term incentive award plans and arrangements once the SEC adopts final rules implementing the requirement of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Derivatives Trading and Hedging Policy

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding the trading of derivatives or the hedging of our equity securities by our employees, including the named executive officers, and directors.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for federal income tax purposes of remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the chief executive officer and each of the three other most highly compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) in any taxable year. Generally, remuneration in excess of $1 million may only be deducted if it is “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied. On the other hand, annual cash bonuses will not be deductible unless paid on the basis of pre-established objective performance criteria, the satisfaction of which is certified after the end of the fiscal year and upon meeting certain other conditions.

As we are not currently publicly-traded, the Board has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation for our executive officers. We expect that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers for the “performance-based compensation” exemption from the deductibility limit. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers in the future, we will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). In the future, the Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

112


Table of Contents

Taxation of “Parachute” Payments

Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control of the Company that exceed certain prescribed limits, and that the Company (or a successor) may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. We did not provide any executive officer, including any named executive officer, with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that the executive might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G or 4999 during 2010 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any executive officer with such a “gross-up” or other reimbursement.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We follow Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”) for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 ASC requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options and restricted stock awards, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive officers may never realize any value from their awards. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based compensation awards in their income statements over the period that an executive officer is required to render service in exchange for the option or other award. After the completion of this offering, the Committee may consider the impact of ASC Topic 718 in connection with making equity-based awards.

Summary Compensation Table—2010

The following table summarizes the compensation that we paid to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2010. We refer to these officers in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Stock
Awards

($)(1)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Compensation
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Shlomo Kramer(3)

    2010      $ 250,000      $ 1,643,845        —        $ 250,000      $ 62,351 (4)    $ 2,206,196   

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

             

Terrence J. Schmid(5)

    2010      $ 41,667        —            $ 377,076      $ 10,313        —        $ 429,056   

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

             

Ralph Pisani

    2010      $ 157,500        —            $ 44,943      $ 142,106        —        $ 344,549   

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

             

Sunil Nagdev(6)

    2010      $ 200,000        —            $ 11,078      $ 108,963        —        $ 320,041   

Former Vice President, Worldwide Services

             

Jason Forget

    2010      $ 180,000        —            $ 22,155      $ 64,464        —        $ 266,619   

Vice President, Business Operations

             

 

(1) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards granted in 2010 and calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of the assumptions made by the Company in determining the valuation of equity awards.

 

113


Table of Contents
(2) Represents cash incentive payments paid for performance in 2010.
(3) $156,250 of Mr. Kramer’s base salary was paid in Israeli shekels and converted to U.S. dollars for the purposes of this column, using the average exchange rate for 2010 of US$1.00 to NIS 3.733. Mr Kramer purchased his stock awards at a price of $1.65 per share, the fair market value of the Company’s stock as determined by the Board on the grant date.
(4) The amounts shown are comprised of relocation benefits from Israel to the U.S. in the amount of $25,000 and benefits associated with employment in Israel: employer contributions to a pension fund and statutory severance payments (“bituach minahalim”) in the amount of $20,829, tax reimbursement of such benefits in the amount of $2,797 and employer contributions to the education fund (“keren hishtalmut”) in the amount of $11,719. The amounts shown also include car-related expenses and payments associated with meals, telephone expenses and a holiday present. Other than the relocation benefits, the amount attributable to each such perquisite or benefit for Mr. Kramer does not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites received by him. With the exception of the $25,000 in relocation benefits, which were paid in U.S. dollars, such amounts were paid in Israeli shekels and converted to U.S. dollars for the purpose of this column, using the average exchange rate for 2010 of US$1.00 to NIS 3.733.
(5) Mr. Schmid’s employment with the Company commenced on November 1, 2010 at an annual base salary of $250,000. Prior to his employment, no single individual served in the capacity of or performed the functions of chief financial officer of the Company.
(6) Mr. Nagdev resigned in January 2011.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2010

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to equity grants awarded to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name

  Grant Date     Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(1)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($)
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)(2)
 
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

Shlomo Kramer(3)

    09/30/2010            421,909        —        $ 1.65      $ 465,070   
    09/30/2010            1,265,730        —        $ 1.65      $ 1,178,774   
      250,000        250,000           

Terrence J. Schmid(3)

    11/17/2010            —          420,000      $ 1.85      $ 377,076   
      62,500        62,500           

Ralph Pisani(5)

    02/05/2010            —          15,000      $ 0.84      $ 6,561   
    06/04/2010            —          60,000      $ 1.26      $ 38,382   
      160,000        —             

Sunil Nagdev(3)

    02/05/2010            —          25,000      $ 0.84      $ 11,078   
      115,000        115,000           

Jason Forget(6)

    02/05/2010            —          50,000      $ 0.84      $ 22,155   
      75,000        —             

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes, these options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest one year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal quarterly installments over the next three years.
(2) The grant date fair value of each equity award is computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Mr Kramer purchased his stock awards at a price of $1.65 per share, the fair market value of the Company’s stock as determined by the Board on the grant date, at the aggregate purchase price of $696,150 and $2,088,455, respectively.

 

114


Table of Contents
(3) The non-equity incentive plan with respect to Messrs. Kramer, Schmid and Nagdev does not have a threshold.
(4) Mr. Pisani participates in a sales commission plan as described in more detail above in “—Executive Compensation Program Elements.” There is no maximum under his sales commission plan.
(5) Mr. Forget participates in a sales commission plan as described in more detail above in “—Executive Compensation Program Elements.” There is no maximum under his sales commission plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2010 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

    Option awards     Stock awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)(1)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That

Have Not
Vested

(2)
 

Shlomo Kramer

    —          —          —          —          421,909 (3)    $ 780,532   
    —          —          —          —          1,265,730 (4)    $ 2,341,601   
    —          —          —          —          469,157 (5)    $ 867,940   

Terrence J. Schmid

    —          216,216 (6)    $ 1.85        11/17/2020        —          —     
    —          203,784 (6)    $ 1.85        11/17/2020        —          —     

Ralph Pisani

    41,250        18,750 (7)    $ 0.82        05/29/2018        —          —     
    13,125        16,875 (8)    $ 0.82        02/10/2019        —          —     
    4,375        5,625 (9)    $ 0.82        08/06/2019        —          —     
    —          15,000 (10)    $ 0.84        02/05/2020        —          —     
    —          60,000 (11)    $ 1.26        06/04/2020        —          —     

Sunil Nagdev(12)

    140,625        84,375 (13)    $ 0.82        05/29/2018        —          —     
    —          25,000 (10)    $ 0.84        02/05/2020        —          —     

Jason Forget

    11,250 (14)      —        $ 0.39        06/26/2016        —          —     
    12,375        5,625 (15)    $ 0.53        02/06/2018        —          —     
    15,313        19,687 (8)    $ 0.82        02/10/2019        —          —     
    —          50,000 (10)    $ 0.84        02/05/2020        —          —     

 

(1) These options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest 1 year following the vesting commencement date (as noted below), with the remaining 75% vesting in equal quarterly installments over the next three years.
(2) There was no public market for our common stock in 2010. The fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2010 was $1.85 per share.
(3) The Company’s right of repurchase with respect to these shares lapses after 60 months of continuous service after the vesting commencement date of September 30, 2010.
(4) The Company’s right of repurchase with respect to 25% of these shares lapses after 12 months of continuous service after the vesting commencement date of May 1, 2010, with the remaining 75% lapsing in equal quarterly installments over the next three years.
(5) The Company’s right of repurchase with respect to these shares lapses after 60 months of continuous service after the vesting commencement date of July 31, 2007.
(6) The vesting commencement date of this option is November 1, 2010.
(7) The vesting commencement date of this option is February 11, 2008.
(8) The vesting commencement date of this option is January 1, 2009.

 

115


Table of Contents
(9) The vesting commencement date of this option is February 11, 2009.
(10) The vesting commencement date of this option is January 1, 2010.
(11) The vesting commencement date of this option is June 1, 2010.
(12) On February 9, 2011, Mr. Nagdev exercised vested options to purchase 146,875 shares of common stock and the balance of his options were cancelled in connection with his termination.
(13) The vesting commencement date of this option is April 8, 2008.
(14) This option is fully vested.
(15) The vesting commencement date of this option is February 6, 2008.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested—2010

There were no exercises of stock options or vesting of stock awards as of December 31, 2010 with respect to our named executive officers.

Stock and Benefit Plans

2003 Stock Plan

Our 2003 Stock Plan (the “2003 Stock Plan”), which amended and restated the 2002 Stock Plan adopted by our board of directors in June 2002, was adopted by our Board on February 24, 2003 and approved by our stockholders on May 22, 2003, and has most recently been amended on August 25, 2010. We have reserved 11,674,597 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other changes in our capitalization.

Our 2003 Stock Plan is administered by our Board. Our Board has the authority to delegate full power and authority to one or more committees of the board to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award, to provide substitute awards and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2003 Stock Plan.

The 2003 Stock Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options and the direct award or sale of shares of our common stock (including restricted common stock) to officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons. Stock options granted under the 2003 Stock Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant and incentive stock options have an exercise price of no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon a sale event in which all awards are not assumed or substituted by the successor entity, the 2003 Stock Plan and all stock options issued thereunder will be subject to either (1) accelerated vesting and full exercisability, followed by the cancellation of such options, or (2) settlement of their full value (whether or not then exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents, followed by the cancellation of such options.

All stock option awards that are granted to the named executive officers are covered by a stock option agreement. Generally, under the stock option agreements, 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years. Our Board may accelerate the vesting schedule in its discretion. We have not engaged in any option repricing or other modification to any of its outstanding equity awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Our Board has also adopted Appendix A to the 2003 Stock Plan (the “Israel Appendix”) to apply to grants made to our employees in Israel, the UK Sub-Plan of the 2003 Stock Plan (the “UK Sub-Plan”) to apply to grants made to our employees in the United Kingdom and the Addendum to the 2003 Stock Plan (the “French Addendum”) to apply to option grants made to our employees in France.

 

116


Table of Contents

The Israel Appendix allows us to grant options to Israeli employees under the 2003 Stock Plan under similar terms to those in the 2003 Stock Plan, and such options may qualify for tax-favorable treatment pursuant to Section 102(b) of the 1961 Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961. The UK Sub-Plan allows us to grant options to our UK employees under similar terms to those in the 2003 Stock Plan. The French Addendum allows us to grant options to French employees under the 2003 Stock Plan under similar terms to those in the 2003 Stock Plan, and such options may qualify for tax-favorable treatment under applicable French law.

Our Board has determined not to grant any further awards under the 2003 Stock Plan after the completion of the offering. We intend to adopt the 2011 Stock Option and Grant Plan to be effective upon the consummation of an initial public offering, under which we expect to make all future awards.

2011 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

On                     , 2011, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Committee, adopted the 2011 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), which was subsequently approved by the Company’s stockholders. The 2011 Plan will replace the 2003 Stock Plan, as the Board has determined not to make additional awards under that plan. The 2011 Plan provides flexibility to the Committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate the Company’s workforce.

We have initially reserved              shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan may also provide that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning in 2012, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2011 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2011 Plan or 2003 Stock Plan are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

The 2011 Plan will be administered by our Board or the Committee (the “Administrator”). The Administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2011 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants and prospective officers) of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion.

The 2011 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the Administrator but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by the Administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The Administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The Administrator may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Administrator may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock equal to the value of the appreciation in the stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price is the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Administrator may award restricted shares of common stock to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Administrator may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified restricted period. The Administrator may award restricted stock units to any participants. Restricted stock units are ultimately payable in the form of shares of common stock and may be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Administrator may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Company through a specified vesting period. The Administrator may also grant shares of common stock which are free from any restrictions under the 2011 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to any participant in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

The Administrator may grant performance share awards to any participant which entitle the recipient to receive shares of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

The Administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants which entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held specified shares of common stock.

The Administrator may grant cash bonuses under the 2011 Plan to participants. The cash bonuses may be subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The 2011 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event” as defined in the 2011 Plan, except as otherwise provided by the Administrator in the award agreement, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all other awards with time-based conditions will automatically be deemed waived, unless the parties to the sale event agree that such awards will be assumed or continued by the successor entity. Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the Administrator’s discretion. In addition, in the case of a sale event in which the Company’s stockholders will receive cash consideration, the Company may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

No other awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the 2011 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

401(k) Savings Plan

We have established a 401(k) plan to allow our employees to save on a tax-favorable basis for their retirement. We do not match any contributions made by any employees, including our named executive officers, pursuant to the plan.

Contributions to Israeli Employees

In 2010, we made contributions on behalf of Mr. Kramer to a retirement fund, a severance fund, and a continuing education fund, in each case, on the same basis as other Israeli employees. Since Mr. Kramer relocated to the United States in 2010, we will no longer continue to make these contributions.

 

118


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in pension benefit plans sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Defined Compensation Plans

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has also entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

We consider it essential to the best interests of our stockholders to foster the continuous employment of our key management personnel. In this regard, we recognize that the possibility of a change in control may exist and that the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management could result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and our stockholders. In order to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of certain key members of management, we have entered into several change in control agreements and severance agreements with certain of our executive officers. In addition, as discussed above, in connection with this offering, the board of directors intends to put in place standardized arrangements for the payment of severance and change in control benefits to certain of our executive officers, which may be different from the benefits described below.

“Change in control” generally comports with the definition set forth in the 2003 Stock Plan (via incorporation by reference to such definition or otherwise), which is as follows: (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. A transaction shall not constitute a change in control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

“Cause” generally means the employee’s (a) unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company, (b) material breach of any agreement between the employee and the Company, (c) material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules (d) conviction of, or the employee’s plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (e) gross negligence or willful misconduct, (f) continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of failure from the board of directors or (g) failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the

 

119


Table of Contents

Company has requested the employee’s cooperation. In the case of (b) and (f), “cause” will only exist if the employee has not cured the events described in (b) and (f) giving rise to “cause” within 20 days of written notice being provided.

“Involuntary termination” generally means either (a) involuntary discharge by the Company for reasons other than “cause” or (b) voluntary resignation following (i) a change in the employee’s position with the Company that materially reduces his/her level of authority or responsibility, (ii) a reduction in the employee’s base salary by more than 10% or (iii) receipt of notice that the employee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles.

Shlomo Kramer

On August 16, 2010, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Shlomo Kramer, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under this agreement, Mr. Kramer is entitled to three months notice prior to the Company’s termination of his employment. Mr. Kramer is entitled to regular salary payments during this notice period.

On September 30, 2010, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Mr. Kramer, pursuant to which Mr. Kramer acquired 1,265,730 shares of the Company’s common stock. Under this agreement, if the Company is subject to a change in control before the termination of Mr. Kramer’s service, the Company’s right of repurchase on 50% of the shares of common stock still subject to repurchase under this agreement shall immediately lapse. Additionally, if Mr. Kramer is subject to an involuntary termination within 12 months of such change in control, the Company’s right of repurchase on 100% of the shares of such common stock still subject to repurchase under this agreement shall immediately lapse. In this agreement, the definition of “change in control” is as follows (via incorporation by reference to the term “liquidation event” in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as presently in effect): (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a change in control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a change in control may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of 80% of the outstanding preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an as-if converted basis).

On September 30, 2010, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Mr. Kramer, pursuant to which Mr. Kramer acquired 421,909 shares of the Company’s common stock. Under this agreement, if the Company is subject to a change in control before the termination of Mr. Kramer’s service, the Company’s right of repurchase on 100% of the shares of such common stock still subject to repurchase under this agreement shall immediately lapse.

On July 7, 2007, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Mr. Kramer, pursuant to which Mr. Kramer acquired 469,157 shares of the Company’s common stock. Under this agreement, if the Company is subject to a change in control or the Company undergoes its initial public offering, in either

 

120


Table of Contents

case before the termination of Mr. Kramer’s service, and the Company is valued at $500 million or more in such transaction, the Company’s right of repurchase on 100% of the shares of such common stock still subject to repurchase under this agreement shall immediately lapse.

Terrence J. Schmid

On September 29, 2010, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Schmid, our Chief Financial Officer. Under the offer letter agreement, if the Company is subject to a change in control before Mr. Schmid’s service with the Company terminates, 50% of the then unvested shares subject to his initial option grant shall immediately vest and become exercisable. Additionally, if Mr. Schmid is subject to an involuntary termination within three months before or 12 months following a change in control, 100% of the then unvested shares subject to his initial option grant shall immediately vest and become exercisable.

Sunil Nagdev

On April 3, 2008, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Nagdev, our former Vice President, Worldwide Services. Under the offer letter agreement, if the Company is subject to a change in control before Mr. Nagdev’s service with the Company terminates and Mr. Nagdev is subject to an involuntary termination within 12 months following such a change in control, 100% of his then unvested options to purchase the Company’s common stock shall immediately vest and become exercisable. Additionally, Mr. Nagdev would be entitled to base salary continuation for a period of three months as well as payments of his monthly COBRA premiums until the earliest of (i) six months following the date of termination, (ii) the expiration of continuation coverage under COBRA or (iii) the date when Mr. Nagdev becomes eligible for substantially similar equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment subject, in all cases, to Mr. Nagdev’s executing a release.

Mr. Nagdev resigned in January 2011 and received no payments or benefits in connection with his departure from the Company.

 

121


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The tables below reflect potential payments and benefits available for each of our named executive officers upon termination in connection with a change in control or termination, assuming the date of occurrence is December 31, 2010. See section entitled “Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements.”

Named Executive Officer Benefits and Payments Upon Termination(1)

 

Name

   Termination     Involuntary Termination
within

One Year of Change in
Control
 

Shlomo Kramer

   $ 62,500 (2)    $ 62,500 (2) 

Terrence J. Schmid

     —          —     

Ralph Pisani

     —          —     

Sunil Nagdev

     —        $ 53,209 (3) 

Jason Forget

     —          —     

 

(1) Assumes triggering event effective as of December 31, 2010. Upon a voluntary termination or termination for cause, each named executive officer would receive any earned but unpaid base salary and unpaid vacation accrued until December 31, 2010. These payments would be available to all employees upon termination.
(2) Includes continuation of base salary for three months for Mr. Kramer.
(3) Includes continuation of base salary for three months for Mr. Nagdev and six months of continuation health insurance coverage for medical, dental and vision benefits under COBRA for Mr. Nagdev.

Acceleration of Vesting of Options and Restricted Stock upon Termination(1)

 

Name

   Number of Shares of
Accelerated Stock and Value
upon a Change in Control
    Number of Shares of
Accelerated Stock and Value
upon Involuntary Termination
and in Connection with a
Change in Control
 

Shlomo Kramer

     (2     (3

Terrence J. Schmid

     (4     (5

Ralph Pisani

     —          —     

Sunil Nagdev

     —          (6

Jason Forget

     —          —     

 

(1) Assumes triggering event effective as of December 31, 2010 and excludes vested stock held as of such date. There was no public market for our common stock in 2010. We have estimated the market value of the accelerated option shares and shares of restricted stock based on the difference between our assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the exercise price of such accelerated options or the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2010 of $1.85, as applicable.
(2) The Company’s right of repurchase with respect to 1,523,931 shares would lapse upon a change in control.
(3) The Company’s right of repurchase with respect to an additional 632,865 shares would lapse upon involuntary termination within 12 months of a change in control.
(4) 210,000 of Mr. Schmid’s options would accelerate upon a change in control.
(5) 420,000 of Mr. Schmid’s options would accelerate upon involuntary termination three months before or within 12 months of a change in control.

 

122


Table of Contents
(6) 103,125 of Mr. Nagdev’s options would accelerate upon involuntary termination within 12 months of a change in control.

Director Compensation

We do not currently have a compensation program with respect to the service of our board of directors. We plan to adopt a formal compensation program upon completion of our public offering.

On May 18, 2010, we entered into a board of directors offer letter agreement with Mr. Pimentel, a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of the board of directors. On June 4, 2010, pursuant to his offer letter agreement and as compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors, we granted to Mr. Pimentel a stock option to purchase up to 120,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.26. The option is exercisable in full as of June 4, 2010, and the shares subject to such option shall vest as follows: 25% of such shares shall vest on June 4, 2011, and the remainder shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. Such vesting shall accelerate fully upon a change in control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the 2003 Stock Plan.

Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name

   Option Awards ($)(1)      Total ($)  

Michael Boodaei

     —           —     

Asheem Chandna

     —           —     

Theresia Gouw Ranzetta

     —           —     

Steve Krausz

     —           —     

Albert A. Pimentel(2)

   $ 76,788       $ 76,788   

Ray Rothrock(3)

     —           —     

 

(1) This column reflects the compensation expense calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of the assumptions made by the Company in determining the valuation of option awards.
(2) Mr. Pimentel was appointed to the board of directors, effective June 4, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, he held 120,000 unvested shares of common stock, owned of record by the Pimentel Family Trust U/D/T dated April 24, 1991 for which Albert A. Pimentel and Laurie Jean Pimentel serve as trustees.
(3) Mr. Rothrock resigned from our board of directors, effective March 11, 2010.

 

123


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above in the section entitled “Compensation,” the following is a description of transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2008, to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which the other parties included or will include our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities (each a “Beneficial Owner”) or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons.

Private Placements of Securities

Series D Preferred Stock Issuance and Sale

On April 2, 2008 and July 10, 2008, we sold an aggregate of 3,271,947 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock” and such transaction, “Series D Preferred Stock Issuance and Sale” ) in private placement transactions. All shares of our Series D Preferred Stock were sold at a per share price of $6.1292.

The following table summarizes the participation in the Series D Preferred Stock Issuance and Sale by any of our current directors, executive officers, Beneficial Owners or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons:

 

Name

   Aggregate Consideration
Paid
     Shares of Series D
Preferred Stock
 

Accel VIII, L.P. and affiliated entities (collectively, “Accel Partners”)(1)

   $ 4,550,079.05         742,361   

Greylock XII Limited Partnership and affiliated entities (collectively, “Greylock Partners”)(2)

   $ 1,658,040.54         270,515   

Shlomo Kramer

   $ 1,072,168.70         174,928   

U.S. Venture Partners VIII, L.P. and affiliated entities (collectively, “USVP”)(3)

   $ 2,356,389.35         384,453   

Venrock Associates III, L.P. and affiliated entities (collectively, “Venrock”)(4)

   $ 2,363,321.47         385,584   
                 

TOTAL:

   $ 11,999,999.11         1,957,841   

 

(1) Includes 578,597 shares owned of record by Accel VIII L.P., (ii) 113,655 shares owned of record by Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and (iii) 50,109 shares owned of record by Accel Investors 2002 L.L.C. Accel VIII Associates L.L.C. (“A8A”) is the General Partner of Accel VIII L.P. and Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power with respect to those entities. Theresia Gouw Ranzetta, one of our directors, is a Managing Member of A8A and Accel Investors 2002 L.L.C. and shares voting and investment powers in such entities. Ms. Ranzetta disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of her proportionate pecuniary interest in A8A and Accel Investors 2002 L.L.C.
(2) Includes (i) 231,290 shares owned of record by Greylock XII Limited Partnership, (ii) 25,699 shares owned of record by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and (iii) 13,526 shares owned of record by Greylock XII Principals LLC. Greylock XII GP Limited Partnership is the General Partner of Greylock XII LP and Greylock XII-A LP and as such may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of an indeterminate amount of such shares. Greylock XII GP Limited Partnership disclaims beneficial ownership of shares other than those reflective of its pecuniary interest. Asheem Chandna, one of our directors, is a Partner at Greylock Partners. Mr. Chandna disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in Greylock Partners.

 

124


Table of Contents
(3) Includes (i) 375,595 shares owned of record by U.S. Venture Partners VIII, L.P., (ii) 3,626 shares owned of record by USVP VIII Affiliates Fund, L.P., (iii) 3,472 shares owned of record by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VIII-A, L.P., and (iv) 1,760 shares owned of record by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VIII-B, L.P. Presidio Management Group VIII, L.L.C. (“PMG”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the General Partner of each of the foregoing USVP entities. The Managing Members of PMG VIII are Irwin Federman, Winston Fu, Steven Krausz, David Liddle, Jonathan Root, Christopher Rust, Casey Tansey and Philip Young. Steven Krausz is one of our directors, a Managing Member of USVP and a Managing Member of PMG. PMG and each of its Managing Members (including Mr. Krausz) disclaim beneficial ownership except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interests in PMG.
(4) Includes (i) 308,467 shares owned of record by Venrock Associates III, L.P. (“VA III”), (ii) 69,405 shares owned of record by Venrock Associates and (iii) 7,712 shares owned of record by Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P. (“VEF III”). Venrock Management III, LLC (“VM III”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of VA III. VEF Management III, LLC (“VEFM III”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of VEF III. VM III and VEFM III expressly disclaim beneficial ownership over all shares held by Venrock Associates, VA III and VEF III, except to the extent of their indirect pecuniary interest therein.

Transactions With Our Executive Officers, Directors and Beneficial Owners

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and plan to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals and, in certain cases, affiliates of such individuals, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Registration Rights

Certain of our directors, executive officers and Beneficial Owners are party to agreements providing for rights to register under the Securities Act an aggregate of 21,546,381 shares of our capital stock. For more information regarding the registration rights granted pursuant to these agreements, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Change in Control and Severance Agreements

We have entered into change in control agreements and severance agreements with certain of our officers, which provide for severance benefits and acceleration of the vesting of awards. For more information regarding these agreements, see the sections entitled “Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements” and “Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Restricted Stock and Stock Option Awards

For information regarding restricted stock and stock option awards granted to our named executive officers and directors, see the sections entitled “Compensation—Executive Compensation Program Elements,” “Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End,” “Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements” and “Compensation—Director Compensation.”

 

125


Table of Contents

Stock Option Repricing

On October 29, 2008, the board of directors lowered the exercise price of certain stock options granted on May 29, 2008 and August 6, 2008 from $1.02 per share to $0.82 per share. Options exercisable for 60,000 and 225,000 shares of common stock, held by Ralph Pisani and Sunil Nagdev, respectively, each of whom were or are our executive officers, were repriced from $1.02 per share to $0.82 per share.

Transactions With Incapsula, Inc.

On November 5, 2009, we licensed certain intellectual property to Incapsula, Inc., a company formed by Gur Shatz, one of our former employees. The license agreement granted a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable, non-transferable and non-sublicensable license to certain portions of our technology and know-how for Incapsula to use in developing its SaaS implementation of web application firewalls. Incapsula agreed to indemnify us against any claims related to Incapsula’s use of the licensed technology. As consideration for entering into this license agreement, we were issued 5,000,000 shares of Incapsula Series A Preferred Stock, representing a 58% ownership interest of Incapsula at the time of issuance. As of the date of our initial acquisition of shares of Incapsula, the remaining 42% ownership interest of Incapsula was owned by Mr. Shatz.

In connection with the issuance of the Incapsula Series A Preferred Stock to us on November 5, 2009, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement, a first refusal and co-sale agreement and a voting agreement with Incapsula and Mr. Shatz. Under the investors’ rights agreement, we have a right of first negotiation, which requires Incapsula to notify us of any acquisition proposal and provides us with an exclusive period to negotiate and make an alternative acquisition proposal. In addition, we have the right to acquire Incapsula during the five-year period beginning on November 5, 2013 in exchange for payment of Incapsula’s enterprise value, as calculated under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement.

On November 5, 2009, Shlomo Kramer, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was appointed to the Incapsula board of directors and on November 17, 2009, Mark Kraynak, our Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, was appointed to the Incapsula board of directors. On November 16, 2009, Mr. Kramer loaned $600,000 to Incapsula pursuant to a convertible promissory note with an interest rate of 6%. A total of $11,145.21 in interest accrued under the note prior to its repayment by Incapsula, which occurred on March 9, 2010. All interest due and the principal balance of the loan has been repaid. The convertible promissory note has been terminated and there are no longer any obligations thereunder or in connection with Mr. Kramer’s loan.

On March 9, 2010, we purchased an additional 6,666,666 shares of Incapsula Series A Preferred Stock for $2,999,999.70, increasing our ownership interest in Incapsula to 69% on the date we made this additional investment. We also agreed, subject to Incapsula achieving certain milestones with respect to its operations, customers and product development before September 9, 2011, to purchase $7,000,000 worth of Incapsula Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

On December 31, 2010, we entered into a license agreement with Incapsula under which, subject to certain exceptions, we agreed to provide Incapsula with a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty free, limited license to access our ThreatRadar feed of internet protocol addresses, attack patterns and other identification data and Incapsula agreed to provide us a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty free, limited license to use its list of internet protocol addresses. The license agreement has an initial term of one year and automatically renews each year thereafter unless either party provides 30 days prior notice that it no longer wishes to renew the agreement.

 

126


Table of Contents

On March 2, 2011, we entered into an affiliate and resale agreement with Incapsula. Under this agreement, we market, promote and/or resell Incapsula’s services to our existing and potential partners and customers in exchange for a share of revenues. The agreement has an initial term of two years and automatically renews each year thereafter unless either party provides six months prior notice that it no longer wishes to renew the agreement. No material amounts have been earned to date under this agreement.

Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers, and Beneficial Owners, each, a related party. Prior to this offering, prior to our board of directors’ consideration of a transaction with a related party, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction have been disclosed to our board of directors, and the transaction has not been considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Following this offering, we intend to put into place a related party transactions policy which will require, among other items, that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

 

127


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of May 31, 2011, the most recent practicable date, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers and directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2011. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 34,378,112 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2011, assuming the conversion of all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering are based on shares outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of Imperva, Inc., 3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood Shores, CA 94065.

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2011. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

128


Table of Contents

Because the selling stockholders may offer all or a portion or their shares at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, we cannot estimate the number of shares of common stock that a selling stockholder will beneficially own after termination of sales under this prospectus. However, for the purposes of the table below, we have assumed that, after completion of the offering, none of the shares covered by this prospectus will be held by the selling stockholders.

 

    Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
    Number of
Shares
Offered
    Percentage of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
    Total Shares
Offered if
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares is
Exercised
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Before
Offering
    After
Offering
      Before
Offering
    After Offering    

5% or Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities associated with Accel Partners(1)

    7,618,873             

Entities associated with Greylock Partners(2)

    2,776,298             

Entities associated with U.S. Venture Partners(3)

    3,945,652             

Entities associated with Venrock(4)

    3,957,256             

Shlomo Kramer(5)

    7,046,789             

All 5% or greater stockholders as a group

    25,344,868             

Other Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Terrence J. Schmid

    —               

Ralph Pisani(6)

    93,750             

Sunil Nagdev

    146,875             

Jason Forget(7)

    85,250             

Michael Boodaei(8)

    1,925,000             

Asheem Chandna(2)(9)

    2,990,298             

Theresia Gouw Ranzetta(1)

    7,618,873             

Steven Krausz(3)

    3,945,652             

Albert A. Pimentel(10)

    120,000             

All named executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

    23,972,487             

Additional Selling Stockholders:

           

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the shares of common stock.
(1)

Includes (i) 3,117,600 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 1,814,183 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 427,769 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 578,597 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Accel VIII L.P., (ii) 612,400 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 356,366 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 84,029 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 113,655 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and (iii) 270,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 157,118 shares of

 

129


Table of Contents
 

common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 37,047 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 50,109 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Accel Investors 2002 L.L.C. Accel VIII Associates L.L.C. (“A8A”) is the General Partner of Accel VIII L.P. and Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power with respect to those entities. Theresia Gouw Ranzetta, a director of Imperva, is a Managing Member of A8A and Accel Investors 2002 L.L.C. and shares voting and investment powers in such entities. Ms. Ranzetta disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of her proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address for Accel Partners is 428 University Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(2) Includes (i) 2,142,445 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 231,290 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Greylock XII Limited Partnership, (ii) 238,049 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 25,699 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and (iii) 125,289 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 13,526 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Greylock XII Principals LLC. Greylock XII GP Limited Partnership is the General Partner of Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and as such may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of an indeterminate amount of such shares. Greylock XII GP Limited Partnership disclaims beneficial ownership of shares other than those reflective of its pecuniary interest. Asheem Chandna, a director of Imperva, is a Partner at Greylock Partners. Mr. Chandna disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in Greylock Partners. The address for Greylock Partners is 2550 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(3) Includes (i) 2,559,318 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 919,842 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 375,595 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by U.S. Venture Partners VIII, L.P., (ii) 24,704 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 8,879 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 3,626 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by USVP VIII Affiliates Fund, L.P., (iii) 23,655 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 8,502 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 3,472 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VIII-A, L.P., and (iv) 11,990 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 4,309 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 1,760 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VIII-B, L.P. Presidio Management Group VIII, L.L.C. (“PMG”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the General Partner of each of the foregoing USVP entities. The Managing Members of PMG are Irwin Federman, Winston Fu, Steven Krausz, David Liddle, Jonathan Root, Christopher Rust, Casey Tansey and Philip Young. Steven Krausz is a director of Imperva, Managing Member of USVP and Managing Member of PMG. PMG and each of its Managing Members (including Mr. Krausz) disclaim beneficial ownership except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interests therein. The address for USVP is 2735 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(4)

Includes (i) 2,102,400 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 754,938 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 308,467 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of

 

130


Table of Contents
 

Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Venrock Associates III, L.P. (“VA III”), (ii) 473,040 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 169,861 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 69,405 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Venrock Associates and (iii) 52,560 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 18,873 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 7,712 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P (“VEF III”). Venrock Management III, LLC (“VM III”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of VA III. VEF Management III, LLC (“VEFM III”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of VEF III. VM III and VEFM III expressly disclaim beneficial ownership over all shares held by Venrock Associates, VA III and VEF III, except to the extent of their indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address for Venrock is 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

(5) Includes (i) 2,430,411 shares of common stock owned of record by Mr. Kramer and (ii) 2,821,086 shares of common stock, 666,667 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 408,667 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock, 545,030 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock and 174,928 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock, all owned of record by HAPRI LIMITED, an investment holding company. Mr. Kramer is one of two directors of HAPRI LIMITED, with Amir Rapoport, the Kramer family office Chief Financial Officer, being the other director. All of HAPRI LIMITED’s shares are ultimately controlled by a trust of which Mr. Kramer is the sole grantor and sole beneficiary during his life. The address for HAPRI LIMITED is PFD Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Tropic Isle Building, P.O. Box 3331, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands VG 1110.
(6) Includes options to purchase 93,750 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2011 owned of record by Mr. Pisani.
(7) Includes options to purchase 11,750 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2011 owned of record by Mr. Forget.
(8) Includes 925,000 shares of common stock owned of record by Michael (Mickey) Boodaei Assets 2000 Ltd. and 1,000,000 shares of common stock owned of record by Michael (Mickey) Boodaei Holdings 2000 Ltd.
(9) Includes 214,000 shares of common stock owned of record by Asheem Chandna.
(10) Includes 120,000 shares of common stock owned of record by the Pimentel Family Trust U/D/T dated April 24, 1991 for which Albert A. Pimentel and Laurie Jean Pimentel serve as trustees.

 

131


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon consummation of this offering. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of May 31, 2011, 34,378,112 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 209 stockholders of record. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accumulated dividends thereon into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, as of May 31, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase 5,724,019 shares of our common stock under our 2003 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.39 per share, 2,065,140 of which were exercisable, and outstanding warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, each series to have such rights and preferences, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences as our board of directors determines. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. We currently have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

132


Table of Contents

Warrants

As of May 31, 2011, two warrants exercisable for an aggregate of up to 40,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding. These warrants were issued in connection with a loan and security agreement, are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $1.50 per share and will expire on December 22, 2015. Each of the warrants contains a customary net share issuance feature, which allows the warrant holder to pay the exercise price of the warrant by forfeiting a portion of the exercised warrant shares with a value equal to the aggregate exercise price. In addition, if the fair market value of the warrants at the expiration date is greater than the exercise price, any unexercised warrants will automatically be converted into shares via the net issuance feature.

Registration Rights

Holders of 21,546,381shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock and accumulated dividends thereon into common stock upon completion of this offering, have rights, under the terms of an investor rights agreement between us and these holders, to require us to file registration statements under the Securities Act, subject to limitations and restrictions, or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing, subject to specified exceptions. We refer to these shares as registrable securities. The investor rights agreement does not provide for any liquidated damages, penalties or other rights in the event we do not file a registration statement. These rights will continue in effect following this offering.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time after the earlier of (i) six months following the completion of this offering or (ii) April 2, 2012, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of 30% of the registrable securities have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offering and sale of registrable securities then outstanding with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10,000,000. In the event we register securities in connection with an underwritten offering, the underwriters will have the right to limit the number of shares included in such offering.

We have the ability to delay the filing of such registration statement under specified conditions, such as (1) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of this offering or (2) if our board of directors deems it advisable to delay such filing. The latter postponement cannot exceed 90 days during any twelve-month period. We are not obligated to file a registration statement on more than two occasions upon the request of the holders of 30% of the registrable securities.

Form S-3 Registration Rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities described above have the right, on one or more occasions, to request registration on Form S-3 of the sale of the registrable securities held by such holder provided (1) the request or requests are made by holders of at least 20% of the registrable securities and (2) such securities are anticipated to have an aggregate sale price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any) of at least $5,000,000. In the event we register securities in connection with an underwritten offering, the underwriters will have the right to limit the number of shares included in such offering.

We have the ability to delay the filing of such registration statement under specified conditions, such as (1) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of this offering or (2) if our board of directors deems it advisable to delay such filing. The latter postponement cannot exceed 90 days during any 12 month period. We are not obligated to effect more than one registration of registrable securities on Form S-3 in any 12 month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder-initiated demand, the holders of registrable securities will have the right to include their

 

133


Table of Contents

shares in the registration statement, subject to customary exceptions. In the event we register securities in connection with an underwritten offering, the underwriters will have the right to limit the number of shares included in such offering.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes, related to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of registrable securities.

Indemnification.     The investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights .    The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering and (ii) with respect to any holder of registrable securities, the date on which such holder holds one percent or less of our outstanding common stock and all registrable securities held by such holder can be sold in a three-month period without registration in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies.     Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

 

134


Table of Contents

Advance Notice Requirements.     Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.     Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     Our certificate of incorporation provides for             authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

  Ÿ  

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

135


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance of transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owing 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “IMPV.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is             .

 

136


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below. The remaining             shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or it they qualify for exemption under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or another exemption.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

Date of Availability of Sale

   Approximate
Number of
Shares
 

As of the date of this prospectus

  

90 days after the date of this prospectus

  

180 days after the date of this prospectus, or longer if the lock-up period is extended, although a portion of such shares held by our affiliates will be subject to volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144

  

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common stock issuable or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and the Company. This consent may be given at any time. There are no agreements among J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the Company and any of our securityholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

 

137


Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who is not a party to a lock-up agreement as described above will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

  Ÿ  

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

  Ÿ  

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

 

138


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 21,546,381 shares of our common stock have certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. A demand for registration may not be made until 180 days after the completion of this offering. Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

139


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset by a stockholder, and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a stockholder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including: a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Tax Code”); a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; a person liable for alternative minimum tax; an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that received such common stock in connection with services provided; a U.S. person whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; a “controlled foreign corporation”; a “passive foreign investment company”; or a U.S. expatriate.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Tax Code, and applicable regulations, rulings and judicial decisions in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address any state, local, foreign, gift, estate or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock (other than a partnership or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. holder.

If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is particularly urged to consult its own tax advisors.

Holders of common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning their particular U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their specific situations, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

U.S. Holders

Ownership and Disposition of common stock .    The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to a U.S. holder of common stock.

 

140


Table of Contents

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits would be treated as a return of the holder’s tax basis in its common stock and then as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock. Under current law, if certain requirements are met, a maximum 15% U.S. federal income tax rate will apply to any dividends paid to a holder of common stock who is a U.S. individual and that is included in the U.S. holder’s income prior to January 1, 2013.

Distributions to U.S. holders that are corporate stockholders, constituting dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction (“DRD”), which is generally available to corporate stockholders that own less than 20% of the voting power or value of the outstanding stock of the distributing corporation. A U.S. holder that is a corporate stockholder holding 20% or more of the distributing corporation may be eligible for an 80% DRD. No assurance can be given that we will have sufficient earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) to cause any distributions to be treated as dividends eligible for a DRD. In addition, a DRD is available only if certain holding periods and other taxable income requirements are satisfied. The length of time that a stockholder has held stock is reduced by any period during which the stockholder’s risk of loss with respect to the stock is diminished by reason of the existence of certain options, contracts to sell, short sales, or other similar transactions. Also, to the extent that a corporation incurs indebtedness that is directly attributable to an investment in the stock on which the dividend is paid, all or a portion of the DRD may be disallowed. In addition, any dividend received by a corporation may also be subject to the extraordinary distribution provisions of the Tax Code.

A U.S. holder of common stock will generally recognize gain or loss on the taxable sale, exchange, or other disposition of such stock in an amount equal to the difference between such U.S. holder’s amount realized on the sale and its tax basis in the common stock sold. A U.S. holder’s amount realized should equal the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in consideration of its stock. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the common stock is held for more than one year at the time of disposition. Capital loss can generally only be used to offset capital gain (individuals may also offset excess capital losses against up to $3,000 of ordinary income per tax year). Under current law, long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. holder prior to January 1, 2013 is subject to a maximum 15% U.S. federal income tax rate. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be required to pay up to an additional 3.8% tax on dividends and capital gains.

Non-U.S. Holders

Ownership and Disposition of common stock .    The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder of common stock.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to the shares of common stock will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, then the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis (although the dividends will be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied) in the same manner as if received by a U.S. person as defined under the Tax Code. Any such effectively connected income

 

141


Table of Contents

received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate). To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of common stock. Such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) that gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) by a non-U.S. holder; (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on the net gain at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the U.S. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on its net gain in the same manner as if it were a U.S. person as defined under the Tax Code and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We report to our U.S. holders and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently 28%). Backup withholding generally applies to a U.S. holder if the holder (i) fails to furnish its social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) fails to properly report interest or dividends, or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is a U.S. person that is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is supplied to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. Certain U.S. persons are exempt from backup withholding, including corporations, and in certain circumstances, financial institutions.

We also report to our non-U.S. holders and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were

 

142


Table of Contents

effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

New Legislation

Under recently enacted legislation, a relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold 30% of any dividends and the proceeds of a sale of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a foreign financial institution (as specially defined for this purpose) unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its U.S. accountholders and meets certain other specified requirements, or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity that is the beneficial owner of the payment unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership of our common stock.

 

143


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities, Inc.

  
        

Total

  
        

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional            shares from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase            additional shares.

 

Paid by us

   No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

   No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and the Company. This consent may be given

 

144


Table of Contents

at any time. There are no agreements among J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the Company and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IMPV.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

145


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the

 

146


Table of Contents

Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

 

147


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

148


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich  & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Imperva, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010, and for the year then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Imperva, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities, and web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

 

149


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 (unaudited)

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Imperva, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Imperva, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Imperva, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition effective January 1, 2010.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California

June 17, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Imperva, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Imperva, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Imperva, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  

/s/

  

Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel

June 17, 2011

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     March 31,
2011
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

as of March  31,
2011
 
    2009     2010      
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

ASSETS

       

CURRENT ASSETS:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,587      $ 16,410      $ 17,786     

Short-term investments

    463        1,245        1,086     

Restricted cash

    100        996        139     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $368, $407 and $402 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

    12,454        13,164        10,512     

Inventory

    594        387        521     

Deferred tax assets

    171        141        210     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    598        1,709        2,190     
                         

Total current assets

    32,967        34,052        32,444     

Property and equipment, net

    2,378        4,101        4,134     

Severance pay fund

    1,568        2,204        2,244     

Restricted cash

    512        518        670     

Deferred tax assets

    20        30        37     

Other assets

    101        72        73     
                         

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 37,546      $ 40,977      $ 39,602     
                         

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

       

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 3,083      $ 2,516      $ 2,769     

Accrued compensation and benefits

    4,320        5,868        5,286     

Accrued and other current liabilities

    2,304        5,114        5,279     

Deferred revenue

    11,288        13,738        17,928     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    55        69        70      $ —     

Convertible promissory note from related party

    600        —          —       

Revolving credit facility

    —          501        —       
                         

Total current liabilities

    21,650        27,806        31,332     

Other liabilities

    216        2,296        2,608     

Deferred revenue

    2,089        7,480        5,218     

Accrued severance pay

    1,677        2,372        2,447     
                         

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    25,632        39,954        41,605     
                         

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)

       

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value—21,566,101 shares authorized as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited); 21,523,048 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited), aggregate liquidation preference of $83,982 and $85,525 as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    53,442        53,442        53,442        —     
                         

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—50,000,000, 50,000,000, and 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited); 9,733,494, 12,286,180 and 12,642,889 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited); 34,165,937 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    1        1        1        3   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,249        3,340        3,903        57,413   

Accumulated deficit

    (43,848     (55,861     (59,067     (59,067

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    113        452        200        200   
                               

TOTAL IMPERVA, INC. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    (41,485     (52,068     (54,963     (1,451

Noncontrolling interest

    (43     (351     (482     (482
                               

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    (41,528     (52,419     (55,445   $ (1,933
                               

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 37,546      $ 40,977      $ 39,602     
                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2009     2010               2010                          2011             

Net revenue:

          (Unaudited)   

Products and license

  $ 24,298      $ 25,727      $ 34,479      $ 6,966      $ 9,978   

Services

    7,848        13,614        20,903        4,350        6,445   
                                       

Total net revenue

    32,146        39,341        55,382        11,316        16,423   

Cost of revenue:

         

Products and license

    3,661        4,795        5,905        1,154        1,371   

Services

    3,455        4,576        6,428        1,452        1,963   
                                       

Total cost of revenue

    7,116        9,371        12,333        2,606        3,334   
                                       

Gross profit

    25,030        29,970        43,049        8,710        13,089   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    8,591        10,538        13,214        2,956        3,927   

Sales and marketing

    20,447        26,920        34,168        7,593        10,000   

General and administrative

    3,608        4,669        7,982        1,519        2,294   
                                       

Total operating expenses

    32,646        42,127        55,364        12,068        16,221   
                                       

Loss from operations

    (7,616     (12,157     (12,315     (3,358     (3,132

Other income (expense), net

    190        178        474        23        (89
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,426     (11,979     (11,841     (3,335     (3,221

Provision for income taxes

    229        360        527        62        116   
                                       

Net loss

    (7,655     (12,339     (12,368     (3,397     (3,337

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          43        355        89        131   
                                       

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

  $ (7,655   $ (12,296   $ (12,013   $ (3,308   $ (3,206
                                       

Net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.99   $ (1.41   $ (1.23   $ (0.35   $ (0.32
                                       

Shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

    7,720,066        8,730,718        9,769,330        9,358,686        10,149,669   
                                       

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

      $ (0.38     $ (0.10
                     

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        31,292,378          31,672,717   
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred

Stock
          Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance as of December 31, 2007

    18,251,101      $ 33,464            8,634,086      $ 1      $ 869      $ (23,897   $ —        $ —        $ (23,027

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —          —              550,491        —          218        —          —          —          218   

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —              —          —          118        —          —          —          118   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —              —          —          274        —          —          —          274   

Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

    3,271,947        19,978            —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                     

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss.

    —          —              —          —          —          (7,655     —          —          (7,655
                           

Comprehensive loss.

                        (7,655
                                                                           

Balance as of December 31, 2008

    21,523,048        53,442            9,184,577        1        1,479        (31,552     —          —          (30,072

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —          —              548,917        —          231        —          —          —          231   

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —              —          —          118        —          —          —          118   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —              —          —          421        —          —          —          421   

Component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                     

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

    —          —              —          —          —          —          113        —          113   

Net loss.

    —          —              —          —          —          (12,296     —          (43     (12,339
                           

Comprehensive loss.

                        (12,226
                                                                           

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    21,523,048        53,442            9,733,494        1        2,249        (43,848     113        (43     (41,528

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —          —              745,047        —          437        —          —          —          437   

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

    —          —              120,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of restricted stock

    —          —              1,687,639        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —              —          —          61        —          —          —          61   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —              —          —          640        —          —          —          640   

Purchase of additional ownership interest in Incapsula, Inc.

    —          —              —          —          (47     —          —          47        —     

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                     

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    —          —              —          —          —          —          2        —          2   

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

    —          —              —          —          —          —          337        —          337   

Net loss.

    —          —              —          —          —          (12,013     —          (355     (12,368
                           

Comprehensive loss.

                        (12,029
                                                                           

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    21,523,048        53,442            12,286,180        1        3,340        (55,861     452        (351     (52,419
                                                                           

 

F-6


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred

Stock
          Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount            

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    21,523,048      $ 53,442            12,286,180      $ 1      $ 3,340      $ (55,861   $ 452      $ (351   $ (52,419

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —          —              338,709        —          280        —          —          —          280   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          283        —          —          —          283   

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                     

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          —          —          1        —          1   

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          —          —          (253     —          (253

Net loss (unaudited).

    —          —              —          —          —          (3,206     —          (131     (3,337
                           

Comprehensive loss (unaudited).

                        (3,589
                                                                           

Balance as of March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

    21,523,048      $ 53,442            12,642,889      $ 1      $ 3,903      $ (59,067   $ 200      $ (482   $ (55,445
                                                                           

 

F-7


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008         2009         2010         2010         2011    
           (Unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net loss

   $ (7,655   $ (12,339   $ (12,368   $ (3,397   $ (3,337

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     455        672        1,170        220        368   

Stock-based compensation

     274        421        640        81        283   

Revaluation of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —          —          14        (22     1   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable, net

     (2,971     (2,805     (710     4,054        2,652   

Inventory

     (194     (60     204        (47     (155

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (611     624        (668     (247     (796

Accounts payable

     700        854        (568     (274     253   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     938        1,290        1,548        (326     (582

Accrued and other current liabilities

     703        1,032        2,021        393        476   

Severance pay (net)

     61        (81     59        46        35   

Deferred revenue

     3,014        5,317        7,841        (236     1,929   

Deferred tax assets

     (16     (181     (28     (20     (76

Other

     138        (255     (204     (105     43   
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (5,164     (5,511     (1,049     120        1,094   
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Purchase of short-term investments

     —          (463     (2,249     (1,832     (367

Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments

     —          —          1,467        260        526   

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,291     (1,329     (2,889     (397     (380

Change in restricted cash

     (267     (150     (902     (394     705   
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (1,558     (1,942     (4,573     (2,363     484   
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     218        231        588        243        280   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory note from related party

     —          600        —          —          —     

Repayment of convertible promissory note from related party

     (40     —          (600     (600     —     

Proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     19,978        —          —          —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock

     —          —          2,785        —          —     

Borrowings on revolving credit facility

     —          —          501        —          —     

Repayments of revolving credit facility

     —          —          —          —          (501
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     20,156        831        3,274        (357     (221
                                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (113     260        171        2        19   
                                        

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     13,321        (6,362     (2,177     (2,598     1,376   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     11,628        24,949        18,587        18,587        16,410   
                                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 24,949      $ 18,587      $ 16,410      $ 15,989      $ 17,786   
                                        

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ —        $ —        $ 12      $ 12      $ —     
                                        

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 164      $ 276      $ 192      $ 3      $ 57   
                                        

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Vesting of restricted stock

   $ 118      $ 118      $ 61      $ 61      $ —     
                                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Imperva, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated in April 2002 in Delaware. The Company is headquartered in Redwood Shores, California and has subsidiaries located throughout the world including Israel, Asia and Europe. The Company is engaged in the development, marketing, sales, service and support of data security solutions that provide visibility and control over high value business data across critical systems within the data center.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Imperva Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries and one majority-owned subsidiary, Incapsula, Inc. (“Incapsula”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Noncontrolling Interest

The Company has recorded a noncontrolling interest in its consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the 42%, 24%, and 24% ownership interest of the minority owners of Incapsula as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Changes to the ownership interest in Incapsula held by the minority owners are accounted for as equity transactions in the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) as the Company obtained control of Incapsula on November 5, 2009.

Subsequent Events

The Company assesses the appropriate accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the consolidated financial statements are issued. For the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2011, the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such management estimates include the fair value of accounts receivable, inventory, derivative instruments, common stock and convertible preferred stock warrants and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes and stock-based compensation, among others. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts

 

F-9


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011 and the consolidated results of operations, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The consolidated financial data disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the three-months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are also unaudited. The consolidated results of operations during the three months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2011 or for any other future annual or interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

In June 2011, the board of directors of the Company authorized management to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Company to sell shares of common stock to the public. If the contemplated offering is completed, all 21,523,048 shares of convertible preferred stock would convert into 21,523,048 shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2011. In addition, the convertible preferred stock warrants would convert into common stock warrants and the convertible preferred stock warrant liability would be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2011 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital.

Concentration of Supply Risk

The Company relies on a third party to manufacture its hardware appliances, and purchases its hardware appliances through such third party’s value-added resellers. Quality or performance failures of the Company’s products or changes in the Company’s suppliers’ financial or business condition could disrupt the Company’s ability to supply quality products to its customers and thereby have a material and adverse effect on its business and consolidated financial statements.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash and derivative financial instruments. The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash are

 

F-10


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

invested in high-quality instruments with banks and financial institutions located in the United States and Israel. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits provided on such deposits.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency risks. The Company’s derivatives expose it to credit risk to the extent that the counterparty may be unable to meet the terms of the agreement. The Company seeks to mitigate such risk by limiting its counterparties to those with high or investment-grade credit ratings. The Company does not require collateral under these agreements and has not historically experienced any losses due to credit risk or lack of performance by counterparties.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency rate changes for operating expenses that are forecasted to be incurred in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The Company records all of its derivative instruments at their gross fair value on the consolidated balance sheet at each balance sheet date.

The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether the instrument has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. For forward foreign exchange contracts that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments is accounted for in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and reclassified into operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in the period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the Company estimated that $564,000 of net derivative gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss resulting from the change in fair value is recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, highly liquid investments in money market funds and various deposit accounts.

The Company considers all high quality investments purchased with original maturities at the date of purchase greater than three months and remaining maturities of less than one year from the balance sheet date to be short-term investments. Cash equivalents and short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are, therefore, recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with any unrealized gains and losses reported in the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. The Company uses the specific-identification method to compute gains and losses on the investments. The amortized cost of securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization and accretion is included as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Realized gains and losses and declines in value that are considered to be other than temporary are also recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Restricted Cash

The Company has restricted cash pledged as collateral representing a security deposit required for a facility lease, collateral for the Company’s contract manufacturer in regards to the Company’s obligation to purchase inventory, collateral for the Company’s subsidiary’s forward foreign exchange contracts and a corporate credit card facility. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Company has classified $100,000, $996,000, and $139,000, respectively, of restricted cash as a current asset relating to inventory purchase commitments, collateral for the Company’s subsidiary’s forward foreign exchange contracts and the corporate credit card facility. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and March 31, 2011, the Company has classified $512,000, $518,000, and $670,000, respectively, as non-current assets relating to its facility lease arrangement.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished goods hardware appliances and related component parts and is stated at the lower of cost or market value determined on an average cost basis. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted demand is written down to its estimated realizable value. Inventory write-downs, once established, are not reversed as they establish a new cost basis for the inventory. The Company incurred an inventory write down of $59,000 and $396,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. There were no inventory write downs for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally two to seven years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related costs and accumulated depreciation is removed and any related gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life or improve an asset are expensed in the periods incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, for indicators of possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment exists if the carrying amounts of such assets exceed the estimates of future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such assets. Should impairment exist, the impairment loss would be measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset over the asset’s estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Company has not written down any of its long-lived assets as a result of impairment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from two sources: (i) products and license revenue, which includes hardware and perpetual software license revenue and (ii) services revenue, which includes

 

F-12


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

maintenance and support, professional services, training and subscription arrangements. Substantially all of product and license sales have been sold in combination with maintenance and support services. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery or performance has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collection is reasonably assured.

The Company defines each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.     Evidence of an arrangement consists of a purchase order issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a distributor or value-added reseller agreement and, in limited cases, an end user agreement and/or purchase order.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery or performance has occurred.     The Company uses shipping and related documents, or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. The Company recognizes product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to value-added resellers, distributors or end users. The Company does not have significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with its sales.

 

  Ÿ  

The sales price is fixed or determinable.     The Company assesses whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Standard payment terms to customers range from 30 to 90 days. In the event payment terms are provided that differ from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payments become due, provided the remaining criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

  Ÿ  

Collection is reasonably assured.     The Company assesses probability of collection on a customer-by-customer basis. The Company’s customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services. If the Company concludes that collection is not reasonably assured based upon an initial review, the Company does not recognize revenue until payment is received.

Maintenance and support and subscription revenue includes arrangements for software maintenance and technical support for the Company’s products and subscription services revenue primarily related to the Company’s cloud-based services. Maintenance and support is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Maintenance and support and subscription revenue is initially deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. Maintenance and support and subscription contracts usually have a term of one to three years. Unearned maintenance and support and subscription revenue is included in deferred revenue.

Professional service revenue primarily consists of the fees the Company earns related to installation and consulting services. The Company recognizes revenue from professional services upon delivery or completion of performance. Professional service arrangements are typically short term in nature and are largely completed within 90 days from the start of service.

Training services are recognized upon delivery of the training.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Multiple Element Arrangements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the accounting standards for revenue recognition to remove from the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance any tangible products containing software components and non-software components that operate together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. In addition, the FASB amended the accounting standards for multiple element revenue arrangements not within the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance to:

 

  Ÿ  

Provide updated guidance on whether multiple elements exist, how the elements in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated to the separate elements;

 

  Ÿ  

Implement a price hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if available and VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE or TPE is available; and

 

  Ÿ  

Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method.

The Company adopted this accounting guidance at the beginning of the first quarter of 2010 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2009. As a result of the adoption, net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was approximately $1.5 million higher than the net revenue that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules. Net loss and net loss per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2010, were approximately $1.3 million and $0.14 lower than the net loss and net loss per share of common stock that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules. In terms of the timing and pattern of revenue recognition, the amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on net revenue in periods after the initial adoption.

This guidance does not change the units of accounting for the Company’s revenue transactions. The Company’s non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and the Company’s revenue arrangements do not include a general right of return for delivered products.

Most of the Company’s products are hardware appliances containing software components that function together to provide the essential functionality of the product. Therefore, the Company’s hardware appliances are considered non-software deliverables and have been removed from the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance.

The Company’s product revenue also includes revenue from the sale of stand-alone software products. Stand-alone software may operate on the Company’s hardware appliance, but is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware and continues to be subject to the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance, which remains unchanged.

Certain of the Company’s standalone software when sold with hardware appliances is considered essential to its functionality and as a result is no longer accounted for under industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance; however, this same software when sold separately is accounted for under the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. Additionally, the Company provides

 

F-14


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

unspecified software upgrades for its products, on a when-and-if available basis, through maintenance and support contracts. To the extent that the software being supported is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware, these support arrangements would continue to be subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance.

For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2009 and for all transactions entered into prior to the first quarter of 2010, the Company recognizes revenue based on software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, the Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when a product agreement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. In the majority of the Company’s contracts, the only element that remains undelivered at the time of delivery of the product is maintenance and support services. Under the residual method, the VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract fee is recognized as product revenue. If evidence of the VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is generally deferred and recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established.

For all other transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2009, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the amended accounting guidance. For certain arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to the non-software element based upon the relative selling price of such element and, if software and software-related elements (e.g., maintenance and support for the software element) are also included in the arrangement, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to each of those software and software-related elements as a group. After such allocations are made, the amount of the arrangement fee allocated to the software and software-related elements is accounted for using the residual method. When applying the relative selling price method, the Company determines the selling price for each element using VSOE of selling price, if it exists, or if not, TPE of selling price, if it exists. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exist for an element, the Company uses its BESP for that element. The revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for that element. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, or subject to our future performance obligation.

Consistent with the Company’s methodology under previous accounting guidance, VSOE of fair value for elements of an arrangement is based upon the normal pricing and discounting practices for those services when sold separately, and VSOE for maintenance and support services is further measured by the renewal rate offered to the customer. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a service fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range, evidenced by a substantial majority of such historical stand-alone transactions falling within a reasonably narrow range of the median rates. In addition, the Company considers major service groups and geographies in determining VSOE.

The Company is typically not able to determine TPE for its products or services. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. Generally, the Company’s go-to-market strategy differs from that of its peers and its offerings contain a significant level of differentiation such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be obtained. Furthermore, the Company is unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

When the Company is unable to establish the selling price of its non-software deliverables using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, geographies, and distribution channels.

For its non-software deliverables the Company allocates the arrangement consideration based on the relative selling price of the deliverables. For its hardware appliances the Company uses BESP as its selling price. For its maintenance and support, professional services and training, the Company primarily uses VSOE as the selling price and when the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE, it uses BESP.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts invoiced to customers for which the related revenue has not been recognized because one or more of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The current portion of the deferred revenues represents the amount that is expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts if applicable, and do not bear interest.

The Company generally does not require collateral from its customers; however, in certain circumstances, may require letters of credit, other collateral, additional guarantees or advance payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of its customer accounts. The Company regularly reviews its accounts receivable that remain outstanding past their applicable payment terms and establishes allowance and potential write-offs by considering certain factors such as historical experience, industry data, credit quality, age of balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customers’ ability to pay.

Concentration of Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Significant customers are those which represent more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue or gross accounts receivable balance at each respective balance sheet date. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company did not have any customers that represented more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue. As of December 31, 2010, one customer represented 15% of gross accounts receivable. There were no customers who represented greater than 10% of gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2011.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Costs related to shipping and handling are included in cost of revenue.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs, including direct and allocated expenses, are expensed as incurred.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Software Development Costs

The costs to develop software have not been capitalized as the Company believes that the technological feasibility of the related software is not established until substantially all product development is complete.

Warranty Costs

The Company generally provides a 60-day warranty on hardware appliance products and software from the date of shipment to customers. To date, cost to repair or replace items sold to customers has been insignificant.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense is included within sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, advertising expenses were insignificant.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and filing fees relating to the initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against initial public offering proceeds upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of March 31, 2011, the Company had capitalized $205,000 of deferred offering costs in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No amounts were deferred as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Retirement Savings Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan for its U.S. employees. Each participant in the 401(k) retirement savings plan may elect to contribute a percentage of his or her annual compensation up to a specified maximum amount allowed under U.S. Internal Revenue Service regulations. There were no employer contributions to the 401(k) retirement savings plan for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.

Severance Pay Asset and Liability

The Company has recorded a severance pay asset and liability on its consolidated balance sheets related to its employees located in Israel. The Company’s liability for severance pay is calculated pursuant to Israeli severance pay law based on the most recent salary for the employees multiplied by the number of years of employment, as of the respective balance sheet date. Employees are entitled to one month salary for each year of employment or a portion thereof. The Company’s liability at each respective balance sheet date for all of its Israeli employees is fully accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and is mainly funded through monthly deposits to the employee’s pension and management insurance policies. The carrying value of these policies is recorded as a severance fund asset in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The deposited funds may be withdrawn only upon the fulfillment of the obligation pursuant to Israeli severance pay law. The carrying value of the deposited funds is based on the cash surrender value of these policies and includes profits accumulated through the respective balance sheet date. The Company recognized severance expense related to the Israeli severance pay law during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 of $583,000, $550,000, $794,000, $215,000 and $241,000, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the FASB ASC No. 740 (“ASC 740”), Accounting for Income Taxes. The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in the subsequent period when such a change in estimate occurs.

The Company uses an asset and liability approach for accounting for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in its financial statements, but have not been reflected in its taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood that its deferred income tax assets will be realized from recoverable income taxes or recovered from future taxable income based on the realization criteria set forth in ASC 740. To the extent that the Company believes any amounts are more likely not to be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred income tax assets. In the event the Company determines that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred income tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in an adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves addressing uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes and measures potential liabilities based upon criteria set forth in ASC 740. Based upon these criteria, the Company estimates whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. If payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities may result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when the Company determines the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the Company’s estimate of tax liabilities is less than the amount ultimately assessed, a further charge to expense would result.

Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred income tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available

 

F-18


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event that the Company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred income tax assets that could be realized, it will adjust its valuation allowance with a corresponding effect to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions under ASC 740 and determining its provision for income taxes. Although the Company believes its reserves for uncertain tax positions are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserves for uncertain tax positions and any changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties, if applicable.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had net deferred income tax assets, related primarily to net operating loss carryforwards, deferred revenue, stock based compensation and accruals and reserves that are not currently deductible of $15.5 million, which have been partially offset by $15.3 million of valuation allowance. At December 31, 2010, the Company had net deferred income tax assets, related primarily to net operating loss carryforwards, deferred revenue, stock based compensation and accruals and reserves that are not currently deductible of $19.6 million, which have been partially offset by $19.4 million of valuation allowance.

Liability Associated with Warrants to Purchase Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock that are contingently redeemable as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair value because the warrants may obligate the Company to redeem these warrants at some point in the future. At the end of each reporting period, changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of the convertible preferred stock are recorded through other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability associated with the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock for changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants will become common stock and the related liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation costs related to employee stock option grants are based on the fair value of the options on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the grant date fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the related stock-based compensation expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the options, or the vesting period of the respective options.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the functional currency using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains and losses related to remeasurement are recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is presented in the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit). Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). For the Company, other comprehensive income (loss) consists of changes in unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s derivative instruments designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures and reports its cash equivalents, short-term investments, derivative instruments, the Israeli severance pay fund assets, and the liability associated with the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level I—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level II—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level I that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level III—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity for the related assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level I and Level II assets and Level III liabilities. Level I securities include highly liquid money market funds. Level II instruments include deposits maintained with financial institutions and derivative instruments. Level III liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of preferred stock warrant liabilities. The fair values of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Inputs used to determine estimated fair value include the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility of the underlying stock.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

The Company’s basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock used to calculate the Company’s basic net loss per share of common stock excludes those shares subject to repurchase as these shares are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes until they vest. The diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options to purchase common stock, common stock subject to repurchase, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock are considered to be common stock equivalents. Basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding was anti-dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

In contemplation of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a weighted-average basis. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of the warrant liability to fair value as if the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

Segment Information

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer.

The Company has two operating segments which are both reportable business segments: (i) Imperva, which is comprised of Imperva’s and its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ financial position and results of operations; and (ii) Incapsula, which is comprised of Incapsula’s financial position and results from operations. The Company operated as one reporting segment until its investment in Incapsula in November 2009.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2010-06 requires disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers, beginning in the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level III), beginning in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of this new standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

2. Incapsula

On November 5, 2009, the Company entered into a license agreement for Incapsula to use certain developed technology of the Company. In lieu of any other fee or royalty under the license agreement, Incapsula issued to the Company 5,000,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock representing a 58% ownership interest at the date of issuance. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. No value was assigned to the license on the acquisition date as the use of the license will stay within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Company’s historical carrying value of the developed technology immediately prior to the acquisition was used to determine the value of the purchase consideration exchanged in the transaction. As Incapsula was a newly-formed entity with no net assets on the acquisition date and the value of the license was determined to be zero, no goodwill was recorded by the Company on the acquisition.

Under the terms of the agreements between the Company and Incapsula, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the remaining ownership interest in Incapsula commencing on November 5, 2013 and ending on November 5, 2018 (the “Purchase Right”). Exercise of the Purchase Right is solely within the Company’s control and the price for the remaining ownership interest will be based on an Incapsula enterprise valuation calculated as the greater of (i) eight times Incapsula’s prior 12 months trailing revenues or (ii) seven times the aggregate amount Incapsula has raised in connection with its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock financings. On the acquisition date, no value was assigned to this Purchase Right as the option does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument.

On March 9, 2010, the Company entered into a Series A and Series A-1 Purchase Agreement whereby Incapsula issued 6,666,666 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to the Company in exchange for cash consideration of $3.0 million. As a result of this transaction, the Company increased its ownership interest in Incapsula to 76% at the date of issuance. The purchase of the additional ownership interest in Incapsula was treated as an equity transaction.

Under the terms of the Series A and Series A-1 Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into a forward contract with Incapsula to purchase 8,750,000 shares of Incapsula’s Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for $7.0 million in cash consideration if certain milestones are achieved no later than September 2011. The purchase of the additional ownership interest will be treated as an equity transaction. On the transaction date, no value was assigned to the forward contract as the option is completely within the control of the Company and does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, all of the outstanding shares of Incapsula’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are held by the Company.

In March 2010, the board of directors of Incapsula adopted the Incapsula 2010 Share Incentive Plan pursuant to which Incapsula may grant to its employees options to purchase shares of Incapsula’s common stock or restricted shares. If the Company exercises the Purchase Right option discussed above, awards under the Incapsula 2010 Share Incentive Plan would be assumed by the Company, substituted with Company stock options or cashed out, and all outstanding awards and the Incapsula 2010 Share Plan would terminate.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

3. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 18,587       $  —         $  —         $ 18,587   
                                   

Short-term investments-Mutual funds

   $ 463       $ —         $ —         $ 463   
                                   

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 16,410       $  —         $  —         $ 16,410   
                                   

Short-term investments:

           

Mutual funds

   $ 354       $ 2       $ —         $ 356   

Time deposits

     889         —           —           889   
                                   

Total

   $ 1,243       $ 2       $ —         $ 1,245   
                                   

 

     As of March 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 17,786       $  —         $  —         $ 17,786   
                                   

Short-term investments:

           

Mutual funds

   $ 830       $ 1       $ —         $ 831   

Time deposits

     255         —           —           255   
                                   

Total

   $ 1,085       $ 1       $ —         $ 1,086   
                                   

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures and reports its cash equivalents, short-term investments, derivative instruments, and convertible preferred stock warrant liability at fair value. The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Fair Value  

Financial Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 18,587       $ —         $  —         $ 18,587   

Short-term investments—Mutual funds

     463         —           —           463   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets—Forward foreign exchange contracts

     —           175         —           175   
                                   

Total financial assets

   $ 19,050       $ 175       $ —         $ 19,225   
                                   

Financial Liability

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 55       $ 55   
                                   

 

F-23


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Fair Value  

Financial Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 16,410       $ —         $  —         $ 16,410   

Short-term investments:

           

Time deposits

     —           889         —           889   

Mutual funds

     356         —           —           356   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets—Forward foreign exchange contracts

     —           729         —           729   
                                   

Total financial assets

   $ 16,766       $ 1,618       $ —         $ 18,384   
                                   

Financial Liability

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 69       $ 69   
                                   

 

     As of March 31, 2011  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Fair Value  

Financial Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents—Bank deposits

   $ 17,786       $ —         $  —         $ 17,786   

Short-term investments:

           

Time deposits

     —           255         —           255   

Mutual funds

     831         —           —           831   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets—Forward foreign exchange contracts

     —           247         —           247   
                                   

Total financial assets

   $ 18,617       $ 502       $ —         $ 19,119   
                                   

Financial Liability

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 70       $ 70   
                                   

In addition to the amounts disclosed in the above table, the fair value of the Company’s Israeli severance pay assets, which were comprised of Level II assets, was $1.6 million, $2.2 million, and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level III financial liabilities (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2008          2009          2010          2010         2011    
            (Unaudited)  

Fair value—beginning of period

   $ 55       $ 55       $ 55       $ 55      $ 69   

Change in fair value of Level III liabilities

     —           —           14         (22     1   
                                           

Fair value—end of period

   $ 55       $ 55       $ 69       $ 33      $ 70   
                                           

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

5. Derivative Instruments

The Company’s primary objective for holding derivative instruments is to reduce its exposure to foreign currency rate changes. The Company reduces its exposure by entering into forward foreign exchange contracts with respect to operating expenses that are forecast to be incurred in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue and capital purchasing activities and a majority of its operating expenditures are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, certain operating expenditures are incurred in or exposed to other currencies, primarily the Israeli shekel.

The Company has established forecasted transaction currency risk management programs to protect against fluctuations in fair value and the volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in exchange rates. The Company’s currency risk management program includes forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges. These forward foreign exchange contracts generally mature within 12 months.

Derivative instruments measured at fair value and their classification on the consolidated balance sheets are presented in the following tables (in thousands):

 

     Asset/Liability as of
December 31,
     Asset/Liability as of
March 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  
                   (unaudited)  
     Notional
Amount
     Fair Value      Notional
Amount
     Fair Value      Notional
Amount
     Fair Value  

Forward foreign exchange contracts included in prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 16,380,000       $ 175,000       $ 8,355,000       $ 729,000       $ 2,330,000       $ 247,000   

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments accounted for as hedges and their classification on the consolidated statement of operations, are presented in the following tables (in thousands):

 

      Gains/(Losses)
Recognized in OCI -
Effective Portion
    Gains/(Losses)
Reclassified
from AOCI into
Net Loss - Effective Portion
    Gains/(Losses)
Recognized – Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
 
    Year 
Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2009 
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2010(a)
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2011(b)
    Location     Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
 

Cash flow hedges:

                   

Forward foreign exchange contracts

  $ 151      $ 518      $ 25      $ —        $ 105      $ 293       
 
Other income
and expense
  
  
  $ 24      $ 315      $ 40   

 

(a) Includes gains/(losses) reclassified from AOCI into net loss for the effective portion of cash flow hedges, of which $10 and $95 were recognized within cost of sales and operating expenses, respectively, within the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(b) Includes gains/(losses) reclassified from AOCI into net loss for the effective portion of cash flow hedges, of which $24 and $269 were recognized within cost of sales and operating expenses, respectively, within the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

6. Consolidated Balance Sheet Components

Accounts Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts is comprised of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,

2011
 
         2008              2009             2010        
           (Unaudited)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance

   $ 19       $ 398      $ 368      $ 407   

Charged to costs and expenses

     379         —          58        23   

Recoveries

     —           (30     —          (28

Deductions (write-offs)

     —           —          (19     —     
                                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance

   $ 398       $ 368      $ 407      $ 402   
                                 

Prepaid and Other Current Assets

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of March  31,
2011
 
         2009              2010         
                   (Unaudited)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 334       $ 714       $ 1,126   

Derivative asset

     175         729         247   

Deferred cost of revenue

     65         126         231   

Deferred offering costs

     —           —           205   

Other

     24         140         381   
                          

Total prepaid and other current assets

   $ 598       $ 1,709       $ 2,190   
                          

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,     As of March  31,
2011
 
     2009     2010    
                 (Unaudited)  

Computers and related equipment

   $ 3,913      $ 5,185      $ 5,526   

Office furniture and equipment

     734        983        993   

Leasehold improvements

     361        1,659        1,683   
                        

Total property and equipment

   $ 5,008      $ 7,827      $ 8,202   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,630     (3,726     (4,068
                        

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 2,378      $ 4,101      $ 4,134   
                        

 

F-26


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Accrued Compensation and Benefits

Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of March  31,
2011
 
         2009              2010         
                   (Unaudited)  

Salary and related benefits

   $ 1,708       $ 2,167       $ 1,993   

Accrued vacation

     1,538         2,190         2,464   

Accrued incentive payments

     1,074         1,511         829   
                          

Total accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 4,320       $ 5,868       $ 5,286   
                          

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of March  31,
2011
 
         2009              2010         
                   (Unaudited)  

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,652       $ 2,224       $ 2,306   

Income tax payable

     243         662         722   

Advances from customers

     296         658         836   

Short-term deferred rent

     54         606         568   

Short-term stock repurchase liability

     59         783         666   

Other

     —           181         181   
                          

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 2,304       $ 5,114       $ 5,279   
                          

Other Long-term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of March  31,
2011
 
         2009              2010         
                   (Unaudited)  

Stock repurchase liability

   $ 201       $ 2,296       $ 2,472   

Other

     15         —           136   
                          

Total other long-term liabilities

   $ 216       $ 2,296       $ 2,608   
                          

 

F-27


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

7. Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2008     2009     2010             2010                     2011          
           (Unaudited)  

Other Income:

          

Interest income

   $ 433      $ 202      $ 162      $ 6      $ 19   

Convertible preferred stock warranty liability gains

     —          —          —          22        —     

Forward foreign exchange contract gains

     —          24        417        101        40   

Foreign currency exchange gains

     59        208        92        —          10   
                                        

Total

     492        434        671        129        69   

Other Expense:

          

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability losses

     —          —          (14     —          (1

Foreign currency exchange losses

     (263     (198     (51     (77     (119

Other

     (39     (58     (132     (29     (38
                                        

Total

     (302     (256     (197     (106     (158
                                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 190      $ 178      $ 474      $ 23      $ (89
                                        

8. Debt

Convertible Promissory Note from Related Party

In November 2009, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer entered into a promissory note agreement with Incapsula for the principal amount of $600,000. Under the terms of the promissory note agreement, interest accrues at a rate of 6% per annum. The outstanding principal amount and unpaid accrued interest under the convertible promissory note was due and payable by Incapsula on the earlier of (i) March 31, 2010, and (ii) the closing of Incapsula’s next equity financing.

The principal and unpaid accrued interest under the convertible promissory note were convertible into Incapsula’s common stock or convertible preferred stock or any other securities issued at a price per share equal to such price per share paid in such round of financing for the same securities. In connection with the convertible promissory note, the Company recorded interest expense of $4,000 and $8,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

On March 9, 2010, Incapsula repaid the convertible promissory note and the accrued interest to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

Revolving Credit Facility

In September 2010, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility with a financial institution. This arrangement gives the Company an initial maximum borrowing capacity of $3.0 million. The Company had $0.5 million and $0 outstanding on the credit facility at December 31, 2010 and March 31,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

2011. The credit facility is secured by the assets of the Company and bears interest at LIBOR plus 2% (2.29% and 2.30% at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011). The credit facility expires on August 15, 2011 and contains a restrictive covenant that requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash and cash equivalents balance of $3.0 million, and a minimum tangible net worth of $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was compliant with all covenants in the credit facility. As of March 31, 2011, the Company was not compliant with the minimum tangible net worth requirement. In April 2011, the Company and the financial institution amended the terms of the revolving credit facility to delete the minimum tangible net worth requirement and increased the restrictive convent to maintain a minimum cash and cash equivalent balance to $6.0 million.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company rents its facilities under operating leases with lease periods expiring from 2013 to 2015. Future minimum payment under these facility operating leases are as follows as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:

      

2011

   $ 2,147   

2012

     2,145   

2013

     2,139   

2014

     768   

2015

     472   
        

Total

   $ 7,671   
        

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company made regular payments on the operating leases of $527,000.

Rent expense for the Company’s operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was $1.1 million, $1.6 million, $2.1 million, $0.5 million, and $0.6 million.

In connection with a lease for office space, the Company received a tenant improvement allowance of $639,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010 from the lessor for certain improvements made to the leased property. The Company has recorded the tenant improvement allowance as a leasehold improvement within property and equipment, net and a deferred rent within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred rent liability is amortized to rent expense over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The leasehold improvements are being amortized to expense over the period from when the improvements were placed into service until the end of their useful life, which is the end of the lease term.

In addition, certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements for office space also include rent holidays and scheduled rent escalations during the initial lease term. The Company has recorded the rent holidays as a deferred rent within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The

 

F-29


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Company recognizes the deferred rent liability and scheduled rent increase on a straight-line basis into rent expense over the lease term commencing on the date the Company takes possession of the lease space.

As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011 the Company has $500,000, $781,000, and $663,000 restricted deposits to secure bank guarantees provided to the lessor.

Cancelable Lease Agreement

The Company leases motor vehicles under a cancelable operating lease agreement. The Company has an option to cancel the lease agreement, which may result in penalties in a maximum amount of $84,000 and $92,000 as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011. Motor vehicle lease expenses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 were $1.1 million, $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million.

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Company had purchase commitments of $1.9 million and $2.1 million to purchase inventory, trial units, and research and development equipment from its vendors. The purchase commitments result from the Company’s contractual obligation to order or build inventory in advance of anticipated sales. According to the Company’s agreements with its vendors, the Company committed to purchase inventory within six months from the date the inventory arrived at the vendor’s warehouse.

The Company also provided stand-by letters of credit to its vendors to secure its obligation to purchase the inventory. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011 the Company had $0, $498,000, and $0 restricted deposits to secure the stand-by letters of credit provided.

Litigation

In May 2010, F5 Networks, Inc., an IT infrastructure company that competes with the Company in the web application firewall market, filed a lawsuit alleging patent infringement by the Company. In June 2010, the Company filed a counterclaim alleging patent infringement by F5 Networks, Inc. As of December 31, 2010, the Company accrued a liability in the amount of $200,000 relating to this complaint. In February 2011, the Company entered into a settlement and license agreement with F5 Networks, Inc., under which the litigation was dismissed.

From time to time, the Company may be subject to other legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any other material litigation; however, the Company has received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of intellectual property rights. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Indemnification

Under the indemnification provisions of its standard sales contracts, the Company agrees to defend its channel partners and end customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets, and to pay judgments entered on such claims. The Company’s exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid under the agreement. However, certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. To date, there have been no claims under such indemnification provisions. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a liability on its consolidated balance sheets for these indemnification provisions.

10. Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Company had reserved shares of common stock, on an as if converted basis, for issuance as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
2010
     As of March 31,
2011
 
            (Unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     21,523,048         21,523,048   

Issuance upon exercise of convertible preferred stock warrant

     40,000         40,000   

Reserved for future issuance under the stock option plan

     3,112,069         2,582,368   

Issuance in connection with outstanding stock options

     5,527,845         5,718,837   
                 
     30,202,962         29,864,253   
                 

11. Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock consists of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     As of December 31, 2009 and 2010
and March 31, 2011
 
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net Cash
Proceeds
 

Series A

     4,666,667         4,666,667       $ 4,624   

Series B

     8,057,335         8,017,335         11,982   

Series C

     5,567,099         5,567,099         16,858   

Series D

     3,275,000         3,271,947         19,978   
                          

Total

     21,566,101         21,523,048       $ 53,442   
                          

 

F-31


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The liquidation preference of the Company’s convertible preferred stock is as follows (in thousands)

 

     As of December 31,
2010
     As of March 31,
2011
 

Liquidation Preferences:

  

Series A

   $ 7,897       $ 7,989   

Series B

     23,013         23,369   

Series C

     26,405         26,906   

Series D

     26,667         27,261   
                 

Total

   $ 83,982       $ 85,525   
                 

The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company’s control. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at each balance sheet date. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stockholders are as follows:

Conversion Rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price. The original issue price per share is $1.00 for Series A, $1.50 for Series B, $3.04 for Series C and $6.1292 for Series D. At the current conversion prices, each share of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D will convert on a 1-for-1 basis. The conversion price per share for convertible preferred stock shall be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends or similar events. The convertible preferred stock automatically converts into shares of common stock at the conversion price then in effect upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the initial offering price per share of common stock is not less than $12.2584 per share and the gross cash proceeds to the Company are equal to or exceed $40 million, (ii) when the holders of 80% of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock elect conversion; or (iii) a liquidation event in which the aggregate proceeds available for distribution to holders of the various classes of stock is equal to or greater than the larger of (a) $500 million or (b) such proceeds that each share of common stock outstanding following conversion would receive at least $12.2584 per share.

Voting Rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock have the right to elect two directors. The holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock have the right to

 

F-32


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

elect two directors. The holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock have the right to elect one director. The holders of the common stock have the right to elect two directors. The holders of the convertible preferred stock and common stock voting as a single class elect any remaining directors.

The consent of the holders of at least 80% of convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class, is required for any action that consummates a liquidation or redemption event and/or alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of the convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to liquidation preferences in the amount of (i) the original issue price per share of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D, (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends and (iii) a liquidation preference amount that is 8% of the original issue price per share of the Series A, 12% of the original issue price per share for the Series B, 12% of the original issue price per share for the Series C and 12% of the original issue price per share for the Series D, for each year, or portion thereof, following issuance. Following distribution of the liquidation preferences to the holders of the convertible preferred stock, the remaining proceeds shall be distributed to the holders of the common stock and the convertible preferred stock on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such convertible preferred stock), until the holders of Series D convertible preferred stock have received $12.2584 per share. If proceeds remain thereafter, such remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such convertible preferred stock).

Dividend Rights

The holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by the board of directors, at the rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per share per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock. After the payment of these dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of common stock and convertible preferred stock in proportion to the number of common stock that would be held by each holder if all shares of convertible preferred stock were converted to common stock at the then effective conversion rate. No dividends have been declared through March 31, 2011.

Redemption Rights

The Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are not redeemable.

12. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In December 2005, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with two venture lending companies for a credit line of $3.0 million, which terminated in December 31, 2006. In conjunction with this loan agreement, the Company issued to the lenders warrants to purchase an

 

F-33


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

aggregate amount of 40,000 shares of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share with a contractual term through December 2015. The fair value of the Series B warrants on the date of issuance was $55,000.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Series B convertible preferred stock warrants were outstanding. At each reporting date, the Company re-measures the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
           (Unaudited)  

Dividend rate

     0     0     0     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.9     2.7     2.0     2.6     2.2

Remaining contractual life (in years)

     7.0        6.0        5.0        5.7        4.7   

Expected volatility

     75     57     54     57     58

The fair value of the warrants was $55,000, $69,000, and $70,000 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011, which was recorded as a convertible preferred stock warrant liability on the consolidated balance sheets. The change in the fair value of the warrant resulted in a loss through other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

13. Stock Option Plans

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense under the 2003 Stock Option Plan, the Incapsula 2010 Share Incentive Plan and restricted stock in the consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2008          2009          2010        2010      2011  
                          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 22       $ 37       $ 44       $ 8       $ 18   

Research and development

     41         57         66         11         18   

Sales and marketing

     163         218         257         42         58   

General and administrative

     48         109         273         20         189   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 274       $ 421       $ 640       $ 81       $ 283   
                                            

2003 Stock Option Plan

During 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which allows for the granting of both incentive and nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors and service providers of the Company. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the fair value of the common stock on the grant date, and non-statutory options may be granted to employees, directors, or consultants at exercise prices of no less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors. If, at the time the Company grants an option, the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the

 

F-34


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair value. Options granted under the Plan generally expire no later than ten years and general vest four years from the date of grant.

The following table summarizes option activity under the Plan and related information:

 

    Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number
of Stock Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in  thousands)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2008

    2,269,345        3,436,125      $ 0.40        8.80      $ 320   

Granted

    (1,813,609     1,813,609        0.74       

Exercised

    —          (550,491     0.38       

Forfeited

    612,082        (612,082     0.43       
                                       

Outstanding—December 31, 2008

    1,067,818        4,087,161        0.55        7.61        1,120   

Additional options authorized

    941,983        —           

Granted

    (2,661,351     2,661,351        0.82       

Exercised

    —          (548,917     0.41       

Forfeited

    1,094,536        (1,094,536     0.66       
                                       

Outstanding—December 31, 2009

    442,986        5,105,059        0.68        8.29        700   

Additional options authorized

    3,956,916        —           

Granted

    (2,486,222     2,486,222        1.32       

Exercised

    —          (865,047     0.68       

Forfeited

    1,198,389        (1,198,389     0.79       
                                       

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

    3,112,069        5,527,845        0.95        8.09        4,999   

Granted (unaudited)

    (786,150     786,150        2.71       

Exercised (unaudited)

    —          (338,709     0.83       

Forfeited (unaudited)

    256,449        (256,449     0.92       
                                       

Outstanding—March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

    2,582,368        5,718,837      $ 1.20        8.15      $ 8,657   
                                       

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2010

      4,661,328      $ 0.92        7.96      $ 4,354   
                                 

Exercisable—December 31, 2010

      2,147,937      $ 0.63        6.72      $ 2,618   
                                 

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

      4,880,131      $ 1.14        7.99      $ 7,639   
                                 

Exercisable—March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

      2,135,092      $ 0.63        6.60      $ 4,436   
                                 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Additional information regarding the Company’s stock options outstanding and vested as of December 31, 2010 is summarized below:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Prices

   Number
of Stock Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Shares Subject
to Stock Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 

$0.20 - $0.61

     1,194,150         5.87       $ 0.41         1,072,856       $ 0.41   

$0.62 - $1.03

     2,958,373         8.23       $ 0.83         1,040,081       $ 0.82   

$1.04 - $1.44

     248,600         9.43       $ 1.26         —           —     

$1.45 - $1.85

     1,126,722         9.79       $ 1.75         35,000       $ 1.85   
                          
     5,527,845         8.09       $ 0.95         2,147,937       $ 0.63   
                          

Additional information regarding the Company’s stock options outstanding and vested as of March 31, 2011 is summarized below (unaudited):

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Prices

   Number
of Stock Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Shares Subject
to Stock Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 

$0.20 - $0.82

     2,554,668         6.66       $ 0.64         1,800,567       $ 0.58   

$0.83 - $1.46

     1,312,456         8.85       $ 0.92         322,834       $ 0.86   

$1.47 - $2.08

     1,065,563         9.54       $ 1.75         6,691       $ 1.84   

$2.09 - $2.71

     786,150         9.92       $ 2.71         5,000       $ 2.71   
                          
     5,718,837         8.15       $ 1.20         2,135,092       $ 0.63   
                          

Determining the Fair Value of Stock Options

The fair value of each grant of stock options was determined by the Company and its board of directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” the Company used the simplified method to determine the expected term as provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method is calculated as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For other option grants, the expected term is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior taking into account the contractual life of the award.

Expected Volatility —The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatilities of several of the Company’s publicly listed peers over a period equal to the expected terms of the options as the Company did not have a sufficient trading history to use the volatility of its own common stock.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Fair Value of Common Stock —The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The Company has not granted stock options with an exercise price that is less than the fair value of the underlying common stock as determined at the time of grant by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management. The fair value of the underlying common stock shall be determined by the board of directors until such time as the Company’s common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system. The Company’s board of directors determined the fair value of common stock based on valuations performed using the option pricing method (OPM) in periods prior to February 1, 2011. Subsequent to February 1, 2011, the common stock valuation was determined using the probability weighted expected return method (PWERM) as the Company began to consider initial public offering (IPO) activities.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Expected Dividend —The Company has never paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends.

Forfeiture Rate —The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that estimated by the Company, the Company may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

A summary of the weighted-average assumptions is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
           (Unaudited)  

Dividend rate

     0     0     0     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     3.0     2.5     2.2     2.6     2.6

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Expected volatility

     58     55     51     52     48

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the Company’s stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was $0.30, $0.32, $0.68, $0.44, and $1.34 per share. The aggregate grant date fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was $547,000, $847,000, $1.7 million, $412,000, and $1.0 million.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Plan was $243,000, $194,000, $430,000, $127,000, and $471,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the per-share exercise price and the deemed fair value of the Company’s common stock for each share subject to an option multiplied by the number of shares subject to options at the date of exercise. The Board of Directors deemed the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $1.85 per share as of December 31, 2010 and $2.71 per share as of March 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, total compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to employees under the Plan, but not yet recognized, was $1.4 million and $2.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures. As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, this cost will be amortized to expense over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.9 years and 2.9 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. Future option grants will increase the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in these periods.

There was no capitalized stock-based compensation cost and there were no recognized stock-based compensation tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.

Incapsula 2010 Share Incentive Plan

In March 2010, Incapsula’s board of directors adopted the Incapsula 2010 Share Incentive Plan (the “Incapsula Plan”), pursuant to which Incapsula may grant to its employees and service providers options to purchase shares of its common stock, restricted shares, or restricted share units. The total number of shares of common stock that may be granted under the Incapsula Plan shall not exceed 4,733,333 in the aggregate, subject to certain adjustments.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes option activity under the Incapsula Plan and related information:

 

     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number
of Stock Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2009

     —          —        $ —     

Options authorized

     4,733,333        —          —     

Granted

     (1,244,000     1,244,000        0.02   

Exercised

     —          —          —     

Forfeited

     100,000        (100,000     0.09   
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

     3,589,333        1,144,000        0.01   

Granted(unaudited)

     (695,000     695,000        0.15   

Exercised (unaudited)

     —          (25,000     0.09   

Forfeited (unaudited)

     75,000        (75,000     0.09   
                        

Outstanding—March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

     2,969,333        1,739,000      $  0.06   
                        

14. Other Equity Issuances

Common Stock Subject to Repurchase

Pursuant to restricted stock agreements with the Company’s CEO, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of employment at the original purchase price per share. The repurchase rights with respect to the common stock lapse over the vesting period, which ranges from 48 months to 60 months. The amounts received in exchange for these shares have been included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and are reclassified to equity as the shares vest. The Company granted 1,687,639 restricted shares of common stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $0.97 during the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no grants of restricted shares of common stock during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, 2,156,796 and 2,156,796 restricted shares of common stock held by the Company’s CEO were unvested and subject to repurchase by the Company.

Early Exercise of Stock Options

In 2010, the Company’s board of directors allowed for the early exercise of stock options granted to a member of the Company’s board of directors. The amounts received in exchange for these shares have been included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and are reclassified to equity as the shares vest. As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, 120,000 and 120,000 shares were unvested.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

15. Income Taxes

The Company’s geographical breakdown of its loss before provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

      Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
      2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
                      (Unaudited)  

Domestic

  $ (8,277   $ (13,551   $ (14,153     (3,672   $ (3,726

Foreign

    851        1,572        2,312        337        505   
                                       

Loss before provision for taxes

  $ (7,426   $ (11,979   $ (11,841   $ (3,335   $ (3,221
                                       

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2008         2009         2010       2010     2011  
                       (Unaudited)  

Current

          

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

State

     15        18        12        4        4   

Foreign

     284        354        568        63        130   
                                        

Total current provision

     299        372        580        67        134   

Deferred

          

Federal

     —          —          —          —          —     

State

     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign

     (70     (12     (53     (5     (18
                                        

Total deferred provision

     (70     (12     (53     (5     (18
                                        

Total

   $ 229      $ 360      $ 527      $ 62      $ 116   
                                        

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the statutory rate to the Company’s provision for income tax are as follows (in thousands):

 

      Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
          2008             2009             2010         2010     2011  
                      (Unaudited)  

Tax benefit at federal statutory tax rate

  $ (2,525   $ (4,073   $ (4,026   $ (1,131   $ (1,095

Tax benefit at state statutory tax rate

    (295     (481     (482     (136     (131

Tax benefit resulting from “beneficiary enterprise”

    (76     (133     (37     (9     (11

Foreign tax rate differential

    (82     (151     (207     (41     (96

Unbenefited loss of consolidated investment

    —          39        513        96        207   

Change in valuation allowance

    3,055        4,162        4,081        1,243        1,155   

Meals and entertainment

    54        411        124        31        35   

Sale of license

    —          515        —          —          —     

Stock compensation

    62        82        97        24        24   

Shortfall Related to 83(b) Election

    —          —          530        —          —     

Nondeductible expenses and other

    36        (11     (66     (15     28   
                                       

Provision for income taxes

  $ 229      $ 360      $ 527      $ 62      $ 116   
                                       

 

F-40


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,

2011
 
             2009                 2010          
                 (Unaudited)  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Reserves and accruals

   $ 582      $ 645      $ 766   

Deferred revenue

     4,258        7,902        8,737   

Stock based compensation

     76        —          —     

Net operating loss carryforwards

     10,797        11,628        11,868   
                        

Gross deferred tax assets

     15,713        20,175        21,371   

Valuation allowance

     (15,359     (19,440     (20,594
                        

Deferred tax assets

     354        735        777   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Stock based compensation

     —          (392     (376

Depreciation and amortization

     (163     (172     (154
                        

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (163     (564     (530
                        

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 191      $ 171      $ 247   
                        

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in all prior fiscal periods, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $4.2 million and $4.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.1 million and $19.4 million, respectively. The U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2023 through 2031 if not utilized. Most state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2018 through 2032.

The Company uses the “with-and-without” approach to determine the recognition and measurement of excess tax benefits. Accordingly, the Company has elected to recognize excess income tax benefits from stock option exercises in additional paid in capital only if an incremental income tax benefit would be realized after considering all other tax attributes presently available to the Company. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of such excess tax benefits from stock options included in net operating losses was insignificant. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research and alternative minimum tax credits, through the statement of operations.

Net operating loss carryforwards reflected above are subject to limitations due to ownership changes as provided in the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The Company has not provided U.S. income tax on certain foreign earnings that are deemed to be indefinitely invested outside the U.S. For 2008, 2009, and 2010, the amount of accumulated unremitted earnings from the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is approximately $0.7 million, $1.7 million and $3.9 million. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability is not practical due to the complexities associated with the hypothetical calculation.

Effective January 1, 2007, the company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FASB ASC 740-10”). There was not a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations as a result of the adoption of the provisions of FIN 48. Upon adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, the Company recognized no change in its liability for unrecognized income tax benefits and Retained Earnings. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $65,000, all of which would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $112,000, all of which would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $171,000, all of which would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company does not believe that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next twelve months.

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company accrued interest of $0, $6,000 and, $13,000 in income tax expense, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

       2008          2009          2010    

Balance at January 1

   $ —         $ 65       $ 112   

Additions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

     —           —           —     

Reductions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

     —           —           —     

Additions based on tax positions taken during the current period

     65         47         59   

Reductions based on tax positions taken during the current period

     —           —           —     

Additions relating to settlements with taxing authorities

     —           —           —     

Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     —           —           —     
                          

Balance at December 31

   $ 65       $ 112       $ 171   
                          

The Company’s material tax jurisdictions are the United States federal, California and Israel. The Company is subject to examination by the appropriate governmental agencies for tax years 2005 and forward for Israel. As a result of net operating loss carryforwards, the Company is subject to audit for tax years 2002 and forward for federal purposes and 2003 and forward for California purposes.

The Company’s Israeli subsidiary’s research and development intercompany services have a “Beneficiary Enterprise” status for a separate investment program that was elected by the Israel subsidiary under the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the “Investments Law”), which was amended on April 1, 2005.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

Undistributed Israeli income derived from its “Beneficiary Enterprise” program entitles the Israeli subsidiary to a tax exemption for a period of two years and to a reduced tax rate of 10% - 25% for an additional period of five to eight years (depending on the level of non-Israeli investment in the Company). These tax benefits are subject to a limitation of 12 years from activation of the program.

The entitlement to the above benefits is conditional upon the Israeli subsidiary fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the Investments Law and regulations published there under.

Should the Israeli subsidiary fail to meet such requirements in the future, income attributable to its Beneficiary Enterprise programs could be subject to the statutory Israeli corporate tax rate, and the Israeli subsidiary could be required to refund the tax benefits already received with respect to such program, in whole or in part, including interest.

Through December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Israeli subsidiary had $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of tax exempt income attributed to its Beneficiary Enterprise program. If such tax-exempt income is distributed in a merger or a regular distribution or upon complete liquidation of the Israeli subsidiary, it would be taxed at the corporate tax rate applicable to such profits and an income tax liability of up to $0.4 million would be incurred as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011.

The Israeli subsidiary has determined that it will not distribute any amounts of its undistributed tax-exempt income as dividend and it intends to reinvest its tax-exempt income. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on income attributable to the Israeli subsidiary’s Beneficiary Enterprise programs as the undistributed tax-exempt income is essentially permanent in duration.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

16. Segment Information

The Company has two operating segments which are also both reportable business segments: (i) Imperva, which is comprised of Imperva’s and its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ financial position and results of operations; and (ii) Incapsula, which is comprised entirely of the financial position and results from operations of the Company’s majority owned subsidiary, which commenced operations in late 2009.

The following table presents a summary of our operating segments (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008     2009     2010         2010             2011      
                       (Unaudited)  

Imperva:

          

Net revenue

   $ 32,146      $ 39,341      $ 55,382      $ 11,316      $ 16,423   

Operating loss

     (7,616     (12,061     (10,889     (3,108     (2,581

Provision for income tax

     229        359        489        56        105   

Net loss

     (7,655     (12,236     (10,982     (3,139     (2,784

Depreciation and amortization

     455        672        1,159        219        362   

Stock-based compensation

     274        421        583        81        283   

Total assets

   $ 38,535      $ 36,987      $ 39,245      $ 36,863      $ 38,284   

Incapsula:

          

Net revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Operating loss

     —          (96     (1,426     (250     (551

Provision for income tax

     —          1        38        6        11   

Net loss

     —          (103     (1,386     (258     (553

Depreciation and amortization

     —          —          11        1        6   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          57        —          —     

Total assets

   $ —        $ 559      $ 1,732      $ 2,739      $ 1,318   

Supplemental Information

The Company’s net services revenue comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008      2009      2010          2010              2011      
            (Unaudited)  

Maintenance and support

   $ 7,192       $ 11,840       $ 18,064       $ 3,810       $ 5,407   

Professional services and training

     656         1,763         2,465         465         817   

Subscriptions

     —           11         374         75         221   
                                            

Total net services revenue

   $ 7,848       $ 13,614       $ 20,903       $ 4,350       $ 6,445   
                                            

 

F-44


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The Company’s net revenue by geographic region, based on the customer’s location, is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2008      2009      2010          2010              2011      
            (Unaudited)  

Americas

   $ 21,770       $ 24,869       $ 36,586       $ 6,511       $ 10,694   

EMEA

     6,706         9,929         13,492         3,471         3,746   

Asia Pacific

     3,670         4,543         5,304         1,334         1,983   
                                            

Total net revenue

   $ 32,146       $ 39,341       $ 55,382       $ 11,316       $ 16,423   
                                            

The following table presents long-lived assets by location (in thousands):

 

    As of December 31,      As of March  31,
2011
 
    2008          2009          2010     
                         (Unaudited)  

United States

  $ 806       $ 1,004       $ 2,066       $ 1,959   

Israel

    1,034         1,340         2,010         2,149   

Other

    15         34         25         26   
                                  

Total long-lived assets

  $ 1,855       $ 2,378       $ 4,101       $ 4,134   
                                  

17. Net Loss per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
       2008     2009     2010             2010                     2011          
                       (Unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

   $ (7,655   $ (12,296   $ (12,013   $ (3,308   $ (3,206
                                        

Shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

     7,720,066        8,730,718        9,769,330        9,358,686        10,149,669   
                                        

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (0.99   $ (1.41   $ (1.23   $ (0.35   $ (0.32
                                        

 

F-45


Table of Contents

IMPERVA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

(Amounts as of March 31, 2011 and for the three month periods

ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are unaudited)

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
       2008      2009      2010              2010                      2011          
            (Unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     21,523,048         21,523,048         21,523,048         21,523,048         21,523,048   

Stock options to purchase common stock

     4,087,161         5,105,059         5,527,845         4,792,791         5,718,837   

Restricted shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     879,670         605,995         2,276,976         537,576         2,276,976   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     40,000         40,000         40,000         40,000         40,000   

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (unaudited and in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):

 

       Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2011
 

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders

   $ (12,013   $ (3,206

Pro forma adjustment to reflect change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants liabilities

     14        1   
                

Net loss attributable to Imperva, Inc. stockholders used in computing pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (11,999   $ (3,205
                

Shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

     9,769,330        10,149,669   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     21,523,048        21,523,048   
                

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

     31,292,378        31,672,717   
                

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (0.38   $ (0.10
                

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Imperva, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

 

Lazard Capital Markets

Pacific Crest Securities

Through and including                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with this offering are as follows:

 

     Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration fee

   $ 8,708   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. fee

   $ 8,000   

New York Stock Exchange listing Fee

   $ *   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

   $ *   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

   $ *   

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

   $ *   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ *   

Miscellaneous

   $ *   
        

Total Expenses

   $ *   
        

 

* To be completed by amendment.

All expenses are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. fee.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our bylaws provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

  Ÿ  

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of the Company and/or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, each of our directors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by their affiliates, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that the Company’s obligations to those same directors are primary and any obligation of the affiliates of those directors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

On April 2, 2008 and July 10, 2008, we sold an aggregate of 3,271,947 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $6.1292, for an aggregate purchase price of $20,054,418 to accredited investors.

On September 30, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 1,687,639 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,784,604 to an accredited investor.

No underwriters were used in the foregoing transactions. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities

 

II-2


Table of Contents

for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options and Grants of Restricted Stock

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued under our 2003 Stock Plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 7,046,357 shares of our common stock to certain of our directors, officers, employees and service providers at exercise prices ranging from $0.82 to $4.03 per share. Of these options, 672,751 have been exercised.

The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to either Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b) Schedules

All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or is presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus that is part of this registration statement.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by the registrant against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by the controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  Ÿ  

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  Ÿ  

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redwood Shores, State of California, on this 17 th day of June, 2011.

Imperva, Inc.
B Y :  

/ S /    S HLOMO K RAMER

  Shlomo Kramer, Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Imperva, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Shlomo Kramer and Terrence J. Schmid, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

/ S /    S HLOMO K RAMER

Shlomo Kramer

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    T ERRENCE J. S CHMID

Terrence J. Schmid

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    M ICHAEL B OODAEI

Michael Boodaei

   Director   June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    A SHEEM C HANDNA

Asheem Chandna

   Director   June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    T HERESIA G OUW R ANZETTA

Theresia Gouw Ranzetta

   Director   June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    S TEVEN K RAUSZ

Steven Krausz

   Director   June 17, 2011

 

/ S /    A LBERT A. P IMENTEL

Albert A. Pimentel

   Director   June 17, 2011

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT LIST

 

Number

  

Description

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

  3.2   

Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

  3.3*   

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective upon completion of this offering)

  3.4   

Bylaws of the Company (formerly known as WebCohort Inc.), as currently in effect

  3.5*   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective upon completion of this offering)

  4.1*   

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

  4.2   

Warrant to Purchase Stock issued December 22, 2005 to Silicon Valley Bank

  4.3   

Warrant to Purchase Stock issued December 22, 2005 to Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP

  5.1*   

Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP

10.1#   

2003 Stock Plan, as amended, including addendums and sub-plans

10.2#   

Forms of agreements under the 2003 Stock Plan, as amended

10.3#*   

2011 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and form agreements thereunder (to be effective upon completion of this offering)

10.4*   

Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement

10.5#*   

Offer Letter, dated August 16, 2010, between the Company and Shlomo Kramer.

10.6#*   

Offer Letter, dated September 29, 2010, between the Company and Terrence J. Schmid.

10.7#*   

Offer Letter, dated December 19, 2007, between the Company and Ralph Pisani.

10.8#*   

Offer Letter, dated May 9, 2006, between the Company and Jason Forget.

10.9#   

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, between the Company and Shlomo Kramer (1,265,730 shares of common stock purchased).

10.10#   

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, between the Company and Shlomo Kramer (421,909 shares of common stock purchased).

10.11+   

OEM Agreement, dated September 9, 2009, between the Company, Imperva, Ltd. and American Portwell Technology Inc.

10.12+   

OEM Agreement, dated September 9, 2009, between the Company, Imperva, Ltd. and Dan-El Technologies, Ltd.

10.13   

Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2008, between the Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.

10.14   

First Amendment to Lease, dated February 12, 2010, between the Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.

21.1   

Subsidiaries of Imperva, Inc.

23.1   

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2   

Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.3*   

Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included in page II-5)

 

  * To be filed by amendment
  + Confidential treatment has been requested for certain provisions of this Exhibit
  # Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IMPERVA, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Imperva, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Imperva, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on April 10, 2002, under the name WebCohort Inc.

SECOND: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends and restates the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety, has been duly adopted pursuant to the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and the stockholders of the Corporation have given their written consent hereto in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. The provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Imperva, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is fifty-nine million, five hundred sixty-six thousand, one hundred one (59,566,101). The total number of shares of common stock


authorized to be issued is thirty-eight million (38,000,000), par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is twenty-one million, five hundred sixty-six thousand, one hundred one (21,566,101), par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which four million, six hundred sixty-six thousand, six hundred sixty-seven (4,666,667) shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” eight million, fifty-seven thousand, three hundred thirty-five (8,057,335) shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” five million, five hundred sixty-seven thousand, ninety-nine (5,567,099) shares are designated as “Series C Preferred Stock” and three million, two hundred seventy-five thousand (3,275,000) shares are designated as “Series D Preferred Stock.”

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 80% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis). For purposes of this subsection 1(a), “Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.08 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.12 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.2432 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock and $0.4903 per annum for each share of Series D Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like).

(b) After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate.

(c) Consent to Certain Repurchases . As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the General Corporation Law of California, Sections 502 and 503 of the General Corporation Law of California, to the extent otherwise applicable, shall not apply with respect to distributions, including but not limited to dividends, made by the Company in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors at a price not greater than the amount paid by such person for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, which agreements were authorized by the Company’s board of directors.

 

2


2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the Proceeds (as defined below) to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) in the case of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, the sum of (A) the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such Series A Preferred Stock, (B) declared but unpaid dividends on such share and (C) an amount equal to 8% of the Original Issue Price for such Series A Preferred Stock for each year following the date upon which any shares of Series A Preferred Stock were first issued or portion of a year thereof (the percentage payable for any partial year shall equal the product of (x) 8% and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such portion of a year and the denominator of which is 365) (compounded annually and on a cumulative basis), (ii) in the case of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, the sum of (A) the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such Series B Preferred Stock, (B) declared but unpaid dividends on such share and (C) an amount equal to 12% of the Original Issue Price for such Series B Preferred Stock for each year following the date upon which any shares of Series B Preferred Stock were first issued or portion of a year thereof (the percentage payable for any partial year shall equal the product of (x) 12% and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such portion of a year and the denominator of which is 365) (compounded annually and on a cumulative basis), (iii) in the case of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, the sum of (A) the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such Series C Preferred Stock, (B) declared but unpaid dividends on such share and (C) an amount equal to 12% of the Original Issue Price for such Series C Preferred Stock for each year following the date upon which any shares of Series C Preferred Stock were first issued or portion of a year thereof (the percentage payable for any partial year shall equal the product of (x) 12% and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such portion of a year and the denominator of which is 365) (compounded annually and on a cumulative basis) and (iv) in the case of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, the sum of (A) the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such Series D Preferred Stock, (B) declared but unpaid dividends on such share and (C) an amount equal to 12% of the Original Issue Price for such Series D Preferred Stock for each year following the date upon which any shares of Series D Preferred Stock were first issued or portion of a year thereof (the percentage payable for any partial year shall equal the product of (x) 12% and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such portion of a year and the denominator of which is 365) (compounded annually and on a cumulative basis). If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (a). For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.00 per share for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.50 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $3.04 for each share of Series C Preferred Stock and $6.1292 for each share of Series D Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock). “Proceeds” shall include all cash, securities and other property this corporation or holders of this corporation’s capital stock (by reason of their ownership thereof) are entitled to receive in

 

3


connection with any Liquidation Event, including but not limited to earnout payments, escrow amounts or other contingent payments.

(b) Upon completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, all of the remaining Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Preferred Stock), until the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall have received (i) $12.2584 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), which includes amounts paid pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2, and (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends. If Proceeds remain thereafter, such remaining Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock).

(c)

(i) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of this corporation’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of this corporation with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of 80% of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

(ii) In any Liquidation Event, if the consideration received by this corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the

 

4


securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors of this corporation and the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors of this corporation and the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

(C) The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event may be superceded by any determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

(iii) In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:

(A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(c)(iv) hereof.

(iv) This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that (i) are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and (ii) represent at least 80% of the voting power of all then

 

5


outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock. The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive the notice requirements described in this subsection (iv) upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 80% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series by the applicable Conversion Price for such series (the conversion rate for a series of Preferred Stock into Common Stock is referred to herein as the “Conversion Rate” for such series), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share for each series of Preferred Stock shall be the Original Issue Price applicable to such series; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-l or Form SB-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $12.2584 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) and with the aggregate gross proceeds to this corporation (before deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses) of not less than $40,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering”), (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of 80% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) or (iii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event in which the aggregate Proceeds available for distribution to holders of this corporation’s outstanding capital stock and other securities (by reason of their ownership thereof) are equal to or greater than the larger of (A) $500,000,000 or (B) such Proceeds as is necessary so that, upon distribution of such Proceeds in accordance with Section 2 hereof, each share of Common Stock outstanding following conversion pursuant to this Section 4(b)(iii) receives at least $12.2584 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This

 

6


corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with Automatic Conversion provisions of subsection 4(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time and until the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering as follows:

(i) (A) If this corporation shall issue, on or after the date upon which this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Filing Date”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of capital stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i)(A), the term “Common Stock Outstanding” shall mean and include the following: (1) outstanding Common Stock, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

 

7


(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefore:

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution

 

8


adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii) “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation on or after the Filing Date other than:

(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof;

(B) (1) on or prior to December 31, 2008, up to 6,775,698 shares of Common Stock, or such other amount as may be approved (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) by the holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis), issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors, and (2) after December 31, 2008, shares of Common Stock (without regard to any limit on the number thereof) issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

 

9


(C) Common Stock issued pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering;

(D) Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the Filing Date;

(E) Common Stock issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, where such business acquisition is approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

(F) Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of this Section 4(d); or

(G) Up to 1,509,719 shares of Common Stock, or such other amount as may be approved (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) by the holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis), issued to persons or entities with which this corporation has bona fide commercial or strategic business relationships, provided such issuances are (i) approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors and (ii) effected for other than primarily equity financing purposes.

(iii) In the event this corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this

 

10


corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

(g) No Impairment . This corporation will not, without the appropriate vote of the stockholders under the General Corporation Law or Section 6 of this Article IV(B), by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by this corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and the corporation shall pay in cash the fair value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitled to receive such fractions are determined.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the

 

11


time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.

(l) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of 80% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series) and, solely with respect to waivers affecting the Series D Preferred Stock, the consent or vote of holders of at least 66.66% of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class). Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . Each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and except as provided in subsection 5(b) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote.

 

12


Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation. As long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation. As long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, such shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation. The outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation. The holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of this corporation.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the DGCL, any vacancy, including any vacancy in a directorship elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, and including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office and not only by the directors elected by the same class or series of stock of the directorship being filled, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board’s action to fill such vacancy by exercising their right to remove such director at any time, with or without cause, and by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director elected as provided in the immediately preceding sentence hereof may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis):

(i) consummate a Liquidation Event;

 

13


(ii) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares;

(iii) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iv) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity security (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security) having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption or voting, other than the issuance of any authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock designated in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any security convertible into or exercisable for such shares of Preferred Stock);

(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or pursuant to a right of first refusal;

(vi) change the authorized number of directors of this corporation;

(vii) declare or pay any dividends on the Common Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(viii) amend this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws.

(b) So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 66.67% of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis):

(i) alter, change or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such Series D Preferred Stock;

(ii) alter, amend, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws so as to change the terms of the Series D Preferred Stock; or

(iii) increase or decrease (other than by conversion pursuant to Section 7 below) the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this

 

14


corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Preemptive Rights . Stockholders shall have such preemptive rights as set forth in the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated on or about April 2, 2008 among the corporation and certain holders of Preferred Stock.

C. Common Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B) hereof.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The number of directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this corporation, subject, however, to Section B(5)(b) of Article IV hereof.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.

 

15


ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this corporation may provide. The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE IX

A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE X

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE XI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to

 

16


any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 2nd day of April, 2008.

 

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

Shlomo Kramer, President

 

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

IMPERVA, INC,

Imperva, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Imperva, Inc.

SECOND : The date on which the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 10, 2002, under the name of WebCohort Inc.

THIRD : The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution setting forth a proposed amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the approval of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Section A of Article IV of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is seventy-one million, five hundred sixty six thousand, one hundred one (71,566,101). The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is fifty million (50,000,000), par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is twenty-one million five hundred sixty-six thousand, one hundred one (21,566,101), par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which four million six hundred sixty six thousand six hundred sixty-seven (4,666,667) shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” and eight million, fifty-seven thousand, three hundred thirty-five (8,057,335) shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” five million, five hundred sixty-seven thousand, ninety-nine (5,567,099) shares are designated as “Series C Preferred Stock” and three million, two hundred seventy-five thousand (3,275,000) shares are designated as “Series D Preferred Stock.”

FOURTH : That thereafter said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law by written consent of the stockholders holding the requisite number of shares required by statute given in accordance with and pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 25th day of October, 2010.

 

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

Shlomo Kramer, President

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS OF

WEBCOHORT INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

Registered Office

     1   

1.2

 

Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

Location

     1   

2.2

 

Timing

     1   

2.3

 

Notice of Meeting

     1   

2.4

 

Stockholders Records

     1   

2.5

 

Special Meetings

     2   

2.6

 

Notice of Meeting

     2   

2.7

 

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

     2   

2.8

 

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

     2   

2.9

 

Voting Thresholds

     3   

2.10

 

Number of Votes Per Share

     3   

2.11

 

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

     3   

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     4   

3.1

 

Authorized Directors

     4   

3.2

 

Vacancies

     4   

3.3

 

Board Authority

     5   

3.4

 

Location of Meetings

     5   

3.5

 

First Meeting

     5   

3.6

 

Regular Meetings

     5   

3.7

 

Special Meetings

     5   

3.8

 

Quorum

     5   

3.9

 

Action Without a Meeting

     5   

3.10

 

Telephonic Meetings

     6   

3.11

 

Committees

     6   

3.12

 

Minutes of Meetings

     6   

3.13

 

Compensation of Directors

     6   

3.14

 

Removal of Directors

     6   

ARTICLE IV. NOTICES

     6   

4.1

 

Notice

     6   

4.2

 

Waiver of Notice

     7   

4.3

 

Electronic Notice

     7   

ARTICLE V. OFFICERS

     8   

5.1

 

Required and Permitted Officers

     8   

5.2

 

Appointment of Required Officers

     8   

 

i


5.3

 

Appointment of Permitted Officers

     8   

5.4

 

Officer Compensation

     8   

5.5

 

Term of Office; Vacancies

     8   

5.6

 

Chairman Presides

     8   

5.7

 

Absence of Chairman

     8   

5.8

 

Powers of President

     8   

5.9

 

President’s Signature Authority

     9   

5.10

 

Absence of President

     9   

5.11

 

Duties of the Secretary

     9   

5.12

 

Duties of Assistant Secretary

     9   

5.13

 

Duties of the Treasurer

     9   

5.14

 

Disbursements, and Financial Reports

     9   

5.15

 

Treasurer’s Bond

     10   

5.16

 

Duties of the Assistant Treasurer

     10   

ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     10   

6.1

 

Stock Certificates

     10   

6.2

 

Facsimile Signatures

     10   

6.3

 

Lost Certificates

     11   

6.4

 

Transfer of Stock

     11   

6.5

 

Fixing a Record Date

     11   

6.6

 

Registered Stockholders

     11   

ARTICLE VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     11   

7.1

 

Dividends

     11   

7.2

 

Reserve for Dividends

     12   

7.3

 

Checks

     12   

7.4

 

Fiscal Year

     12   

7.5

 

Corporate Seal

     12   

7.6

 

Indemnification

     12   

7.7

 

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

     13   

ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENTS

     13   

ARTICLE IX. LOANS TO OFFICERS

     14   

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

WEBCOHORT INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Wilmington State of Delaware, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 21.1 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice, thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2002, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders Records. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic


network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

(a) Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and

 

2


proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

3


(b) Electronic consent . A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action . Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote

 

4


for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3.3 Board Authority. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president on three (3) days’ notice to each director by mail or seventy-two (72) hours’ notice to each director either personally or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

3.8 Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

5


3.10 Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

3.13 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors, shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it

 

6


shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by regular mail or courier, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or a reliable courier. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice.

(a) Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice . Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

7


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

5.7 Absence of Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.8 Powers of President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; and in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

 

8


5.9 President’s Signature Authority. The President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

5.10 Absence of President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have, all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.11 Duties of the Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

5.12 Duties of Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.13 Duties of the Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.14 Disbursements and Financial Reports. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular

 

9


meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.15 Treasurer’s Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

5.16 Duties of the Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the

 

10


corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

11


7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding; whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or, at the corporation’s request, a director or officer of another corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such agent in connection with a proceeding initiated by such agent only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure

 

12


of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress, entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate or incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

13


ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

14

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: IMPERVA, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth below

Class of Stock: Series B Preferred Stock

Warrant Price: $1.50 per share

Issue Date: December 22, 2005

Expiration Date: The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, including without limitation the mutual promises contained in that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “Loan Agreement”) entered into by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Holder”), Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP and the company named above (the “Company”), Holder is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Class of Stock of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan Agreement.

As used herein:

The number of “Shares” purchasable under this Warrant is equal to the Initial Shares plus the Additional Shares, and “Shares” means the Initial Shares plus the Additional Shares.

“Initial Shares” means 16,667 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

“Additional Shares” means that cumulative number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 1.25% of each Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement made to the Company) divided by the Warrant Price.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Silicon Valley Bank declines to make a Growth Capital Advance requested by Borrower solely as a result of Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement (the “Declined Advance”), then the number of “Initial Shares” purchasable under this Warrant shall


be reduced by that cumulative number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 0.833% of the Declined Advance divided by the Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by surrendering this Warrant and delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3. Such conversion shall be effected by surrendering this Warrant and delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the trading day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the trading day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this

 

2


Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or any Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time .

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date of the Acquisition, the fair market value of each of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) is equal to or greater than five (5) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this

 

3


Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, conversions or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable hereunder shall have the antidilution rights designated in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended form time to time.

 

4


The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if it amends its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Preferred Stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect Holder in a manner different form the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights of the holders of preferred stock.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

5


(c) The Company further covenants and agrees that, during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of Shares of authorized but unissued stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

(d) The Capitalization Table previously provided to Holder remains true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . The Company will transmit to the Holder such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to all of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to such stockholders; provided, however, that in the event the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (c) to consummate an Acquisition; or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) each being a “Notice Event”); then, in connection with each Notice Event, the Company shall provide Holder notice of such Notice Event no later than the earlier of: (i) the date notice of such Notice Event is given to all of the holders of the Company’s capital stock, and (ii) ten (10) days prior to the record or determination date, in respect of matters referred to in (a), (b) and (d) above, or ten (10) days prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, in respect of matters referred to in (c) above.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that in connection with the next amendment of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), such amendment will add Holder as a party thereto for purposes of providing certain “Piggyback” and S-3 registration rights for the shares of common stock into which the Shares are convertible; provided, however, that if Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 of this Warrant conflicts with any provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement, the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 of this Warrant, as applicable, shall control until this Warrant has been fully exercised or terminated. In connection with such amendment to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Holder (to the extent not concurrently delivered to the Holder pursuant to the Loan Agreement), the quarterly and annual reports furnished to certain of Company’s investors under Section 2.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, the Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or

 

6


distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . The Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. The Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term : This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE

 

7


PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Holder’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares) or any other affiliate of Holder. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Upon receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Holder will transfer all of this Warrant to Holder’s parent company, SVB Financial Group, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

8


SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until the Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Imperva, Inc.

Attn: Shlomo Kramer

950 Tower Lane, Suite1710

Foster City, CA 94404

Telephone: 650-345-9000

Facsimile: 650-345-9004

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Market Stand-Off . Upon the Company adding the Holder as a party to the Investor Rights Agreement as contemplated in Section 3.3 hereof, Holder shall become subject to and bound by the “Market Stand-Off” provision in Section 1.13 of the Investor Rights Agreement as it may be amended from time to time. Such market stand-off provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects in the same manner as Holder the rights associated

 

9


with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares issuable to Holder upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

[Rest of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

10


“COMPANY”

 

IMPERVA, INC.

     
By:   /s/ Shlomo Kramer     By:   /s/ Shlomo Kramer
Name:         Name:    
  (Print)       (Print)
Title:   Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President     Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:   /s/ Albert Martinez
Name:   Albert Martinez
  (Print)
Title:   [illegible]

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of Imperva, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:.

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

12


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

   SVB Financial Group

Address:

   3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tax ID:

  

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”), on                      (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Date:    

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

13

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: IMPERVA, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth below

Class of Stock: Series B Preferred Stock

Warrant Price: $1.50 per share

Issue Date: December 22, 2005

Expiration Date: The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, including without limitation the mutual promises contained in that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “Loan Agreement”) entered into by and among GOLD HILL VENTURE LENDING 03, LP (“Holder”), Silicon Valley Bank and the company named above (the “Company”), Holder is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Class of Stock of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan Agreement.

As used herein:

The number of “Shares” purchasable under this Warrant is equal to the Initial Shares plus the Additional Shares, and “Shares” means the Initial Shares plus the Additional Shares.

“Initial Shares” means 23,333 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

“Additional Shares” means that cumulative number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 1.75% of each Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement made to the Company) divided by the Warrant Price.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP declines to make a Growth Capital Advance requested by Borrower solely as a result of Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement (the “Declined Advance”), then the number of “Initial Shares” purchasable under this


Warrant shall be reduced by that cumulative number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 1.167% of the Declined Advance divided by the Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by surrendering this Warrant and delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3. Such conversion shall be effected by surrendering this Warrant and delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the trading day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the trading day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this

 

2


Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or any Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date of the Acquisition, the fair market value of each of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) is equal to or greater than five (5) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this

 

3


Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution, conversion or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, conversions or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable hereunder shall have the antidilution rights designated in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended form time to time.

 

4


The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if it amends its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Preferred Stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect Holder in a manner different form the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights of the holders of preferred stock.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

5


(c) The Company further covenants and agrees that, during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of Shares of authorized but unissued stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

(d) The Capitalization Table previously provided to Holder remains true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . The Company will transmit to the Holder such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to all of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to such stockholders; provided, however, that in the event the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (c) to consummate an Acquisition; or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) each being a “Notice Event”); then, in connection with each Notice Event, the Company shall provide Holder notice of such Notice Event no later than the earlier of: (i) the date notice of such Notice Event is given to all of the holders of the Company’s capital stock, and (ii) ten (10) days prior to the record or determination date, in respect of matters referred to in (a), (b) and (d) above, or ten (10) days prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, in respect of matters referred to in (c) above.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that in connection with the next amendment of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), such amendment will add Holder as a party thereto for purposes of providing certain “Piggyback” and S-3 registration rights for the shares of common stock into which the Shares are convertible; provided, however, that if Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 of this Warrant conflicts with any provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement, the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 of this Warrant, as applicable, shall control until this Warrant has been fully exercised or terminated. In connection with such amendment to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Holder (to the extent not concurrently delivered to the Holder pursuant to the Loan Agreement), the quarterly and annual reports furnished to certain of Company’s investors under Section 2.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, the Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or

 

6


distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . The Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. The Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term : This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE

 

7


PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any other affiliate of Holder. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Upon receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Holder may transfer all of this Warrant to any Affiliate of Holder, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing Company with written notice, any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

8


Attention: Sean Lynden

Telephone: (408) 919-0394

Facsimile: (408) 654-6256

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until the Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Imperva, Inc.

Attn: Shlomo Kramer

950 Tower Lane, Suite1710

Foster City, CA 94404

Telephone: 650-345-9000

Facsimile: 650-345-9004

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Market Stand-Off . Upon the Company adding the Holder as a party to the Investor Rights Agreement as contemplated in Section 3.3 hereof, Holder shall become subject to and bound by the “Market Stand-Off’ provision in Section 1.13 of the Investor Rights Agreement as it may be amended from time to time. Such market stand-off provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects in the same manner as Holder the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares issuable to Holder upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

[Rest of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

9


“COMPANY”

 

IMPERVA, INC.      
By:  

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

    By:  

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

  (Print)       (Print)
Title:   Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President     Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

 

“HOLDER”

 

GOLD HILL VENTURE LENDING 03, LP

By: Gold Hill Venture Lending Partners 03, LLC, General Partner

By:  

/s/ Sean Lynden

Name:  

Sean Lynden, Partner

  (Print)
Title:  

Gold Hill Venture Lending

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of Imperva, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

        Holders Name

 

 

        (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:.

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

11


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Tax ID:

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”), on              (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

G OLD H ILL V ENTURE L ENDING 03, LP

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                                                  

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

12

Exhibit 10.1

I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN

A DOPTED F EBRUARY  24, 2003

A PPROVED BY S TOCKHOLDERS M AY  22, 2003

A MENDED  J ULY  28, 2006, J UNE  1, 2007, A UGUST  28, 2007, M AY  5, 2009, J UNE  4, 2010, AND

A UGUST  25, 2010.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1   

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

     1   

(a)

  

Committees of the Board of Directors

     1   

(b)

  

Authority of the Board of Directors

     1   

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY

     1   

(a)

  

General Rule

     1   

(b)

  

Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1   

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2   

(a)

  

Basic Limitation

     2   

(b)

  

Additional Shares

     2   

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

     2   

(a)

  

Stock Purchase Agreement

     2   

(b)

  

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2   

(c)

  

Purchase Price

     2   

(d)

  

Withholding Taxes

     3   

(e)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

     3   

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

     3   

(a)

  

Stock Option Agreement

     3   

(b)

  

Number of Shares

     3   

(c)

  

Exercise Price

     3   

(d)

  

Exercisability

     3   

(e)

  

Accelerated Exercisability

     4   

(f)

  

Basic Term

     4   

(g)

  

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     4   

(h)

  

Leaves of Absence

     5   

(i)

  

Death of Optionee

     5   

(j)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

     5   

(k)

  

Transferability of Options

     5   

(l)

  

Withholding Taxes

     6   

(m)

  

No Rights as a Stockholer

     6   

(n)

  

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     6   

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     6   

(a)

  

General Rule

     6   

(b)

  

Surrender of Stock

     6   

(c)

  

Services Rendered

     7   

(d)

  

Promissory Note

     7   

(e)

  

Exercise/Sale

     7   

(f)

  

Exercise/Pledge

     7   

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     7   

(a)

  

General

     7   

 

i


 

(b)

     Mergers and Consolidations      7   
 

(c)

     Reservation of Rights      8   

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS

     8   
 

(a)

     General      8   
 

(b)

     Financial Reports      8   

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS

     8   

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     9   
 

(a)

     Term of the Plan      9   
 

(b)

     Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan      9   
 

(c)

     Effect of Amendment or Termination      9   

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS

     9   

 

ii


I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may be Nonstatutory Options or ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors . The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, if a Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors may also administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule . Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders . A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation . Not more than 11,674,597 1 Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8). The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares . In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs shall in no event exceed 11,674,597 1 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8).

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) Stock Purchase Agreement . Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights . Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

 

1  

Reflects the initial 2,700,000 shares approved by the Board on February 24, 2003, and by the stockholders on May 22, 2003; a 1,722,203 share increase approved by the Board on July 28, 2006, and by the stockholders on December 10, 2006; a 1,000,000 share increase approved by the Board on June 1, 2007, and by the stockholders on August 8, 2007; a 1,353,495 share increase approved by the Board on August 28, 2007, and by the stockholders on November 1, 2007; a 941,983 share increase approved by the Board on May 5, 2009 and by the Stockholders on June 10, 2009; a 156,916 share increase approved by the Board on June 4, 2010 and by the Stockholders on October 28, 2010; and a 3,800,000 share increase approved by the Board on August 25, 2010 and by the Stockholders on October 28, 2010.

 

2


(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting . Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of a Purchaser who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

(i) Any right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares;

(ii) Any such repurchase right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

(iii) Any such repurchase right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable

 

3


unless the Optionee has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, an Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(e) Accelerated Exercisability . Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, all of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, (ii) such Options do not remain outstanding, (iii) such Options are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent, (iv) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options, and (v) the full value of this option (whether or not exercisable) is not settled in cash or cash equivalents.

(f) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(g) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above;

(ii) The date 3 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date 6 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Board of Directors may determine (but not less than six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability).

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result

 

4


of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(h) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (g) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(i) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

(i) Any right to repurchase the Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant;

(ii) Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

(iii) Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the later of (A) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (B) the date of the option exercise.

(k) Transferability of Options . An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement

 

5


so provides, an Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by the Optionee by (i) a gift to a member of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or (ii) a gift to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family have a beneficial interest of more than 50% and which provides that such Nonstatutory Option is to be transferred to the beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Except as expressly provided herein or in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, no Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

(l) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(m) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(n) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule . The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and to the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

 

6


(c) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(d) Promissory Note . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and to the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Shares, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(e) Exercise/Sale . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and to the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

(f) Exercise/Pledge . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and to the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement shall provide for:

(i) The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

 

7


(ii) The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options;

(iv) The full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options; or

(v) The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents, followed by the cancellation of such Options.

(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

(a) General . Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, including the Israeli securities law and regulation, if applicable, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

(b) Financial Reports . The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8


SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants or exercises of Options or sales of Shares that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) its adoption by the Board of Directors or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option or exercise of a purchase right, each granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

9


A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted, or can expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, at the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s, as applicable, discretion.

(h) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. An individual shall not cease to be an “Employee” upon the transfer of such individual’s employment among the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(i) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(k) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(l) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(m) “ Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code .

(n) “ Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(o) “ Optionee ” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

10


(p) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(q) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(r) “ Plan ” shall mean this Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan.

(s) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(t) “ Purchaser ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(u) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(v) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(w) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(x) “ Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(y) “ Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

11


Neither this document, nor any award agreement connected with it, is an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the UK Sub-Plan of the Imperva, Inc 2003 Stock Plan (the “Sub-Plan”). The Sub-Plan is exclusively available to bona fide employees and former employees of Imperva, Inc Group.

THE UK SUB-PLAN OF THE

IMPERVA, INC. 2003 STOCK PLAN

(as amended July 28 2006)

 

1. The purpose of this Sub-Plan is to provide incentives for UK tax resident present and future employees of Imperva Inc. through the grant of incentive awards.

 

2. This Sub-Plan is governed by the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and all of the provisions of this Sub-Plan shall be identical to those of the Plan SAVE THAT (i) “Sub-Plan” shall be substituted for “Plan”, and (ii) the following provisions shall be stated in this Sub-Plan in order to accommodate the specific requirements of UK law.

 

3. The Sub-Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board. The Sub-Plan shall terminate automatically on the date on which the term of the Plan terminates in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan. The Sub-Plan may be terminated by the Board of Directors on any earlier date.

 

4. References to ISOs and Non-statutory Options in the Plan shall not apply to Options granted under the Sub-Plan.

 

5. Options granted under the Sub-Plan shall be known as UK Unapproved Options.

 

6. Section 3(a) – Eligibility of the Plan shall be substituted by the following:

 

  “(a) General Rule. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of UK Unapproved Options or the direct award or sale of shares under the Sub-Plan.”

 

7. Section 5 – Terms and Conditions of Awards or Sales

This section shall not apply in its entirety.

 

8. Section 6 – Terms and Conditions of Options

The last sentence of Section 6(b) shall be deleted.

The first three sentences of Section 6(c) shall be deleted and substituted by the following:

 

  “(c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).”

 

1


In Sections 6(g) and 6(i) the following words shall be deleted:

“ or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance”

In Section 6(j) the following words shall be deleted:

“,an outside Director or a Consultant”

Section 6(k) shall be deleted and substituted by the following:

 

  “(k) Transferability of Options An Option shall not be transferable during the lifetime of the Optionholder but may be transferred to the Optionee’s executors or personal representatives on death.”

Section 6(n) shall be deleted and substituted by the following:

 

  “(n) Modification and Extension of Options Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify or extend outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.”

 

9. Section 12 – Definitions

Sections 12(f), 12(k), 12(l), 12(m), 12(p), 12(s), 12(t), 12(z) shall not apply.

Section 12(h) shall be amended by deleting “common-law”.

Section 12(n) shall be substituted by the following:

“Option” shall mean a UK Unapproved Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.”

Section 12(u) shall be amended by deleting the reference to “Outside Director or Consultant”.

 

2


IMPERVA, INC.

APPENDIX A - ISRAEL

TO THE 2003 STOCK PLAN

 

1. GENERAL

 

1.1. This appendix (the “ Appendix ”) shall apply only to Optionees who are residents of the state of Israel or those who are deemed to be residents of the state of Israel for the payment of tax. The provisions specified hereunder shall form an integral part of the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan (hereinafter: the “Plan” ), which applies to the issuance of options to purchase Shares of Imperva, Inc. (hereinafter: the “Company” ). According to the Plan, options to purchase the Company’s Shares may be issued to employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or its Affiliates

 

1.2 This Appendix is effective with respect to Options granted as of January 1, 2003 and shall comply with Amendment no. 132 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance.

 

1.3. This Appendix is to be read as a continuation of the Plan and only modifies options granted to Israeli Optionees so that they comply with the requirements set by the Israeli law in general, and in particular with the provisions of Section 102 (as specified herein), as may be amended or replaced from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, this Appendix does not add to or modify the Plan in respect of any other category of Optioness.

 

1.5. The Plan and this Appendix are complimentary to each other and shall be deemed as one. In any case of contradiction, whether explicit or implied, between the provisions of this Appendix and the Plan, the provisions set out in the Appendix shall prevail.

 

1.6. Any capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Appendix shall be construed according to the interpretation given to it in the Plan.


2. DEFINITIONS

 

  2.1 Affiliate ” means any “employing company” within the meaning of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.2 Approved 102 Option ” means an Option granted pursuant to Section 102(b) of the Ordinance and held in trust by a Trustee for the benefit of the Optionee.

 

  2.3 Capital Gain Option (CGO) ” means an Approved 102 Option elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the capital gain tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.4 Controlling Shareholder ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 32(9) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.5 Employee” means a person who is employed by the Company or its Affiliates, including an individual who is serving as a director or an office holder, but excluding any Controlling Shareholder.

 

  2.6 ITA” means the Israeli Tax Authorities.

 

  2.7 “Non-Employee” means a Consultant, Controlling Shareholder or any other person who is not an Employee.

 

  2.8 Ordinary Income Option (OIO) ” means an Approved 102 Option elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the ordinary income tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(1) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.9 “Option” means an option to purchase one or more Shares of the Company pursuant to the Plan.

 

  2.10 “102 Option” means any Option granted to Employees pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance.

 

  2.11 “3(i) Option” means an Option granted pursuant to Section 3(i) of the Ordinance to any person who is a Non- Employee.

 

  2.12 Ordinance” means the 1961 Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961 as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

- 2 -


  2.13 “Section 102” means section 102 of the Ordinance and any regulations, rules, orders or procedures promulgated thereunder as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

  2.14 “Trustee” means any individual appointed by the Company to serve as a trustee and approved by the ITA, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.15 Unapproved 102 Option ” means an Option granted pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance and not held in trust by a Trustee.

 

  3. ISSUANCE OF OPTIONS

 

  3.1 The persons eligible for participation in the Plan as Optionees shall include any Employees and/or Non-Employees of the Company or of any Affiliate; provided, however, that (i) Employees may only be granted 102 Options; and (ii) Non-Employees and/or Controlling Shareholders may only be granted 3(i) Options

 

  3.2 The Company may designate Options granted to Employees pursuant to Section 102 as Unapproved 102 Options or Approved 102 Options.

 

  3.3 The grant of Approved 102 Options shall be made under this Appendix adopted by the Board of Directors, and shall be conditioned upon the approval of this Appendix by the ITA.

 

  3.4 Approved 102 Options may either be classified as Capital Gain Options (“ CGOs ”) or Ordinary Income Options (“ OIOs ”).

 

  3.5 No Approved 102 Options may be granted under this Appendix to any eligible Employee, unless and until, the Company’s election of the type of Approved 102 Options as CGO or OIO granted to Employees (the “ Election ”), is appropriately filed with the ITA. Such Election shall become effective beginning the first date of grant of an Approved 102 Option under this Appendix and shall remain in effect until the end of the year following the year during which the Company first granted Approved 102 Options. The Election shall obligate the Company to grant only the type of Approved 102 Option it has elected, and shall apply to all Optionees who were granted Approved 102 Options during the period indicated herein, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(g) of the Ordinance. For the avoidance of doubt, such Election shall not prevent the Company from granting Unapproved 102 Options simultaneously.

 

  3.6 All Approved 102 Options must be held in trust by a Trustee, as described in Section 4 below.

 

  3.7 For the avoidance of doubt, the designation of Unapproved 102 Options and Approved 102 Options shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 102.

 

- 3 -


4. TRUSTEE

 

  4.1 Approved 102 Options which shall be granted under this Appendix and/or any Shares allocated or issued upon exercise of such Approved 102 Options and/or other shares received subsequently following any realization of rights, shall be allocated or issued to the Trustee and held for the benefit of the Optionees for such period of time as required by Section 102 or any regulations, rules or orders or procedures promulgated thereunder. In the case the requirements for Approved 102 Options are not met, then the Approved 102 Options shall be regarded as Unapproved 102 Options, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102.

 

  4.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Trustee shall not release any Shares allocated or issued upon exercise of Approved 102 Options prior to the full payment of the Optionee’s tax liabilities arising from Approved 102 Options which were granted to him and/or any Shares allocated or issued upon exercise of such Options.

 

  4.3 Upon receipt of Approved 102 Option, the Optionee will sign an undertaking to release the Trustee from any liability in respect of any action or decision duly taken and bona fide executed in relation with this Appendix, or any Approved 102 Option or Share granted to him thereunder.

 

  5. THE OPTIONS

The terms and conditions upon which the Options shall be issued and exercised, shall be as specified in the Stock Option Agreement to be executed pursuant to the Plan and to this Appendix. Each Stock Option Agreement shall state, inter alia, the number of Shares to which the Option relates, the type of Option granted thereunder (whether a CGO, OIO, Unapproved 102 Option or a 3(i) Option), the vesting provisions and the exercise price.

 

6. FAIR MARKET VALUE FOR TAX PURPOSE

Without derogating from Section 13(j) of the Plan and solely for the purpose of determining the tax liability pursuant to Section 102(b)(3) of the Ordinance, if at the date of grant the Company’s Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system or if the Company’s Shares will be registered for trading within ninety (90) days following the date of grant of the CGOs, the fair market value of the Shares at the date of grant shall be determined in accordance with the average value of the Company’s shares on the thirty (30) trading days preceding the date of grant or on the thirty (30) trading days following the date of registration for trading, as the case may be.

 

- 4 -


  7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

Options shall be exercised by the Optionee by giving a written notice to the Company and/or to any third party designated by the Company (the “ Representative ”), in such form and method as may be determined by the Company and, when applicable, by the Trustee, in accordance with the requirements of Section 102, which exercise shall be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and/or the Representative and the payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares with respect to which the option is being exercised, at the Company’s or the Representative’s principal office. The notice shall specify the number of Shares with respect to which the option is being exercised.

 

8. ASSIGNABILITY AND SALE OF OPTIONS

 

  8.1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan including without limitation Section 6(k) of the Plan, no Option or any right with respect thereto, purchasable hereunder, whether fully paid or not, shall be assignable, transferable or given as collateral or any right with respect to them given to any third party whatsoever, and during the lifetime of the Optionee each and all of such Optionee’s rights to purchase Shares hereunder shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

Any such action made directly or indirectly, for an immediate validation or for a future one, shall be void.

 

  8.2 As long as Options or Shares purchased pursuant to thereto are held by the Trustee on behalf of the Optionee, all rights of the Optionee over the Shares are personal, can not be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.

 

  9. INTEGRATION OF SECTION 102 AND TAX ASSESSING OFFICER’S PERMIT

 

  9.1. With regards to Approved 102 Options, the provisions of the Plan and/or the Appendix and/or the Stock Option Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Section 102 and the Tax Assessing Officer’s permit, and the said provisions and permit shall be deemed an integral part of the Plan and of the Appendix and of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

  9.2. Any provision of Section 102 and/or the said permit which is necessary in order to receive and/or to keep any tax benefit pursuant to Section 102, which is not expressly specified in the Plan or the Appendix or the Stock Option Agreement, shall be considered binding upon the Company and the Optionees.

 

- 5 -


10. DIVIDEND

 

10.1 Subject to the Company’s Incorporation Documents, with respect to all Shares (but excluding, for avoidance of any doubt, any unexercised Options) allocated or issued upon the exercise of Options and held by the Optionee or by the Trustee as the case may be, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive dividends in accordance with the quantity of such Shares, and subject to any applicable taxation on distribution of dividends.

 

10.2 During the period in which Shares are held by the Trustee on behalf of the Optionee, the cash dividends paid with respect thereto shall be paid directly to the Optionee.

 

11. TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

11.1 Any tax consequences arising from the grant or exercise of any Option, from the payment for Shares covered thereby or from any other event or act (of the Company, and/or its Affiliates, and the Trustee or the Optionee), hereunder, shall be borne solely by the Optionee. The Company and/or its Affiliates, and/or the Trustee shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including withholding taxes at source. Furthermore, the Optionee shall agree to indemnify the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Optionee.

 

11.2 The Company and/or, when applicable, the Trustee shall not be required to release any share certificate to any Optionee until all required payments have been fully made.

 

12. GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION

This Appendix shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. The competent courts of Tel-Aviv, Israel shall have sole jurisdiction in any matters pertaining to this Appendix.

*    *    *

 

- 6 -


IMPERVA, INC

2003 STOCK PLAN

ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions for French Option Grants

The following terms and conditions will apply in the case of Option grants to French residents and to those individuals who are otherwise subject to the laws of France.

1. Definitions: All capitalized terms and expressions contained herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, it being specified that:

(a) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and French corporate, securities, labor and tax laws.

(b) “ Employee ” means (i) any person employed by the Company or a branch of the Company or a Subsidiary in a salaried position within the meaning Applicable Laws, who does not own more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, and who is a resident of the Republic of France or (ii) any person employed by the Company or a branch of the Company or a Subsidiary who is a resident of France for tax purposes or who performs his or her duties in France and is subject to French income social security contributions on his or her remuneration.

(c) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the dollar value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market or Nasdaq Global Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the average quotation price for the last 20 days preceding the date of determination for such stock (or the average closing bid for such 20 day period, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system and reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market (but not on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or Nasdaq Global Market thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the last 20 days preceding the date of determination; or


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) “ Optioned Stock ” means stock deriving from the exercise of an Option.

(e) “Subsidiary ” means any participating subsidiary of the Company located in the Republic of France and that falls within the definition of “subsidiary” within the meaning of Section L. 225-180 paragraph 1 of the French commercial code.

(f) “ Termination ” means if the Optionee is an Employee, the last day of any statutory or contractual notice period whether worked or not (provided, only the employer, and not the Optionee, may decide whether the Optionee works during the notice period) and irrespective of whether the termination of the employment agreement is due to resignation or dismissal of the Employee for any reason whatsoever; if the Optionee is a corporate officer as defined in Section 2 of this Addendum, Termination means the date on which he or she effectively leaves his or her position as a corporate officer for any reason whatsoever.

2. Eligibility: Options granted pursuant to this Addendum may be granted only to Employees. To the extent applicable to the Company, the “ Président du conseil d’administration”, the “ membres du directoire”, the “ Directeur general” , the “ directeurs généraux délégués” , the “ Gérant” of a company with capital divided by shares who are not also Employees of a Subsidiary in accordance with a valid employment agreement may also be granted Options hereunder provided that the Optioned Stock are listed. For the purpose of this Addendum, when applicable, the rules set forth for an Employee shall be applicable to the aforementioned corporate officers.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan: The total number of Options outstanding which may be exercised for newly issued Shares may at no time exceed one-third of the Company’s voting stock, whether preferred stock of the Company or Common Stock. If any Optioned Stock is to consist of reacquired Shares, such Optioned Stock must be purchased by the Company, in the limit of 10% of its share capital, prior to the date of grant of the corresponding new Option and must be reserved and set aside for such purposes. In addition, the new Option must be granted within one (1) year of the acquisition of the Shares underlying such new Option.

4. Limitations Upon Granting of Options .

(a) Declaration of Dividend; Capital Increase: To the extent applicable to the Company, Options cannot be granted during the 20 trading days from (i) the date the Common Stock is trading on an ex-dividend basis or (ii) a capital increase.

(b) Non-Public Information: To the extent applicable to the Company, the Company shall not grant Options during the closed periods required under Section L 225-177 of the French Commercial Code. As a result, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Options cannot be granted:


(i) during the ten (10) trading days preceding and following the date on which the consolidated accounts, or, if unavailable, the annual accounts, are made public;

(ii) during the period between the date on which the Company’s governing bodies (i.e., the Board of Directors) become aware of information which, if made public, could have a material impact on the price of the Shares, and the date ten (10) trading days after such information is made public.

(c) Right to Employment: Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

5. Exercise Price . The exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Board of Directors upon the date of grant of the Option but in no event will be lower than (i) in case of issued Shares, the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or (ii) in case of reacquired Shares, the Fair Market Value on the date of grant for ISO and 85% of the fair Market Value on the date of grant for Nonstatutory Options. The exercise price cannot be modified while the Option is outstanding, except as required by Applicable Laws.

6. Term of Option : The term of each Option shall be as stated in the Stock Option Agreement provided, however, that the maximum term of an Option shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option.

7. Exercise of Option; Restriction on Sale:

(a) Options granted hereunder may be not be exercised within one (1) year of the date the Option is granted (the “Initial Exercise Date”) whether or not the Option has vested prior to such time; provided, however, that the Initial Exercise Date will be automatically adjusted to conform with any changes under Applicable Laws so that the length of time from the date of grant to the Initial Exercise Date when added to the length of time in which Shares may not be disposed of after the Initial Exercise Date as provided in Section 7(b) below, will allow for favorable tax and social security treatment under Applicable Laws. Thereafter, Options may be exercised to the extent they have vested. Options granted hereunder will vest as the Board of Directors determines.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Stock Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised together with any applicable withholding taxes and social security contributions. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan to the exclusion of any cashless exercise program. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry in the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is


exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 8 of the Plan.

(b) The Shares subject to an Option may not be transferred, assigned or hypothecated in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution before three (3) years from the Initial Exercise Date, except for any events provided for in Article 91 ter of Annex II to the French tax code; provided, however, that the duration of this restriction on sale will be automatically adjusted to conform with any changes to the holding period required for favorable tax and social security treatment under Applicable Laws to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws.

(c) Termination of Employment Relationship: Upon Termination of an Optionee’s status as an Employee (other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of Termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Stock Option Agreement, and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement).

(d) Disability of Optionee: Upon Termination of an Optionee’s status as an Employee as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option at any time within six (6) months from the date of such Termination or such longer period of time as specified in the Stock Option Agreement, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such Termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement).

(e) Death of Optionee: In the event of the death of an Optionee while an Employee, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death.

(f) Option granted to corporate officers: In the event of Options granted pursuant to this Addendum to a corporate officer the Stock Option Agreement shall determine (i) the portion of the Options the corporate officer will not be entitled to exercise before the end of his functions or, (ii) the portion of the shares the corporate officer will have to hold until the end of his functions.

8. Non-Transferability of Options: An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

9. Changes in Capitalization: If any adjustment or substitution provided for in Section 8 of the Plan to the exercise price and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Options would violate Applicable Laws in such a way to jeopardize the favorable tax and social security treatment of this Plan together with this Addendum and the Options granted thereunder,


then no such adjustment nor substitution will be made prior to the exercise of any such outstanding Option.

10. Information Statements to Optionees: The Company or Subsidiary, as required under Applicable Laws, will provide each Optionee with copies to the appropriate governmental entities, such statements of information as required by the Applicable Laws.

11. Reporting to the Shareholders’ Meeting: The Subsidiary of the Company, if required under Applicable Laws, will provide its shareholders with an annual report with respect to Options granted and/or exercised by its Employees in the financial year.

Exhibit 10.2

I MPERVA I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE O F S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT )

You have been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Imperva Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:

  

Total Number of Shares:

  

Type of Option:

  

Exercise Price Per Share:

  

Date of Grant:

  

Date Exercisable:

   This option may be exercised with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each 3-month period of continuous Service thereafter.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Expiration Date:

   This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 2003 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

 

O PTIONEE :      IMPERVA I NC .     

 

     By:                          
     Title:              


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

I MPERVA I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO, a Nonstatutory Option, or a Nonstatutory Option described in Section 13, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Any interpretation of this Agreement will be made in accordance with the Plan, but in the event there is any contradiction between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

 

2


(c) Exercise/Sale . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(d) Exercise/Pledge . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above;

(ii) The date 3 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date 6 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Board of Directors may determine (but not less than six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability).

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

3


(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Leaves of Absence . For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all or any portion of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such

 

4


terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents that are paid other than as an ordinary cash dividends) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right

 

5


of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied;

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied; and

(d) The Purchase Price has been received by the Company.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the

 

6


judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee or a Transferee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY

 

7


CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8


(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted, or can expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, at the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s, as applicable, discretion.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. An individual shall not cease to be an “Employee” upon the transfer of such individual’s employment among the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

9


(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code (including a stock option described in Section 13).

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

10


(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

11


I MPERVA I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:  

 

     Social Security Number:   

 

Address:  

 

     Employee Number:   

 

 

 

       

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:                   , 200         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $             ¨ Nonstatutory (NSO)
Total number of shares of Common Stock of Imperva Inc. (the “Company”) covered by option:                          ¨ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which option is being exercised now:                      . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $         

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

 

¨ Check for $          , payable to “Imperva Inc.”

 

¨ Certificate(s) for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company that I have owned for at least six months. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)

 

¨ Attestation Form covering                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [please review the attached explanation of the available forms of ownership, and then check one box] :


¨    In my name only      
¨    In the names of my spouse and myself as community property       My spouse’s name (if applicable):
¨    In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship      

 

        
¨   

In the name of an eligible revocable trust

[requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

      Full legal name of revocable trust:
        

 

        

 

        

 

  

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:

 

     
     

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

R EPRESENTATIONS A ND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer is available, that the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

2


7. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8. I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9. I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the forms of ownership available for my Purchased Shares. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that does not satisfy the requirements described in the attached explanation (i.e., a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust), I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

11. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

12. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :      D ATE :   

 

                                                 

 

3


S TOCK T RANSFER A GREEMENT

T HIS S TOCK T RANSFER A GREEMENT is entered into as of              ,      , by I MPERVA , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),                      (the “Transferor”) and                      (the “Transferee”).

R ECITALS :

A. The Transferor is record owner of certain shares of the Common Stock of the Company and desires to transfer                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock to the Transferee.

B. The Transferee desires to acquire all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest to the Shares.

A GREEMENT :

1. The Transferor represents that the Transferor has good title to the Shares. Each of Transferor and Transferee represents that (a) they have all necessary power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and (b) this Agreement constitutes their valid and binding obligation.

2. The Transferor hereby transfers and assigns to the Transferee all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest to the Shares for no consideration.

3. The Transferee acknowledges that the Transferor purchased the Shares pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Transferor dated as of June 4, 2010, as it may have been amended (the “Stock Option Agreement”). The Transferee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, as if the Transferee were a party thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the Shares shall be subject to (a) the Company’s right of repurchase under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement, (b) the Company’s right of first refusal under Section 8 of the Stock Option Agreement and (c) the market stand-off provisions of Section 11(b) of the Stock Option Agreement.

4. The Transferor and the Transferee each represent that that the Transferee either (a) is a member of the Transferor’s immediate family or (b) is a trust established by the Transferor for the benefit of the Transferor and/or one or more members of the Transferor’s immediate family, and that the transfer of the Shares from the Transferor to the Transferee is expressly permitted by Section 7(e) of the Stock Option Agreement. In reliance on the foregoing representation, the Company acknowledges that its right of first refusal under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement does not apply to the transfer of the Shares from the Transferor to the Transferee. However, the Company’s right of first refusal under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement will apply to the Shares in the hands of the Transferee.


5. The Transferee represents that the Transferee is acquiring the Shares for investment for an indefinite period for the Transferee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Transferee has no present intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the same. The Transferee further represents that the Transferee does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or other third person with respect to any of the Shares.

6. The Transferee understands that the Shares are subject to the federal securities laws and applicable regulations and that the Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Transferee represents that the Transferee (a) is familiar with Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 as presently in effect, (b) understands the resale limitations imposed by Rule 144 and by the Act and (c) understands that the Company has no obligation, and no current plans, to satisfy the current-information requirements of Rule 144.

7. If the Transferee is not a United States person, the Transferee represents that the Transferee is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of the Transferee’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to acquire the Shares, including (a) the legal requirements within the Transferee’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Shares. The Transferee further represents that the Transferee’s acquisition and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Transferee’s jurisdiction.

8. The Transferee authorizes the Company to issue stop-transfer instructions to its stock transfer agent or, as long as it acts as its own transfer agent, to make a stop-transfer notation in its appropriate records whenever necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Transferee complies with this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Stock Option Agreement. The Transferee acknowledges that the Company is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and may take all actions that are necessary and appropriate to enforce this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Stock Option Agreement.

9. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the Stock Option Agreement.

10. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

11. This Agreement shall be binding upon the transferees, successors, assigns and legal representatives of the parties hereto.

12. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if each of the signatories had executed the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

I MPERVA , I NC .
By:  

 

Title:  

 

TRANSFEROR:

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

3


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NTERNATIONAL )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by


operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date 12 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work

 

3


policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability;

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Disability; or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer

 

4


Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the

 

5


applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”)

 

6


shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

7


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject

 

8


matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(f) Plan Discretionary . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(g) Extraordinary Compensation . The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h) Termination of Service . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(i) Authorization to Disclose . The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(j) Personal Data Authorization . The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (j). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use,

 

9


retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (j) by contacting the Human Resources Department of the Company in writing.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

10


(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

11


(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12


I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NTERNATIONAL )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:   
Total Number of Shares:   
Type of Option:   
Exercise Price per Share:   
Date of Grant:   
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each three-month period of continuous Service thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Expiration Date:    This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2003 Stock Plan (as amended) and the Stock Option Agreement (International), copies of which Optionee acknowledges receipt. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement (International) includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee . Optionee and the Company agree that signature of this Notice of Stock Option Grant may be affected electronically.

 

O PTIONEE :     I MPERVA , I NC .

 

    By:   

 

    Title:   

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NTERNATIONAL )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by

 

1


operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date 12 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work

 

3


policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability;

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Disability; or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer

 

4


Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the

 

5


applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”)

 

6


shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules . The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

8


(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(f) Plan Discretionary . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(g) Extraordinary Compensation . The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h) Termination of Service . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(i) Authorization to Disclose . The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(j) Personal Data Authorization . The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (j). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.

 

9


The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (j) by contacting the Human Resources Department of the Company in writing.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

10


(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

11


(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12


I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NTERNATIONAL )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc.:

 

  Name of Optionee:   
  Total Number of Shares:   
  Type of Option:   
  Exercise Price per Share:   
  Date of Grant:   
  Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each three-month period of continuous Service thereafter.
  Vesting Commencement Date:   
  Expiration Date:    This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2003 Stock Plan (as amended) and the Stock Option Agreement (International), copies of which Optionee acknowledges receipt. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement (International) includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee . Optionee and the Company agree that signature of this Notice of Stock Option Grant may be affected electronically.

 

O PTIONEE :      I MPERVA , I NC .

 

     By:   

 

     Title:   

    


I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

(I NTERNATIONAL O PTIONEE )

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:  

 

     Tax Identification Number:   

 

Address:  

 

     Employee Number:   

 

 

 

       

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:              ,      200         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $             ¨ Nonstatutory (NSO)
Total number of shares of Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by option:                        

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which option is being exercised now:                      . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $         

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

 

¨ Check for $          , payable to “Imperva, Inc.”

 

¨ Certificate(s) for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company that I have owned for at least six months. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)

 

¨ Attestation Form covering                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)


Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered

 

¨ In my name only

 

¨ Other                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares

   

 

should be sent to the following address:

   

 

   

 

   

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer is available, that the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

7. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

2


8 I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9 I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10 I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

11 I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :      D ATE :   

 

    

 

  

 

3


UK S UB _ PLAN OF THE I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN ( AS AMENDED JULY 28 2006)

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT )

You have been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

Type of Option:

  UK Unapproved Option

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Date Exercisable:

  This option may be exercised with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each 3-month period of continuous Service thereafter.

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Expiration Date:

  This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

 

1


This agreement has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date written below.

Dated:                     

 

SIGNED as a DEED

   )

By IMPERVA, INC.

   )

acting by the under-mentioned

   )

person(s) acting on the authority

   )

of the Corporation in accordance

   )

with the laws of the territory of

   )

its incorporation:

   )

Authorised signatory

  

SIGNED as a DEED

   )

by [insert name of Optionee]

   )

in the presence of:

  

Witness signature:

  

Name:

  

Address:

  

Occupation:

  

 

2


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. This option is intended to be an Unapproved Option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, the Joint Election and the Section 431 Election, copies of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Any interpretation of this Agreement will be made in accordance with the Plan, but in the event there is any contradiction between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The exercise of this Option is contingent upon the Optionee having executed (i) the Joint Election and (ii) the Section 431 Election. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5:

 

  (i) for the full amount of the Purchase Price;

 

  (ii) payment of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (iii) and payment of any Secondary NIC Liability (as defined in Section 4(g).

(b) Issuance of Shares. After receiving a proper notice of exercise, and payment and evidence of the Joint Election and Section 431 Election being executed, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option

(d) Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity. To the extent permitted by law, the Optionee agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any related corporation, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any related corporation to account for income tax (under PAYE) or any other taxation provisions and primary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions (“NICs”) in the United Kingdom to the extent arising from the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Common Shares acquired pursuant to this Option.

(e) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any Common Shares or any interest in Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless and until the Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to

 

2


indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has to account to HM Revenue & Customs for any amount of, or representing, income tax and/or primary NICs (the “Option Tax Liability”), or the Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from you within such period as the Company may then determine.

(f) In the absence of any such other arrangement being made, the Company shall have the right to retain out of the aggregate number of Common Shares to which the Optionee would have otherwise been entitled upon the exercise of this option, such number of Common Shares as, in the opinion of the Company, will enable the Company to sell as agent for the Optionee (at the best price which can reasonably expect to be obtained at the time of the sale) and to pay over to the Company sufficient monies out of the net proceeds of sale, after deduction of all fees, commissions and expenses incurred in relation to such sale, to satisfy the Optionee’s liability under such indemnity.

(g) As consideration of the grant of an Option under the Plan the Optionee joins with the Company and the employer, or if and to the extent that there is a change in the law, any other company or person who is or becomes a secondary contributor for NIC purposes in respect of this Option (the “Secondary Contributor”) in making an election (in such terms and such form as provided in paragraphs 3A and 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992) which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs (the “Joint Election”), for the transfer of the whole of any liability of the Secondary Contributor to Employer’s Class 1 NICs (the “Secondary NIC Liability”) to be transferred to the Optionee. The Joint Election must be executed before the Option can be exercised.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price the Option Tax Liability and the Secondary NIC Liability may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price, the Option Tax Liability and the Secondary NIC Liability may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price, the Option Tax Liability and the Secondary NIC Liability if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Exercise/Sale. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price, and the Option Tax Liability and the Secondary NIC Liability and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

3


(d) Exercise/Pledge. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant.

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date 3 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date 6 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Board of Directors may determine (but not less than six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability).

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this

 

4


option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Leaves of Absence. For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all or any portion of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate

 

5


reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents that are paid other than as an ordinary cash dividends) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

6


(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied;

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied; and

(d) The Purchase Price, the Option Tax Liability and the Secondary NIC Liablity have been received by the Company.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the

 

7


Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee or a Transferee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends. All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

8


(g) Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service or with the Royal Mail, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(f) Data Protection

(i) In order to facilitate the administration of the Plan, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about the

 

9


Optionee and to transfer this data to the Company and to certain third parties such as brokers with whom the Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. The Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing its personal data and transferring this data to any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(ii) Where the transfer is to be to a destination outside the European Economic Area, the Company shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the Optionee’s personal data continues to be adequately protected and securely held.

(iii) The Optionee understands that the Optionee may, at any time, view its personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Human Resources Department of the Company (but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer the Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to the Optionee).

SECTION 13. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(d) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(f) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted, or can expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, at the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s, as applicable, discretion.

(g) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is an employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. An individual shall not cease to be an “Employee” upon the transfer of such individual’s employment among the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

10


(h) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(j) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(k) “ Joint Election ” shall have the meaning set out in Section 4(g) of the Stock Option Agreement.

(l) “Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(m) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(n) “ Option Tax Liability ”(as defined in Section 4(e) of the Stock Option Agreement.

(o) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(p) “ Plan ” shall mean the UK Sub-Plan of the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(q) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(r) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.” Secondary NIC Liability ” (as defined in Section 4(g) of the Stock Option Agreement.

(s) “ Section 431 Election ” shall mean the election set out in Appendix 1 of the Stock Option Agreement (or such other form as proscribed by HM Revenue & Customs from time to time).

(t) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(u) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee.

(v) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

11


(w) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(x) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(y) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(z) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12


APPENDIX 1

 

 
Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of

Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

 

 

One Part Election

 

1. Between

 

the Employee

  [insert name of employee]

whose National Insurance Number is

  [insert NINO]

and

 

the Company (who is the Employee’s employer)

  Imperva UK Limited

of Company Registration Number

  05918482

 

2. Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NIC where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.

 

13


3. Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities    [insert number]
Description of securities    Common Stock of Imperva, Inc.
Name of issuer of securities    Imperva, Inc.

To be acquired by the Employee after [date of grant] under the terms of the UK Sub-Plan of the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan (as amended July 28 2006.).

 

4. Extent of Application

This election disapplies S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities.

 

5. Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

          /      /             
Signature (Employee)      Date

 

          /      /             
Signature (for and on behalf of the company)      Date

 

    
Position in company     

 

14


DATED

   2011

IMPERVA, INC.

- and -

IMPERVA UK LIMITED

- and -

OPTIONEE

 

 

JOINT ELECTION

In relation to the UK Sub-plan of the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan

 

 


JOINT ELECTION

BETWEEN

 

(1) IMPERVA, INC. whose office is at 3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood Shores, CA 94065, United States of America (the “Company”);

 

(2) IMPERVA UK LIMITED (company registration number 05918482) whose registered office is at 37 Broadhurst Gardens, London, NW6 3QT (the “Employer”);and

 

(3) [INSERT NAME OF OPTIONEE] of [ insert address of Optionee ] (the “Optionee” which shall include his executors or administrators in the case of his death).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) The Optionee may be granted, from time to time, options (each one an “Option”) to acquire shares of common stock in the Company (the “Shares”) on terms set out in stock option agreements issued pursuant to the UK Sub-Plan of the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan (as amended July 28 2006) (the “Plan”).

 

(B) This joint election (the “Joint Election”) is in an approved format. The exercise, cancellation, release, assignment or other disposal of an Option is subject to the Optionee entering into this Joint Election.

 

(C) The Optionee is currently an employee of the Employer.

 

(D) The exercise, release, cancellation, assignment or other disposal of an Option (a “Trigger Event”) (whether in whole or in part), may result in the Employer or, if and to the extent that there is a change in law, any other company or person who becomes the secondary contributor for National Insurance contributions (“NIC”) purposes at the time of such Trigger Event having a liability to pay employer’s (secondary) Class I NICs (or any tax or social security premiums which may be introduced in substitution or in addition thereto) in respect of such Trigger Event.

 

(E) Where the context so admits, any reference in this Joint Election:

 

  (i) to the singular number shall be construed as if it referred also to the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (ii) to the masculine gender shall be construed as though it referred also to the feminine gender;

 

  (iii) to a statute or statutory provision shall be construed as if it referred also to that statute or provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (iv) Shares means shares of common stock of the Company.


AGREED TERMS

 

1. Joint Election

 

1.1 It is a condition of the exercise, cancellation, release, assignment or other disposal of an Option that the Optionee has entered into this Joint Election with the Employer.

 

1.2 The Optionee, the Employer and the Company elect to transfer the liability (the “Liability”) for all of the employer’s (secondary) Class I NICs referred to in (D) above and charged on payments or other benefits arising on a Trigger Event and treated as remuneration and earnings pursuant to section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefit Act 1992 (“SSCBA”) to the Optionee. This Joint Election is made pursuant to an arrangement authorised by paragraph 3B, Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

2. Restriction on registration until liability paid by Optionee

The Optionee hereby agrees that no Shares shall be registered in his name until he has met the Liability as a result of a Trigger Event in accordance with this Joint Election.

 

3. Payment

 

3.1 Where, in relation to an Option, the Optionee is liable, or is in accordance with current practice at the date of the Trigger Event believed by the Employer to be liable (where it is believed that the shares under option are readily convertible assets), to account to the HM Revenue & Customs for the Liability, the Optionee and the Employer agree that, upon receipt of the funds to meet the Liability from the Optionee, such funds to meet the Liability shall be paid to the Collector of Taxes or other relevant taxation authority by the Employer on the Optionee’s behalf within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain on the Option was made (“the 14 day period”) and for the purposes of securing payment of the Liability the Optionee will on the occurrence of a Trigger Event::

 

  (a) pay to the Employer a cash amount equal to the Liability; and/or

 

  (b) suffer a deduction from salary or other remuneration due to the Optionee such deduction being in an amount not exceeding the Liability; and/or

 

  (c) at the request of the Employer enter into such arrangement or arrangements necessary or expedient with such person or persons (including the appointment of a nominee on behalf of the Optionee) to effect the sale of Shares acquired through the exercise of the Option to cover all or any part of the Liability and use the proceeds to pay the Employer a cash amount equal to the Liability.

 

3.2 The Optionee hereby irrevocably appoints the Company and the Employer as his attorney with full power in his name to execute or sign any document and do any other thing which the Company or the Employer may consider desirable for the purpose of giving effect to the Optionee satisfying the Liability under clause 3.1 and satisfying any penalties and interest under clause 3.4, save that this power of attorney shall be limited as set out below. The Optionee further agrees to ratify and confirm whatever the Company and the Employer may lawfully do as his attorney. The power of attorney granted in this clause shall be limited to the grant of a right for the Employer and/or the Company to enter into such an arrangement (as envisaged by clause 3.1(c)) on the Optionee’s behalf to sell sufficient of the Shares issued or transferred to the Optionee on the exercise of the Option to meet the Liability pursuant to clause 3.1 and any penalty or interest arising under clause 3.4.

 

2


3.3 The Employer shall pass all monies it has collected from the Optionee in respect of the Liability to the Collector of Taxes by no later than 14 days after the end of the income tax month in which the Trigger Event occurred. The Employer shall be responsible for any penalties or interest that may arise in respect of the Liability from any failure on its part after it has collected any monies from the Optionee to pass the Liability to the Collector of Taxes within the said 14 days period.

 

3.4 If the Optionee has failed to pay all or part of the Liability to the Employer within the 14 day period the Optionee hereby indemnifies the Employer against such penalties or interest that the Employer would have to pay in respect of the late payment of all or part of the Liability to the Collector of Taxes.

 

4. Termination of Joint Election

 

4.1 This Joint Election shall cease to have effect on the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (a) if the terms of this Joint Election are satisfied in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the Employer and the Optionee;

 

  (b) if the Company, the Employer and the Optionee jointly agree in writing to revoke this Joint Election;

 

  (c) if the HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Joint Election so far as it relates to share options covered by the Joint Election but not yet granted;

 

  (d) if the Options lapse or no Option is otherwise capable of being exercised pursuant to the UK Sub-Plan of the Plan; and/or

 

  (e) if the Company and/or the Employer serve notice on the Optionee that the Joint Election is to cease to have effect.

 

5. Further assurance

 

5.1 The Company, the Employer and the Optionee shall do all such things and execute all such documents as may be necessary or desirable to ensure that this Joint Election complies with all relevant legislation and/or HM Revenue & Customs requirements.

 

5.2 The Optionee shall notify the Employer in writing of any Trigger Event which occurs in relation to an Option within three days of such Trigger Event.

 

6. Secondary Contributor

The Employer enters into this Joint Election on its own behalf and on behalf of the Company, or, if and to the extent that there is a change in law, any other company or person who is or becomes a secondary contributor for NIC purposes in respect of an Option. It is agreed that the Employer can enforce the terms of this Joint Election against the Optionee on behalf of any such company.

 

7. Binding Effect

 

7.1 The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election and for the avoidance of doubt the Optionee shall continue to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election regardless of which country the Optionee is working in when the Liability arises and regardless of whether the Optionee is an employee of the Employer when the Liability arises.

 

7.2

The Employer and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Joint Election and for the avoidance of doubt the Employer and the Company shall continue to be

 

3


bound by the terms of this Joint Election regardless of which country the Optionee is working in when the Liability arises and regardless of whether the Optionee is an employee of the Employer when the Liability arises.

 

8. Governing Law

This Joint Election shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any claims, disputes or issues which may arise out of this deed. This Joint Election has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date written above.

 

SIGNED as a DEED

    

by IMPERVA, INC.

acting by the under-mentioned

person(s) acting on the authority

of the Company in accordance

with the laws of the territory of

its incorporation:

    
     Authorised signatory
     Authorised signatory

SIGNED as a DEED

by IMPERVA UK LIMITED

acting by:

    
     Director
     Director/Secretary

SIGNED as a Deed

by [insert name of Optionee]

 

in the presence of:

    

Witness signature:

    

Name:

    

Address:

    

Occupation:

    

 

4


UK S UB -P LAN OF THE I MPERVA , I NC . 2003 S TOCK P LAN ( AS

AMENDED J ULY  28 2006)

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

(UK O PTIONEE )

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:  

 

     NIC Number:   

 

Address:  

 

     Employee Number:   

 

 

 

       

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:                   , 200         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $             ¨ UK Unapproved
Total number of shares of Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by option:                    

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which option is being exercised now:                      . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $         

Payment of Option Tax Liability and Secondary NIC Liability (where applicable):                     

Form of payment enclosed for Total Exercise Price and Option Tax Liability and Secondary NIC Liability [check all that apply] :

 

¨ Cheque for $          , payable to “Imperva, Inc.”

 

¨ Certificate(s) for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company that I have owned for at least six months. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)

 

¨ Attestation Form covering                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. (These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.)

Tax elections enclosed and signed.


¨        Joint Election

¨        Section 431 Election

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered

¨        In my name only

¨        Other

 

 

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares  

 

should be sent to the following address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer is available, that the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

7.

I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to

 

2


 

hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8. I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9. I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

11. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :    D ATE :   

 

  

 

  

 

3


S TOCK T RANSFER A GREEMENT (UK)

T HIS S TOCK T RANSFER A GREEMENT is entered into as of                  ,          , by I MPERVA , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),                      (the “Transferor”) and                      (the “Transferee”).

R ECITALS :

A. The Transferor is record owner of certain shares of the Common Stock of the Company and desires to transfer                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock to the Transferee.

B. The Transferee desires to acquire all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest to the Shares.

A GREEMENT :

1. The Transferor represents that the Transferor has good title to the Shares. Each of Transferor and Transferee represents that (a) they have all necessary power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and (b) this Agreement constitutes their valid and binding obligation.

2. The Transferor hereby transfers and assigns to the Transferee all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest to the Shares for no consideration.

3. The Transferee acknowledges that the Transferor purchased the Shares pursuant to a Notice of Grant and Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Transferor (the “Stock Option Agreement”). The Transferee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, as if the Transferee were a party thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the Shares shall be subject to (a) the Company’s right of first refusal under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement and (b) the restrictions on transfer in Section 10 of the Stock Option Agreement, including the market stand-off provisions of Section 10(b) of the Stock Option Agreement.

4. The Transferor and the Transferee each represent that that the Transferee either (a) is a member of the Transferor’s immediate family or (b) is a trust established by the Transferor for the benefit of the Transferor and/or one or more members of the Transferor’s immediate family, and that the transfer of the Shares from the Transferor to the Transferee is expressly permitted by Section 7(e) of the Stock Option Agreement. In reliance on the foregoing representation, the Company acknowledges that its right of first refusal under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement does not apply to the transfer of the Shares from the Transferor to the Transferee. However, the Company’s right of first refusal under Section 7 of the Stock Option Agreement will apply to the Shares in the hands of the Transferee.


5. The Transferee represents that the Transferee is acquiring the Shares for investment for an indefinite period for the Transferee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Transferee has no present intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the same. The Transferee further represents that the Transferee does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or other third person with respect to any of the Shares.

6. The Transferee understands that the Shares are subject to the federal securities laws and applicable regulations and that the Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Transferee represents that the Transferee (a) is familiar with Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 as presently in effect, (b) understands the resale limitations imposed by Rule 144 and by the Act and (c) understands that the Company has no obligation, and no current plans, to satisfy the current-information requirements of Rule 144.

7. If the Transferee is not a United States person, the Transferee represents that the Transferee is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of the Transferee’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to acquire the Shares, including (a) the legal requirements within the Transferee’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Shares. The Transferee further represents that the Transferee’s acquisition and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Transferee’s jurisdiction.

8. The Transferee authorizes the Company to issue stop-transfer instructions to its stock transfer agent or, as long as it acts as its own transfer agent, to make a stop-transfer notation in its appropriate records whenever necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Transferee complies with this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Stock Option Agreement. The Transferee acknowledges that the Company is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and may take all actions that are necessary and appropriate to enforce this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Stock Option Agreement.

9. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the Stock Option Agreement.

10. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

11. This Agreement shall be binding upon the transferees, successors, assigns and legal representatives of the parties hereto.

12. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if each of the signatories had executed the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

I MPERVA , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TRANSFEROR:

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

3


I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN

The following terms and conditions will apply in the case of grants to French residents and to those individuals who are otherwise subject to the laws of France.

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Addendum relating to terms and conditions for French Option Grants (the “ Addendum ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. To the extent that any term is defined in both the Plan and the Addendum, for purposes of this Agreement and the Notice of Stock Option Grant, the definitions in the Addendum shall prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan, this Agreement, the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Addendum, the Addendum shall prevail.

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT ) FRENCH

OPTIONEES

You have been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. (the “Company”) subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Addendum, the Stock Option Agreement and this Notice of Stock Option Grant, as follows:

 

Name of Optionee:

  

Total Number of Shares:

  

Type of Option:

   Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

Exercise Price Per Share:

   $0.

Date of Grant:

  

Date Exercisable:

   This option may be exercised with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each 3-month period of continuous Service thereafter.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Expiration Date:

  

This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the

 


2003 Stock Plan, the Addendum and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

 

O PTIONEE :     I MPERVA , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

I MPERVA , I NC .

2003 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

Option . The Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Addendum, which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 11(b) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail; provided, however, in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and the Addendum, the Addendum shall prevail.

This Option is intended to be a French-qualified Option that qualifies for the favorable tax and social security regime in France, as set forth in the French Addendum. Certain events may affect the status of the Option as a French-qualified Option and the Option may be disqualified in the future. The Company does not make any undertaking or representation to maintain the qualified status of the French-qualified Option during the life of the Option, and Optionee will not be entitled to any damages if the Option no longer qualifies as a French-qualified Option.

(a) The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO, a Nonstatutory Option, or a Nonstatutory Option described in Section 13, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan and the Addendum, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan and the Addendum are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Any interpretation of this Agreement will be made in accordance with the Plan and the Addendum, but in the event there is any contradiction between the provisions of this Agreement


the Plan and the Addendum, the provisions of the Addendum will prevail. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Addendum and the Plan, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan and the Addendum by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Plan and the Addendum this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

2


SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Exercise/Sale . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(d) Exercise/Pledge . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date 3 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date 6 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Board of Directors may determine (but not less than six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability).

 

3


The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Leaves of Absence. For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(f) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(g) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(h) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

4


SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all or any portion of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents that are paid other than as an ordinary cash dividends) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

5


(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied;

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied; and

(d) The Purchase Price has been received by the Company.

 

6


SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee or a Transferee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires

 

7


an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan and 9 of the Addendum. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

8


SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement, the Plan and the Addendum constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

Optionee has received the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other related communications, and Optionee consents to having received these documents in English. If Optionee has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan or the Addendum translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

Je reconnais expressément par les présentes, que je comprends et parle parfaitement la langue anglaise, que j’ai eu le temps nécessaire pour entièrement lire et parfaitement comprendre le présent contrat ainsi que l’ensemble des documents et annexes s’y afférant et que j’ai eu l’opportunité de m’en entretenir avec les conseils de mon choix. ( I represent that I perfectly speak and understand English language, that I had enough time to review and understand this agreement as all the related documents and appendix and that I had the opportunity to obtain advice from the counsels of my choice).

 

9


SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted, or can expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, at the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s, as applicable, discretion.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. An individual shall not cease to be an “Employee” upon the transfer of such individual’s employment among the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

10


(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code (including a stock option described in Section 13).

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Imperva, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

11


O PTIONEE :     I MPERVA , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

12


IMPERVA INC.

OPTION AGREEMENT

Made as of the      day of              , 2010

 

BETWEEN:    Imperva Inc.
   A Delaware corporation
   (hereinafter the “Company” )
   on the one part
AND:    Name:
   I.D. No.
   Address:
   (hereinafter the “Optionee”)
   on the other part

 

WHEREAS    On February 24, 2003, the Company duly adopted and the Board approved an Appendix to the 2003 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) forming an integral part of the Plan, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, forming an integral part hereof; and -
WHEREAS    Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has decided to grant Options to purchase Shares of the Company to the Optionee, and the Optionee has agreed to such grant, subject to all the terms and conditions as set forth in the Plan and as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE , it is agreed as follows:

 

1


1. Preamble and Definitions

 

  1.1 The preamble to this agreement constitutes an integral part hereof.

 

  1.2 Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2. Grant of Options

 

  2.1 The Company hereby grants to the Optionee the number of Options as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, each Option shall be exercisable for one Share, upon payment of the Exercise Price as set forth in Exhibit B , subject to the terms and the conditions as set forth in the Plan and as provided herein.

 

  2.2 The Optionee is aware that the Company intends in the future to issue additional shares and to grant additional options to various entities and individuals, as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

3. Period of Option and Conditions of Exercise

 

  3.1 The terms of this Option Agreement shall commence on the date of grant and terminate at the expiration date, or at the time at which the Option expires pursuant to the terms of the Plan or pursuant to this Option Agreement.

 

  3.2 Options may be exercised only to purchase whole Shares, and in no case may a fraction of a Share be purchased. If any fractional Share would be deliverable upon exercise, such fraction shall be rounded up one-half or less, or otherwise rounded down, to the nearest whole number.

 

4. Adjustments

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(e) of the Plan and in addition thereto, if in any such Change in Control as described in Section 6(e) of the Plan, the surviving corporation or its parent does not agree to assume or substitute for the Options, all unexercised Options shall be expired as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

5. Vesting; Period of Exercise

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Options shall vest and become exercisable according to the vesting dates set forth in Exhibit B hereto, provided that the Optionee is an Employee of or providing services to the Company and/or its Affiliates on the applicable vesting date.

All unexercised Options granted to the Optionee shall terminate and shall no longer be exercisable on the expiration date.

 

6. Exercise of Options

 

  6.1

Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 14.8 herein. The notice shall specify the election to exercise Options, the number of Shares for which the Options are being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising the Options shall sign the notice. In the event that Options are being exercised by the

 

2


 

representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise the Options. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 7 herein, for the full amount of the Exercise Price. The Company will notify the Trustee of any exercise of any Approved 102 Options.

 

  6.2 Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which Options have been exercised, provided that the Shares issued upon exercise of Approved 102 Options shall be registered in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Optionee and the share certificate of such Shares shall be deposited in the hands of the Trustee.

 

  6.2 In order for the Company to issue Shares upon the exercise of any of the Options, the Optionee hereby agrees to sign any and all documents required by any applicable law and/or by the Company’s incorporation documents.

 

  6.3 Until the consummation of an initial public offering, such Stock shall be voted by an irrevocable proxy (the “ Proxy ”) pursuant to the directions of the Board, such Proxy to be assigned to the person or persons designated by the Board. Such person or persons designated by the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) reasonably incurred by him/her, or any liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Company) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the voting of such Proxy unless arising out of such member’s own fraud or bad faith, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any rights of indemnification the person(s) may have as a director or otherwise under the Company’s incorporation documents, any agreement, any vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, insurance policy or otherwise. Without derogating from the above, with respect to Approved 102 Options, such shares shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 and any rules, regulations or orders promulgated thereunder.

 

  6.4 The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares upon the exercise of an Option if such issuance, in the opinion of the Company, might constitute a violation by the Company of any provision of law.

 

7. Payment For Stock

 

  7.1 Cash . All or part of the Exercise Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents. If payment shall be made in New Israeli Shekels, it shall be made at the Representative Rate of Exchange for the U.S. dollar last published by the Bank of Israel prior to the date of actual payment.

 

  7.2

Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to

 

3


 

the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

 

  7.3 Exercise/Sale . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the exercise of Approved 102 Options subject to the provisions of Appendix A of the Plan, any proceeds must be delivered to the Trustee for the benefit of the Optionee.

 

  7.4 Exercise/Pledge . At the discretion of the Board of Directors and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the exercise of Approved 102 Options subject to the provisions of Appendix A of the Plan, any proceeds must be delivered to the Trustee for the benefit of the Optionee

 

8. Term And Expiration .

 

  8.1 Basic Term . Options shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in Exhibit B .

 

  8.2 Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

  (i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Exhibit B ;

 

  (ii) The date 3 (three) months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

 

  (iii) The date 6 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Board of Directors may determine (but not less than six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability).

For avoidance of any doubt, if termination of Service is for Cause, any outstanding unexercised Option (whether vested or non-vested), will immediately expire and terminate, and the Optionee shall not have any right in connection to such outstanding Options

 

4


For the purpose of this Section “ Cause” means, (i) conviction of any felony involving moral turpitude or affecting the Company; (ii) any refusal to carry out a reasonable directive of the chief executive officer, the Board or the Optionee’s direct supervisor, which involves the business of the Company or its Affiliates and was capable of being lawfully performed; (iii) embezzlement of funds of the Company or its Affiliates; (iv) any breach of the Optionee’s fiduciary duties or duties of care of the Company; including without limitation disclosure of confidential information of the Company; and (v) any conduct (other than conduct in good faith) reasonably determined by the Board to be materially detrimental to the Company.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of his Options at any time before their expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that the Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, the Options shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet vested and exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of the Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

  8.3 Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then the Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

  (i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 8.1 above; or

 

  (ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of the Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired the Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Options had become vested and exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, the Options shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which Options are not yet exercisable.

 

  8.4 Leaves of Absence . For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

9. Right of First Refusal

 

  9.1

Right of First Refusal . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, until such time as the Company shall complete an IPO, an Optionee shall not have the right to sell Shares issued upon the exercise of an Option within six (6) months and one day of the date of exercise of such Option or issuance of such Shares. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall

 

5


 

have the right of first refusal with respect to all or any portion of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written transfer notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Transferee ”) and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws, including Israeli Securities Laws, if applicable. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Section 9.2 below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the right of first refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

  9.2 Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its right of first refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, including Israeli Securities Laws, if applicable, and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Section 9.1 above. If the Company exercises its right of first refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

  9.3 Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents that are paid other than as an ordinary cash dividends) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 9 shall immediately be subject to the right of first refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 9.

 

  9.4

Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 9

 

6


 

notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no right of first refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Sections 9.1 and 9.2 above.

 

  9.5 Permitted Transfers . This Section 9 shall not apply to a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession provided that the transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Section 9.5 or after the Company has failed to exercise the right of first refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

  9.6 Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 9, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

  9.7 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company may freely assign the Company’s right of first refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the right of first refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 9.

 

10. Legality of Initial Issuance.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of Options unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

  10.1 It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

  10.2 Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied;

 

  10.3 Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied;

 

  10.4 All applicable withholding taxes with respect to 102 Options and 3(i) Options have been paid and, with respect to Approved 102 Options, evidence of such payment shall have been received by the Trustee and the Company; and

 

  10.5 The exercise Price has been received by the Company.

 

7


11. No Registration Rights

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

12. Restrictions on Transfer of Options and Shares

 

  12.1 The transfer of Options and the transfer of Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Options shall be subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan, in the Company’s incorporation documents, in any shareholders’ agreement to which the holders of ordinary shares of the Company are bound, or in any applicable law including securities law of any jurisdiction.

 

  12.2 With respect to any Approved 102 Option, subject to the provisions of Section 102 and any rules or regulation or orders or procedures promulgated thereunder, an Optionee shall not sell or release from trust any Share received upon the exercise of an Approved 102 Option and/or any share received subsequently following any realization of rights, including without limitation, bonus shares, until the lapse of the Holding Period required under Section 102 of the Ordinance. Notwithstanding the above, if any such sale or release occurs during the Holding Period, the sanctions under Section 102 of the Ordinance and under any rules or regulation or orders or procedures promulgated thereunder shall apply to and shall be borne by such Optionee.

 

  12.3 With respect to Unapproved 102 Option, if the Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate, the Optionee shall extend to the Company and/or its Affiliate a security or guarantee for the payment of tax due at the time of sale of Shares, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 and the rules, regulation or orders promulgated thereunder.

 

  12.4 Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

 

  12.5

Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the Market Stand-

 

8


 

Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

  12.6 The Optionee shall not dispose of any Shares in transactions which violate, in the opinion of the Company, any applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

  12.7 Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

  12.8 Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

  12.9 Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

9


  12.10 Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

  12.11 The Optionee agrees that the Company shall have the authority to endorse upon the certificate or certificates representing the Shares such legends referring to the foregoing restrictions, and any other applicable restrictions as it may deem appropriate (which do not violate the Optionee’s rights according to this Option Agreement).

 

  12.12 Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 12 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

13. Taxes; Indemnification

 

  13.1 Any tax consequences arising from the grant or exercise of any Option, from the payment for Shares covered thereby or from any other event or act (of the Company and/or its Affiliates, the Trustee or the Optionee), hereunder, shall be borne solely by the Optionee. The Optionee, as a condition to the exercise any Option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements The Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including withholding taxes at source. Furthermore, the Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Optionee.

 

  13.2 The Optionee will not be entitled to receive from the Company and/or the Trustee any Shares allocated or issued upon the exercise of Options prior to the full payments of the Optionee’s tax liabilities arising from Options which were granted to him and/or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required to release any share certificate to the Optionee until all payments required to be made by the Optionee have been fully satisfied.

 

  13.3 The receipt of the Options and the acquisition of the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Options may result in tax consequences. THE OPTIONEE IS ADVISED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF RECEIVING OR EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

  13.4

With respect to Approved 102 Options, the Optionee hereby acknowledges that he is familiar with the provisions of Section 102 and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, including without limitations the type of Option granted hereunder and the tax implications applicable to such grant. The Optionee accepts the provisions of the trust agreement signed between the Company and the Trustee,

 

10


 

attached as Exhibit D hereto, and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

14. Miscellaneous

 

  14.1 No Obligation to Exercise Options . The grant and acceptance of these Options imposes no obligation on the Optionee to exercise it.

 

  14.2 Confidentiality . The Optionee shall regard the information in this Option Agreement and its exhibits attached hereto as confidential information and the Optionee shall not reveal its contents to anyone except when required by law or for the purpose of gaining legal or tax advice.

 

  14.3 Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the Options until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to Sections 6 and 7.

 

  14.4 Continuation of Employment or Service . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

  14.5 Entire Agreement . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, to which this Option Agreement is subject, this Option Agreement, together with the exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to Options granted hereunder, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between the Optionee and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

  14.6 Failure to Enforce - Not a Waiver . The failure of any party to enforce at any time any provisions of this Option Agreement or the Plan shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.

 

  14.7 Provisions of the Plan . The Options provided for herein are granted pursuant to the Plan and said Options and this Option Agreement are in all respects governed by the Plan and subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan.

Any interpretation of this Option Agreement will be made in accordance with the Plan but in the event there is any contradiction between the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Option Agreement will prevail.

 

  14.7 Binding Effect . The Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereof.

 

  14.8

Notices . All notices or other communications given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered or mailed by registered mail with postage and fees prepaid or deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or delivered by email or facsimile with written confirmation of receipt to the Optionee and/or to the Company at the addresses shown on the letterhead above, or at such other place as the Company may designate by written notice to the Optionee. The Optionee is responsible for notifying the Company in writing of any change in the Optionee’s address, and the Company shall be

 

11


 

deemed to have complied with any obligation to provide the Optionee with notice by sending such notice to the address indicated below.

Company’s Signature:

Name:

Position:

Signature:                     

I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and accept the Options subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. I have reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement, and fully understand all provisions of this Option Agreement. I agree to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

 

            
Date       Optionee’s Signature   

 

Exhibit A:   Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan
Exhibit B:   Terms of the Option
Exhibit C:   Proxy
Exhibit D:   Trust Agreement

 

12


EXHIBIT B

TERMS OF THE OPTION

 

Name of the Optionee:   
Date of Grant:   
Designation:   

•       Approved 102 Option:

  

Capital Gain Option (CGO)

 

1. Number of Options granted:

 

2. Exercise Price: $

 

3. Vesting Dates:

 

Number of Options

  

Vesting Date

  
  
4. Expiration Date: 10 years.

 

          
Optionee     Company   

 

 

13


EXHIBIT C

PROXY

The undersigned, as record holder of securities of Imperva Inc. described below, hereby irrevocably appoints Chairman of the Board, each individually, as my proxy to attend all shareholders’ meetings and to vote, execute consents, and otherwise represent me with respect to exercised shares (i.e. options exercised into shares pursuant to the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan) in the same manner and with the same effect as if the undersigned were personally present at any such meeting or voting such securities or personally acting on any matters submitted to shareholders for approval or consent.

This proxy is made pursuant the Imperva Inc. 2003 Stock Plan dated 14 th  January 2003.

The Shares shall be voted by the proxy holder in the same proportion as the votes of the other shareholders of the Company.

This proxy is irrevocable as it may effect rights of third parties.

The irrevocable proxy will remain in full force and effect until the consummation of an initial public offering, upon which it will terminate automatically.

This proxy shall be signed exactly as the shareholder’s name appears on his share certificate. Joint shareholders must each sign this proxy. If signed by an attorney in fact, the Power of Attorney must be attached.

 

 

    

 

NAME

                 DATE

 

 

 

 
 

    SIGNATURE

 

 

14


EXERCISE NOTICE

Exercise of Option – effective as of today,              , 2010 the undersigned (the “ Optionee” ) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s Option to purchase              Shares of Common Stock of Imperva Inc. (hereinafter the “ Company” and the “ Shares ) pursuant to the 2003 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and Appendix A – Israel to the Plan (both the Plan and the appendix shall be referred herein as the “ Plan ”) and the Option Agreement dated              , (the “ Option Agreement” ).

Delivery of Payment – Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full exercise price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

Trustee - Optionee herewith understands and acknowledges that the Shares issued upon the exercise of Optionee’s Options shall be allocated or issued to a trustee nominated by the company (the “ Trustee ”) and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961.

Representations of Optionee - Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

Tax Consequences – Any tax consequences arising from the grant or exercise of any Option, from the payment for Shares covered thereby or from any other event or act (of the Company and/or its Affiliates, the Trustee or the Optionee), hereunder, shall be borne solely by the Optionee. The Company and/or its Affiliates, and/or the Trustee shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including the withholding of taxes at source. Furthermore, the Optionee agrees to indemnify the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Optionee.

The Company and/or the Trustee shall not be required to release any Share certificate to any Optionee until all required payments have been fully made.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
OPTIONEE       Imperva Inc.

 

     
Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Signature
Address :       Address :

 

      125 Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv

Exhibit 10.9

I MPERVA , I NC .

S UMMARY OF S TOCK P URCHASE ( WITH A CCELERATION )

The Purchaser is acquiring shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. on the following terms:

 

Name of Purchaser:   Shlomo Kramer
Total Number of Purchased Shares:   1,265,730
Purchase Price per Share:   $1.65
Date of Offer:   September 30, 2010
Date of Purchase:   September 30, 2010
Vesting Commencement Date:   May 1, 2010
Vesting Schedule:   The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of the Purchased Shares when the Purchaser completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to an additional 6.25% of the Purchased Shares when the Purchaser completes each three-month period of continuous Service thereafter. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s Service terminates, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to 50% of the remaining unvested Shares. If the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s service with the Company terminates and if the Purchaser is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months after such Change in Control, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to all of the remaining unvested Shares.

The Purchase Price must be paid on or before the Date of Purchase set forth above. If the Purchaser fails to make payment before the Date of Purchase, this offer automatically terminates.

By signing below, the Purchaser and the Company agree that the acquisition of the Purchased Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement. The Stock Purchase Agreement is attached to, and made a part of, this Summary of Stock Purchase. The Purchaser further agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to this purchase and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Purchaser also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Purchaser by email.

 

P URCHASER :      I MPERVA , I NC .
      

/s/ Aviv Shoham

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

     By:  

Aviv Shoham

Shlomo Kramer      Title:  

VP Finance


I MPERVA , I NC .

S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

(a) Transfer . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase and this Agreement, the Company agrees to transfer to the Purchaser the number of Shares set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

(b) Consideration . The Purchaser agrees to pay the Purchase Price set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase for each Purchased Share. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents on the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(c) Withholding Taxes . The Purchaser, as a condition to the transfer of the Purchased Shares, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all federal and state tax withholding requirements.

(d) Defined Terms . Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right . Until they vest in accordance with the Summary of Stock Purchase and Subsection (b) below, the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser’s Service. The Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to the Purchase Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right . The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s Service terminates, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to 50% of the remaining Restricted Shares. If the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s service with the Company terminates and if the Purchaser is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months after such Change in Control, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to all of the remaining Restricted Shares.

 

1


(c) Escrow . Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Purchaser’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right . The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or

 

2


consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares . The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 2.

(i) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Purchaser commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Purchaser and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Purchaser goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Purchaser is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Purchaser immediately returns to active work.

SECTION 3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Purchased Shares, or any interest in Purchased Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Purchased Shares. If the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Purchaser shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Purchased Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Purchaser and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Purchased Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Purchased Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a

 

3


notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Purchaser may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Purchaser is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Purchased Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Purchased Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Purchased Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Purchased Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

 

4


(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.

SECTION 4. OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Purchaser Representations . In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Purchaser is acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(ii) The Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Purchaser obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

(iii) The Purchaser is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including (without limitation) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, the resale occurring only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, the sale occurring through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

5


(iv) The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under the securities laws or regulations of any State.

(v) The Purchaser has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares, and the Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

(vi) The Purchaser is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Purchaser is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Purchased Shares.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(c) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Purchaser or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed

 

6


180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (c). This Subsection (c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

SECTION 5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL.

The Purchaser’s employment with the Company shall be “at will,” meaning that either the Purchaser or the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Purchaser’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration. Any contrary representations that may have been made to the Purchaser shall be superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between the Purchaser and the Company on the “at will” nature of the Purchaser’s employment, which may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by the Purchaser and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than the Purchaser).

 

7


SECTION 7. TAX ELECTION.

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit. The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

SECTION 8. LEGENDS.

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9. NOTICE.

Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the

 

8


Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.

SECTION 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

The Summary of Stock Purchase and this Agreement constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof. The Purchaser acknowledges that the grant of the right to acquire the Purchased Shares fully satisfies the Company’s obligation to the Purchaser with respect to the grant of equity. The Purchaser further acknowledges that any additional grant of equity to the Purchaser will occur only to the extent it is approved by the Board of Directors, at its sole discretion.

SECTION 11. CHOICE OF LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(c) “Cause” shall mean:

(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Purchaser of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

(ii) A material breach by the Purchaser of any agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

(iii) A material failure by the Purchaser to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;

(iv) The Purchaser’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof;

(v) The Purchaser’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(vi) A continuing failure by the Purchaser to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

 

9


(vii) A failure by the Purchaser to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Purchaser’s cooperation.

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean a “Liquidation Event,” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(h) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(i) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(j) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Purchaser’s Service by reason of:

(i) The involuntary discharge of the Purchaser by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii) The voluntary resignation of the Purchaser following (A) a change in the Purchaser’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility, (B) a reduction in the Purchaser’s base salary by more than 10% or (C) receipt of notice that the Purchaser’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles.

(k) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(l) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(m) “ Purchased Shares ” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

10


(n) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased pursuant to this Agreement, as specified in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(o) “ Purchaser ” shall mean the person named in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(p) “ Repurchase Period ” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Purchaser’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(q) “ Restricted Share ” shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

(r) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

(s) “ Right of Repurchase ” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 2.

(t) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(u) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(v) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock.

(w) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(x) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(y) “ Summary of Stock Purchase ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(z) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser has directly or indirectly transferred any Purchased Share.

(aa) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Purchased Shares described in Section 3.

 

11


E XHIBIT I

S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

This statement is made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2.

 

  (a) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

Name:   Shlomo Kramer   
Address:  

 

  
 

  
Social Security No.:   

  

 

 

  (b) The property with respect to which the election is made is 1,265,730 shares of the common stock of Imperva, Inc.

 

  (c) The property was transferred on September 29, 2010.

 

  (d) The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year 2010.

 

  (e) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right lapses in a series of installments over a four-year period ending on September 29, 2014.

 

  (f) The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that by its terms will never lapse) is $1.65 per share.

 

  (g) The amount paid for such property is $1.65 per share.

 

  (h) A copy of this statement was furnished to Imperva, Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

  (i) This statement is executed on September 29, 2010.

 

 

    

 

Signature of Spouse (if any)      Signature of Taxpayer

Within 30 days after the date of purchase, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center where the Purchaser files his or her federal income tax returns. The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The Purchaser must (a) file a copy of the completed form with his or her federal tax return for the current tax year and (b) deliver an additional copy to the Company.

Exhibit 10.10

I MPERVA , I NC .

S UMMARY OF S TOCK P URCHASE ( WITH A CCELERATION )

The Purchaser is acquiring shares of the Common Stock of Imperva, Inc. on the following terms:

 

Name of Purchaser:    Shlomo Kramer
Total Number of Purchased Shares:    421,909
Purchase Price per Share:    $1.65
Date of Offer:    September 30, 2010
Date of Purchase:    September 30, 2010
Vesting Commencement Date:   

September 30, 2010

Vesting Schedule:    The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to all Purchased Shares when the Purchaser completes 60 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. In addition, the Right of Repurchase shall immediately lapse with respect to all Purchased Shares if the Company, before the Purchaser’s Service terminates, either (a) is subject to a Change in Control or (b) effects an IPO (each, an “Exit Transaction”) and the Company is valued at more than $500 million in such Exit Transaction, as determined by using the fair market value of the consideration paid to the Company’s stockholders in a Change of Control (as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) or as determined by using the final “price to public” set forth on the cover of the Company’s final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) in connection with the Company’s IPO.

The Purchase Price must be paid on or before the Date of Purchase set forth above. If the Purchaser fails to make payment before the Date of Purchase, this offer automatically terminates .

By signing below, the Purchaser and the Company agree that the acquisition of the Purchased Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement. The Stock Purchase Agreement is attached to, and made a part of, this Summary of Stock Purchase. The Purchaser further agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to this purchase and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Purchaser also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Purchaser by email.

 

P URCHASER :       I MPERVA , I NC .

/s/ Shlomo Kramer

      By:  

/s/ Aviv Shoham

Shlomo Kramer       Title:  

VP Finance


I MPERVA , I NC .

S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

(a) Transfer . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase and this Agreement, the Company agrees to transfer to the Purchaser the number of Shares set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

(b) Consideration . The Purchaser agrees to pay the Purchase Price set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase for each Purchased Share. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents on the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(c) Withholding Taxes . The Purchaser, as a condition to the transfer of the Purchased Shares, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all federal and state tax withholding requirements.

(d) Defined Terms . Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right . Until they vest in accordance with the Summary of Stock Purchase and Subsection (b) below, the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser’s Service. The Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to the Purchase Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right . The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. In addition, the Right of Repurchase shall immediately lapse with respect to all Restricted Shares if the Company, before the Purchaser’s Service terminates, either (i) is subject to a Change in Control or (ii) effects an IPO, (each, an “Exit Transaction”) and the Company is valued at more than $500 million in such Exit Transaction, as determined by using the fair market value of the consideration paid to the Company’s stockholders in a Change of Control (as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) or as determined by using the final “price to public” set forth on the cover of the


Company’s final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) in connection with the Company’s IPO.

(c) Escrow . Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Purchaser’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right . The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be

 

2


paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares . The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 2.

(i) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Purchaser commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Purchaser and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Purchaser goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Purchaser is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Purchaser immediately returns to active work.

SECTION 3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Purchased Shares, or any interest in Purchased Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Purchased Shares. If the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Purchaser shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Purchased Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Purchaser and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Purchased Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Purchased Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject,

 

3


however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Purchaser may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Purchaser is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Purchased Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Purchased Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Purchased Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Purchased Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the

 

4


Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.

SECTION 4. OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Purchaser Representations . In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Purchaser is acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(ii) The Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Purchaser obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

(iii) The Purchaser is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including (without limitation) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, the resale occurring only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, the sale occurring through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in

 

5


Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

(iv) The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under the securities laws or regulations of any State.

(v) The Purchaser has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares, and the Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

(vi) The Purchaser is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Purchaser is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Purchased Shares.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(c) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Purchaser or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the

 

6


Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (c). This Subsection (c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

SECTION 5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL.

The Purchaser’s employment with the Company shall be “at will,” meaning that either the Purchaser or the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Purchaser’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration. Any contrary representations that may have been made to the Purchaser shall be superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between the Purchaser and the Company on the “at will” nature of the Purchaser’s employment, which may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by the Purchaser and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than the Purchaser).

 

7


SECTION 7. TAX ELECTION.

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase set forth in the Summary of Stock Purchase. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit. The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

SECTION 8. LEGENDS.

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9. NOTICE.

Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the

 

8


Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.

SECTION 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

The Summary of Stock Purchase and this Agreement constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof. The Purchaser acknowledges that the grant of the right to acquire the Purchased Shares fully satisfies the Company’s obligation to the Purchaser with respect to the grant of equity. The Purchaser further acknowledges that any additional grant of equity to the Purchaser will occur only to the extent it is approved by the Board of Directors, at its sole discretion.

SECTION 11. CHOICE OF LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(c) “ Change in Control ” shall mean a “Liquidation Event,” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

(d) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Imperva, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(h) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

9


(i) “ IPO ” shall mean the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or SB-2 under the Securities Act.

(j) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(k) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(l) “ Purchased Shares ” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

(m) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased pursuant to this Agreement, as specified in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(n) “ Purchaser ” shall mean the person named in the Summary of Stock Purchase.

(o) “ Repurchase Period ” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Purchaser’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(p) “ Restricted Share ” shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

(q) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

(r) “ Right of Repurchase ” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 2.

(s) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(t) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(u) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock.

(v) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(w) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

10


(x) “ Summary of Stock Purchase ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(y) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser has directly or indirectly transferred any Purchased Share.

(z) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Purchased Shares described in Section 3.

 

11


E XHIBIT I

S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

This statement is made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2.

 

  (a) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

Name:   Shlomo Kramer   
Address:  

 

  
 

  
Social Security No.:   

  

 

  (b) The property with respect to which the election is made is 421,909 shares of the common stock of Imperva, Inc.

 

  (c) The property was transferred on September 29, 2010.

 

  (d) The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year 2010.

 

  (e) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right lapses on May 1, 2015.

 

  (f) The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that by its terms will never lapse) is $1.65 per share.

 

  (g) The amount paid for such property is $1.65 per share.

 

  (h) A copy of this statement was furnished to Imperva, Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

  (i) This statement is executed on September 29, 2010.

 

 

Signature of Spouse (if any)

   

 

Signature of Taxpayer

Within 30 days after the date of purchase, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center where the Purchaser files his or her federal income tax returns. The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The Purchaser must (a) file a copy of the completed form with his or her federal tax return for the current tax year and (b) deliver an additional copy to the Company.

EXHIBIT 10.11

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

OEM A GREEMENT

This OEM Agreement is made effective 9-9 , 2009 (“Effective Date”) by and between Imperva, Inc. , a Delaware company having its principal executive offices at 3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101 Redwood Shores, CA 94065 and Imperva, Ltd. , an Israeli company having its principal place of business at 125 Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv, Israel 67010, Israel (Imperva, Inc. and Imperva, Ltd. will be referred to herein collectively as “ Imperva ”) and American Portwell Technology Inc. (“Seller”) , a California company having its principle executive offices at 44200 Christy St., Fremont, CA 94538 U.S.A. ;

WHEREAS, Imperva develops data security software and markets data security products;

WHEREAS, Caswell Inc., a Taiwanese company having its principle executive offices at 186 Jian-Yi Rd., Chung Ho City, 235 Taipei, Taiwan (“Caswell”) manufactures certain general purpose network appliance hardware products;

WHEREAS, Seller is a distributor of Caswell and sells certain general purpose network appliance hardware products manufactured by Caswell; and

WHEREAS, Seller wishes, and Imperva desires to have Seller, to embed certain portions of such Imperva software in hardware products manufactured on behalf of Imperva.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, promises, obligations and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1. “Code” shall mean the object code version of the Imperva software designated in Exhibit A attached hereto (including, all updated, upgrades, fixes and the like provided by Imperva hereunder).


1.2. “Confidential Information” shall mean all information and materials disclosed by or on behalf of Imperva hereunder (including, without limitation, the Code and all ideas, inventions and other technical, business, financial, customer and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information).

1.3. “Customers” shall mean Imperva’s end user customers as designated in a Purchase Order.

1.4. “Fulfillment Centers” shall mean Seller’s fulfillment centers specified in Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing).

1.5. “Integrated Products” shall mean the hardware products specified in Exhibit A when appliances are combined with the Code, add-on cards are integrated in the appliances and network interface cards are either integrated in the appliances or sold separately (also as specified in Exhibit A).

1.6. “Marks” shall mean the trademarks and logos provided by Imperva hereunder for incorporation onto the Integrated Products and associated packaging.

1.7. “Purchase Orders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

1.8. “Releases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

1.9. “Specifications” shall mean the specification for the Integrated Products set forth in Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing).

1.10. “Support Services” shall mean the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

2. Scope . Seller agrees to manufacture (through Caswell), package and sell to Imperva the Integrated Products. This Agreement is non-exclusive and the parties may enter into similar agreements with other parties. Imperva shall not be obligated to purchase any Integrated Products from Seller hereunder. Seller (either directly or through Caswell) shall be responsible for all plant, equipment, labor, materials and facilities necessary to manufacture the Integrated Products. Seller will comply with the additional terms and conditions set forth in the Exhibits hereto.

3. Code License; Restrictions . Imperva hereby grants Seller a non-exclusive, non-sublicenseable (except as set forth below), non-transferable license: (i) to (only through Caswell, or such other manufacturing entity that is agreed to by the parties in writing) copy and use the Code and tools provided by Imperva solely as necessary to create the Integrated Products in accordance with Exhibit A and (ii) distribute the Code to Imperva (and/or Customers) solely as part of such Integrated Products. The license set forth in Section 3(i) may be exercised by Caswell. Seller will be fully responsible for any act or omission by Caswell that, if undertaken by Seller, would constitute a breach of this Agreement. Seller will not (and will not allow any third party to): (i) disassemble, decompile or otherwise reverse engineer the Code, or otherwise attempt to learn the source code, structure, algorithms or ideas underlying the Code (except and only to the extent this clause is expressly prohibited by applicable law), (ii) rent, lease or


otherwise provide temporary access to Code, (iii) modify the Code, (iv) distribute the Code except to as part of the Integrated Products to Imperva (or Customers), or (v) remove any names, designations or notices from the Code. Imperva shall have the right to designate third party component manufacturers to develop and/or supply components for the Integrated Products that will fit to the Integrated Product proprietary interface. In such event, after settling a proper arrangement that Seller shall be paid a reasonable royalty fee per unit sold by the third party vendor to Imperva, Seller will provide (or will ensure that Caswell will provide) such third parties with all technical information they may request as reasonably necessary for such development/supply, including but not limited to mechanical, electrical and software interface information. Seller shall engage such third party manufacturers and make appropriate supply arrangements (the terms of which shall be subject to Imperva’s written approval).

4. Marks . Seller will affix the Marks supplied by Imperva to the Integrated Products (and Integrated Product packaging) in accordance with Exhibit A and any other directions Imperva may provide. Except as set forth in this Section 4, neither Seller nor Caswell shall have no right to use the Marks.

5. Quality Control

5.1. Quality Systems . Seller will ensure that the quality of reproduced Code included in the Integrated Products is equivalent to the quality of the Code originally delivered to Seller pursuant to this Agreement. Seller will test and inspect Integrated Products prior to shipment (to ensure that they conform to all of the Specifications), using its standard testing and inspection procedures, as well as the testing and inspection procedures specified in Exhibit A. Seller will keep (and will ensure Caswell will keep) detailed inspection records and make them available to Imperva upon request. Seller will maintain and make such records available to Imperva for a period of at least three (3) years after the last shipment hereunder. All Integrated Products (and all Integrated Product components) shall be, except as otherwise provided for in Exhibit B, new (i.e. not refurbished). Seller will ensure that updates and upgrades of the Code are integrated into the Integrated Products within a commercially reasonable period from the time it is received from Imperva (but not to exceed 10 business days). Seller shall provide “Quality Reports” to Imperva, at intervals and in a format reasonably requested by Imperva. Quality Reports will include all information reasonably requested by Imperva including, but not limited to, on-time delivery statistics, return rates, information regarding technical support incidents (minor, major and critical), response times and required corrective actions. Seller shall maintain its current ISO-9001 certification and shall ensure Caswell will acquire ISO-9001 and ISO-14001 certification by the end of June 2010 and maintain the certification thereafter.

5.2. Inspection . During the term of this Agreement, Imperva is entitled to conduct periodic inspections to ensure Seller’s and Caswell’s compliance with Section 5.1. Upon at least three (3) business days prior notice to Seller, Seller shall allow Imperva (or Imperva’s designated representatives) to visit the facilities at which the Integrated Products (or components thereof) are manufactured and/or developed (including, without limitation, the facilities of Caswell and the Fulfillment Centers). Seller will (and will ensure that Caswell) fully cooperate with Imperva in such inspections. In the event a failure or defect is discovered during an inspection, Seller will, within ten (10) days from receipt of notice from Imperva, provide a written proposal to Imperva on steps/procedures to be implemented to correct such failure/defect


(and begin taking diligent and prompt action to implement such correction(s)). Such inspections will not relieve Seller of liability with respect to Integrated Products later found to be defective or liability regarding Seller’s failure to meet any of its obligations under this Agreement.

6. Support . Seller will provide Imperva and its Customers with the Support Services in accordance with Exhibit B.

7. Term; Termination . This Agreement becomes effective as of the day and year written above, and shall have a term of one (1) years from the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as set forth below. This Agreement shall be renewed and continue indefinitely after the initial term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Imperva may terminate this Agreement, for any reason, upon providing Seller with a six (6) months advance written notice at any time, and Seller may terminate this Agreement, for any reason, upon providing Imperva with nine (9) months advance written notice at any time. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days from receipt of written notice thereof. Delay in payments by either party of 30 days or less shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement. Upon termination of this Agreement, Seller will immediately return to Imperva (or destroy) all copies of the Code and Confidential Information in its possession (or the possession of Caswell or any Fulfillment Center). Seller will, upon Imperva’s request, provide Imperva with written certification that all such Code and Confidential Information has been returned or destroyed. The following provisions of this Agreement will survive termination: 7, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 14 through 19 (inclusive). In addition, upon termination, Seller will release (pursuant to final Release(s) issued by Imperva, and subject to the delivery obligations set forth in Section 8 and Section 20) all Integrated Products that were delivered to the Fulfillment Centers on or before the termination date.

8. Purchases; Delivery; Payment, Bank Guarantee, Change Requests; End-of-Life .

8.1. Forecasts . Each month Imperva will provide Seller with a non-binding rolling manufacturing forecast covering [ *** ] calendar months, beginning with the month in which such forecast is provided. Such forecast will specify the number of Integrated Products that Imperva anticipates purchasing during the next [ *** ] month period. Both parties acknowledge and agree that such forecasts are estimates, and shall not be regarded as any firm commitment by Imperva to purchase and by Seller to supply such quantities. Imperva shall become legally bound to purchase Integrated Products only when it issues a Purchase Order as specified below.

8.2. Purchase Orders . Imperva will order Integrated Products hereunder by submitting purchase orders to Seller (“Purchase Orders”). Seller shall accept and acknowledge in writing all Purchase Orders submitted by Imperva that are in accordance with this Agreement and shall provide the confirmed date of arrival (“Confirmed Date of Arrival”) at the Fulfillment Center which shall not exceed the number of days set forth below. Seller will only reject a Purchase Order if such order does not comply with the terms or this Agreement. If Seller does not provide Imperva with valid written notice of rejection within five (5) business days from Imperva’s submission of a Purchase Order to Seller, such Purchase Order shall be automatically accepted. Seller will ensure that all Integrated Products ordered under a Purchase Order are


manufactured by Caswell and shipped to a Fulfillment Center and ready for release as set forth below within [ *** ] days from receipt of the applicable Purchase Order. All Purchase Orders issued under this Agreement shall be subject only to the terms and conditions hereof. Any other Seller terms and conditions shall not apply to this Agreement or the Purchase Orders. Imperva shall have the right to cancel any Purchase Order if it provides notice of cancellation to Seller not later than ten (10) days after the Purchase Order submission date. Imperva shall issue a Release (as set forth in Section 8.4) for each Integrated Product within six (6) months from such products arrival at the Fulfillment Center. In case that Imperva has not issued a Release within six (6) months from the arrival of an Integrated Product (that had been ordered by Imperva under this Agreement) at the Fulfillment Center, Seller shall have the right to ship such Integrated Product to a “Default Imperva Warehouse” (set forth in Exhibit A) and invoice Imperva, provided that all shipments from the Fulfillment Center had been shipped on first in first out (“FIFO”) basis and the Integrated Products meet all the specifications and quality requirements. Integrated Products that have been ordered by Imperva under this Agreement and held in the Fulfillment Center (or at Imperva’s Logistics Partners) for more than one hundred and five (105) days will carry price markup as set forth in the following table:

 

Number of days

     0 to 105        106-120        121-150        151-180   

% markup

     [***]        [***]        [***]        [***]   

8.3. Integrated Products Storage . Imperva shall inform Seller in writing of the identity of any of its logistics subcontractors (“Logistics Partners”). The Integrated Products shall either (at Imperva’s election): (i) be held by the Fulfillment Centers (subject to release as set forth below) or (ii) be consigned to Imperva and held at Imperva locations (either Imperva’s own facility or at its Logistics Partner’s facility). For Integrated Products consigned to Imperva, Imperva shall pay the costs of shipment to Imperva or Logistics Partner location and shall bear the risk of loss from the time of shipment from the Fulfillment Center. For all Integrated Products on consignment to Imperva, Imperva or its Logistics Partner shall hold all such Integrated Products in a separate, defined area (“Consignment Location”), not commingled with any other goods. Integrated Product consignment shall not start until at least one calendar quarter after the first Release and shall not exceed an average of [ *** ] percent [ *** ] of the total value of the aggregated Integrated Products inventory at the Fulfillment Centers and at the Logistic Partners.

8.4. Releases . Seller will ship the Integrated Products upon receipt of an applicable release from Imperva (“Release”). Integrated Products will be shipped on FIFO basis to the locations designated in the applicable Release. The parties shall agree on an acceptable electronic or paper delivery procedure for submission by Imperva of the Releases. Requests to ship Integrated Products to Logistic Partner location shall not be deemed a Release. For Releases issued and received before 15:00 local time at the Fulfillment Center, Integrated Products ordered without adjustments will be packed and shipped on the same business day. For Releases issued and received after 15:00 local time at the Fulfillment Center, Integrated Products will be packed and shipped on the next business day.


8.5. Adjustments . Imperva may also request that Seller make limited adjustments to the Integrated Products (as set forth in Exhibit A to include add-on cards and/or change the network interface card, or as otherwise reasonably requested by Imperva). Seller will make such adjustments related to add on cards and/or network interface cards within two (2) business days from Imperva’s request.

8.6. Pulls . For Integrated Products that are on consignment to Imperva, either at Imperva or Logistics Partner location, such Integrated Products shall be deemed to be Released for purposes of the Agreement, when the Integrated Products are pulled by Imperva or Logistics Partner. An Integrated Product shall be considered to be “pulled” when it is physically removed from the physical location that comprises the Consignment Location. Imperva shall notify Seller within one (1) business day of all Integrated Products pulled from the Consignment Location(s).

8.7. Delivery. Seller shall deliver Integrated Products to Imperva (or the designated Customers), and title and risk of loss to Integrated Products purchased under this Agreement shall pass to Imperva upon shipping of the Integrated Products to their final destination and updating Imperva of such delivery by a shipping log, as set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement (including part number, revision, Serial Number, Challenge key, Tracking number, end user and Order number). Imperva shall pay for all costs of shipping and shipping insurance. Unless Imperva specifies, in writing, the method of shipment and carrier to be used, Seller shall ship Integrated Products in the manner it reasonably deems appropriate given the nature of the Integrated Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller will, at Seller’s expense, pack, palletize and label all Integrated Product shipments (in a manner acceptable to the carriers and that ensures the Integrated Products safe delivery). In the event Seller becomes aware of any circumstances that may delay the shipping from Caswell to the Fulfillment Center or delivery from the Fulfillment Center to Imperva (or its designated Customer) of any Integrated Products, Seller will immediately notify Imperva in writing of such possible delay (such notice will detail the reasons for the delay and a revised estimated delivery date). If any arrival of Integrated Products at the applicable Fulfillment Center or any shipping to Imperva (or the designated Customers) is delayed for more than [ *** ] days, Imperva shall have the right to deem a material breach and terminate this Agreement according to section 7 and/or cancel any part of the delayed purchase order. In addition, with respect to a delay in the arrival of Integrated Products at the Fulfillment Center (“Delay Type A”), and with respect to a delay in shipping of ordered Integrated Product to Imperva or to Imperva’s designated Customer (“Delay Type B”), Seller shall (within thirty (30) days from the applicable delay event) pay to Imperva the following percentage of the price charged to Imperva for the affected Integrated products as delay compensation charges (“Delay Compensation Charges”) provided that, for each delay event, the Delayed Compensation Charges shall not exceed [ *** ] percent [ *** ] of the price charged by Seller to Imperva for the affected Integrated Products. Delay Compensation Charges shall not apply on late delivery of third party add-on cards, provided that such add-on cards were ordered on time by Seller and were not delivered on time by the third party vendor to the Fulfillment Center.

 

Delay Type

     Day 1-7        Day 8-14        Day 15-21        Day 22-28        Later   

A (arrival at the Fulfillment Center)

     [***]        [***]        [***]        [***]        [ *** ]   

B (shipping from the Fulfillment Center)

     [***]        [***]        [***]        [***]        [***]   


8.8. Payment . For all Integrated Products delivered to Imperva or to its Customers, Seller shall invoice Imperva at the prices specified in Exhibit A. Imperva shall make full payment of undisputed invoices for the Integrated Products within thirty-one (31) days after the end of the month in which the invoice was issued. Payment delay from seven to fourteen (7-14) days shall bear a fine of 1% of the invoice, between fourteen to thirty (14-30) days an additional 1% of the invoice and between thirty to sixty days another 1% of the invoice (total 3%). Imperva shall have the right to set off, against its payments to Seller, all amounts owed by them to Imperva. In case of a disputed invoice, Imperva shall hold only the disputed part payment and not the entire invoice.

8.9. Standby Letter of Credit . Imperva shall deposit with Seller an irrevocable standby letter of credit (“Standby LC”) on the total amount of [ *** ] percent [ *** ] of the selling value of Integrated Products and add-on cards ordered by Imperva hereunder and held in the Fulfillment Center inventory. The total sum of the Standby LC will be periodically revised and updated to the actual average value of the above mentioned inventory. The Standby LC shall be valid for one year and shall be renewed for additional one year periods until all inventory issues are covered and ended. The Standby LC terms shall be in accordance with the sample Standby LC in Exhibit C of this Agreement.

8.10. Imperva Engineering Change Requests (ECR) . Imperva may request, in writing, that Seller make changes to the Specifications and/or provide engineering support for the integration of a new third party add-on in the Integrated Product. Within five (5) business days after receipt of such request, Seller shall (at no cost to Imperva) notify Imperva in writing of (i) the feasibility of the requested change, (ii) any NRE charges (for special development or tooling, but not for administrative costs) or the impact on Integrated Product pricing, if any, created by the changes and (iii) the earliest date by which Seller estimates such change could be implemented. Imperva shall then notify Seller if it desires to go ahead with the change, and if so, the Specifications and pricing shall be amended accordingly by the parties. For clarity, Seller will not unreasonably withhold or delay agreement to changes requested by Imperva (as set forth in this Section 8.10) and will use its best efforts to implement such changes at the earliest opportunity.

8.11. Seller Engineering Change Requests (ECR) . Seller shall inform Imperva (in writing) at least [ *** ] months in advance (or sooner if possible) of any proposed changes that may affect the Integrated Products or their packaging, and as soon as Seller is aware of planned changes in third party add-on cards, including, without limitation, the following changes: (i) changes to any of the component parts of the Integrated Products except for alternate source of passive components on the boards (i.e. passive components that will not affect the use or functionality of the Integrated Products), (ii) changes in the production process or location, or (iii) changes to PCB technology (iv) changes in embedded software such as but not limited to BIOS, EPROMs, or any programmable device. The notice shall include a written description of


the proposed change, including the reason for the change, any NRE charges and the expected effect of the change on the Integrated Products, including its price. Imperva shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to accept, reject or mutually agree to an alternate plan for such changes and will inform Seller of its approval or rejection of those changes in writing within two (2) weeks. If Imperva rejects any such proposed changes, Imperva may require Seller to continue supplying the unaltered Integrated Products.

8.12. End-of-Life . Seller shall notify Imperva at least [ *** ] months in advance (“EOL Notice”) if there is a notice from a supplier that the supplier is withdrawing any component used in the Integrated Products, or if a component used to make any of the Integrated Products will otherwise become unavailable, (in either case, “EOL”) even if there is a commercially reasonable substitute. In such event, Seller shall allow Imperva to order Integrated Products or EOL components for delivery at dates up to [ *** ] months after the EOL date. On purchase of such EOL components, upon receiving the components from its supplier, Seller shall invoice Imperva for the components and keep the components as Imperva owned inventory. Integrated Products EOL dates shall occur no earlier than the dates specified in Exhibit A.

8.13. Spare Parts . For a period of [ *** ] years after the end of life date of Integrated Product, Seller shall make available spare parts, replacement parts and/or repair services for the Integrated Products.

8.14. Staffing . Seller acknowledges and agrees that during peak orders load and peak ordered volumes, such as, but not limited to, new products/versions releases, end of quarter/end of year periods, there will be, on each Fulfillment Center sufficient certified staff on site, available to work the necessary hours (including, but not limited to: 24 hours per day staffing and/or during weekends, holidays other than, as determined by dates and general practices in the USA, Chinese New Year, Yom Kippur and Christmas, and any period of time, if needed) in order to process, fulfill and ship the Integrated products in accordance with the timelines and terms mentioned in this Agreement.

9. Warranties; Disclaimer . Seller represents and warrants that (i) it has the full right, power and authority to enter this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) during the successive warranty periods specified in Exhibit B (each a “Warranty Period”), each Integrated Product will conform strictly, to all applicable Specifications and be free from defects in materials and workmanship (the first Warranty Period begins on the date the applicable Integrated Product is shipped (by Imperva or a Fulfillment Center) to the Customer); (iii) all Integrated Products will be of merchantable quality and fit and sufficient for their intended purposes; (iv) it has and is conveying to Imperva, clear and marketable title to all Integrated Products, free from all liens and encumbrances; and (v) all Integrated Products and Support Services will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and will not violate or infringe upon any third party intellectual property or other rights or interest of any nature whatsoever. In the case of the Support Services, Seller additionally represents and warrants that such services shall be performed in a professional manner in accordance with applicable industry standards except to the extent a higher standard is specified in which case the higher standard shall apply. In the event of a breach of Section 9(ii), Seller will, in accordance with Exhibit B, either: (i) repair the applicable Integrated Products, (ii) replace such Integrated Products with fully conforming Integrated Products, or (iii) if neither (i) or (ii) can be achieved, provide


Imperva with a refund of the purchase price paid by Imperva for such products. All warranties made in this Section shall survive inspection, test, acceptance and payment.

10. Limitation on Liability . EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO SELLER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, A BREACH OF SECTION 3, A BREACH OF SECTION 4, OR A BREACH OF SECTION 11, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE HEREUNDER FOR ANY (I) INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR (II) AMOUNTS IN THE AGGREGATE IN EXCESS OF THE FEES PAID HEREUNDER BY IMPERVA TO SELLER DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE DATE THE CAUSE OF ACTION ACCRUES.

11. Confidentiality . Except as expressly and unambiguously licensed above, the party receiving Confidential Information (“Recipient”) from the other party (“Discloser”) will (i) hold the Confidential Information in strict confidence, (ii) take all reasonable precautions to protect such Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all precautions the Recipient employs with respect to its most highly confidential materials), and (iii) not use (except as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement) or disclose any Confidential Information except to employees of the Recipient who have a “need to know” the Confidential Information for the purposes of this Agreement and are subject to written obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as protective of the Discloser’s Confidential information as this Agreement. In addition, Seller (as Recipient) may disclose Imperva’s Confidential Information to third party manufacturers of components that will be incorporated into the Integrated Products; provided that, (i) Seller notifies Imperva in written in advance, of each such manufacturer and (ii) each such manufacturer is bound by terms and conditions (to which Imperva is a third party beneficiary) at least as protective of Imperva and its Confidential Information as this Agreement. The foregoing obligations shall not apply to information Recipient can clearly document (i) is lawfully known to Recipient prior to receipt from Discloser (provided Recipient informs Discloser of such fact within ten (10) days after receipt of such Confidential Information), (ii) is made generally available to the public without breach of Recipient’s obligations hereunder, (iii) is rightfully acquired by Recipient from a third party without restriction on disclosure, provided such third party did not obtain the information directly or indirectly from Imperva, or (iv) is independently developed by Recipient without use of or reference to any Confidential Information by employees of Recipient who have had no access to such information. Sections 11(i) and (iii) shall not apply with respect to Confidential Information Seller receives from Caswell. Recipient may make disclosures required by law or court order provided Recipient (i) promptly notifies Discloser in writing of any potentially required disclosures, (ii) uses its best efforts to limit disclosure and to obtain confidential treatment or a protective order, and (iii) allows Discloser to participate in the proceeding.

12. Indemnification . Each party agrees (as “Indemnitor”) to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the other party (and its employees, subsidiaries, customer, affiliates, successors and agents) (as “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all third party claims (and all resulting judgments, third party liabilities, damages payable to third parties, expenses and costs (including, but not limited to, court costs and attorneys’ fees)) which relate to or arise out of (a) in the case of Seller as Indemnitor, allegations that the Integrated Products, or any part thereof, or the manufacturing or assembly or integration processes used by or on behalf of Seller, infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates any third party intellectual property right, (b)


injury to person or property caused by Indemnitor, or (where Seller is Indemnitor) any Integrated Product, (c) the negligence or willful misconduct of Indemnitor or , (d) Indemnitor’s breach of this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity obligations by Seller shall not apply to the extent the applicable injury arises from the Marks or the Code (in either case, as provided by Imperva hereunder). The Indemnitor’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement are contingent on the Indemnitee promptly notifying the Indemnitor in writing of any claim or threat thereof, promptly tendering to the Indemnitor sole control of the defense and any settlement of such claim, and providing to Indemnitor (at Indemnitor’s cost) any assistance necessary to such defense or settlement.

13. Assignment . Neither party shall assign any right or obligation arising from this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other; provided that, either party may, without such consent, assign this Agreement to a successor to substantially all of its business or assets. Any purported assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

14. Relief . Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that due to the unique nature of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of its obligations under Sections 3 or 11, which breach may result in irreparable harm to Disclosing Party, and therefore, that upon any such breach or any threat thereof, Disclosing Party shall be entitled to appropriate equitable relief, without the requirement of posting a bond, in addition to whatever remedies it might have at law.

15. Notices . All notices may be served personally or mailed to either party at its address set forth above or such other address as such party may provide in writing from time to time. Any such mailed notice shall be effective when deposited in the mails, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid.

16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed, controlled, interpreted and defined by and under the laws of the State of California and the United States (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof or the UN Convention on the International Sale of Goods). Except for claims for injunctive or equitable relief or claims regarding intellectual property rights (which may be brought in any competent court), any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be finally settled in accordance with the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”) by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with such Rules. All arbitrators shall have substantial experience in resolving complex commercial contract disputes, including in the software and hardware industry. The arbitrators shall have the authority to grant specific performance and to allocate between the parties the costs of arbitration (including service fees, arbitrator fees and all other fees related to the arbitration) in such equitable manner as the arbitrator(s) may determine. The arbitration shall take place in San Francisco, California, in the English language and the arbitral decision may be enforced in any court. Subject to the preceding arbitration provision, the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any action with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be the state and Federal courts located in San Francisco, California and each of the parties hereto submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purpose of any such action. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to costs and attorneys’ fees.


17. Waivers and Amendments . No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial waiver thereof include any other right, power or privilege. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, discharged or terminated except by a written document signed by duly authorized officers of the parties.

18. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law or be so held by applicable court decision, such unenforceability or invalidity shall only apply to such provision and shall not render this Agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole; and, in such event, such provision shall be modified or interpreted so as to best accomplish the objective of such unenforceable or invalid provision within the limits of applicable law or applicable court decision and the manifest intent of the parties hereto.

19. Relationship of the Parties . In fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement, each party shall be acting as an independent contractor. This Agreement does not make either party the employee, agent or legal representative of the other.

20. Unique Material . For materials purchased or produced by Seller (either directly or via Caswell) only for Imperva and not usable for other Seller’s customers or other Caswell’s customers (“Unique Material”), Seller shall notify Imperva about the minimal order quantity and a unit cost and shall purchase (or shall ensure Caswell will purchase) such Unique Material only upon getting Imperva’s consent in writing. Upon termination of this Agreement or a change in the bill of materials of an Integrated Product (“BOM”), Seller shall invoice Imperva for the remaining inventory of any Unique Material (ordered in accordance with this Section 20) that becomes unusable (subject to the next sentence). Seller shall use reasonable commercial efforts to return unused Unique Material and to cancel pending orders for such material, and to otherwise mitigate the amounts payable by Imperva.

21. Force Majeure

“Force majeure” shall refer to any event beyond the reasonable control of either party and that still cannot be avoided even if the party affected has exercised reasonable care, including but not limited government actions, acts of God, fire, explosions, storms, flood, earthquakes, tides, lightning or war. But a lack of credit, funds or financing shall not be deemed a circumstances beyond the reasonable control of either party. The party affected by a “force majeure event” shall notify the other party of such relief from liability as soon as possible. In the event that the performance of this Agreement is delayed or impeded by the aforementioned “force majeure,” the party affected by such force majeure shall not be liable in any way under this Agreement to the extent of such delay or impedance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by persons duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.


  IMPERVA, INC.
  /s/ Merav Davidson
By  

Merav Davidson

Title  

SVP, Business Operations

  9/9/09

 

  Seller
  /s/ Allen Lee
By  

Allen Lee

Title  

President & CEO

  08/31/2009


EXHIBIT A

Statement of Work

Scope of work:

Factory

Seller shall ensure Caswell’s factory will provide a full solution, including: fully assembled (in accordance to Annex 1), imaged with Imperva’s software and tested product, spare and add-on items, accessories, documentation, packaging, shipping documentation and administration, warranty and out of warranty troubleshooting, repair and refurbishments, bug fix, SW upgrade and update.

Fulfillment Centers

Seller’s Fulfillment Centers will provide imaging with Imperva’s software and testing of the Integrated Products, spare and add-on items, short term warehousing and inventory handling, adjustments of the products (including but not limited to installation of add-on items), packaging, shipping documentation and administration, warranty and out of warranty troubleshooting, repair and refurbishments, bug fix, SW upgrade and update.

Fulfillment Centers:

For the agreement with American Portwell Technologies Inc.:

44200 Christy St.

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A

For the agreement with Dan-El Technologies Ltd.:

58 Amal st.

Petach-Tikva 49513

ISRAEL

Default Imperva Warehouse

Default Imperva Warehouse address shall be:

Imperva Inc.

C/O

Pilot San Francisco – SFO

26300 Corporate Avenue Hayward, CA 94545

or such other address as Imperva may provide in writing from time to time.

Pricing:

All prices are in USD with FOB Fulfillment Center co-terms and refer to the detailed Specifications set forth in Annex 1.

Seller and Imperva shall aim a target cost reduction of [ *** ] per year. The cost will be reviewed on a quarterly basis and updated thereafter for new orders.

 

E-1


Appliances Pricing

 

Appliance

   Price

X1000

   [***]

X2000

   [***]

X2500

   [***]

X4500

   [***]

X6500

   [***]

M100

   [***]

M150 option 1

   [***]

M150 option 2

   [***]

 

* Integrated Product cost is based on Embedded CPU’s. However, as long as non-embedded compatible CPU’s are available and approved by Imperva, Seller will be allowed to provide the Integrated Products with the non-embedded CPU’s without additional discount to Imperva. Once the non-embedded CPU’s are announced EOL, Seller may reserve a stock buffer based on Imperva’s non-binding forecast and Imperva will have no commitment to buy those CPU’s.

 

E-2


Add On pricing

 

Network Interface Cards / sold separate or integrated

4 x 1GbE c Bypass

   PW AKN-484       [ *** ]

2 x 1GbE fiber

   PW AKN-482       [ *** ]

2 x 10GbE fiber SR

   PW AKN-522SR       [ *** ]

2 x 10GbE fiber LR

   PW AKN-522LR       [ *** ]

Additional Add On Cards / sold integrated in the platform

Light Out Management

   LOM     
 
 
 
 
Includes riser, bracket, front
panel and lexan change
(where applicable) and 1
hour additional testing of
add-on card
  
  
  
  
  
   [ *** ]

SSL Accelerator

   Silicom PCI-X SSL accelerator – PXS2510-RoHS       [ *** ]

Fiber Channel Dual Port card

   Emulex PCI-E Lpe11002-M4       [ *** ]

HSM card

   nCipher 6000e F2       [ *** ]

Future add-on

   Future 3 rd party add-on       [ *** ]

When parts (such as front panel, copper bypass, riser) are removed from the standard appliance as part of the installation of an add-on card, the removed parts shall be kept at the Fulfillment Center as Imperva owned inventory.

Seller shall negotiate with third party vendors of add on cards to reduce the cost. In case that Imperva gets a better cost from a vendor, Seller shall purchase the add-on cards at the reduced cost and shall adjust Imperva’s cost immediately for new purchases.

The above prices include a [ *** ] % markup on the purchase cost of the add-on card.

 

E-3


Additional Services

 

Description

  

Price

Manual labor [USD/hour]

   [ *** ] in US, [ *** ] in TW, [ *** ] in Israel]

Re-imaging

   [ *** ] in US, [ *** ] in Israel, [ *** ] in TW

Markup on BOM

   [ *** ] for components in the Integrated Products, [ *** ] on 3 rd parties add on cards.

Hw change: including re-opening the box, making HW change, SW re-image, retest

  

[ *** ] per unit in US,

[ *** ] per unit in Israel

[ *** ] per unit in TW

Out of warranty repair

   Parts – cost+ [ *** ] , 2 working hour. per unit

Refurbishment

   Parts - cost + [ *** ] , 2 working hours

Special engineering work

   [ *** ] per hour

 

* This table refers to: (i) additional services, required by Imperva from time to time and not included in the original Integrated Product manufacturing process, or (ii) cost change as a result of an ECR. Manual labor shall be charged against additional direct labor work. Automatic test which does not require manual labor, shall not be charged as additional work.

Pallets

Pallets cost will be carried by Imperva. For clarity, Pallet shall mean the pallet material and not the shipping cost.

 

E-4


EOL:

End Of Life shall not occur earlier than the following dates:

 

Product

   EOL earliest date

X2 (X1000)

   [ *** ]

X4 (X2000)

   [ *** ]

X4 FTL (X2500)

   [ *** ]

X8 FTL (X4500)

   [ *** ]

X16 FTL (X6500)

   [ *** ]

MX

   [ *** ]

MX FTL

   [ *** ]

PW AKN-484

   [ *** ]

PW AKN-482

   [ *** ]

PW AKN-522SR

   [ *** ]

PW AKN-522LR

   [ *** ]

LOM

   [ *** ]

IT and Reporting:

Manufacturing site:

Imperva shall have visibility to the following information through available web tools or emails:

 

   

Production Order updates, including status, updated ETA and Tracking number

 

   

Product specific data: part number, revision, serial number, MAC address and challenge key (a unique code, read from every appliance). Seller shall have full traceability of the serial numbers and versions of major components integrated in the products (such as but not limited to: hard drives and power supplies).

 

   

Monthly Production Failure report, including data and statistics about failures in production and in each of the test plan points

 

   

Unique Material inventory level and cost by item.

Fulfillment center:

Imperva will have visibility to the following information through web tools or emails:

 

   

Shipping log, including part number, revision, Serial Number, Challenge key, Tracking number, end user and Order number

 

   

Daily Inventory and Work In Process (WIP) status, including quantities and locations

 

   

Weekly RMA report, including RMA units in various stages (completed, in process and not returned yet) and their status

 

   

Weekly inventory aging report

 

   

Root cause analysis and corrective action for every DOA within 10 days from faulty product arrival.

 

   

Weekly Refurbishment report, including Refurbished units in various stages

 

E-5


   

Product specific data: part number, revision, serial number, MAC address and challenge key (a unique code, read from every appliance). The fulfillment center shall have full traceability of the serial numbers and versions of major components integrated in the products (such as but not limited to: add on and interface cards).

QBR:

A Quarterly Business Review (“QBR”) shall be held every quarter and will include the following:

 

   

Forecast and Production flow

 

   

Key Performance Indicators (“KPI”), including but not limited to: RMA/DOA, deliveries lead time, on time deliveries, repair and pilot refurbishment turnaround time, IT – information accuracy and availability.

 

   

Corrective/Preventive Actions

 

   

Cost Reduction review

Troubleshooting Tools

Seller shall provide Imperva with troubleshooting and debug tools for only Caswell manufactured parts to help Imperva’s Support reduce the number of RMA returns from the field.

Imperva will be responsible to provide testing software for third party add-on cards.

Quality Specification

Integrated Products shall pass all the tests pre-defined by Imperva and accepted by Seller as part of the production and Fulfillment Centers tests. Failure rates shall not exceed maximum rates set forth in Annex 1 of Exhibit B.

Access to technical data

Seller shall provide Imperva with access to non-classified technical documents and updates in regards to the Integrated Product components’ specification and proposed changes.

 

E-6


ANNEX 1 Specifications

 

    

X1000

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
1    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    2GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    NICs traffic    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 40 units (combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-7


    

X2000

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
1    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    NICs traffic    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 40 units (combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-8


    

X2500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
2    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    NICs traffic    [ *** ]   
1    Raid    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-9


    

X4500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
2    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    8GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    NICs traffic    [ *** ]   
1    Raid    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-10


    

X6500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
2    CPU    [ *** ]   
2    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    8GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
2    NICs traffic    [ *** ]   
1    Raid    [ *** ]   
1    SSL Accelerator    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [ *** ] units)MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-11


    

M100

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
1    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs    [***]   
1         
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 40 units (combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-12


    

M150 Option 1

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
2    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    Raid    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-13


    

M150 Option 2

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [ *** ]   
1    Chipset    [ *** ]   
1    CPU    [ *** ]   
2    HDD    [ *** ]    [ *** ]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [ *** ]   
1    Raid    [ *** ]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [ *** ] units)
MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-14


EXHIBIT B

Service Level Agreement

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. “Defect” shall mean any defect in design of a Product, or any non-conformity, malfunction or other problem in or with any Integrated Product and not due to Imperva’s software application or operating system or third party add-on card, not solvable by hardware replacement with the same type of Integrated Product, which causes the Integrated Product not to perform, function or operate as desired by Imperva.

1.2. “Level 2 Support” shall mean support calls pertaining to the analysis, troubleshooting, and debugging of issues related to Imperva’s software application and to adapting the Integrated Products to the end customer’s network, escalation of troubles to Level 3 Support and classification of trouble severity level.

1.3. “Level 3 Support” shall mean support calls pertaining to the analysis, troubleshooting, and debugging of issues related to hardware, firmware, drivers, interoperability with operating systems, 3rd party hardware and software drivers and network environment.

1.4. “Trouble Report” shall mean the report prepared by Imperva and provided to Seller for the purpose of indicating and/or reporting a Defect.

1.5. “Temporary Solution” shall mean a temporary correction of a Defect in order to restore an Integrated Product or the part thereof into operation.

2. Maintenance and support

Imperva shall provide Level 2 Support to its end user customers of the Integrated Products. This Level 2 Support shall include taking exclusive responsibility for interface with the customer, including, but not limited to taking all support calls from the customer and performing basic problem diagnostics.

Seller shall provide Level 3 Support, as described below.

2.1. Level 3 Support Service

Technical Support – Seller Technical Support service is available via phone or Web site with no extra charge to Imperva for 24 hours by 7 days per week. Technical support service may be provided by the Fulfillment Centers of American Portwell Technology Inc and/or by the Fulfillment Centers of Dan-El Technologies Ltd and/or by Caswell at different times of the day. Seller shall provide

 

E-15


a detailed list of technical support hours covered by each one of the technical support centers. Imperva will receive an initial response from a call or a web requests within 20 minutes.

3. Hardware Support

3.1. Standard Warranty – Return and Repair

Seller will remedy hardware defects (“RMA”) by repairing or replacing any defective hardware, upon return to the Fulfillment Center. Seller will, at its option, repair or replace the Integrated product within ten (10) business days of the receipt of the defective unit; provided that, Integrated Products discovered by Imperva or any Customer to be defective within the DOA Period (as defined by the chart below), a new Integrated Product will be shipped within twenty four (24) hours to Imperva (or the Customer, as applicable) via overnight priority shipment on domestic shipments and via international priority shipment (based on FedEx terms or equivalent) on international shipments. Seller shall be responsible to hold an adequate inventory level of spare appliances and parts to meet this SLA. The spares inventory will be in addition to the Integrated Products held against Imperva purchase orders. Spare third party add-on cards shall be purchased and held by Seller per Imperva purchase orders and Imperva shall be invoiced upon their arrival at the fulfillment center. All repaired Integrated Product is warranted to be free of defects for the longer of (i) [ *** ] calendar days from the date of the Integrated Products return shipment to Imperva (or the Customer, as applicable) and (ii) the remainder of the Integrated Product’s Warranty Period, whichever is longer. Imperva will be responsible to send the faulty Integrated Product to the fulfillment center. In case where Seller has shipped an advanced replacement and the faulty Integrated Product not arrived at the fulfillment center within forty five (45) days, Imperva will be charged for the full price of a new Integrated Product. RMA systems will be inspected for any outside damages and scratches and if found the damaged part will be automatically replaced unless any other written notice from Imperva. In the case where an external part (Chassis elements and external/internal packages, accessories will be replaced Imperva will be fully charged for the damaged or missing parts.

Seller is not liable for any data loss for any RMA/DOA units.

In case that an Integrated Product was returned to Seller for repair and the Integrated Product seemed to work properly, Seller shall inform Imperva that no problem was found (“NFF”) and Imperva shall have the right to test the product at Imperva labs. If both parties have not found any failure and agreed that the case is NFF, then Imperva shall carry the shipping costs and RMA cost as out of warranty.

The parties shall work together to improve the troubleshooting process and the diagnostic tools provided to the end customers to minimize the NFF occurrences.

 

E-16


Responsibility for shipping charges, labor charges and parts for returned and/or repaired hardware is as follows:

 

Warranty Periods

  

Parts

  

Labor fee

  

Faulty shipment cost

  

Repaired/Replacement shipment cost

DOA Period

   [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]

Months 4-12

   [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]

Year 2-3

   [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]

> 3 years

   [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]    [ *** ]

 

* For clarity, the first Warranty Period begins on the date the applicable Integrated Product is delivered (by Imperva or a Fulfillment Center) to the Customer.
* All shipments will be packed, palletized and labeled as set forth in section 8.7.

3.2. Out of Warranty Repairs

Repairable Integrated Products that are out of warranty and returned to Seller for repair will be repaired within 10 business days to Imperva or Imperva’s end customer. Third party faulty add-on cards shall be replaced and sent to their vendors for repair. Imperva will be charged for replaced parts cost plus [ *** ] and two (2) labor hours per RMA at the agreed labor cost specified in the Additional Services table in Exhibit A. The parties shall agree within two years from the Effective Date about the number of spare units to be held by Seller for this purpose. Imperva shall be charged for the repair of out of warranty third parties add-on cards.

3.3. Advance Replacement

a. Dead on Arrival (“DOA”) Integrated Products that fail within [ *** ] days of initial shipment shall be classified dead on arrival (“DOA”). DOAs will be Advance Replaced with new Integrated Products. Seller will charge Imperva for full unit’s price if returned DOA units are not received within forty five (45) days.

b. Cut off time for advanced replacement shipment – For DOA’s reported by 3PM local time in the Fulfillment Centers, the advanced replacement shall be shipped on the same day for the standard Integrated Products and within one business day for Integrated Products with adjustments.

3.4. Field Replaceable Units (“FRU”)

Field replaceable items such as hard drives, power supplies and network interface cards, replaceable without opening the appliance chassis shall be classified FRU. Imperva, or its

 

E-17


customers, may replace FRU’s in Integrated Products in the field, following instructions provided by Seller without affecting the warranty status of the Integrated Product. A fulfillment center will ship FRU’s to customers on either an (i) exchange or (ii) advance replacement basis in case of DOA. A damage caused by the end user during improper FRU replacement shall be fully covered by Imperva and will not be deemed an RMA or DOA.

3.5. Refurbished Units

Imperva evaluation (i.e. pilot) units may be delivered by Imperva to Seller. Within ten (10) business days from such delivery, Seller will refurbish such units and return-ship them to Imperva (or the location designated by Imperva). All units will be refurbished according to Imperva’s instructions (which will include, without limitation, data wipe, running all diagnostic tests, software installation and burn-in), Refurbishment process will be charged to Imperva.

3.6 Limitation of warranty

The warranties will not apply to any failure to the extent originated by: accident; unusual physical or electrical stress; neglect; misuse (other than misuse by Seller or any third party acting on its behalf). Seller shall inform Imperva of any Integrated Product returned for repair and found exceeding the warranty limitations. Imperva shall have the option to hold that Integrated Product repair or repair it out of warranty as set forth in Section 3.2 of this SLA.

4. Systematic Failure:

Product failure in more than [ *** ] of install base of an Integrated Product (or more than [ *** ] units if the install base is smaller than 100 units) due to same root cause in a time period equal or shorter than one year, shall be deemed a “Systematic Failure”. A systematic failure, shall be treated as a DOA and Seller shall carry all repair expenses and shipping to and from end customers.

5. VERIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION AND CORRECTIONS OF DEFECTS

5.1. TROUBLE REPORTS

Imperva shall report to Seller any Defect for which Imperva requires repair, replacement or correction by using Trouble Reports as set out below. All Trouble Reports shall be sent to Seller’s office by telefax or by electronic mail.

For Defects having priority Class A in accordance with Sub-article 5.2 of this Agreement, Imperva may report such Defects to Seller by email/fax. Such reporting by email/fax shall be considered and treated by Seller as a submitted Trouble Report.

 

E-18


For such cases, also a normal Trouble Report shall be sent to Seller for notification purposes only.

Each Trouble Report shall contain the following information:

 

  a) Imperva product identification number (if any);

 

  b) Imperva Trouble Report identification number;

 

  c) The priority class of the Defect (Critical (Class A), Serious (Class B) or Minor (Class C);

 

  d) A description of the commands and procedures that reveal the Defect; and

 

  e) A short description of the Defect and its impact on the Product’s performance.

The following additional information may be included if deemed necessary:

 

  a) A description of the hardware and software environment;

 

  b) Specification of the release version and software patches of the relevant Product (or part thereof);

 

  c) Examples of input;

 

  d) The resulting output;

 

  e) The expected output; and

 

  f) Any special circumstances surrounding the discovery of the Defect.

For each Trouble Report, Seller undertakes to:

 

  a) Confirm its receipt of the Trouble Report by electronic mail within the time periods set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Critical Defects (Class A) may initially be confirmed over the phone. The confirmation shall contain Seller’s identification number as well as Imperva’s Trouble Report number, to be used in the subsequent communication between the parties.

 

  b) Analyze the Trouble Report, verify the existence of the Defects and note the priority class.

 

  c) Advise Imperva of any perceivable impact which a repair or correction may have on the Product.

For any intermittent Defects, the Trouble Report shall contain a request for the establishment of an action plan by Seller.

5.2. CLASSIFICATION OF DEFECTS

The following three priority classes shall be used in order to classify the Defects. The issuer of the Trouble Report shall set the priority. Imperva and the Seller will review and agree about the classification of specific defects based on their effect on Imperva’s end customer.

Critical Defect(s) (Class A)

 

E-19


The presence of a Critical Defect implies that the Integrated Product cannot be substantially used, or has a major negative impact on the total system operation, system functionality, or system reliability with regard to Imperva’s, distributors’ or end-users’ systems.

Serious Defect(s) (Class B)

The presence of a Serious Defect seriously affects the functionality of the Integrated Product but can be circumvented so that the Integrated Product can be used, or implies that a program or function in the Integrated Product cannot be used although other programs or functions remain unaffected, or implies that the Integrated Product as a whole functions but a certain function are somewhat disabled, gives incorrect results or does not conform to the support materials or any agreed standards.

Minor Defect(s) (Class C)

A Minor Defect has no significant effect on the functionality of the Integrated Product.

5.3. CORRECTION OF DEFECT(S)

For Defects classified as Critical Defects (Class A), Seller shall immediately inform Caswell of the Defect, ensure that Caswell will first create a Temporary Solution in order to solve the critical situation, and thereafter a Final Solution. Seller shall use its constant and best efforts to complete the Temporary Solution and the Final Solution as soon as possible but never later than within the time period set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Seller shall constantly keep Imperva informed of the progress of the correction work as well as, at Imperva’s request, provide Imperva with written progress reports.

For Defects classified as Serious Defects (Class B), Seller shall immediately inform Caswell of the Defect, ensure that Caswell will first create a Temporary Solution and thereafter a Final Solution. The Temporary Solution and the Final Solution shall both be completed no later than within the time periods set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Seller shall, until completion of the Final Solution, at least once every day inform Imperva of the progress of the correction work. Seller shall also provide Imperva with written reports describing the progress on a weekly basis.

For Defects classified as Minor Defects (Class C), Seller shall examine and create a solution as soon as reasonably possible with regard to Seller’s then current workload and planning but not later than within the time period set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement.

 

E-20


6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES – SERVICES

If Seller exceeds the maximal failure rates set forth in Annex 1 of this SLA, then Imperva shall have the right to recover liquidated damages in the rates set forth in Section 6.1 of the SLA. In addition to that, if Seller exceeds any of the time periods or maximal failure rates set forth in Annex 1 and Annex 2 of this SLA, Seller shall be responsible for any reasonable penalty Imperva may have to pay its customer as a result of Seller not meeting the SLAs agreed to by Imperva and customer, provided that Seller has been notified without undue delay in writing of such claim, suit or proceeding with and given authority, information and assistance (at the Seller’s expense) to settle the claim.

6.1 For every faulty unit beyond the maximal failure rates (RMA or DOA) set forth in Annex1 of this SLA, excluding NFF, third party add-on cards and hard drives failures, Seller shall compensate Imperva with the amount equal to the price of a new Integrated Product in addition to the repair or replacement of the faulty Integrated Product. For clarity, with reference to failures in third party add-on cards and hard drives, such failures shall be counted in RMA measurements for quality improvement purposes only and Seller shall take the lead for all quality improvement and communication regarding any quality issues with the third party vendors.

7. SUBCONTRACTING

Seller shall not subcontract any parts or portions of the Services without Imperva’s written approval.

The parties agree to cooperate in qualifying Imperva’s personnel and/or a global third party service company to perform field repairs and/or upgrades on the Integrated Products without derogating from Seller’s warranty undertakings under this Agreement.

 

E-21


ANNEX 1 Maximal Failure Rates

 

Process / Activity

   Rate

DOA rates

  

DOA rates, measured in terms of:

# of DOAs in last 12 months / # of units shipped in the last 12 months

shall not exceed [ *** ].

RMA rates

  

RMA rates, measured in terms of:

# of RMAs in last 12 months / avg. install base in the last 12 months shall not exceed [ *** ].

 

* DOA and RMA rates will be reviewed each Quarter as part of the QBR.

 

E-22


ANNEX 2 Time Periods

 

Process / Activity    Repair and Defect Correction Times
Correction of Critical Defects (Class A)   

Temporary Solution within [ *** ] hours from receipt of Trouble Report.

Final Solution shall be provided by Seller using its best effort and within the shortest possible time, but no later than within [ *** ] Days from receipt of the Trouble Report.

Correction of Serious Defects (Class B)   

Temporary Solution as soon as possible, but no later than within [ *** ] hours from receipt of the Trouble Report.

Final Solution as soon as possible, but no later than within [ *** ] days from receipt of the Trouble Report.

Correction of Minor Defects (Class C)    Solution as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than within [ *** ] weeks from receipt of the Trouble Report.

 

E-23


EXHIBIT C

Standby Letter of Credit Sample

 

27 :    SEQUENCE OF TOTAL :   
40A :    FORM OF DOCCREDIT :    IRREVOCABLE STANDBY
20 :    DOCCREDIT NUMBER :   
31C :    DATE OF ISSUE :   
31D :    DATE & PLACE OF EXPIRY :                     ISRAEL
50 :    APPLICANT :    IMPERVA LTD.
     

ISRAEL

59 :    BENEFICIARY :   
32B :    CURRENCY CODE, AMOUNT :    US$            
41A :    AVAILABLE WITH BY :    LUMILITTLV
      BANK LEUMI LE ISRAEL B.M.
      TEL- AVIV
      BY PAYMENT
45A :   

DESCRIPTION OF GOODS

AND/ OR SERVICES :

   NETWORK APPLIANCES
     
46A :    DOCUMENTS REQUIRED :   
1.    BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED DECLARATION STATING THAT ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS (2,3 BELOW) WHICH WERE SENT DIRECTLY TO IMPERVA LTD. OR TO IMPERVA INC. WERE NOT PAID WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM DUE DATE .
2.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT UNPAID INVOICE(S)
3.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT ORIGINAL TRANSPORT DOCUMENT EVIDENCING SHIPMENT OF THE GOODS TO IMPERVA LTD. OR TO IMPERVA INC OR TO OTHER ADDRESS AS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY IMPERVA LTD OR IMPERVA INC AS STATED IN THE GOODS RELEASE ORDER.

 

E-24


4.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT PURCHASE ORDER ISSUED BY IMPERVA LTD OR BY IMPERVA INC.
5.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT GOODS RELEASE ORDER SIGNED BY IMPERVA LTD. OR IMPERVA INC.
6.    BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT THAT THE GOODS HAVE BEEN TESTED AND MEET ALL THE SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.
47A :    SPECIAL CONDITIONS:
1.    ALL DOCUMENTS PRESENTED MUST BEAR OUR STANDBY L/C NO. 333-02-…..
   AND PURCHASE ORDER NO.
2.    PARTIAL DRAWINGS: PERMITTED
3.    UPON RECEIPT OF DOCUMENTS WHICH CONFORM WITH TERMS OF THIS STANDBY L/C WE SHALL ADVISE APPLICANT ACCORDINGLY. IN THE EVENT THAT APPLICANT PRESENTS TO US COPY OF BANK TRANSFER MADE BY IMPERVA LTD. OR IMPERVA INC. EVIDENCING REMITTANCE OF THE AMOUNT CLAIMED TO BENEFICIARY, WE SHALL ADVISE YOU IMMEDIATELY STATING AMOUNT, DATE AND MODE OF TRANSFER. IN SUCH CASE NO PAYMENT WILL BE EFFECTED BY US AND THIS STANDBY L/C WILL REMAIN VALID FOR THE OUTSTANDING BALANCE BEFORE THE RELEVANT DRAWING. HOWEVER, IF APPLICANT DOES NOT PRESENT TO US SUCH COPY OF BANK TRANSFER, WE SHALL EFFECT PAYMENT ACCORDING TO YOUR DEMAND VALUE 21 DAYS FROM THEIR RECEIPT.
4.    IN CASE DOCUMENTS PRESENTED EXCEPT FOR DOC. NO. 5 THEN BENEFICARY IS OBLIGED TO PRESENT ALTERNATIVELY ITS STATEMENT THAT AT LEAST SIX MONTHS FROM THE DAY OF GOODS ARRIVAL AT THE FULLFILMENT CENTER HAVE PASSED, GOODS WERE SENT TO A DEFAULT IMPERVA WAREHOUSE WITHOUT RELEASE ORDER AS PER AGREEMENT BETWEEN APPLICANT AND BENEFICIARY.
5.    EXCEPT FOR CASE IN NO 4, ALL INVOICES MUST BEAR GOODS RELEASE ORDER NO.
71B :    CHARGES :    ALL BANK CHARGES OUTSIDE ISRAEL ARE FOR BENEFICIARY ACCOUNT.
     

 

E-25


49 :    CONFIRMATION INSTRUCT :    WITHOUT
78 :    BANK TO BANK INFORMATION :   
PLS FORWARD US DOCUMENTS BY SPECIAL COURIER TO OUR ADRESS: 19 HERZL STREET, TEL AVIV, ISRAEL FOR THE ATTENTION OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE CENTER, GUARANTEES DEPT.
72 :    SENDER TO RECEIVER INFO :    L/C SUBJECT TO UCPDC 2007 (ICC 600)
      PHONBEN:
      FAXBEN:
      PLEASE ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT.

 

E-26

Exhibit 10.12

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH “[***]”. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

OEM AGREEMENT

This OEM Agreement is made effective 9-9, 2009 (“Effective Date”) by and between Imperva, Inc. , a Delaware company having its principal executive offices at 3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101 Redwood Shores, CA 94065 and Imperva, Ltd. , an Israeli company having its principal place of business at 125 Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv, Israel 67010, Israel (Imperva, Inc. and Imperva, Ltd. will be referred to herein collectively as “ Imperva ”) and Dan-El Technologies Ltd. (“ Seller ”), An Israeli company having its principle executive offices at 58 Amal st., Petach-Tikva 49513, Israel;

WHEREAS, Imperva develops data security software and markets data security products;

WHEREAS, Caswell Inc., a Taiwanese company having its principle executive offices at 186 Jian-Yi Rd., Chung Ho City, 235 Taipei, Taiwan (“Caswell”) manufactures certain general purpose network appliance hardware products;

WHEREAS, Seller is a distributor of Caswell and sells certain general purpose network appliance hardware products manufactured by Caswell; and

WHEREAS, Seller wishes, and Imperva desires to have Seller, to embed certain portions of such Imperva software in hardware products manufactured on behalf of Imperva.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, promises, obligations and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1 “Code” shall mean the object code version of the Imperva software designated in Exhibit A attached hereto (including, all updated, upgrades, fixes and the like provided by Imperva hereunder).

1.2 “Confidential Information” shall mean all information and materials disclosed by or on behalf of Imperva hereunder (including, without limitation, the Code and all ideas, inventions and other technical, business, financial, customer and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information).


1.3 “Customers” shall mean Imperva’s end user customers as designated in a Purchase Order.

1.4 “Fulfillment Centers” shall mean Seller’s fulfillment centers specified in Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing).

1.5 “Integrated Products” shall mean the hardware products specified in Exhibit A when appliances are combined with the Code, add-on cards are integrated in the appliances and network interface cards are either integrated in the appliances or sold separately (also as specified in Exhibit A).

1.6 “Marks” shall mean the trademarks and logos provided by Imperva hereunder for incorporation onto the Integrated Products and associated packaging.

1.7 “Purchase Orders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

1.8 “Releases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

1.9 “Specifications” shall mean the specification for the Integrated Products set forth in Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing).

1.10 “Support Services” shall mean the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

2. Scope . Seller agrees to manufacture (through Caswell), package and sell to Imperva the Integrated Products. This Agreement is non-exclusive and the parties may enter into similar agreements with other parties. Imperva shall not be obligated to purchase any Integrated Products from Seller hereunder. Seller (either directly or through Caswell) shall be responsible for all plant, equipment, labor, materials and facilities necessary to manufacture the Integrated Products. Seller will comply with the additional terms and conditions set forth in the Exhibits hereto.


3. Code License; Restrictions . Imperva hereby grants Seller a non-exclusive, non-sublicenseable (except as set forth below), non-transferable license: (i) to (only through Caswell, or such other manufacturing entity that is agreed to by the parties in writing) copy and use the Code and tools provided by Imperva solely as necessary to create the Integrated Products in accordance with Exhibit A and (ii) distribute the Code to Imperva (and/or Customers) solely as part of such Integrated Products. The license set forth in Section 3(i) may be exercised by Caswell. Seller will be fully responsible for any act or omission by Caswell that, if undertaken by Seller, would constitute a breach of this Agreement. Seller will not (and will not allow any third party to): (i) disassemble, decompile or otherwise reverse engineer the Code, or otherwise attempt to learn the source code, structure, algorithms or ideas underlying the Code (except and only to the extent this clause is expressly prohibited by applicable law), (ii) rent, lease or otherwise provide temporary access to Code, (iii) modify the Code, (iv) distribute the Code except to as part of the Integrated Products to Imperva (or Customers), or (v) remove any names, designations or notices from the Code. Imperva shall have the right to designate third party component manufacturers to develop and/or supply components for the Integrated Products that will fit to the Integrated Product proprietary interface. In such event, after settling a proper arrangement that Seller shall be paid a reasonable royalty fee per unit sold by the third party vendor to Imperva, Seller will provide (or will ensure that Caswell will provide) such third parties with all technical information they may request as reasonably necessary for such development/supply, including but not limited to mechanical, electrical and software interface information. Seller shall engage such third party manufacturers and make appropriate supply arrangements (the terms of which shall be subject to Imperva’s written approval).

4. Marks . Seller will affix the Marks supplied by Imperva to the Integrated Products (and Integrated Product packaging) in accordance with Exhibit A and any other directions Imperva may provide. Except as set forth in this Section 4, neither Seller nor Caswell shall have no right to use the Marks.

5. Quality Control .

5.1 Quality Systems . Seller will ensure that the quality of reproduced Code included in the Integrated Products is equivalent to the quality of the Code originally delivered to Seller pursuant to this Agreement. Seller will test and inspect Integrated Products prior to shipment (to ensure that they conform to all of the Specifications), using its standard testing and inspection procedures, as well as the testing and inspection procedures specified in Exhibit A. Seller will keep (and will ensure Caswell will keep) detailed inspection records and make them available to Imperva upon request. Seller will maintain and make such records available to Imperva for a period of at least three (3) years after the last shipment hereunder. All Integrated Products (and all Integrated Product components) shall be, except as otherwise provided for in Exhibit B, new (i.e. not refurbished). Seller will ensure that updates and upgrades of the Code are integrated into the Integrated Products within a commercially reasonable period from the time it is received from Imperva (but not to exceed 10 business days). Seller shall provide “Quality Reports” to Imperva, at intervals and in a format reasonably requested by Imperva. Quality Reports will include all information reasonably requested by Imperva including, but not limited to, on-time delivery statistics, return rates, information regarding technical support incidents (minor, major and critical), response times and required corrective actions. Seller shall


maintain its current ISO-9001 certification and shall ensure Caswell will acquire ISO-9001and ISO-14001 certification by the end of June 2010 and maintain the certification thereafter.

5.2 Inspection . During the term of this Agreement, Imperva is entitled to conduct periodic inspections to ensure Seller’s and Caswell’s compliance with Section 5.1. Upon at least three (3) business days prior notice to Seller, Seller shall allow Imperva (or Imperva’s designated representatives) to visit the facilities at which the Integrated Products (or components thereof) are manufactured and/or developed (including, without limitation, the facilities of Caswell and the Fulfillment Centers). Seller will (and will ensure that Caswell) fully cooperate with Imperva in such inspections. In the event a failure or defect is discovered during an inspection, Seller will, within ten (10) days from receipt of notice from Imperva, provide a written proposal to Imperva on steps/procedures to be implemented to correct such failure/defect (and begin taking diligent and prompt action to implement such correction(s)). Such inspections will not relieve Seller of liability with respect to Integrated Products later found to be defective or liability regarding Seller’s failure to meet any of its obligations under this Agreement.

6. Support . Seller will provide Imperva and its Customers with the Support Services in accordance with Exhibit B.

7. Term; Termination . This Agreement becomes effective as of the day and year written above, and shall have a term of one (1) years from the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as set forth below. This Agreement shall be renewed and continue indefinitely after the initial term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Imperva may terminate this Agreement, for any reason, upon providing Seller with a six (6) months advance written notice at any time, and Seller may terminate this Agreement, for any reason, upon providing Imperva with nine (9) months advance written notice at any time. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days from receipt of written notice thereof. Delay in payments by either party of 30 days or less shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement. Upon termination of this Agreement, Seller will immediately return to Imperva (or destroy) all copies of the Code and Confidential Information in its possession (or the possession of Caswell or any Fulfillment Center). Seller will, upon Imperva’s request, provide Imperva with written certification that all such Code and Confidential Information has been returned or destroyed. The following provisions of this Agreement will survive termination: 7, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 14 through 19 (inclusive). In addition, upon termination, Seller will release (pursuant to final Release(s) issued by Imperva, and subject to the delivery obligations set forth in Section 8 and Section 20) all Integrated Products that were delivered to the Fulfillment Centers on or before the termination date.

8. Purchases; Delivery; Payment, Bank Guarantee, Change Requests; End-of-Life .

8.1 Forecasts . Each month Imperva will provide Seller with a non-binding rolling manufacturing forecast covering [***] calendar months, beginning with the month in which such forecast is provided. Such forecast will specify the number of Integrated Products that Imperva anticipates purchasing during the next [***] month period. Both parties acknowledge and agree that such forecasts are estimates, and shall not be regarded as any firm commitment by Imperva to purchase and by Seller to supply such quantities. Imperva shall


become legally bound to purchase Integrated Products only when it issues a Purchase Order as specified below.

8.2 Purchase Orders . Imperva will order Integrated Products hereunder by submitting purchase orders to Seller (“Purchase Orders”). Seller shall accept and acknowledge in writing all Purchase Orders submitted by Imperva that are in accordance with this Agreement and shall provide the confirmed date of arrival (“Confirmed Date of Arrival”) at the Fulfillment Center which shall not exceed the number of days set forth below. Seller will only reject a Purchase Order if such order does not comply with the terms or this Agreement. If Seller does not provide Imperva with valid written notice of rejection within five (5) business days from Imperva’s submission of a Purchase Order to Seller, such Purchase Order shall be automatically accepted. Seller will ensure that all Integrated Products ordered under a Purchase Order are manufactured by Caswell and shipped to a Fulfillment Center and ready for release as set forth below within [***] days from receipt of the applicable Purchase Order. All Purchase Orders issued under this Agreement shall be subject only to the terms and conditions hereof. Any other Seller terms and conditions shall not apply to this Agreement or the Purchase Orders. Imperva shall have the right to cancel any Purchase Order if it provides notice of cancellation to Seller not later than ten (10) days after the Purchase Order submission date. Imperva shall issue a Release (as set forth in Section 8.4) for each Integrated Product within six (6) months from such products arrival at the Fulfillment Center. In case that Imperva has not issued a Release within six (6) months from the arrival of an Integrated Product (that had been ordered by Imperva under this Agreement) at the Fulfillment Center, Seller shall have the right to ship such Integrated Product to a “Default Imperva Warehouse” (set forth in Exhibit A) and invoice Imperva, provided that all shipments from the Fulfillment Center had been shipped on first in first out (“FIFO”) basis and the Integrated Products meet all the specifications and quality requirements. Integrated Products that have been ordered by Imperva under this Agreement and held in the Fulfillment Center (or at Imperva’s Logistics Partners) for more than one hundred and five (105) days will carry price markup as set forth in the following table:

 

Number of days

   0 to 105      106-120      121-150      151-180  

% markup

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

8.3 Integrated Products Storage . Imperva shall inform Seller in writing of the identity of any of its logistics subcontractors (“Logistics Partners”). The Integrated Products shall either (at Imperva’s election): (i) be held by the Fulfillment Centers (subject to release as set forth below) or (ii) be consigned to Imperva and held at Imperva locations (either Imperva’s own facility or at its Logistics Partner’s facility). For Integrated Products consigned to Imperva, Imperva shall pay the costs of shipment to Imperva or Logistics Partner location and shall bear the risk of loss from the time of shipment from the Fulfillment Center. For all Integrated Products on consignment to Imperva, Imperva or its Logistics Partner shall hold all such Integrated Products in a separate, defined area (“Consignment Location”), not commingled with any other goods. Integrated Product consignment shall not start until at least one calendar quarter after the first Release and shall not exceed an average of [***] percent ([***]%) of the total value of the aggregated Integrated Products inventory at the Fulfillment Centers and at the Logistic Partners.


8.4 Releases . Seller will ship the Integrated Products upon receipt of an applicable release from Imperva (“Release”). Integrated Products will be shipped on FIFO basis to the locations designated in the applicable Release. The parties shall agree on an acceptable electronic or paper delivery procedure for submission by Imperva of the Releases. Requests to ship Integrated Products to Logistic Partner location shall not be deemed a Release. For Releases issued and received before 15:00 local time at the Fulfillment Center, Integrated Products ordered without adjustments will be packed and shipped on the same business day. For Releases issued and received after 15:00 local time at the Fulfillment Center, Integrated Products will be packed and shipped on the next business day.

8.5 Adjustments . Imperva may also request that Seller make limited adjustments to the Integrated Products (as set forth in Exhibit A to include add-on cards and/or change the network interface card, or as otherwise reasonably requested by Imperva). Seller will make such adjustments related to add on cards and/or network interface cards within two (2) business days from Imperva’s request.

8.6 Pulls . For Integrated Products that are on consignment to Imperva, either at Imperva or Logistics Partner location, such Integrated Products shall be deemed to be Released for purposes of the Agreement, when the Integrated Products are pulled by Imperva or Logistics Partner. An Integrated Product shall be considered to be “pulled” when it is physically removed from the physical location that comprises the Consignment Location. Imperva shall notify Seller within one (1) business day of all Integrated Products pulled from the Consignment Location(s).

8.7 Delivery . Seller shall deliver Integrated Products to Imperva (or the designated Customers), and title and risk of loss to Integrated Products purchased under this Agreement shall pass to Imperva upon shipping of the Integrated Products to their final destination and updating Imperva of such delivery by a shipping log, as set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement (including part number, revision, Serial Number, Challenge key, Tracking number, end user and Order number). Imperva shall pay for all costs of shipping and shipping insurance. Unless Imperva specifies, in writing, the method of shipment and carrier to be used, Seller shall ship Integrated Products in the manner it reasonably deems appropriate given the nature of the Integrated Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller will, at Seller’s expense, pack, palletize and label all Integrated Product shipments (in a manner acceptable to the carriers and that ensures the Integrated Products safe delivery). In the event Seller becomes aware of any circumstances that may delay the shipping from Caswell to the Fulfillment Center or delivery from the Fulfillment Center to Imperva (or its designated Customer) of any Integrated Products, Seller will immediately notify Imperva in writing of such possible delay (such notice will detail the reasons for the delay and a revised estimated delivery date). If any arrival of Integrated Products at the applicable Fulfillment Center or any shipping to Imperva (or the designated Customers) is delayed for more than [***] ([***]) days, Imperva shall have the right to deem a material breach and terminate this Agreement according to section 7 and/or cancel any part of the delayed purchase order. In addition, with respect to a delay in the arrival of Integrated Products at the Fulfillment Center (“Delay Type A”), and with respect to a delay in shipping of ordered Integrated Product to Imperva or to Imperva’s designated Customer (“Delay Type B”), Seller shall (within thirty (30) days from the applicable delay event) pay to Imperva the following percentage of the price charged to Imperva for the affected Integrated products as


delay compensation charges (“Delay Compensation Charges”) provided that, for each delay event, the Delayed Compensation Charges shall not exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of the price charged by Seller to Imperva for the affected Integrated Products. Delay Compensation Charges shall not apply on late delivery of third party add-on cards, provided that such add-on cards were ordered on time by Seller and were not delivered on time by the third party vendor to the Fulfillment Center.

 

Delay Type

   Day 1-7      Day 8-14      Day 15-21      Day 22-28      Later  

A (arrival at the Fulfillment Center)

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

B (shipping from the Fulfillment Center)

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

8.8 Payment . For all Integrated Products delivered to Imperva or to its Customers, Seller shall invoice Imperva at the prices specified in Exhibit A. Imperva shall make full payment of undisputed invoices for the Integrated Products within thirty-one (31) days after the end of the month in which the invoice was issued. Payment delay from seven to fourteen (7-14) days shall bear a fine of 1% of the invoice, between fourteen to thirty (14-30) days an additional 1% of the invoice and between thirty to sixty days another 1% of the invoice (total 3%). Imperva shall have the right to set off, against its payments to Seller, all amounts owed by them to Imperva. In case of a disputed invoice, Imperva shall hold only the disputed part payment and not the entire invoice.

8.9 Standby Letter of Credit . Imperva shall deposit with Seller an irrevocable standby letter of credit (“Standby LC”) on the total amount of [***] percent ([***]%) of the selling value of Integrated Products and add-on cards ordered by Imperva hereunder and held in the Fulfillment Center inventory. The total sum of the Standby LC will be periodically revised and updated to the actual average value of the above mentioned inventory. The Standby LC shall be valid for one year and shall be renewed for additional one year periods until all inventory issues are covered and ended. The Standby LC terms shall be in accordance with the sample Standby LC in Exhibit C of this Agreement.

8.10 Imperva Engineering Change Requests (ECR) . Imperva may request, in writing, that Seller make changes to the Specifications and/or provide engineering support for the integration of a new third party add-on in the Integrated Product. Within five (5) business days after receipt of such request, Seller shall (at no cost to Imperva) notify Imperva in writing of (i) the feasibility of the requested change, (ii) any NRE charges (for special development or tooling, but not for administrative costs) or the impact on Integrated Product pricing, if any, created by the changes and (iii) the earliest date by which Seller estimates such change could be implemented. Imperva shall then notify Seller if it desires to go ahead with the change, and if so, the Specifications and pricing shall be amended accordingly by the parties. For clarity, Seller will not unreasonably withhold or delay agreement to changes requested by Imperva (as set forth in this Section 8.10) and will use its best efforts to implement such changes at the earliest opportunity.


8.11 Seller Engineering Change Requests (ECR) . Seller shall inform Imperva (in writing) at least [***] ([***]) months in advance (or sooner if possible) of any proposed changes that may affect the Integrated Products or their packaging, and as soon as Seller is aware of planned changes in third party add-on cards, including, without limitation, the following changes: (i) changes to any of the component parts of the Integrated Products except for alternate source of passive components on the boards (i.e. passive components that will not affect the use or functionality of the Integrated Products), (ii) changes in the production process or location, or (iii) changes to PCB technology (iv) changes in embedded software such as but not limited to BIOS, EPROMs, or any programmable device. The notice shall include a written description of the proposed change, including the reason for the change, any NRE charges and the expected effect of the change on the Integrated Products, including its price. Imperva shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to accept, reject or mutually agree to an alternate plan for such changes and will inform Seller of its approval or rejection of those changes in writing within two (2) weeks. If Imperva rejects any such proposed changes, Imperva may require Seller to continue supplying the unaltered Integrated Products.

8.12 End-of-Life . Seller shall notify Imperva at least [***] ([***]) months in advance (“EOL Notice”) if there is a notice from a supplier that the supplier is withdrawing any component used in the Integrated Products, or if a component used to make any of the Integrated Products will otherwise become unavailable, (in either case, “EOL”) even if there is a commercially reasonable substitute. In such event, Seller shall allow Imperva to order Integrated Products or EOL components for delivery at dates up to [***] ([***]) months after the EOL date. On purchase of such EOL components, upon receiving the components from its supplier, Seller shall invoice Imperva for the components and keep the components as Imperva owned inventory. Integrated Products EOL dates shall occur no earlier than the dates specified in Exhibit A.

8.13 Spare Parts . For a period of [***] ([***]) years after the end of life date of Integrated Product, Seller shall make available spare parts, replacement parts and/or repair services for the Integrated Products.

8.14 Staffing . Seller acknowledges and agrees that during peak orders load and peak ordered volumes, such as, but not limited to, new products/versions releases, end of quarter/end of year periods, there will be, on each Fulfillment Center sufficient certified staff on site, available to work the necessary hours (including, but not limited to: 24 hours per day staffing and/or during weekends, holidays other than, as determined by dates and general practices in the USA, Chinese New Year, Yom Kippur and Christmas, and any period of time, if needed) in order to process, fulfill and ship the Integrated products in accordance with the timelines and terms mentioned in this Agreement.


9. Warranties; Disclaimer . Seller represents and warrants that (i) it has the full right, power and authority to enter this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) during the successive warranty periods specified in Exhibit B (each a “Warranty Period”), each Integrated Product will conform strictly, to all applicable Specifications and be free from defects in materials and workmanship (the first Warranty Period begins on the date the applicable Integrated Product is shipped (by Imperva or a Fulfillment Center) to the Customer); (iii) all Integrated Products will be of merchantable quality and fit and sufficient for their intended purposes; (iv) it has and is conveying to Imperva, clear and marketable title to all Integrated Products, free from all liens and encumbrances; and (v) all Integrated Products and Support Services will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and will not violate or infringe upon any third party intellectual property or other rights or interest of any nature whatsoever. In the case of the Support Services, Seller additionally represents and warrants that such services shall be performed in a professional manner in accordance with applicable industry standards except to the extent a higher standard is specified in which case the higher standard shall apply. In the event of a breach of Section 9(ii), Seller will, in accordance with Exhibit B, either: (i) repair the applicable Integrated Products, (ii) replace such Integrated Products with fully conforming Integrated Products, or (iii) if neither (i) or (ii) can be achieved, provide Imperva with a refund of the purchase price paid by Imperva for such products. All warranties made in this Section shall survive inspection, test, acceptance and payment.

10. Limitation on Liability . EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO SELLER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, A BREACH OF SECTION 3, A BREACH OF SECTION 4, OR A BREACH OF SECTION 11, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE HEREUNDER FOR ANY (I) INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR (II) AMOUNTS IN THE AGGREGATE IN EXCESS OF THE FEES PAID HEREUNDER BY IMPERVA TO SELLER DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE DATE THE CAUSE OF ACTION ACCRUES.


11. Confidentiality . Except as expressly and unambiguously licensed above, the party receiving Confidential Information (“Recipient”) from the other party (“Discloser”) will (i) hold the Confidential Information in strict confidence, (ii) take all reasonable precautions to protect such Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all precautions the Recipient employs with respect to its most highly confidential materials), and (iii) not use (except as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement) or disclose any Confidential Information except to employees of the Recipient who have a “need to know” the Confidential Information for the purposes of this Agreement and are subject to written obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as protective of the Discloser’s Confidential information as this Agreement. In addition, Seller (as Recipient) may disclose Imperva’s Confidential Information to third party manufacturers of components that will be incorporated into the Integrated Products; provided that, (i) Seller notifies Imperva in written in advance, of each such manufacturer and (ii) each such manufacturer is bound by terms and conditions (to which Imperva is a third party beneficiary) at least as protective of Imperva and its Confidential Information as this Agreement. The foregoing obligations shall not apply to information Recipient can clearly document (i) is lawfully known to Recipient prior to receipt from Discloser (provided Recipient informs Discloser of such fact within ten (10) days after receipt of such Confidential Information), (ii) is made generally available to the public without breach of Recipient’s obligations hereunder, (iii) is rightfully acquired by Recipient from a third party without restriction on disclosure, provided such third party did not obtain the information directly or indirectly from Imperva, or (iv) is independently developed by Recipient without use of or reference to any Confidential Information by employees of Recipient who have had no access to such information. Sections 11 (i) and (iii) shall not apply with respect to Confidential Information Seller receives from Caswell. Recipient may make disclosures required by law or court order provided Recipient (i) promptly notifies Discloser in writing of any potentially required disclosures, (ii) uses its best efforts to limit disclosure and to obtain confidential treatment or a protective order, and (iii) allows Discloser to participate in the proceeding.

12. Indemnification . Each party agrees (as “Indemnitor”) to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the other party (and its employees, subsidiaries, customer, affiliates, successors and agents) (as “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all third party claims (and all resulting judgments, third party liabilities, damages payable to third parties, expenses and costs (including, but not limited to, court costs and attorneys’ fees)) which relate to or arise out of (a) in the case of Seller as Indemnitor, allegations that the Integrated Products, or any part thereof, or the manufacturing or assembly or integration processes used by or on behalf of Seller, infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates any third party intellectual property right, (b) injury to person or property caused by Indemnitor, or (where Seller is Indemnitor) any Integrated Product, (c) the negligence or willful misconduct of Indemnitor or, (d) Indemnitor’s breach of this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity obligations by Seller shall not apply to the extent the applicable injury arises from the Marks or the Code (in either case, as provided by Imperva hereunder). The Indemnitor’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement are contingent on the Indemnitee promptly notifying the Indemnitor in writing of any claim or threat thereof, promptly tendering to the Indemnitor sole control of the defense and any settlement of such claim, and providing to Indemnitor (at Indemnitor’s cost) any assistance necessary to such defense or settlement.


13. Assignment . Neither party shall assign any right or obligation arising from this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other; provided that, either party may, without such consent, assign this Agreement to a successor to substantially all of its business or assets. Any purported assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

14. Relief . Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that due to the unique nature of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of its obligations under Sections 3 or 11, which breach may result in irreparable harm to Disclosing Party, and therefore, that upon any such breach or any threat thereof, Disclosing Party shall be entitled to appropriate equitable relief, without the requirement of posting a bond, in addition to whatever remedies it might have at law.

15. Notices . All notices may be served personally or mailed to either party at its address set forth above or such other address as such party may provide in writing from time to time. Any such mailed notice shall be effective when deposited in the mails, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid.

16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed, controlled, interpreted and defined by and under the laws of the State of California and the United States (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof or the UN Convention on the International Sale of Goods). Except for claims for injunctive or equitable relief or claims regarding intellectual property rights (which may be brought in any competent court), any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be finally settled in accordance with the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”) by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with such Rules. All arbitrators shall have substantial experience in resolving complex commercial contract disputes, including in the software and hardware industry. The arbitrators shall have the authority to grant specific performance and to allocate between the parties the costs of arbitration (including service fees, arbitrator fees and all other fees related to the arbitration) in such equitable manner as the arbitrator(s) may determine. The arbitration shall take place in San Francisco, California, in the English language and the arbitral decision may be enforced in any court. Subject to the preceding arbitration provision, the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any action with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be the state and Federal courts located in San Francisco, California and each of the parties hereto submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purpose of any such action. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to costs and attorneys’ fees.

17. Waivers and Amendments . No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial waiver thereof include any other right, power or privilege. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, discharged or terminated except by a written document signed by duly authorized officers of the parties.


18. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law or be so held by applicable court decision, such unenforceability or invalidity shall only apply to such provision and shall not render this Agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole; and, in such event, such provision shall be modified or interpreted so as to best accomplish the objective of such unenforceable or invalid provision within the limits of applicable law or applicable court decision and the manifest intent of the parties hereto.

19. Relationship of the Parties . In fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement, each party shall be acting as an independent contractor. This Agreement does not make either party the employee, agent or legal representative of the other.

20. Unique Material . For materials purchased or produced by Seller (either directly or via Caswell) only for Imperva and not usable for other Seller’s customers or other Caswell’s customers (“Unique Material”), Seller shall notify Imperva about the minimal order quantity and a unit cost and shall purchase (or shall ensure Caswell will purchase) such Unique Material only upon getting Imperva’s consent in writing. Upon termination of this Agreement or a change in the bill of materials of an Integrated Product (“BOM”), Seller shall invoice Imperva for the remaining inventory of any Unique Material (ordered in accordance with this Section 20) that becomes unusable (subject to the next sentence). Seller shall use reasonable commercial efforts to return unused Unique Material and to cancel pending orders for such material, and to otherwise mitigate the amounts payable by Imperva.

21. Force Majeure . “Force majeure” shall refer to any event beyond the reasonable control of either party and that still cannot be avoided even if the party affected has exercised reasonable care, including but not limited government actions, acts of God, fire, explosions, storms, flood, earthquakes, tides, lightning or war. But a lack of credit, funds or financing shall not be deemed a circumstances beyond the reasonable control of either party. The party affected by a “force majeure event” shall notify the other party of such relief from liability as soon as possible. In the event that the performance of this Agreement is delayed or impeded by the aforementioned “force majeure,” the party affected by such force majeure shall not be liable in any way under this Agreement to the extent of such delay or impedance.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by persons duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

 

IMPERVA, INC.
  /s/ Merav Davidson
By   /s/ Merav Davidson
Title   SVP, Business Operations
  9-9-09

 

Seller
By   Shai Eden
Title   C.E.O.
  /s/ Shai Eden


EXHIBIT A

Statement of Work

Scope of work:

Factory

Seller shall ensure Caswell’s factory will provide a full solution, including: fully assembled (in accordance to Annex 1), imaged with Imperva’s software and tested product, spare and add-on items, accessories, documentation, packaging, shipping documentation and administration, warranty and out of warranty troubleshooting, repair and refurbishments, bug fix, SW upgrade and update.

Fulfillment Centers

Seller’s Fulfillment Centers will provide imaging with Imperva’s software and testing of the Integrated Products, spare and add-on items, short term warehousing and inventory handling, adjustments of the products (including but not limited to installation of add-on items), packaging, shipping documentation and administration, warranty and out of warranty troubleshooting, repair and refurbishments, bug fix, SW upgrade and update.

Fulfillment Centers:

For the agreement with American Portwell Technologies Inc.:

44200 Christy St.

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A.

For the agreement with Dan-El Technologies Ltd.:

58 Amal st.

Petach-Tikva 49513

ISRAEL

Default Imperva Warehouse

Default Imperva Warehouse address shall be:

Imperva Inc.

C/O

Pilot San Francisco – SFO

26300 Corporate Avenue Hayward, CA 94545

or such other address as Imperva may provide in writing from time to time.

Pricing:

All prices are in USD with FOB Fulfillment Center co-terms and refer to the detailed Specifications set forth in Annex 1.

Seller and Imperva shall aim a target cost reduction of [***] per year. The cost will be reviewed on a quarterly basis and updated thereafter for new orders.

 

E-1


Appliances Pricing

 

Appliance

   Price

X1000

   [***]

X2000

   [***]

X2500

   [***]

X4500

   [***]

X6500

   [***]

M100

   [***]

M150 option 1

   [***]

M150 option 2

   [***]

 

* Integrated Product cost is based on Embedded CPU’s. However, as long as non-embedded compatible CPU’s are available and approved by Imperva, Seller will be allowed to provide the Integrated Products with the non-embedded CPU’s without additional discount to Imperva. Once the non-embedded CPU’s are announced EOL, Seller may reserve a stock buffer based on Imperva’s non-binding forecast and Imperva will have no commitment to buy those CPU’s.

 

E-2


Add On pricing

 

Network Interface Cards/sold separate or integrated

4 x 1GbE c Bypass

   PW AKN-484       [***]

2 x 1GbE fiber

   PW AKN-482       [***]

2 x 10GbE fiber SR

   PW AKN-522SR       [***]

2 x 10GbE fiber LR

   PW AKN-522LR       [***]
Additional Add On Cards/sold integrated in the platform

Light Out Management

   LOM    Includes riser, bracket, front panel and lexan change (where applicable) and 1
hour additional
testing of add-on
card
   [***]

SSL Accelerator

  

Silicom PCI-X SSL accelerator –

PXS2510-RoHS

      [***]

Fiber Channel Dual Port card

  

Emulex PCI-E

Lpe11002-M4

      [***]

HSM card

   nCipher 6000e F2       [***]

Future add-on

   Future 3 rd party add-on       [***]

When parts (such as front panel, copper bypass, riser) are removed from the standard appliance as part of the installation of an add-on card, the removed parts shall be kept at the Fulfillment Center as Imperva owned inventory.

Seller shall negotiate with third party vendors of add on cards to reduce the cost. In case that Imperva gets a better cost from a vendor, Seller shall purchase the add-on cards at the reduced cost and shall adjust Imperva’s cost immediately for new purchases.

The above prices include a [***] % markup on the purchase cost of the add-on card.

 

E-3


Additional Services

 

Description

  

Price

Manual labor [USD/hour]

   [***] in US, [***] in TW, [***] in Israel

Re-imaging

   [***] in US, [***] in Israel, [***] in TW

Markup on BOM

   [***] for components in the Integrated Products, [***] on 3 rd parties add on cards.
Hw change: including re-opening the box, making HW change, SW re-image, retest    [***] per unit in US, [***] per unit in Israel [***] per unit in TW

Out of warranty repair

   Parts - cost+[***], 2 working hour. per unit

Refurbishment

   Parts - cost +[***], 2 working hours

Special engineering work

   [***] per hour

 

* This table refers to: (i) additional services, required by Imperva from time to time and not included in the original Integrated Product manufacturing process, or (ii) cost change as a result of an ECR. Manual labor shall be charged against additional direct labor work. Automatic test which does not require manual labor, shall not be charged as additional work.

Pallets

Pallets cost will be carried by Imperva. For clarity, Pallet shall mean the pallet material and not the shipping cost.

 

E-4


EOL:

End Of Life shall not occur earlier than the following dates:

 

Product

   EOL earliest date

X2 (X1000)

   [***]

X4 (X2000)

   [***]

X4 FTL (X2500)

   [***]

X8 FTL (X4500)

   [***]

X16 FTL (X6500)

   [***]

MX

   [***]

MX FTL

   [***]

PW AKN-484

   [***]

PW AKN-482

   [***]

PW AKN-522SR

   [***]

PW AKN-522LR

   [***]

LOM

   [***]

IT and Reporting:

Manufacturing site:

Imperva shall have visibility to the following information through available web tools or emails:

 

   

Production Order updates, including status, updated ETA and Tracking number

 

   

Product specific data: part number, revision, serial number, MAC address and challenge key (a unique code, read from every appliance). Seller shall have full traceability of the serial numbers and versions of major components integrated in the products (such as but not limited to: hard drives and power supplies).

 

   

Monthly Production Failure report, including data and statistics about failures in production and in each of the test plan points

 

   

Unique Material inventory level and cost by item.

Fulfillment center:

Imperva will have visibility to the following information through web tools or emails:

 

   

Shipping log, including part number, revision, Serial Number, Challenge key, Tracking number, end user and Order number

 

   

Daily Inventory and Work In Process (WIP) status, including quantities and locations

 

   

Weekly RMA report, including RMA units in various stages (completed, in process and not returned yet) and their status

 

   

Weekly inventory aging report

 

   

Root cause analysis and corrective action for every DOA within 10 days from faulty product arrival.

 

   

Weekly Refurbishment report, including Refurbished units in various stages

 

E-5


   

Product specific data: part number, revision, serial number, MAC address and challenge key (a unique code, read from every appliance). The fulfillment center shall have full traceability of the serial numbers and versions of major components integrated in the products (such as but not limited to: add on and interface cards).

QBR:

A Quarterly Business Review (“QBR”) shall be held every quarter and will include the following:

 

   

Forecast and Production flow

 

   

Key Performance Indicators (“KPI”), including but not limited to: RMA/DOA, deliveries lead time, on time deliveries, repair and pilot refurbishment turnaround time, IT -information accuracy and availability.

 

   

Corrective/Preventive Actions

 

   

Cost Reduction review

Troubleshooting Tools

Seller shall provide Imperva with troubleshooting and debug tools for only Caswell manufactured parts to help Imperva’s Support reduce the number of RMA returns from the field.

Imperva will be responsible to provide testing software for third party add-on cards.

Quality Specification

Integrated Products shall pass all the tests pre-defined by Imperva and accepted by Seller as part of the production and Fulfillment Centers tests. Failure rates shall not exceed maximum rates set forth in Annex 1 of Exhibit B.

Access to technical data

Seller shall provide Imperva with access to non-classified technical documents and updates in regards to the Integrated Product components’ specification and proposed changes.

 

E-6


ANNEX 1 Specifications

 

    

X1000

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
1    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    2GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    NICs traffic    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 40 units (combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-7


    

X2000

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
1    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    NICs traffic    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 40 units (combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-8


    

X2500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
2    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    NICs traffic    [***]   
1    Raid    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-9


    

X4500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
2    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    8GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    NICs traffic    [***]   
1    Raid    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-10


    

X6500

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
2    CPU    [***]   
2    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    8GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
2    NICs traffic    [***]   
1    Raid    [***]   
1    SSL Accelerator    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Colored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-11


    

M100

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
1    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs    [***]   
1         
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
1       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 40 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-12


    

M150
Option 1

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
2    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    Raid    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-13


    

M150
Option 2

         

Qty

       

Part Number

  

Detailed Description

      Hardware   
1    Platform    [***]   
1    Chipset    [***]   
1    CPU    [***]   
2    HDD    [***]    [***]
1    RAM    4GB   
1    NICs mgmt    [***]   
1    Raid    [***]   
1    Labels      
1    Panel    Lexan / Collored front panel    Includes Imperva branding
      Accessories   
1       USB 4G Disk-on-Key   
2       Ethernet RJ45 Cables 1.8m   
1       RJ45-DB9 Cable 1.8m   
1       Imperva Quick Start Guide   
1       Imperva Warranty Document   
2       Power Cord   
      Mounting Kit   
1       Platform mounting kit   
      Software Installation and Testing   
1       Imperva SW installation    1 hour SW installation/testing in Factory and 1 hour additional testing/ SW installation in the fulfillment center
1       Testing   
      Packaging   
1       Branded Shipping Box    Platform Package with Imperva branding on it
1       Accessory Box    Accessory Box

 

   

MOQ for production: 30 units (Combined [***] units)

 

   

MOQ for fulfillment: 1 unit

 

E-14


EXHIBIT B

Service Level Agreement

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. “Defect” shall mean any defect in design of a Product, or any non-conformity, malfunction or other problem in or with any Integrated Product and not due to Imperva’s software application or operating system or third party add-on card, not solvable by hardware replacement with the same type of Integrated Product, which causes the Integrated Product not to perform, function or operate as desired by Imperva.

1.2. “Level 2 Support” shall mean support calls pertaining to the analysis, troubleshooting, and debugging of issues related to Imperva’s software application and to adapting the Integrated Products to the end customer’s network, escalation of troubles to Level 3 Support and classification of trouble severity level.

1.3. “Level 3 Support” shall mean support calls pertaining to the analysis, troubleshooting, and debugging of issues related to hardware, firmware, drivers, interoperability with operating systems, 3 rd party hardware and software drivers and network environment.

1.4. “Trouble Report” shall mean the report prepared by Imperva and provided to Seller for the purpose of indicating and/or reporting a Defect.

1.5. “Temporary Solution” shall mean a temporary correction of a Defect in order to restore an Integrated Product or the part thereof into operation.

2. Maintenance and support

Imperva shall provide Level 2 Support to its end user customers of the Integrated Products. This Level 2 Support shall include taking exclusive responsibility for interface with the customer, including, but not limited to taking all support calls from the customer and performing basic problem diagnostics.

Seller shall provide Level 3 Support, as described below.

2.1. Level 3 Support Service

Technical Support - Seller Technical Support service is available via phone or Web site with no extra charge to Imperva for 24 hours by 7 days per week. Technical support service may be provided by the Fulfillment Centers of American Portwell Technology Inc and/or by the Fulfillment Centers of Dan-El Technologies Ltd and/or by Caswell at different times of the day. Seller shall provide a detailed list of technical support hours covered by each one of the technical support centers. Imperva will receive an initial response from a call or a web requests within 20 minutes.

 

E-15


3. Hardware Support

3.1. Standard Warranty - Return and Repair

Seller will remedy hardware defects (“RMA”) by repairing or replacing any defective hardware, upon return to the Fulfillment Center. Seller will, at its option, repair or replace the Integrated product within ten (10) business days of the receipt of the defective unit; provided that, Integrated Products discovered by Imperva or any Customer to be defective within the DOA Period (as defined by the chart below), a new Integrated Product will be shipped within twenty four (24) hours to Imperva (or the Customer, as applicable) via overnight priority shipment on domestic shipments and via international priority shipment (based on FedEx terms or equivalent) on international shipments. Seller shall be responsible to hold an adequate inventory level of spare appliances and parts to meet this SLA. The spares inventory will be in addition to the Integrated Products held against Imperva purchase orders. Spare third party add-on cards shall be purchased and held by Seller per Imperva purchase orders and Imperva shall be invoiced upon their arrival at the fulfillment center. All repaired Integrated Product is warranted to be free of defects for the longer of (i) [***] calendar days from the date of the Integrated Products return shipment to Imperva (or the Customer, as applicable) and (ii) the remainder of the Integrated Product’s Warranty Period, whichever is longer. Imperva will be responsible to send the faulty Integrated Product to the fulfillment center. In case where Seller has shipped an advanced replacement and the faulty Integrated Product not arrived at the fulfillment center within forty five (45) days, Imperva will be charged for the full price of a new Integrated Product. RMA systems will be inspected for any outside damages and scratches and if found the damaged part will be automatically replaced unless any other written notice from Imperva. In the case where an external part (Chassis elements and external/internal packages, accessories will be replaced Imperva will be fully charged for the damaged or missing parts.

Seller is not liable for any data loss for any RMA/DOA units.

In case that an Integrated Product was returned to Seller for repair and the Integrated Product seemed to work properly, Seller shall inform Imperva that no problem was found (“NFF”) and Imperva shall have the right to test the product at Imperva labs. If both parties have not found any failure and agreed that the case is NFF, then Imperva shall carry the shipping costs and RMA cost as out of warranty.

The parties shall work together to improve the troubleshooting process and the diagnostic tools provided to the end customers to minimize the NFF occurrences.

Responsibility for shipping charges, labor charges and parts for returned and/or repaired hardware is as follows:

 

Warranty Periods

   Parts      Labor fee      Faulty shipment
cost
     Repaired/Replacement
shipment cost
 

DOA Period

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

Months 4-12

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

 

E-16


Year 2-3

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

>3 years

     [***]         [***]         [***]         [***]   

 

* For clarity, the first Warranty Period begins on the date the applicable Integrated Product is delivered (by Imperva or a Fulfillment Center) to the Customer.
* All shipments will be packed, palletized and labeled as set forth in Section 8.7.

3.2. Out of Warranty Repairs

Repairable Integrated Products that are out of warranty and returned to Seller for repair will be repaired within 10 business days to Imperva or Imperva’s end customer. Third party faulty add-on cards shall be replaced and sent to their vendors for repair. Imperva will be charged for replaced parts cost plus [***] and two (2) labor hours per RMA at the agreed labor cost specified in the Additional Services table in Exhibit A. The parties shall agree within two years from the Effective Date about the number of spare units to be held by Seller for this purpose. Imperva shall be charged for the repair of out of warranty third parties add-on cards.

3.3. Advance Replacement

a. Dead on Arrival (“DOA”) Integrated Products that fail within [***] days of initial shipment shall be classified dead on arrival (“DOA”). DOAs will be Advance Replaced with new Integrated Products. Seller will charge Imperva for full unit’s price if returned DOA units are not received within forty five (45) days.

b. Cut off time for advanced replacement shipment - For DOA’s reported by 3PM local time in the Fulfillment Centers, the advanced replacement shall be shipped on the same day for the standard Integrated Products and within one business day for Integrated Products with adjustments.

3.4. Field Replaceable Units (“FRU”)

Field replaceable items such as hard drives, power supplies and network interface cards, replaceable without opening the appliance chassis shall be classified FRU. Imperva, or its customers, may replace FRU’s in Integrated Products in the field, following instructions provided by Seller without affecting the warranty status of the Integrated Product. A fulfillment center will ship FRU’s to customers on either an (i) exchange or (ii) advance replacement basis in case of DOA. A damage caused by the end user during improper FRU replacement shall be fully covered by Imperva and will not be deemed an RMA or DOA.

3.5. Refurbished Units

Imperva evaluation (i.e. pilot) units may be delivered by Imperva to Seller. Within ten (10) business days from such delivery, Seller will refurbish such units and return-ship them to Imperva (or the location designated by Imperva). All units will be refurbished according to Imperva’s instructions (which will include, without limitation, data wipe, running all, diagnostic tests, software installation and burn-in), Refurbishment process will be charged to Imperva.

 

E-17


3.6. Limitation of warranty

The warranties will not apply to any failure to the extent originated by: accident; unusual physical or electrical stress; neglect; misuse (other than misuse by Seller or any third party acting on its behalf). Seller shall inform Imperva of any Integrated Product returned for repair and found exceeding the warranty limitations. Imperva shall have the option to hold that Integrated Product repair or repair it out of warranty as set forth in Section 3.2 of this SLA.

4. Systematic Failure :

Product failure in more than [***] of install base of an Integrated Product (or more than [***] units if the install base is smaller than 100 units) due to same root cause in a time period equal or shorter than one year, shall be deemed a “Systematic Failure”. A systematic failure, shall be treated as a DOA and Seller shall carry all repair expenses and shipping to and from end customers.

5. VERIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION AND CORRECTIONS OF DEFECTS

5.1. TROUBLE REPORTS

Imperva shall report to Seller any Defect for which Imperva requires repair, replacement or correction by using Trouble Reports as set out below. All Trouble Reports shall be sent to Seller’s office by telefax or by electronic mail.

For Defects having priority Class A in accordance with Sub-article 5.2 of this Agreement, Imperva may report such Defects to Seller by email/fax. Such reporting by email/fax shall be considered and treated by Seller as a submitted Trouble Report. For such cases, also a normal Trouble Report shall be sent to Seller for notification purposes only.

 

E-18


Each Trouble Report shall contain the following information:

 

  a) Imperva product identification number (if any);

 

  b) Imperva Trouble Report identification number;

 

  c) The priority class of the Defect (Critical (Class A), Serious (Class B) or Minor (Class C);

 

  d) A description of the commands and procedures that reveal the Defect; and

 

  e) A short description of the Defect and its impact on the Product’s performance.

The following additional information may be included if deemed necessary:

 

  a) A description of the hardware and software environment;

 

  b) Specification of the release version and software patches of the relevant Product (or part thereof);

 

  c) Examples of input;

 

  d) The resulting output;

 

  e) The expected output; and

 

  f) Any special circumstances surrounding the discovery of the Defect.

For each Trouble Report, Seller undertakes to:

 

  a) Confirm its receipt of the Trouble Report by electronic mail within the time periods set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Critical Defects (Class A) may initially be confirmed over the phone. The confirmation shall contain Seller’s identification number as well as Imperva’s Trouble Report number, to be used in the subsequent communication between the parties.

 

  b) Analyze the Trouble Report, verify the existence of the Defects and note the priority class.

 

  c) Advise Imperva of any perceivable impact which a repair or correction may have on the Product.

For any intermittent Defects, the Trouble Report shall contain a request for the establishment of an action plan by Seller.

5.2. CLASSIFICATION OF DEFECTS

The following three priority classes shall be used in order to classify the Defects. The issuer of the Trouble Report shall set the priority. Imperva and the Seller will review and agree about the classification of specific defects based on their effect on Imperva’s end customer.

Critical Defect(s) (Class A)

The presence of a Critical Defect implies that the Integrated Product cannot be substantially used, or has a major negative impact on the total system operation, system functionality, or system reliability with regard to Imperva’s, distributors’ or end-users’ systems.

Serious Defect(s) (Class B)

 

E-19


The presence of a Serious Defect seriously affects the functionality of the Integrated Product but can be circumvented so that the Integrated Product can be used, or implies that a program or function in the Integrated Product cannot be used although other programs or functions remain unaffected, or implies that the Integrated Product as a whole functions but a certain function are somewhat disabled, gives incorrect results or does not conform to the support materials or any agreed standards.

Minor Defect(s) (Class C)

A Minor Defect has no significant effect on the functionality of the Integrated Product.

5.3. CORRECTION OF DEFECT(S)

For Defects classified as Critical Defects (Class A), Seller shall immediately inform Caswell of the Defect, ensure that Caswell will first create a Temporary Solution in order to solve the critical situation, and thereafter a Final Solution. Seller shall use its constant and best efforts to complete the Temporary Solution and the Final Solution as soon as possible but never later than within the time period set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Seller shall constantly keep Imperva informed of the progress of the correction work as well as, at Imperva’s request, provide Imperva with written progress reports.

For Defects classified as Serious Defects (Class B), Seller shall immediately inform Caswell of the Defect, ensure that Caswell will first create a Temporary Solution and thereafter a Final Solution. The Temporary Solution and the Final Solution shall both be completed no later than within the time periods set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement. Seller shall, until completion of the Final Solution, at least once every day inform Imperva of the progress of the correction work. Seller shall also provide Imperva with written reports describing the progress on a weekly basis.

For Defects classified as Minor Defects (Class C), Seller shall examine and create a solution as soon as reasonably possible with regard to Seller’s then current workload and planning but not later than within the time period set out in Annex 1 (Time Periods) to this Agreement.

 

E-20


6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES - SERVICES

If Seller exceeds the maximal failure rates set forth in Annex 1 of this SLA, then Imperva shall have the right to recover liquidated damages in the rates set forth in Section 6.1 of the SLA. In addition to that, if Seller exceeds any of the time periods or maximal failure rates set forth in Annex 1 and Annex 2 of this SLA, Seller shall be responsible for any reasonable penalty Imperva may have to pay its customer as a result of Seller not meeting the SLAs agreed to by Imperva and customer, provided that Seller has been notified without undue delay in writing of such claim, suit or proceeding with and given authority, information and assistance (at the Seller’s expense) to settle the claim.

6.1 For every faulty unit beyond the maximal failure rates (RMA or DOA) set forth in Annex 1 of this SLA, excluding NFF, third party add-on cards and hard drives failures, Seller shall compensate Imperva with the amount equal to the price of a new Integrated Product in addition to the repair or replacement of the faulty Integrated Product For clarity, with reference to failures in third party add-on cards and hard drives, such failures shall be counted in RMA measurements for quality improvement purposes only and Seller shall take the lead for all quality improvement and communication regarding any quality issues with the third party vendors.

7. SUBCONTRACTING

Seller shall not subcontract any parts or portions of the Services without Imperva’s written approval.

The parties agree to cooperate in qualifying Imperva’s personnel and/or a global third party service company to perform field repairs and/or upgrades on the Integrated Products without derogating from Seller’s warranty undertakings under this Agreement.

 

E-21


ANNEX 1 Maximal Failure Rates

 

Process / Activity

  

Rate

DOA rates

  

DOA rates, measured in terms of:

 

# of DOAs in last 12 months / # of units shipped in the last 12 months shall not exceed [***].

RMA rates

  

RMA rates, measured in terms of:

 

# of RMAs in last 12 months / avg. install base in the last 12 months shall not exceed [***].

 

* DOA and RMA rates will be reviewed each Quarter as part of the QBR.

 

E-22


ANNEX 2 Time Periods

 

Process / Activity

  

Repair and Defect Correction Times

Correction of Critical Defects (Class A)

  

Temporary Solution within [***] hours from receipt of Trouble Report.

 

   Final Solution shall be provided by Seller using its best effort and within the shortest possible time, but no later than within [***] days from receipt of the Trouble Report.

Correction of Serious Defects (Class B)

  

Temporary Solution as soon as possible, but no later than within [***] hours from receipt of the Trouble Report.

 

   Final Solution as soon as possible, but no later than within [***] days from receipt of the Trouble Report.

Correction of Minor Defects (Class C)

   Solution as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than within [***] weeks from receipt of the Trouble Report.

 

E-23


EXHIBIT C

Standby Letter of Credit Sample

 

27:    SEQUENCE OF TOTAL    :
40A:    FORM OF DOCCREDIT    : IRREVOCABLE STANDBY
20:    DOCCREDIT NUMBER    :……………
31C:    DATE OF ISSUE    :…………………..
31D:    DATE & PLACE OF EXPIRY    : ISRAEL
50:    APPLICANT    : IMPERVA LTD.
      ISRAEL
59:    BENEFICIARY    :……………………
      ………………………
      ………………………..
32B:    CURRENCY CODE, AMOUNT    : US$............................
41A:    AVAILABLE WITH .... BY:    : LUMILITTLV
      BANK LEUMI LE ISRAEL B.M.
      TEL- AVIV
      BY PAYMENT
45A:   

DESCRIPTION OF GOODS AND/

OR SERVICES

  
      : NETWORK APPLIANCES
46A:    DOCUMENTS REQUIRED    :
1.    BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED DECLARATION STATING THAT ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS (2, 3 BELOW) WHICH WERE SENT DIRECTLY TO IMPERVA LTD. OR TO IMPERVA INC. WERE NOT PAID WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM DUE DATE .
2.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT UNPAID INVOICE(S)
3.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT ORIGINAL TRANSPORT DOCUMENT EVIDENCING SHIPMENT OF THE GOODS TO IMPERVA LTD. OR TO IMPERVA INC OR TO OTHER ADDRESS AS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY IMPERVA LTD OR IMPERVA INC AS STATED IN THE GOODS RELEASE ORDER.

 

E-24


4.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT PURCHASE ORDER ISSUED BY IMPERVA LTD OR BY IMPERVA INC.
5.    PHOTOCOPY(IES) OF THE RELEVANT GOODS RELEASE ORDER SIGNED BY IMPERVA LTD. OR IMPERVA INC.
6.    BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT THAT THE GOODS HAVE BEEN TESTED AND MEET ALL THE SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.
47A:    SPECIAL CONDITIONS    :
1.   

ALL DOCUMENTS PRESENTED MUST BEAR OUR STANDBY L/C NO. 333-02- …..

AND PURCHASE ORDER NO.

2.    PARTIAL DRAWINGS : PERMITTED
3.    UPON RECEIPT OF DOCUMENTS WHICH CONFORM WITH TERMS OF THIS STANDBY L/C WE SHALL ADVISE APPLICANT ACCORDINGLY. IN THE EVENT THAT APPLICANT PRESENTS TO US COPY OF BANK TRANSFER MADE BY IMPERVA LTD. OR IMPERVA INC. EVIDENCING REMITTANCE OF THE AMOUNT CLAIMED TO BENEFICIARY, WE SHALL ADVISE YOU IMMEDIATELY STATING AMOUNT, DATE AND MODE OF TRANSFER. IN SUCH CASE NO PAYMENT WILL BE EFFECTED BY US AND THIS STANDBY L/C WILL REMAIN VALID FOR THE OUTSTANDING BALANCE BEFORE THE RELEVANT DRAWING. HOWEVER, IF APPLICANT DOES NOT PRESENT TO US SUCH COPY OF BANK TRANSFER, WE SHALL EFFECT PAYMENT ACCORDING TO YOUR DEMAND VALUE 21 DAYS FROM THEIR RECEIPT.
4.    IN CASE DOCUMENTS PRESENTED EXCEPT FOR DOC. NO. 5 THEN BENEFICARY IS OBLIGED TO PRESENT ALTERNATIVELY ITS STATEMENT THAT AT LEAST SIX MONTHS FROM THE DAY OF GOODS ARRIVAL AT THE FULLFILMENT CENTER HAVE PASSED, GOODS WERE SENT TO A DEFAULT IMPERVA WAREHOUSE WITHOUT RELEASE ORDER AS PER AGREEMENT BETWEEN APPLICANT AND BENEFICIARY.
5.    EXCEPT FOR CASE IN NO 4, ALL INVOICES MUST BEAR GOODS RELEASE ORDER NO.
71B:    CHARGES    : ALL BANK CHARGES OUTSIDE ISRAEL ARE FOR BENEFICIARY ACCOUNT.
49:    CONFIRMATION INSTRUCT    : WITHOUT
78:    BANK TO BANK INFORMATION    :
PLS FORWARD US DOCUMENTS BY SPECIAL COURIER TO OUR ADRESS:

19 HERZL STREET, TEL AVIV, ISRAEL FOR THE ATTENTION OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE CENTER, GUARANTEES DEPT.

 

E-25


72:    SENDER TO RECEIVER INFO    : L/C SUBJECT TO UCPDC 2007 (ICC 600)
     

PHONBEN:

FAXBEN:

      PLEASE ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT.

 

E-26

Exhibit 10.13

LEASE AGREEMENT

By and Between

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,

a California limited liability company

(“Landlord”)

and

IMPERVA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(“Tenant”)

February 6, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1. PREMISES

     3   

ARTICLE 2. TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

     4   

ARTICLE 3. USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD

     5   

ARTICLE 4. RENT

     6   

ARTICLE 5. RENT ADJUSTMENT

     9   

ARTICLE 6. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

     16   

ARTICLE 7. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD

     17   

ARTICLE 8. REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT

     18   

ARTICLE 9. TENANT’S EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS

     19   

ARTICLE 10. FORCE MAJEURE

     19   

ARTICLE 11. CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’ AND MATERIALMAN’S LIENS

     20   

ARTICLE 12. ARBITRATION

     20   

ARTICLE 13. INSURANCE

     21   

ARTICLE 14. QUIET ENJOYMENT

     23   

ARTICLE 15. ALTERATIONS

     23   

ARTICLE 16. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

     24   

ARTICLE 17. PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES

     26   

ARTICLE 18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     26   

ARTICLE 19. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     30   

ARTICLE 20. CONDEMNATION

     33   

ARTICLE 21. HOLD HARMLESS

     33   

ARTICLE 22. DEFAULT BY TENANT

     34   

 

- i -


ARTICLE 23. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

     38   

ARTICLE 24. RIGHT TO RELOCATE

     38   

ARTICLE 25. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     39   

ARTICLE 26. NON-WAIVER

     39   

ARTICLE 27. RULES AND REGULATIONS

     40   

ARTICLE 28. ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

     40   

ARTICLE 29. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     40   

ARTICLE 30. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

     40   

ARTICLE 31. HOLDING OVER

     42   

ARTICLE 32. SIGNS

     42   

ARTICLE 33. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

     43   

ARTICLE 34. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS

     45   

ARTICLE 35. SEVERABILITY

     46   

ARTICLE 36. NOTICES

     46   

ARTICLE 37. OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER

     46   

ARTICLE 38. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     47   

ARTICLE 39. CAPTIONS

     47   

ARTICLE 40. CHANGES

     47   

ARTICLE 41. AUTHORITY

     47   

ARTICLE 42. BROKERAGE

     48   

ARTICLE 43. EXHIBITS

     48   

ARTICLE 44. APPURTENANCES

     48   

ARTICLE 45. PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY

     49   

ARTICLE 46. RECORDING

     49   

ARTICLE 47. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

     49   

 

- ii -


ARTICLE 48. SHORING

     49   

ARTICLE 49. PARKING

     50   

ARTICLE 50. ELECTRICAL CAPACITY

     50   

ARTICLE 51. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

     50   

ARTICLE 52. TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT

     50   

ARTICLE 53. ERISA

     52   

ARTICLE 54. LETTER OF CREDIT

     53   

 

- iii -


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, (this “Lease”) is made and entered into as of February 12, 2008 by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information below.

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Tenant: IMPERVA, INC., a Delaware corporation

Premises: Suite 101 on the first floor of the Building, containing approximately 15,760 square feet of rentable area, outlined in Exhibit B to this Lease.

Building: The Building commonly known as 3400 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California 94065. The rentable area of the Building is 49,854 square feet.

Base Rent:

 

Period

(In Months)

   Annual
Base Rent
   Monthly
Base Rent

1-3

   N/A    ($39,400.00) (abated)

4-12

   N/A    $39,400.00

13-24

   $491,712.00    $40,976.00

25-Expiration of Initial Term

   $510,624.00    $42,552.00

Security Deposit Amount: None

Letter of Credit Required Amount: $42,552.00

Rent Payable Upon Execution: $39,400.00

Tenant’s Building Only Percentage 31.6123%

Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage 1.591%

Commencement Date: The date that is the later of April 1, 2008, or the date upon which substantial completion of the Landlord’s Work occurs.

Expiration Date: The date that is the day prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date. If the Expiration Date falls on a day other than the last day of the calendar month, then, the Expiration Date shall be extended to the last day of the calendar month in which the day that the Term of this Lease would otherwise end but for this proviso occurs, and the Term of this Lease shall be extended accordingly.

 

- 1 -


Landlord’s Address:   
  

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

4 Embarcadero Center, 27th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: JoLynn Chow Miller

With a copy by the same method to:   
  

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

8 Campus Drive, 4th Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Attention: Greg Shanklin, Esquire

With a copy by the same method to:   
  

Harvest Properties, Inc.

6475 Christie Avenue, Suite 550

Emeryville, California 94608

Attention: Joss Hanna

Address for rental payment:   
  

Payments via FedEx/UPS/Courier:

 

JP Morgan Chase

2710 Media Center Dr.

Building #6, Suite #120

Los Angeles, CA 90065

Attn: PREI’s Westport Office Park/100170

 

Payments via regular mail (lockbox address):

 

Remit to:   PREI’s Westport Office Park #171201

 P. O. Box 100170

 Pasadena, CA 91189-0170

 

Payments via either FED wire or ACH wire:

 

Bank Account Name: Harvest Properties, Inc. LLC

as agent for PREI’s

Westport Office Park

Bank Account Number

Bank Name: Bank One

Bank City & State Location: Chicago, IL

ABA Routing Number:

 

- 2 -


Tenant’s Address:   
  

950 Tower Lane, Suite 1550

Foster City, CA 94404

Attention: Corinne Belvel

 

(If on or after the Commencement Date to the Premises)

Attention: Corinne Belvel

With a copy to:   
  

Hopkins & Carley

70 South First Street

San Jose, CA 95113

Attention: Garth E. Pickett, Esq.

Landlord’s Broker: NAI BT Commercial Real Estate.

Tenant’s Broker: Collectively, CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Commercial Property Services.

Maximum Parking Allocation: Fifty-two (52), which is based on a parking ratio of 3.3 non-exclusive parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of leased space in the Premises.

The Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any Basic Lease Information shall mean the applicable information set forth in the Basic Lease Information, except that in the event of any conflict between an item in the Basic Lease Information and this Lease, this Lease shall control. Additional defined terms used in the Basic Lease Information shall have the meanings given those terms in this Lease.

ARTICLE 1.

PREMISES

1.1 Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises. The property shown on Exhibit A to this Lease and all improvements thereon and appurtenances on that land thereto, including, but not limited to, the Building, other office buildings, access roadways, and all other related areas, shall be collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Project.” Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may elect to sell one or more of the buildings within the Project and that upon any such sale Tenant’s pro-rata share of those Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) allocated to the areas of the Project other than buildings may be adjusted accordingly by Landlord. Subject to (a) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D, (b) emergency situations or other matters outside the reasonable control of Landlord, and (c) the requirements of applicable laws,

 

- 3 -


Tenant shall have access to and use of the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year throughout the Lease term.

1.2 Upon the approval of the Space Plan for the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C . Landlord’s architect shall calculate and certify in writing to Landlord and Tenant the rentable area of the Premises. If Landlord’s architect determines that the rentable area of the Premises or the Building is different from that stated in this Lease, rent that is based on rentable area (including Tenant’s Share and the Tenant Improvement Allowance) shall be recalculated in accordance with that determination. On the recalculation of rent as provided in this Section 1.2, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease stating the recalculated rent. Execution of that amendment shall not be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the recalculated rent. For purposes of this Lease, (1) “rentable area” and “usable area” shall be calculated pursuant to the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1, 1996); (2) “rentable square feet” and “rentable footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “rentable area;” and (3) “usable square feet” and “usable square footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “usable area.”

ARTICLE 2.

TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

2.1 The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated (the “Termination Date”) as hereinafter provided. Landlord’s Work shall be deemed substantially completed upon the earlier of (a) issuance of a certificate of substantial completion by Landlord’s architect as to construction of Landlord’s Work or (b) the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy by the local building authority (or a reasonably substantial equivalent such as a sign-off from a building inspector), notwithstanding that minor or unsubstantial details or construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remains to be performed. The Commencement Date of this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder shall not be delayed or postponed by reason of any delay by Tenant in performing changes or alteration in the Premises not required to be performed by Landlord. In the event the Term shall commence on a day other than the first day of a month, then the Base Rent shall be immediately paid for such partial month prorated in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. As soon as the Commencement Date is determined, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F acknowledging, among other things, the (a) Commencement Date, (b) scheduled Expiration Date of this Lease and (c) Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises. The Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder.

2.2 Landlord shall perform the construction work as provided in Exhibit C hereto (“Landlord’s Work”). Except for Landlord’s Work, Landlord has no obligation to construct improvements in the Premises.

2.3 Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects (the “Punch List Items”) which were part of Landlord’s Work in the Premises within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date and Landlord shall, at its sole

 

- 4 -


expense, complete said work and/or remedy such unsatisfactory conditions or defects as soon as possible. The existence of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects as aforesaid shall not affect the Commencement Date or the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder.

2.4 Subject to completion of the Punch List Items, the taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises and the Building were in good and satisfactory condition at the time possession was taken by Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the condition of the Building, the Premises, the land upon which the Building is constructed, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Building or the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in this Lease.

2.5 Notwithstanding Section 2.4 above, Landlord warrants that the roof, structural components of the Building, HVAC system, electrical and plumbing systems, elevator, parking lot or site lighting (the “Covered Items”), other than those constructed by Tenant, shall be in good operating condition on the date possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the delivery of possession, or if one of such Covered Items should malfunction or fail within ninety (90) days after the delivery of possession to Tenant, Landlord shall, as Landlord’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify the same at Landlord’s expense. If Tenant does not give Landlord the required notice within ninety (90) days after the delivery of possession to Tenant, Landlord shall have no obligation with respect to that warranty other than obligations regarding the Covered Items set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

2.6 Landlord represents and warrants that as of the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord has not received any written notice that the Covered Items violate applicable laws (including code sections) in effect and enforceable against the Landlord or the Building as of the date of this Lease. In the event Landlord receives notice of any violation of applicable laws with respect to any of the Covered Items prior to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of correcting those violations. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in Exhibit C, Landlord shall have the right to contest any alleged violation in good faith, including without limitation the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by applicable law and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 3.

USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD

3.1 The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for general office, marketing, training, engineering, research and development and other related purposes and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

- 5 -


3.2 Tenant shall not use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises for any purpose which Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems to be illegal, immoral, or dangerous; permit any public or private nuisance; do or permit any act or thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Project; keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might introduce offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Project, use any apparatus which might make undue noise or set up vibrations in or about the Project; permit anything to be done which would increase the premiums paid by Landlord for fire and extended coverage insurance on the Project or its contents or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Project or any part thereof or any of its contents; or permit anything to be done which is prohibited by or which shall in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule, regulation or covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, including without limitation the CC&R’s (as defined below) now or hereinafter in force. Should Tenant do any of the foregoing without the prior written consent of Landlord, and the same is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice from Landlord (which five (5) business day period shall be subject to extension if the nature of the breach is such that it is not possible to cure the same within such ten (10) business day period so long as the Tenant commences the cure of such breach within such ten (10) day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion) it shall constitute an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and shall enable Landlord to resort to any of its remedies hereunder.

3.3 The ownership, operation, maintenance and use of the Project shall be subject to certain conditions and restrictions contained in an instrument (“CC&R’s”) recorded or to be recorded against title to the Project. Tenant agrees that regardless of when those CC&R’s are so recorded, this Lease and all provisions hereof shall be subject and subordinate thereto. Accordingly, as a consequence of that subordination, during any period in which the entire Project is not owned by Landlord, (a) the portion of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) for the Common Areas shall be allocated among the owners of the Project as provided in the CC&R’s, and (b) the CC&R’s shall govern the maintenance and insuring of the portions of the Project not owned by Landlord. Tenant shall, promptly upon request of Landlord, sign all documents reasonably required to carry out the foregoing into effect.

ARTICLE 4.

RENT

4.1 Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord the Base Rent subject to recalculation as provided in Section 1.2. For purposes of Rent adjustment under the Lease, the number of months is measured from the first day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date falls. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in consideration of Tenant entering into this lease, the monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be abated for the first three (3) months after the Commencement Date and Tenant shall have no obligation to make any payment of Base Rent, Taxes or other Operating Expenses during such three (3) month period. Landlord and Tenant agree for tax reporting purposes that none of the Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes due in periods in which Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes is not being abated shall be allocated to any other period. Each monthly installment (the “Monthly Rent”) shall be payable by check or by money order on or before the first day of each calendar month. In addition to the Base Rent,

 

- 6 -


Tenant also agrees to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as hereinafter defined), and any and all other sums of money as shall become due and payable by Tenant as hereinafter set forth, all of which shall constitute additional rent under this Lease (the “Additional Rent”). Landlord expressly reserves the right to apply any payment received to Base Rent or any other items of Rent that are not paid by Tenant. The Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent are sometimes hereinafter collectively called “Rent” and shall be paid when due in lawful money of the United States without demand, deduction, abatement, or offset to the addresses for the rental payment set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or as Landlord may designate from time to time.

4.2 In the event any Monthly or Additional Rent or other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not paid within five (5) days after its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (the “Late Charge”), as Additional Rent, in an amount of five percent (5%) of the amount of such late payment. Failure to pay any Late Charge shall be deemed a Monetary Default (as hereinafter defined). Provision for the Late Charge shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity, and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. Failure to charge or collect such Late Charge in connection with any one (1) or more such late payments shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to charge and collect such Late Charges in connection with any other similar or like late payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, the 5% Late Charge shall not be imposed with respect to the first late payment in the twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date or with respect to the first late payment in any succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Term unless the applicable payment due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days following written notice from Landlord that such payment was not received when due. Following the first such written notice from Landlord in the twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date and the first such written notice in any succeeding twelve (12) month period during the term (but regardless of whether such payment has been received within such five (5) day period), the Late Charge will be imposed without notice for any subsequent payment due from Tenant during such applicable twelve (12) month period which is not received within five (5) days after its due date.

4.3 Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) the Rent Payable on Execution as payment of the first installment due (which covers the fourth month of the Lease Term) of Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes due hereunder and (ii) an amount equal to the Security Deposit Amount to be held by Landlord as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant hereunder (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. The Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit, an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages in any case of Tenant’s default. If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, including without limitation the provisions relating to payment of Rent, the removal of property at the end of the Term, the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and the cleaning of the Premises upon termination of the tenancy created hereby, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and/or to cure any other such failure by Tenant.

 

- 7 -


If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof for payment of such amounts or to cure any such other failure by Tenant, then Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor, pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount then required by this Section 4.3 Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds and Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Upon termination of the original Landlord’s or any successor owner’s interest in the Premises or the Building, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Security Deposit upon the original Landlord’s or such successor owner’s complying with California Civil Code Section 1950.7. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, but only with respect to such provisions which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or Rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. If Tenant performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or the last assignee of Tenant’s interest under this Lease within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease.

4.4 If the Term commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month or expires or terminates on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, the Rent for any such partial month shall be prorated to the actual number of days Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises for such partial month.

4.5 All Rents and any other amount payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, if not paid when due, shall bear interest from twenty (20) days after the date due until paid at a rate equal to the prime commercial rate established from time to time by Bank of America, plus three percent (3%) per annum; but not in excess of the maximum legal rate permitted by law. Failure to charge or collect such interest in connection with any one (1) or more delinquent payments shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to charge and collect such interest in connection with any other or similar or like delinquent payments.

4.6 If Tenant fails to make when due two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent or makes two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent which are returned to Landlord by Tenant’s financial institution for insufficient funds, Landlord may require, by giving written notice to Tenant, that all future payments of Rent shall be made in cashier’s check or by money order. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy of Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE 5.

RENT ADJUSTMENT

5.1 Definitions.

(a) “Operating Expenses”, as said term is used herein, shall mean all expenses, costs, and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, operation, or maintenance of the Project. Operating Expenses shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted real estate practices, consistently applied, and shall include, but not be limited to, the items as listed below:

(i) Wages, salaries, and any and all taxes, insurance and benefits of the Building manager and any clerical, maintenance, or other management employees directly associated with the operation of the Building (at or below the level equivalent to senior property manager, senior property director or senior engineering manager);

(ii) All expenses for the Building management office including rent, office supplies, and materials therefor;

(iii) All supplies, materials, and tools;

(iv) All costs incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Project including, but not limited to, the following: elevators; heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems; security; cleaning and janitorial; parking lot and landscape; window washing; building painting; and license, permit and inspection fees;

(v) Costs of water, pure water, sewer, electric, and any other utility charges;

(vi) Costs of casualty, rental interruption, and liability insurance, and any deductibles payable thereunder; including, without limitation, Landlord’s cost of any self insurance deductible or retention;

(vii) Capital improvements made to or capital assets acquired for the Project after the Commencement Date that (1) are intended to reduce Operating Expenses or (2) are reasonably necessary for the health and safety of the occupants of the Project or (3) are required under any and all applicable laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, conditions of approval and requirements of all federal, state, county, municipal and governmental authorities and all administrative or judicial orders or decrees and all permits, licenses, approvals and other entitlements issued by governmental entities, and rules of common law, relating to or affecting the Project, the Premises or the Building or the use or operation thereof, whether now existing or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 12111 et seq. (the “ADA”) as the same may be amended from time to time, all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), and any CC&Rs, or any corporation, committee or association formed in connection therewith, or any supplement

 

- 9 -


thereto recorded in any official or public records with respect to the Project or any portion thereof (collectively, “Applicable Laws”), which capital costs, or an allocable portion thereof, shall be amortized over the period reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate determined by Landlord that Landlord would be required to pay to finance the cost of such capital improvements;

(viii) legal, accounting, inspection, and consultation fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Project.

(ix) any other costs incurred by Landlord related to the Project as a whole.

Expressly excluded from Operating Expenses are the following items:

(x) Advertising and leasing commissions;

(xi) Repairs and restoration paid for by the proceeds of any insurance policies or amounts otherwise reimbursed to Landlord or paid by any other source (other than by tenants paying their share of Operating Expenses);

(xii) Principal, interest, and other costs directly related to financing the Project or ground lease rental or depreciation;

(xiii) The cost of special services to tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made;

(xiv) The costs of repair of casualty damage or for restoration following condemnation to the extent covered by insurance proceeds or condemnation awards;

(xv) The costs of any capital expenditures except as expressly permitted to be included in Operating Expenses as provided under clauses (vi), and (vii) above;

(xvi) The costs, including permit, license and inspection costs and supervision fees, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements within the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space within the Project or promotional or other costs in order to market space to potential tenants;

(xvii) The legal fees and related expenses and legal costs incurred by Landlord (together with any damages awarded against Landlord) due to the bad faith violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project;

(xviii) The costs arising from the presence of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) which (a) existed on the Project as of the Commencement Date, and/or (b) were placed within, upon or beneath the Project by Landlord;

 

- 10 -


(xix) The attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project;

(xx) The expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not available to Tenant;

(xxi) The overhead and profit paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(xxii) The costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

(xxiii) The costs (other than ordinary maintenance and insurance) for sculpture, paintings and other objects of art;

(xxiv) The interest and penalties resulting from Landlord’s failure to pay any items of Operating Expense when due;

(xxv) The Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses, costs of entertainment, dining, automobiles or travel for Landlord’s employees, and costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of the operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in the operation of the Project, disputes of Landlord with management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other Project tenants or occupants (except to the extent such dispute is based on Landlord’s good faith efforts to benefit Tenant or meet Landlord’s obligations under this Lease);

(xxvi) The costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;

(xxvii) The management office rental to the extent such rental exceeds the fair market rental for such space;

(xxviii) The costs of correction of latent defects in the Project;

(xxix) The costs of Landlord’s membership in professional organizations (such as, by way of example and without limitation, BOMA); and

 

- 11 -


(xxx) In the case of repairs or replacements to the Project due to earthquake or flood which are not covered by insurance (but not as a result of Landlord’s failure to obtain insurance as required under this Lease) or which fall within a deductible, if such repairs and replacements, according to generally accepted accounting principles and management practices, are capital in nature, then the cost of such repairs or replacements shall be amortized over the useful life of the applicable repair or replacement item, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and management practices; provided that the cumulative sum of any such annual amortization amounts plus the other costs of repairs or replacements due to earthquake or flood not covered by insurance or which fall within a deductible shall be excluded from Operating Expenses to the extent the sum of such annual amortization and other costs of repairs and replacements due to casualty exceeds Two Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of rentable area for any calendar year.

(b) “ Taxes ” shall mean all ad valorem taxes, personal property taxes, and all other taxes, assessments, embellishments, use and occupancy taxes, transit taxes, water, sewer and pure water charges not included in Section 5.1(a)(v) above, excises, levies, license fees or taxes, and all other similar charges, levies, penalties, or taxes, if any, which are levied, assessed, or imposed, by any Federal, State, county, or municipal authority, whether by taxing districts or authorities presently in existence or by others subsequently created, upon, or due and payable in connection with, or a lien upon, all or any portion of the tax parcel on which the Building is located, or facilities used in connection therewith, and rentals or receipts therefrom and all taxes of whatsoever nature that are imposed in substitution for or in lieu of any of the taxes, assessments, or other charges included in its definition of Taxes, and any costs and expenses of contesting the validity of same.

(c) “ Lease Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1st and ending December 31st.

(d) “ Tenant’s Building Percentage ” shall mean Tenant’s percentage of the entire Building as determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of the Building. If there is a change in the total Building Rentable Area as a result of an addition to the Building, partial destruction, modification or similar cause, which event causes a reduction or increase on a permanent basis, Landlord shall cause adjustments in the computations as shall be necessary to provide for any such changes. Landlord shall segregate Operating Expenses into two (2) separate categories, one (1) such category, to be applicable only to Operating Expenses incurred for the Building and the other category applicable to Operating Expenses incurred for the Common Areas and/or the Project as a whole. In so doing, two (2) Tenant’s Building Percentages shall apply, one (1) such Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total number of rentable square feet in the Building (“Tenant’s Building Only Percentage”), and the other Tenant’s Building Percentage to be calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total number of rentable square feet of all buildings in the Project (“Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage”). Consequently, any reference in this Lease to “Tenant’s Building Percentage” shall mean and refer to either or both of Tenant’s Building Only Percentage and Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage of Operating Expenses, as applicable.

 

- 12 -


(e) “ Tenant’s Tax Percentage ” shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of all buildings on the same tax parcel on which the Building is located.

(f) “ Common Areas ” shall mean those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, whether or not those areas are open to the general public, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas to be shared by Landlord and all tenants, and may include, without limitation, any parking facilities, fixtures, systems, signs, facilities, lakes, gardens, parks or other landscaping used in connection with the Project, and may include any city sidewalks adjacent to the Project, pedestrian walkway system, whether above or below grade, park or other facilities open to the general public and roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, and landscape areas appurtenant to the Project.

(g) “ Market Area ” shall mean the Redwood Shores submarket of Redwood City, California (the “City”).

(h) “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean comparable Class “A” office/R&D use buildings in the Market Area.

5.2 Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Operating Expenses. “Tenant’s Share” shall be determined by multiplying Operating Expenses for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by Tenant’s Building Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, estimate what Tenant’s Share will be for such Lease Year based, in part, on Landlord’s operating budget for such Lease Year, and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share as so estimated each month (the “Monthly Escalation Payments”). The Monthly Escalation Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.

5.3 Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenant’s Share of such Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the amount of Monthly Escalation Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of said statement (except as provided in Section 5.4 below); similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenant’s Share is less than the amount of Monthly Escalation Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Escalation Payments to become due hereunder, or if the Lease has terminated, Landlord shall refund such credit to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s mailing of such Operating Expenses reconciliation statement. If utilities, janitorial services or any other components of Operating Expenses increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Escalation Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of the revised difference in Operating

 

- 13 -


Expenses multiplied by Tenant’s Building Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.

5.4 If, within sixty (60) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Operating Expense statement, neither party hereto delivers to the other party a notice referring in reasonable detail to one (1) or more errors in such statement, it shall be deemed conclusively that the information set forth in such statement is correct. Tenant shall, however, be entitled to conduct or require an audit to be conducted, provided that (a) not more than one (1) such audit may be conducted during any Lease Year of the Term, (b) the records for each Lease Year may be audited only once, (c) such audit is commenced within sixty (60) days following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement, and (d) such audit is completed and a copy thereof is delivered to Landlord within 180 days following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement. If Landlord responds to any such audit with an explanation of any issues raised in the audit, such issues shall be deemed resolved unless Tenant responds to Landlord with further written objections within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s response to the audit. In no event shall payment of Rent ever be contingent upon the performance of such audit. For purposes of any audit, Tenant or Tenant’s duly authorized representative, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right, upon fifteen (15) days’ written notice to Landlord, to inspect Landlord’s books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses at the offices of Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent during ordinary business hours, provided that such audit must be conducted so as not to interfere with Landlord’s business operations and must be reasonable as to scope and time. Alternatively, at Landlord’s sole discretion, Landlord may provide an audit of such books and records prepared by an independent nationally or regionally recognized certified public accountant of Landlord’s selection, prepared at Tenant’s expense, which shall be deemed to be conclusive for the purposes of this Lease. If actual Operating Expenses are determined to have been overstated or understated by Landlord for any calendar year, then the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make such adjustment payment or refund as is applicable, and if actual Operating Expenses are determined to have been overstated by Landlord for any calendar year by in excess of seven percent (7%), then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of Tenant’s audit, not to exceed $2,500.00.

5.5 If the occupancy of the Building during any part of any Lease Year is less than 95%, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment of the variable components of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year, as reasonably determined by Landlord using sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building been 95% occupied. This amount shall be considered to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year. For purposes of this Section 5.6, “variable components” include only those component expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels.

5.6 Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, “Tenant’s Tax Share” (as hereinafter defined) of the Taxes. “Tenant’s Tax Share” shall be determined by multiplying Taxes for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by Tenant’s Tax Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, estimate what Tenant’s Tax Share will be for such Lease Year and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Share as so estimated each month (the “Monthly Tax Payments”). The Monthly Tax Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.

 

- 14 -


5.7 Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Taxes incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenant’s Tax Share of such Taxes. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between Tenant’s Tax Share of any increases in Taxes and the amount of Monthly Tax Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of said statement; similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenant’s Tax Share is less than the amount of Monthly Tax Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Tax Payments to become due hereunder, or if the Lease has been terminated, Landlord shall refund Tenant such credit within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of such statement. If Taxes increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Tax Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and, thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of revised difference in Taxes multiplied by Tenant’s Tax Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.

5.8 If, within sixty (60) days following receipt of the Taxes statement, neither party hereto delivers to the other party a notice referring in reasonable detail to one (1) or more errors in such statement, it shall be deemed conclusively that the information set forth in such statement is correct. Tenant shall, however, be entitled to conduct or require an audit to be conducted, provided that (a) not more than one (1) such audit may be conducted during any Lease Year of the Term; (b) the records for each Lease Year may be audited only once, (c) such audit is commenced within sixty (60) days following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement. In no event shall payment of Rent ever be contingent upon the performance of such audit, and (d) such audit is completed and a copy thereof is delivered to Landlord within 180 days following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement. If Landlord responds to any such audit with an explanation of any issues raised in the audit, such issues shall be deemed resolved unless Tenant responds to Landlord with further written objections within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s response to the audit. For purposes of any audit, Tenant or Tenant’s duly authorized representative, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right, upon fifteen (15) days’ written notice to Landlord, to inspect Landlord’s books and records pertaining to Taxes at the offices of Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent during ordinary business hours, provided that such audit must be conducted so as not to interfere with Landlord’s business operations and must be reasonable as to scope and time. Alternatively, at Landlord’s sole discretion, Landlord may provide an audit of such books and records prepared by an independent nationally or regionally recognized certified public accountant of Landlord’s selection, prepared at Tenant’s expense, which shall be deemed to be conclusive for the purposes of this Lease. If actual Taxes are determined to have been overstated or understated by Landlord for any calendar year, then the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make such adjustment payment or refund as is applicable. Despite any other provision of this Article 5, Landlord may adjust Operating Expenses and/or Taxes and submit a corrected statement to account for Taxes or other government public-sector charges (including utility charges) that are for that given year but that were first billed to Landlord after the date that is ten (10) business days before the date on which the statement was furnished.

5.9 If the Taxes for any Lease Year are changed as a result of protest, appeal or other action taken by a taxing authority, the Taxes as so changed shall be deemed the Taxes for such

 

- 15 -


Lease Year. If in any year the Project is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, the elements of Taxes which vary depending upon the occupancy of the Project (e.g., Taxes attributable to the build out of leasable floor area), shall be adjusted to reflect such amount as would have been incurred had the Project been at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such year. Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes in the Lease Year in which those expenses are paid. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to conduct such contests, protests and appeals of the Taxes as Landlord shall determine is appropriate in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.10 Tenant’s obligation with respect to Additional Rent and the payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Tax Share of Taxes shall survive the Expiration Date or Termination Date of this Lease.

ARTICLE 6.

SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

6.1 Subject to Articles 5 and 10 herein, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described in the Standards for Utilities and Services, attached hereto as Exhibit “G,” subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth herein.

6.2 Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising or alleged to arise in connection with the failure, stoppage, or interruption of any such services; nor shall the same be construed as an eviction of Tenant, work an abatement of Rent, entitle Tenant to any reduction in Rent, or relieve Tenant from the operation of any covenant or condition herein contained; it being further agreed that Landlord reserves the right to discontinue temporarily such services or any of them at such times as may be necessary by reason of repair or capital improvements performed within the Project, accident, unavailability of employees, repairs, alterations or improvements, or whenever by reason of strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of God, or any other happening or occurrence beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. In the event of any such failure, stoppage or interruption of services, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to have the same restored. Neither diminution nor shutting off of light or air or both, nor any other effect on the Project by any structure erected or condition now or hereafter existing on lands adjacent to the Project, shall affect this Lease, abate Rent, or otherwise impose any liability on Landlord.

6.3 Landlord shall have the right to reduce heating, cooling, or lighting within the Premises and in the public area in the Building as required by any mandatory fuel or energy-saving program.

6.4 Unless otherwise provided by Landlord, Tenant shall separately arrange with the applicable local public authorities or utilities, as the case may be, for the furnishing of and payment of all telephone and facsimile services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant shall directly pay for such telephone and facsimile services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant shall directly pay for such telephone and facsimile services, including the establishment and connection thereof, at the rates charged for such services by said authority or utility; and the failure of Tenant to obtain or to continue to receive

 

- 16 -


such services for any reason whatsoever shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease.

6.5 Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any locksmithing services, and Landlord shall also have the non-exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, lamp replacement, and additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon billing, the sum of all costs to Landlord of such additional services plus an administration fee. If Tenant requests the Landlord provide locksmithing services and Landlord declines, then Tenant shall not be obligated to use Landlord’s locksmithing services. Charges for any utilities or service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder, shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis.

6.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, if (a) Landlord fails to provide Tenant with the electrical service or elevator service described in Section 6.1, or Landlord enters the Premises and such entry interferes with Tenant’s reasonable use of the Premises (b) such failure or Landlord’s entry is not due to any one or more Force Majeure Events or to an event covered by Article 19, (c) Tenant has given Landlord reasonably prompt written notice of such failure or that such entry by Landlord is unreasonably interfering with Tenant’s use of the Premises and (d) as a result of such failure all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable (and, as a result, all or such part of the Premises are not used by Tenant during the applicable period) for more than five (5) consecutive business days, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Rent proportional to the extent to which the Premises are thereby rendered unusable by Tenant, commencing with the later of (i) the sixth business day during which such untenantability continues or (ii) the sixth business day after Landlord receives such notice from Tenant, until the Premises (or part thereof affected) are again usable or until Tenant again uses the Premises (or part thereof rendered unusable) in its business, whichever first occurs. The foregoing rental abatement shall be Tenant’s exclusive remedy therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Article 19 below and not the provisions of this subsection shall govern in the event of casualty damage to the Premises or Project and the provisions of Article 20 below and not the provisions of this subsection shall govern in the event of condemnation of all or a part of the Premises or Project.

ARTICLE 7.

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD

7.1 Landlord shall provide for the cleaning and maintenance of the public portions of the Project in keeping with the ordinary standard for Comparable Buildings as part of Operating Expenses. Unless otherwise expressly stipulated herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Premises during the Term, except such repairs as may be required to the exterior walls, corridors, windows, roof, integrated Building utility and mechanical systems and other Base Building elements and other structural elements and equipment of the Project, and subject to Section 13.4, below, such additional maintenance as may be necessary because of the damage caused by persons other than Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees.

 

- 17 -


7.2 Landlord or Landlord’s officers, agents, and representatives (subject to any security regulations imposed by any governmental authority) shall have the right to enter all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (other than in an emergency) to Tenant to inspect, clean, make repairs, alterations, and additions to the Project or the Premises which it may deem necessary or desirable, to make repairs to adjoining spaces, to cure any defaults of Tenant hereunder that Landlord elects to cure pursuant to Section 22.5, below, to show the Premises to prospective tenants (during the final nine (9) months of the Term or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that remains uncured), mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, or to provide any service which it is obligated or elects to furnish to Tenant; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason thereof. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time and by any means in the case of an emergency.

7.3 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives all rights it would otherwise have under California Civil Code Sections 1932(1) and 1942(a) or any successor statutes to deduct repair costs from Rent and/or terminate this Lease as the result of any failure by Landlord to maintain or repair.

ARTICLE 8.

REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT

8.1 If the Building, the Project, or any portion thereof, including but not limited to, the elevators, boilers, engines, pipes, and other apparatus, or members of elements of the Building (or any of them) used for the purpose of climate control of the Building or operating of the elevators, or of the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric lighting, or other equipment of the Building or the roof or outside walls of the Building and also the Premises improvements, including but not limited to, the carpet, wall coverings, doors, and woodwork, become damaged or are destroyed through the negligence, carelessness, or misuse of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees, or anyone permitted by Tenant to be in the Building, or through it or them, then the reasonable cost of the necessary repairs, replacements, or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand, subject to Section 13.4 below. Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to make any repairs necessitated by such damage.

8.2 Subject to Section 13.4 below, Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to repair or replace any damage or injury done to the Project, or any part thereof, caused by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, or invitees which Landlord elects not to repair. Tenant shall not injure the Project or the Premises and shall maintain the elements of the Premises not to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease in a clean, attractive condition and in good repair. If Tenant fails to keep such elements of the Premises in such good order, condition, and repair as required hereunder, Landlord may, upon at least five (5) days prior written notice, restore the Premises to such good order and condition and make such repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s property or business by reason thereof, and within ten (10) days after completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon demand, the cost of restoring the Premises to such good order and condition and of the making of such repairs, plus an additional charge of ten percent (10%)

 

- 18 -


thereof. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and deliver up the Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which it existed at the Commencement Date, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage arising from any cause not required to be repaired by Tenant. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter and take possession of the Premises.

8.3 Tenant shall provide its own janitorial and cleaning services to the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord is not obligated to provide any janitorial or cleaning services to the Premises.

ARTICLE 9.

TENANT’S EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS

9.1 If heat-generating machines or equipment, including telephone equipment, cause the temperature in the Premises, or any part thereof, to exceed the temperatures the Building’s air conditioning system would be able to maintain in such Premises were it not for such heat-generating equipment, then Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, including water, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days after demand by Landlord.

9.2 Except for desk or table-mounted typewriters, adding machines, office calculators, dictation equipment, personal computers, and other similar office equipment consistent with first-class general office use in Comparable Buildings, Tenant shall not install within the Premises any fixtures, equipment, facilities, or other improvements without the specific written consent of Landlord, subject to Article 15, below. Tenant shall not, without the specific written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), install or maintain any apparatus or device within the Premises which shall increase the usage of electrical power or water for the Premises to an amount greater than would be normally required for general office use for space of comparable size in the Market Area; and if any such apparatus or device is so installed, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord a written agreement to pay for any additional costs of utilities as the result of said installation.

ARTICLE 10.

FORCE MAJEURE

10.1 It is understood and agreed that with respect to any service or other obligation to be furnished or obligations to be performed by either party that in no event shall either party be liable for failure to furnish or perform the same when prevented from doing so by strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain supplies, parts, or employees necessary to furnish such service or meet such obligation; or because of war or other emergency; or for any cause beyond the reasonable control with the party obligated for such performance; or for any cause due to any act or omission of the other party or its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, or any persons claiming by, through, or under the other party; or because of the failure of any public utility to furnish services; or because of

 

- 19 -


order or regulation of any federal, state, county or municipal authority (collectively, “ Force Majeure Events ”). Nothing in this Section 10.1 shall limit or otherwise modify or waive Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent as and when due pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 11.

CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’ AND MATERIALMAN’S LIENS

11.1 Tenant shall not suffer or permit any construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien to be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project by reason of work, labor services, or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, expressed or implied, by inference or otherwise, for any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, or materialman to perform any labor or to furnish any materials or to make any specific improvement, alteration, or repair of or to the Premises or any portion of the Project; nor of giving Tenant any right, power, or authority to contract for, or permit the rendering of, any services or the furnishing of any materials that could give rise to the filing of any construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any portion of the Project.

11.2 If any such construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien shall at any time be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project as the result of any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant covenants that it shall, within twenty (20) days after Tenant has notice of the claim for lien, procure the discharge thereof by payment or by giving security or in such other manner as is or may be required or permitted by law or which shall otherwise satisfy Landlord. If Tenant fails to take such action, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have, may take such action as may be reasonably necessary to protect its interests. Any amounts paid by Landlord in connection with such action, all other expenses of Landlord incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and other necessary disbursements shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand.

ARTICLE 12.

ARBITRATION

12.1 In the event that a dispute arises under Section 5.3 above, the same shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of applicable state law, if any, as from time to time amended. Arbitration proceedings, including the selection of an arbitrator, shall be conducted pursuant to the rules, regulations, and procedures from time to time in effect as promulgated by the American Arbitration Association (the “Association”). Prior written notice of application by either party for arbitration shall be given to the other at least ten (10) days before submission of the application to the said Association’s office in the city wherein the Building is situated (or the nearest other city having an Association office). The arbitrator shall hear the parties and their evidence. The decision of the arbitrator may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the court or a judge thereof may be served outside the state wherein the Building is situated by registered mail or by personal

 

- 20 -


service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. The costs and expenses of each arbitration hereunder and their apportionment between the parties shall be determined by the arbitrator in his or her award or decision, subject to the last sentence of this section. No arbitrable dispute shall be deemed to have arisen under this Lease (a) prior to the expiration of the period of twenty (20) days after the date of the giving of written notice by the party asserting the existence of the dispute, together with a description thereof sufficient for an understanding thereof, and (b) where Tenant disputes the amount of a Tenant payment required hereunder (e.g., Operating Expense excess under Section 5.3 hereof), prior to Tenant paying in full the amount billed by Landlord, including the disputed amount. The prevailing party in such arbitration shall be reimbursed for its expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall this Article 12 affect or delay Landlord’s unlawful detainer rights under California law.

ARTICLE 13.

INSURANCE

13.1 Landlord shall maintain, as a part of Operating Expenses, fire and extended coverage insurance on the Project in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Project, subject to such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, any of Tenant’s furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, improvements or alterations upon the Premises. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected, and in amounts desired, by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, and payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord subject to the rights of the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter encumber the Project. Additionally Landlord may maintain such additional insurance, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses. Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties or by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord’s program of self insurance, and in such event Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance or self-insurance that is allocated to the Project.

13.2 Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain with insurers authorized to do business in the State of California and which are rated A- and have a financial size category of at least VIII in the most recent Best’s Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there is none, an organization having a national reputation), (a) commercial general liability insurance, including Broad Form Property Damage and Contractual Liability with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $2,000,000.00; Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000.00: Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00; Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00; Medical Payments $5,000.00 per person, (b) Umbrella/Excess Liability on a following form basis with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $3,000,000.00; Each Occurrence $3,000,000.00; (c) Workers’ Compensation with statutory limits; (d) Employer’s Liability insurance with the following limits: Bodily injury by disease per person $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by accident policy limit $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by disease policy limit $1,000,000.00; (e) property insurance on special causes of loss insurance form covering any and

 

- 21 -


all personal property of Tenant including but not limited to alterations, improvements (exclusive of the initial improvements (if any) constructed pursuant to Exhibit C ). betterments, furniture, fixtures and equipment in an amount not less than their full replacement cost, with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.00; and (f) business auto liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and insuring Tenant against liability for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired or non-owned automobiles. At all times during the Term, such insurance shall be maintained, and Tenant shall cause a current and valid certificate of such policies to be deposited with Landlord. If Tenant fails to have a current and valid certificate of such policies on deposit with Landlord at all times during the Term and such failure is not cured within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain such an insurance policy, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord the amount of the premiums applicable to such insurance within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request for payment thereof. Said policy of liability insurance shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and Tenant as the insureds and shall be noncancellable with respect to Landlord except after thirty (30) days’ written notice from the insurer to Landlord.

13.3 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

13.4 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees for any loss or damage to or at the Premises or the Project or any personal property of such party therein or thereon by reason of fire, the elements, or any other cause which would be insured against under the terms of (i) fire and extended coverage insurance or (ii) the liability insurance referred to in Article 13.2, to the extent of such insurance, regardless of cause or origin, including omission of the other party hereto, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees. Landlord and Tenant covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against either of such parties with respect thereto. This waiver shall be ineffective against any insurer of Landlord or Tenant to the extent that such waiver is prohibited by the laws and insurance regulations of the State of California. The parties hereto agree that any and all such insurance policies required to be carried by either shall be endorsed with a subrogation clause, substantially as follows: “This insurance shall not be invalidated should the insured waive, in writing prior to a loss, any and all right of recovery against any party for loss occurring to the property described therein,” and shall provide that such party’s insurer waives any right of recovery against the other party in connection with any such loss or damage.

In the event Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of business in or on the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time to time by Landlord with respect to the Building, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as Rent within twenty (20) days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the Premises.

 

- 22 -


ARTICLE 14.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

14.1 Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease after any required notice and the expiration of any period for cure in the performance of all its obligations under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent and all other sums due hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance by Landlord, subject to the provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease.

ARTICLE 15.

ALTERATIONS

15.1 Tenant agrees that it shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, physical additions, or improvements in or to the Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance. As used herein, the term “Minor Alteration” refers to an alteration that (a) does not affect the outside appearance of the Building and is not visible from the Common Areas, (b) is non-structural and does not impair the strength or structural integrity of the Building, and (c) does not affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC or other systems of the Building. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to any Minor Alteration. Landlord’s consent to any other alteration may be conditioned, given, or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord consents to any repainting, recarpeting, or other purely cosmetic changes or upgrades to the Premises, so long as (i) the aggregate cost of such work is less than $10,000.00 in any twelve-month period, (ii) such work constitutes a Minor Alteration (iii) no building permit is required in connection therewith, and (iv) such work conforms to the then existing Building standards. At the time of said request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications of the proposed alterations, additions, or improvements; and Landlord shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days therefrom in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans; provided that if Landlord determines in good faith that Landlord requires a third party to assist in reviewing such plans and specifications, Landlord shall instead have a period of not less than sixty (60) days in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost and expense of Landlord in (A) reviewing said plans and specifications, and (B) inspecting the alterations, additions, or improvements to determine whether the same are being performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and all laws and requirements of public authorities, including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord for such purpose. In any instance where Landlord grants such consent, and permits Tenant to use its own contractors, laborers, materialmen, and others furnishing labor or materials for Tenant’s construction (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), Landlord’s consent shall be deemed conditioned upon each of Tenant’s Contractors (1) working in harmony and not interfering with any laborer utilized by Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, laborers, or materialmen; and (2) furnishing Landlord with evidence of acceptable liability insurance, worker’s compensation coverage and if required by Landlord, completion bonding, and if at any time such entry by one or more persons furnishing labor or materials for Tenant’s work shall cause such disharmony or interference, the consent granted by Landlord to Tenant may be withdrawn immediately upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant if such disharmony or

 

- 23 -


interference is not discontinued within 24 hours. Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of alterations, additions, or improvements and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause any alterations, additions, or improvements to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies. All alterations, additions, or improvements shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to be better than (a) the original installations of the Building, or (b) the then standards for the Comparable Building. Upon the completion of work and upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord copies of all waivers or releases of lien from each of Tenant’s Contractors. No alterations, modifications, or additions to the Project or the Premises shall be removed by Tenant either during the Term or upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date without the express written approval of Landlord. Except as set forth in Exhibit C hereof, Tenant shall not be entitled to any reimbursement or compensation resulting from its payment of the cost of constructing all or any portion of said improvements or modifications thereto unless otherwise expressly agreed by Landlord in writing. Tenant agrees specifically that no food, soft drink, or other vending machine shall be installed within the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

15.2 Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans for work shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act. Landlord may, at its option, at Tenant’s expense, require that Landlord’s contractors be engaged for any work upon the integrated Building mechanical or electrical systems or other Building or leasehold improvements.

15.3 At least five (5) days prior to the commencement of any work permitted to be done by persons requested by Tenant on the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the proposed work and the names and addresses of Tenant’s Contractors. During any such work on the Premises, Landlord, or its representatives, shall have the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all reasonable times, and shall have the right to post and keep posted thereon building permits or to take any further action which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

ARTICLE 16.

FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

16.1 Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may remove its trade fixtures, office supplies and moveable office furniture and equipment not attached to the Project or Premises provided:

(a) Such removal is made prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date; and

(b) Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal.

 

- 24 -


16.2 If Tenant does not remove its trade fixtures, office supplies, and moveable furniture and equipment as herein above provided prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date (unless prior arrangements have been made with Landlord and Landlord has agreed in writing to permit Tenant to leave such items in the Premises for an agreed period), then, in addition to its other remedies, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to have such items removed and stored at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and all damage to the Project or the Premises resulting from said removal shall be repaired at the cost of Tenant; Landlord may elect that such items automatically become the property of Landlord upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, and Tenant shall not have any further rights with respect thereto or reimbursement therefor subject to the provisions of applicable law. All other property in the Premises, any alterations, or additions to the Premises (including wall-to-wall carpeting, paneling, wall covering, specially constructed or built-in cabinetry or bookcases), and any other article attached or affixed to the floor, wall, or ceiling of the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the Expiration or Termination Date regardless of who paid therefor; and Tenant hereby waives all rights to any payment or compensation therefor. If, however, and subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, Landlord so requests, in writing, Tenant shall remove, prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, any and all alterations, additions, fixtures, equipment, and property placed or installed in the Premises and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. In addition, if any alterations performed by Tenant do not use materials that conform to the building standards used by Landlord at the time of the particular alteration or if Tenant requests any initial improvements to the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C , if any, that use materials that do not conform to the building standards used by Landlord at the time of that work, Tenant shall (a) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, no later than the expiration of the Term (or no later than fifteen (15) days after the earlier termination of the Term) cause the improvements in the Premises to be restored to conform to Landlord’s building standard at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, or (b) if Landlord so elects in writing, Tenant shall pay Landlord a lump-sum amount determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment sufficient to pay the cost of restoring the improvements in the Premises to building standard. Prior to commencing any alteration, Tenant may request that Landlord notify Tenant whether or not the proposed alteration will be required by Landlord to be removed at the end of the Term.

16.3 All the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects, and property of every kind, nature, and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through, or under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the Premises or elsewhere in the Project shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water, or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft, or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors.

 

- 25 -


ARTICLE 17.

PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES

17.1 During the Term hereof, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all business and other taxes, charges, notes, duties, and assessments levied, and rates or fees imposed, charged, or assessed against or in respect of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or in respect of the personal property, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all other personal and other property of Tenant contained in the Project (including without limitation taxes and assessments attributable to the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant (to the extent that the assessed value of those leasehold improvements exceeds the assessed value of standard office improvements in other space in the Project regardless of whether title to those improvements is vested in Tenant or Landlord)), and shall hold Landlord harmless from and against all payment of such taxes, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and against all loss, costs, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and any and all such taxes. Tenant shall cause said fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real and personal property of Landlord. In the event any or all of Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s share of such taxes within twenty (20) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

17.2 The demised property herein may be subject to a special assessment levied by the City of Redwood as part of an Improvement District.

ARTICLE 18.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

18.1 Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (except that Landlord shall in no event be obligated to consent to an encumbrance of this Lease or any transfer by operation of law): (a) assign, convey, mortgage or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law; or (b) permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any person other than Tenant and its employees. Any such transfer, sublease or use described in the preceding sentence (a “Transfer”) occurring without the prior written consent of Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and of no effect. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any future Transfer. Landlord may require as a condition to its consent to any assignment of this Lease that the assignee execute an instrument in which such assignee assumes the remaining obligations of Tenant hereunder; provided that the acceptance of any assignment of this Lease by the applicable assignee shall automatically constitute the assumption by such assignee of all of the remaining obligations of Tenant that accrue following such assignment. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing sublease or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest in any or all such subleases.

 

- 26 -


18.2 A sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation by Tenant of all or substantially all of its assets or all or substantially all of its stock, or if Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, a merger of Tenant with another corporation or a sale of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of its stock or a sale of substantially all its assets; or the sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock of Tenant if Tenant’s stock is not publicly traded; or the sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial ownership interest in Tenant if Tenant is a partnership or other business association, without the prior written consent of Landlord, shall, in any of the foregoing cases and whether or not accomplished by one or more related or unrelated transactions, constitute a Transfer for purposes of this Article 18.

18.3 If Tenant desires the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least twenty (20) business days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) which includes (a) the name of the proposed sublessee or assignee, (b) the nature of the proposed sublessee’s or assignee’s business, (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment, and (d) current financial statements and information on the proposed sublessee or assignee. Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, Landlord may request additional information concerning the Transfer or the proposed sublessee or assignee (the “Additional Information”). Subject to Landlord’s rights under Section 18.6, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease (excluding an encumbrance or transfer by operation of law), which consent or lack thereof shall be provided within twenty (20) business days of receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice; provided, however, Tenant hereby agrees that it shall be a reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent if Landlord has not received the Additional Information requested by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent if, in the judgment of Landlord: (i) the transferee is of a character or engaged in a business which is not in keeping with the standards or criteria used by Landlord in leasing the Building, or the general character or quality of the Building; (ii) the financial condition of the transferee is such that it may not be able to perform its obligations in connection with this Lease; (iii) the transferee is a tenant of or negotiating for space in the Building; provided that there is or will be sufficient space in the Building for such tenant, (iv) the transferee is a governmental unit; (v) an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred which remains cured; (vi) in the judgment of Landlord, such a Transfer would violate any term, condition, covenant, or agreement of Landlord involving the Project or any other tenant’s lease within it; or (vii) any other basis which Landlord reasonably deems appropriate. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate the Lease as remedies for Landlord wrongfully withholding its consent to any Transfer and agrees that Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy therefor shall be to seek specific performance of Landlord’s obligation to consent to such Transfer and/or to recover damages sustained by Tenant.

18.4 Landlord and Tenant agree that, in the event of any approved assignment or subletting, the rights of any such assignee or sublessee of Tenant herein shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, restriction on use, assignment, and subletting and the covenant to pay Rent. Landlord may collect Rent directly from such assignee or sublessee and apply the amount so collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such consent to or recognition of any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder from further performance by Tenant or such guarantor of covenants undertaken to be performed by Tenant

 

- 27 -


herein. Tenant and any such guarantor shall remain liable and responsible for all Rent and other obligations herein imposed upon Tenant, and Landlord may condition its consent to any Transfer upon the receipt of a written reaffirmation from each such guarantor in a form acceptable to Landlord (which shall not be construed to imply that the occurrence of a Transfer without such a reaffirmation would operate to release any guarantor). Consent by Landlord to a particular assignment, sublease, or other transaction shall not be deemed a consent to any other or subsequent transaction. In any case where Tenant desires to assign, sublease or enter into any related or similar transaction, whether or not Landlord consents to such assignment, sublease, or other transaction, Tenant shall pay any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment, sublease or other transaction, including, without limitation, fees incurred in reviewing documents relating to, or evidencing, said assignment, sublease, or other transaction. All documents utilized by Tenant to evidence any subletting or assignment for which Landlord’s consent has been requested and is required hereunder, shall be subject to prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) by Landlord or its attorney.

18.5 Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord a portion of any sums or economic consideration payable to Tenant by any sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant from such sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, as the case might be, as follows:

(a) In the case of an assignment, 50% of any sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such assignment shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting the unamortized cost of reasonable leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant in connection with such assignment and reasonable cost of any real estate commissions and attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment.

(b) In the case of a subletting, 50% of any sums or economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such subletting shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting (i) the Rent due hereunder prorated to reflect only Rent allocable to the sublet portion of the Premises, (ii) the reasonable cost of tenant improvements made to the sublet portion of the Premises by Tenant for the specific benefit of the sublessee, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease, and (iii) the reasonable cost of any real estate commissions and attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such subletting, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease.

18.6 If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. or any successor or substitute therefor (the “Bankruptcy Code”), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord, and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any such monies or other consideration not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. Any person or entity to whom this Lease is so assigned shall be deemed, without further act or deed, to have assumed all of the remaining obligations arising under this Lease as of the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon demand therefor, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

 

- 28 -


18.7 Landlord shall have the following option with respect to any assignment or subletting proposed by Tenant:

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, Landlord has the option, by written notice to Tenant (the “Recapture Notice”) within twenty (20) days after receiving any Transfer Notice to recapture the Space covered by the proposed sublease (but only if such sublease is for 50% or more of the Premises for substantially the reminder of the Term) or the entire Premises in the case of an assignment (the “Subject Space”) by terminating this Lease for the Subject Space or taking an assignment or a sublease of the Subject Space from Tenant. A timely Recapture Notice terminates this Lease or creates an assignment or a sublease for the Subject Space for the same term as the proposed Transfer, effective as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice. After such termination, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into a lease with the party to the sublease or assignment proposed by Tenant.

(b) To determine the new Base Rent under this Lease in the event Landlord recaptures the Subject Space without terminating this Lease, the original Base Rent under the Lease shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture and the denominator of which is the total rentable square feet in the Premises before Landlord’s recapture. The Additional Rent, to the extent that it is calculated on the basis of the rentable square feet within the Premises, shall be reduced to reflect Tenant’s proportionate share based on the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture. This Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and affect. Either party may require a written confirmation of the amendments to this Lease necessitated by Landlord’s recapture of the Subject Space. If Landlord recaptures the Subject Space, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole expense, construct any partitions required to segregate the Subject Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant. Tenant shall, however, pay for painting, covering or otherwise decorating the surfaces of the partitions facing the remaining Premises retained by Tenant.

18.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 18, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without the need for Landlord’s prior consent if such assignment or sublease is to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate business entity which the initially named Tenant controls, is controlled by or is under common control with (each, an “Affiliate”) provided that: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to such assignment or sublease, Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements or other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee as required for other transfers; (ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion); (iii) the financial audited net worth of the assignee or sublessee as of the time of the proposed transfer is equal to or greater than the financial audited net worth of the Tenant upon the Commencement Date and is sufficient for such assignee or sublessee to fulfill its obligations pursuant to such assignment or sublease; (iv) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; and (v) unless Landlord consents to the same, the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged. As used in this section, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies through ownership of at least

 

- 29 -


fifty-one (51%) of the securities or partnership or other ownership interests of the entity subject to control.

18.9 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 18, Tenant may engage in Approved Reorganizations (as defined below), without the express consent of Landlord; provided that at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the Approved Reorganization, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as an Approved Reorganization. To the extent that legal requirements or confidentiality requirements do not permit Tenant to give Landlord prior notice of an Approved Reorganization, then Tenant may in lieu of the prior notice required under this Section give Landlord notice within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Approved Reorganization, together with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as an Approved Reorganization. As used herein, the term “Approved Reorganizations” means any merger, reorganization or consolidation of Tenant (whether or not Tenant is the surviving entity), or the sale of substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant, in each case as a going concern, where (1) Tenant’s successor (together with Tenant, so long as Tenant remains liable under this Lease) shall have a net worth following consummation of such transaction, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, that is at least equal to the greater of (X) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction, and (Y) the net worth, on the date of the Lease, of the original named Tenant, and (2) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth following consummation of such transaction, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, that is sufficient to meet the remaining obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 19.

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

19.1 Casualty . If the Premises or Building should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice to Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after receipt from Tenant of such written notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the necessary repairs can reasonably be made: (a) within ninety (90) days; (b) in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days; or (c) in more than one hundred eighty (180) days, in each case after the date of the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed.

19.1.1 Less Than 90 Days . If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within ninety (90) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed, this Lease shall not terminate and, provided that insurance proceeds are available to pay for the full repair of all damage, Landlord shall repair the Premises or Building, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, furnishings, or equipment (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”) which may have been placed in, on or about the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the

 

- 30 -


Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is not useable by Tenant for its business operations by reason of such damage (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is so rendered not useable by Tenant by reason of such damage compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only to the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received by Landlord had it carried rental abatement insurance with twelve (12) months of coverage) and only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy.

19.1.2 Greater Than 90 Days . If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed, then Landlord shall have the option of: (a) terminating the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Base Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises; or (b) electing to repair the Premises, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay for the full repair of all damage (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s Property). If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is not useable by Tenant for its business operations by reason of such damage (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is so rendered not useable by Tenant by reason of such damage compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only to the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received by Landlord had it carried rental abatement insurance with twelve (12) months of coverage) and only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy. In the event that Landlord should fail to substantially complete such repairs within one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed (such period to be extended for delays caused by Tenant or because of any Force Majeure Events, as hereinafter defined), and Tenant has not reoccupied the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, as Tenant’s exclusive remedy, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, and provided that such repairs have not been substantially completed within such ten (10) day period, to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord as Tenant’s exclusive remedy, whereupon all rights of Tenant hereunder shall cease and terminate thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice.

19.1.3 Greater Than 180 Days . If the Premises or Building should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord specifying such time period of repair, and this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. In the event that neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and prosecute to completion the repairs to the Premises or Building, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay for the repair of all damage (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s Property). If Tenant is

 

- 31 -


required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is not useable by Tenant by reason of such damage (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is so rendered not useable by Tenant by reason of such damage compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises), from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only to the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received by Landlord had it carried rental abatement insurance with twelve (12) months of coverage) and only during the period that the Premises are unfit for occupancy.

19.1.4 Casualty During the Last Year of the Lease Term . Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if the Premises shall be damaged within the last year of the Lease Term, and if the cost to repair or reconstruct the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed shall exceed $50,000, then, irrespective of the time necessary to complete such repair or reconstruction, Landlord or Tenant shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. The foregoing right shall be in addition to any other right and option of Landlord under this Article 19.

19.2 Uninsured Casualty . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of any deductible or retention amount payable under the property insurance for the Building. In the event that the Premises or any portion of the Building is damaged to the extent Tenant is unable to use the Premises and such damage is not covered by insurance proceeds received by Landlord or in the event that the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right at Landlord’s option, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, either (i) to repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense, or (ii) to give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay the cost of repair of such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible subject to the following conditions: Tenant shall deposit with Landlord Landlord’s estimated cost of such repairs not later than five (5) business days prior to Landlord’s commencement of the repair work. If the cost of such repairs exceeds the amount deposited, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess cost within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord. Any amount deposited by Tenant in excess of the cost of such repairs shall be refunded within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s final payment to Landlord’s contractor. If Tenant does not give such notice within the ten (10) day period, or fails to make such deposit as required, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to immediately terminate this Lease to be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the damage.

19.3 Waiver . With respect to any damage or destruction which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair, Tenant waives all rights to terminate this Lease pursuant to rights otherwise presently or hereafter accorded by law, including without limitation any rights granted under Section 1932, subdivision 2, and Section 1933, of the California Civil Code.

 

- 32 -


ARTICLE 20.

CONDEMNATION

20.1 Total Condemnation . If all of the Premises is condemned by eminent domain, inversely condemned or sold under threat of condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (“Condemned”), this Lease shall terminate as of the earlier of the date the condemning authority takes title to or possession of the Premises, and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination.

20.2 Partial Condemnation . If any portion of the Premises or Building is condemned and such partial condemnation materially impairs Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for Tenant’s business, then either party may terminate this Lease as of the earlier of the date title vests in the condemning authority or as of the date an order of immediate possession is issued and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination. If such partial condemnation does not materially impair Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the business of Tenant, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises to the extent of any condemnation proceeds recovered by Landlord, excluding the portion thereof lost in such condemnation, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect except that after the date of such title vesting or order of immediate possession Rent shall be adjusted as reasonably determined by Landlord.

20.3 Award . If the Premises are wholly or partially condemned, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award paid for such condemnation, and Tenant waives any claim to any part of the award from Landlord or the condemning authority: provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to recover from the condemning authority such compensation as may be separately awarded to Tenant in connection with costs in removing Tenant’s merchandise, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment to a new location. No condemnation of any kind shall be construed to constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of any express or implied covenant of quiet enjoyment. Tenant hereby waives the effect of Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

20.4 Temporary Condemnation . In the event of a temporary condemnation not extending beyond the Term, this Lease shall remain in effect, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and Tenant shall receive any award made for such condemnation except damages to any of Landlord’s property. If a temporary condemnation is for a period which extends beyond the Term, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of initial occupancy by the condemning authority and any such award shall be distributed in accordance with the preceding section. If a temporary condemnation remains in effect at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost of performing any obligations required of Tenant with respect to the surrender of the Premises.

ARTICLE 21.

HOLD HARMLESS

21.1 Tenant agrees to defend, with counsel approved by Landlord, all actions against Landlord, any partner, trustee, stockholder, officer, director, employee, or beneficiary of

 

- 33 -


Landlord, holders of mortgages secured by the Premises or the Project and any other party having an interest therein (the “Indemnified Parties”) with respect to, and to pay, protect, indemnify, and save harmless, to the extent permitted by law, all Indemnified Parties from and against, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands, or judgments of any nature to which any Indemnified Party is subject because of its estate or interest in the Premises or the Project arising from (a) injury to or death of any person, or damage to or loss of property on the Premises, or connected with the use, condition, or occupancy of the Premises, the Project sidewalks streets, or ways, except to the extent, if any, caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents, (b) any violation of this Lease by or attributable to Tenant, or (c) subject to Section 13.4, any act, fault, omission, or other misconduct of Tenant or its agents, contractors, licensees, sublessees, or invitees. Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises and other facilities of the Project at its own risk, and hereby releases the Indemnified Parties from any and all claims for any damage or injury to the fullest extent permitted by law.

21.2 Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees for fatal or non-fatal bodily injury or property damage occasioned by the acts or omissions of any other tenant, or such other tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, or invitees, of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for losses due to theft, burglary, or damages done by persons on the Project.

ARTICLE 22.

DEFAULT BY TENANT

22.1 The term “Event of Default” refers to the occurrence of any one (1) or more of the following:

(a) Failure of Tenant to pay when due any sum required to be paid hereunder (the “Monetary Default”) within five (5) days of receipt of written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that after the first failure to pay any sum required to be paid hereunder in any twelve (12) month period, in the event that Tenant fails a second time to pay when due any sum required to be paid hereunder during such twelve (12) month period, such failure shall be deemed to automatically constitute a Monetary Default without any obligation on Landlord to provide any additional written notice, and provided further that the Tenant acknowledges that any such written notice provided hereunder shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice to pay rent or quit pursuant to any applicable statutes;

(b) Failure of Tenant, after fifteen (15) days written notice thereof, to perform any of Tenant’s obligations, covenants, or agreements except a Monetary Default, provided that if the cure of any such failure is not reasonably susceptible of performance within such fifteen (15) day period, then an Event of Default of Tenant shall not be deemed to have occurred so long as Tenant has promptly commenced and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion and completes that cure as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event longer than 60 days;

 

- 34 -


(c) Tenant, or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (the “Guarantor”), admits in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due; or is declared insolvent according to any law; or assignment of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s property is made for the benefit of creditors; or a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or Guarantor or its property; or the interest of Tenant or Guarantor under this Lease is levied on under execution or other legal process; or any petition is filed by or against Tenant or Guarantor to declare Tenant bankrupt or to delay, reduce, or modify Tenant’s debts or obligations; or any petition filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s or Guarantor’s capital structure if Tenant is a corporation or other entity. Any such levy, execution, legal process, or petition filed against Tenant or Guarantor shall not constitute a breach of this Lease provided Tenant or Guarantor shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within ninety (90) days from the date of its creation, service, or filing;

(d) The abandonment (as defined in California’s Civil Code Section 1951.3) of the Premises by Tenant; or

(e) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement given by Tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, successors-in-interest, or Guarantors was materially false.

22.2 In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord, at its option, may pursue one or more of the following remedies without notice or demand in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for at law or in equity:

(a) Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. Landlord may enter the Premises and relet it, or any part of it, to third parties for Tenant’s account, provided that any Rent in excess of the Rent due hereunder shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent and other sums due under this Lease on the dates the Rent is due, less the Rent and other sums Landlord receives from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this Section 22.2(a) shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease.

“The lessor has the remedy described in Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue the lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign subject only to reasonable limitations).”

(b) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. On termination, Landlord shall have the right to remove all personal property of Tenant and store it at Tenant’s

 

- 35 -


cost and to recover from Tenant as damages: (i) the worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (A) in retaking possession of the Premises, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs therefor; (B) maintaining or preserving the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including repairs or alterations to the Premises for the reletting; (C) leasing commissions; (D) any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; and (E) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Sections 22.2(b)(i) and 22.2(b)(ii) shall be calculated by allowing interest at the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, on the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section 22.2(b)(iii) shall be calculated by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Event of Default by Tenant.

22.3 If Landlord shall exercise any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available, it shall not be deemed to be an acceptance or surrender of the Premises by Tenant whether by agreement or by operation of law; it is understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. No alteration of security devices and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Landlord over the property of Tenant or others in the Premises shall be deemed unauthorized or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenant’s property within the Premises after any Event of Default.

22.4 Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, including, but not limited to, suits for injunctive relief and specific performance. The exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord for any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at or in equity or by statute or otherwise. Ail such rights and remedies shall be considered cumulative and non-exclusive. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with collecting any Rent or other amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of

 

- 36 -


this Lease, or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, shall also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant. If any notice and grace period required under subparagraphs  22.1(a) or (b)  was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by subparagraphs  22.1(a) or (b) . In such case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs  22.1(a) or (b)  and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and an Event of Default entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

22.5 If Tenant should fail to make any payment or cure any default hereunder within the time herein permitted and such failure constitutes an Event of Default (except in the case where if Landlord in good faith believes that action prior to the expiration of any cure period under Section 22.1 is necessary to prevent imminent bodily harm to persons or substantial damage to property, in which case Landlord may act without waiting for such cure period to expire), Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such payment and/or remedy such default for the account of Tenant (and enter the Premises for such purpose), and thereupon, Tenant shall be obligated and hereby agrees to pay Landlord, upon demand, all reasonable costs, expenses, and disbursements, plus ten percent (10%) overhead cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

22.6 [Intentionally deleted].

22.7 Nothing contained in this Section shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages in any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, or dissolution proceeding, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law governing such a proceeding and in effect at the time when such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal, or less than the amounts recoverable, either as damages or Rent, referred to in any of the preceding provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, any such proceeding or action involving bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appointment of a receiver or trustee, as set forth above, shall be considered to be an Event of Default only when such proceeding, action, or remedy shall be taken or brought by or against the then holder of the leasehold estate under this Lease.

22.8 Landlord is entitled to accept, receive, in check or money order, and deposit any payment made by Tenant for any reason or purpose or in any amount whatsoever, and apply them at Landlord’s option to any obligation of Tenant, and such amounts shall not constitute payment of any amount owed, except that to which Landlord has applied them. No endorsement or statement on any check or letter of Tenant shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction or recognized for any purpose whatsoever. The acceptance of any such check or payment shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s rights to recover any and all amounts owed by Tenant hereunder and shall not be deemed to cure any other default nor prejudice Landlord’s rights to pursue any other available remedy, Landlord’s acceptance of partial payment of Rent does not constitute a

 

- 37 -


waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right Landlord may have to recover possession of the Premises.

22.9 In the event that Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises is terminated prior to the end of the initial Term by reason of an Event of Default by Tenant, then immediately upon such termination, an amount shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord equal to the unamortized portion as of that date (which amortization shall be based on an interest rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum) of the sum of (a) the cost of Landlord’s Work (if any), (b) the Allowance (if any), (c) the value of any free Base Rent ( i.e. , the Base Rent stated in this Lease to be abated as an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease) enjoyed as of that date by Tenant, and (d) the amount of all commissions paid by Landlord in order to procure this Lease.

22.10 Tenant waives the right to terminate this Lease on Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenant’s sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages or injunctive or declaratory relief. Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Tenant to Landlord. If the required performance cannot be completed within thirty (30) days, Landlord’s failure to perform shall constitute a default under the Lease unless Landlord undertakes to cure the failure within thirty (30) days and diligently and continuously attempts to complete this cure as soon as reasonably possible. All obligations of each party hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions.

ARTICLE 23.

[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

ARTICLE 24.

RIGHT TO RELOCATE

24.1 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right and power to relocate Tenant upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to other space in the Project in such space which is the same or larger in size, has a comparable location, has comparable improvements and is suited to Tenant’s use, such right and power to be exercised reasonably. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages, or liabilities in connection with, or occasioned by such relocation, except to the extent expressly provided in this Section 24.1. Landlord’s reasonable exercise of such right and power shall include, but not be limited to, a relocation to consolidate the rentable area occupied in order to provide Landlord’s services more efficiently or a relocation to provide contiguous vacant space for a prospective tenant. If Landlord shall exercise said option, the substituted premises shall thereafter be deemed for the purposes hereof the “Premises” hereunder, and a new amended Exhibits A and B showing the new Premises and Project will be substituted for the original Exhibits A and B attached hereto and there shall be no increase in Rent resulting from such relocation. Landlord agrees to pay all Tenant’s reasonable expenses incurred as a result of the relocation, including without limitation all costs incurred in changing addresses on stationery, business cards, and other such items and all costs to move Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment to such substituted Premises.

 

- 38 -


ARTICLE 25.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

25.1 All costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (whether or not legal proceedings are instituted), involved in collecting rents, enforcing the obligations of Tenant, or protecting the rights or interests of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not an action is filed, including without limitation the cost and expense of instituting and prosecuting legal proceedings or recovering possession of the Premises after default by Tenant or upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, shall be due and payable by Tenant on demand, as Additional Rent. In addition, and notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party hereto shall file any action or bring any proceeding against the other party arising out of this Lease or for the declaration of any rights hereunder, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing party, as determined by the trier of fact in such legal proceeding. For purposes of this provision, the terms “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs,” or “costs and expenses” shall mean the fees and expenses of legal counsel of the parties hereto, which include printing, photocopying, duplicating, mail, overnight mail, messenger, court filing fees, costs of discovery, and fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, investigators and other persons not admitted to the bar for performing services under the supervision and direction of an attorney. In addition, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment arising from a suit or proceeding under this Lease, including without limitation post-judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations, discovery and bankruptcy litigation, without regard to schedule or rule of court purporting to restrict such award. This post-judgment award of attorneys’ fees and costs provision shall be severable from any other provision of this Lease and shall survive any judgment/award on such suit or arbitration and is not to be deemed merged into the judgment/award or terminated with the Lease.

ARTICLE 26.

NON-WAIVER

26.1 Neither acceptance of any payment by Landlord from Tenant nor, failure by Landlord to complain of any action, non-action, or default of Tenant shall constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every obligation of each party under this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Waiver by either party of any right or remedy arising in connection with any default of the other party shall not constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy arising in connection with either a subsequent default of the same obligation or any other default. No right or remedy of either party hereunder or covenant, duty, or obligation of any party hereunder shall be deemed waived by the other party unless such waiver is in writing, signed by the other party or the other party’s duly authorized agent.

 

- 39 -


ARTICLE 27.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

27.1 Such reasonable rules and regulations applying to all lessees in the Project for the safety, care, and cleanliness of the Project and the preservation of good order thereon are hereby made a part hereof as Exhibit D, and Tenant agrees to comply with all such rules and regulations. To the extent the rules and regulations are in conflict with this Lease, this Lease shall control. Landlord shall have the right at all times to change such rules and regulations or to amend them in any reasonable and non-discriminatory manner as may be deemed advisable by Landlord, all of which changes and amendments shall be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall be thereafter carried out and observed by Tenant. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any failure of any other lessees of the Project to comply with such rules and regulations.

ARTICLE 28.

ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

28.1 Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Premises and the Project. In such event, no liability or obligation shall accrue or be charged to Landlord with respect to the period from and after such transfer or assignment and assumption of Landlord’s obligations by the transferee or assignee; provided that any successor pursuant to a voluntary transfer (but not as part of an involuntary transfer resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

ARTICLE 29.

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

29.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors and assigns and any future owner of the Project only with respect to events occurring during its and their respective ownership of the Project. In addition, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Project for recovery of any judgment against Landlord arising in connection with this Lease, it being agreed that neither Landlord nor any successor or assign of Landlord nor any future owner of the Project, nor any partner, shareholder, or officer of any of the foregoing shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment.

ARTICLE 30.

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

30.1 This Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall be subordinate to any present or future mortgage, ground lease or declaration of covenants regarding maintenance and use of any areas contained in any portion of the Building, and to any and all advances made under any present or future mortgage and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions

 

- 40 -


of any or all of same. Tenant agrees, with respect to any of the foregoing documents, that no documentation other than this Lease shall be required to evidence such subordination. If any holder of a mortgage shall elect for this Lease to be superior to the lien of its mortgage and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, then this Lease shall automatically be deemed prior to such mortgage whether this Lease is dated earlier or later than the date of said mortgage or the date of recording thereof. Tenant agrees to execute such documents as may be further required to evidence such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, and by failing to do so within ten (10) business days after written demand, Tenant does hereby make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place, and stead, to do so. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest. Tenant hereby attorns to all successor owners of the Building, whether or not such ownership is acquired as a result of a sale through foreclosure or otherwise.

30.2 Each party shall, at such time or times as the other party may request, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by the requesting party, sign and deliver to the requesting party a certificate stating whether this Lease is in full force and effect; whether any amendments or modifications exist; whether any Monthly Rent has been prepaid and, if so, how much; whether to the knowledge of the certifying party there are any defaults hereunder; and in the circumstance where Landlord is the requesting party, such other information and agreements as may be reasonably requested, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article may be relied upon by the requesting party and by any prospective purchaser of all or any portion of the requesting party’s interest herein, or a holder or prospective holder of any mortgage encumbering the Building. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within five (5) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor shall constitute an Event of Default (as that term is defined elsewhere in this Lease) and shall conclusively be deemed to be an admission by Tenant of the matters set forth in the request for an estoppel certificate.

30.3 Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to the execution of this Lease and thereafter at any time upon Landlord’s request, Tenant’s current audited financial statements, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year (collectively, the “Statements”), which Statements shall accurately and completely reflect the financial condition of Tenant. If audited financial statements are not then available, Tenant may instead provide unaudited financial statements certified by an officer of Tenant as accurately and completely reflecting the financial condition of Tenant. Landlord agrees not to request copies of financial statements more often than once in every twelve-month period, unless required in connection with a proposed sale or financing. Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser of the Building or the Project, and to any encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or the Project so long as any purchaser or encumbrancer agrees not to disclose the contents of any such statements to any third party other than its employees, agents and consultants.

30.4 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is relying on the Statements in its determination to enter into this Lease, and Tenant represents to Landlord, which representation shall be deemed made on the date of this Lease and again on the Commencement Date, that no material change in the financial condition of Tenant, as reflected in the Statements, has occurred since the date Tenant delivered the Statements to Landlord. The Statements are represented and

 

- 41 -


warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenant’s true financial condition as of the date of submission of any Statements to Landlord.

ARTICLE 31.

HOLDING OVER

31.1 In the event Tenant, or any party claiming under Tenant, retains possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or Termination Date, such possession shall be that of a holdover tenant and an unlawful detainer. No tenancy or interest shall result from such possession, and such parties shall be subject to immediate eviction and removal. Tenant or any such party shall pay Landlord, as Base Rent for the period of such holdover, an amount equal to 150% of the Base Rent otherwise provided for herein, during the time of holdover together with all other Additional Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall also be liable for any and all damages sustained by Landlord as a result of such holdover. Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver same to Landlord immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to so vacate. The Rent during such holdover period shall be payable to Landlord on demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the Term of this Lease.

ARTICLE 32.

SIGNS

32.1 No sign, symbol, or identifying marks shall be put upon the Project, Building, in the halls, elevators, staircases, entrances, parking areas, or upon the doors or walls, without the prior written approval of Landlord. Should such approval ever be granted, all signs or lettering shall conform in all respects to the sign and/or lettering criteria established by Landlord. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, reserves the right to change the door plaques as Landlord deems reasonably desirable.

32.2 Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install one line of signage (the “Monument Signage”) on the Building monument sign identifying Tenant’s name. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, size and specifications of Tenant’s Monument Signage shall be subject to the approval of Landlord and all applicable governmental authorities and shall conform to Landlord’s approved sign plan for the Building. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or termination of Tenant’s sign rights as provided below, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause the Monument Signage to be removed and the area of the monument sign affected by the Monument Signage to be restored to the condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant’s Monument Signage. All of Tenant’s rights to install and maintain Monument Signage on the monument sign in accordance with this Section 32.2 shall permanently terminate upon notice from Landlord following (a) a Monetary Default under this Lease and/or (b) the date upon which Tenant ceases to occupy at least 15,000 rentable square feet within Building.

32.3 Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall provide Tenant with Building standard lobby and suite signage.

 

- 42 -


ARTICLE 33.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

33.1 Except for Hazardous Material (as defined below) contained in products used by Tenant for ordinary cleaning and office purposes in quantities not violative of applicable Environmental Requirements, Tenant shall not permit or cause any party to bring any Hazardous Material upon the Premises and/or the Project or transport, store, use, generate, manufacture, dispose, or release any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises and/or the Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall operate its business in the Premises in strict compliance with all Environmental Requirements (as defined below) and all requirements of this Lease. Tenant shall complete and certify to disclosure statements as requested by Landlord from time to time relating to Tenant’s transportation, storage, use, generation, manufacture, or release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a copy of any notice which Tenant has received of violation relating to the Premises or the Project of any Environmental Requirement.

33.2 The term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, permits, authorizations, orders, policies or other similar requirements of any governmental authority, agency or court regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Clean Air Act; the Clean Water Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act and all state and local counterparts thereto; all applicable California requirements, including, but not limited to, Sections 25115, 25117, 25122.7, 25140, 25249.8, 25281, 25316 and 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code and Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 4.5, Chapter 11, and any policies or rules promulgated thereunder as well as any County or City ordinances that may operate independent of, or in conjunction with, the State programs, and any common or civil law obligations including, without limitation, nuisance or trespass, and any other requirements of Article 3 of this Lease. The term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant that is or could be regulated under any Environmental Requirement or that may adversely affect human health or the environment, including, without limitation, any solid or hazardous waste, hazardous substance, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, synthetic gas, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and radioactive material). For purposes of Environmental Requirements, to the extent authorized by law, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the responsible party, including without limitation, the “owner” and “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

33.3 Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove all Hazardous Materials stored, disposed of or otherwise released by Tenant, its assignees, subtenants, agents, employees, contractors or invitees onto or from the Premises, in a manner and to a level satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, but in no event to a level and in a manner less than that which complies with all Environmental Requirements and does not limit any future uses of the

 

- 43 -


Premises or require the recording of any deed restriction or notice regarding the Premises. Tenant shall perform such work at any time during the Term of the Lease upon written request by Landlord or, in the absence of a specific request by Landlord, before Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates or expires. If Tenant fails to perform such work within the time period specified by Landlord or before Tenant’s right to possession terminates or expires (whichever is earlier), Landlord may at its discretion, and without waiving any other remedy available under this Lease or at law or equity (including without limitation an action to compel Tenant to perform such work), perform such work at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such work within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Such work performed by Landlord is on behalf of Tenant and Tenant remains the owner, generator, operator, transporter, and/or arranger of the Hazardous Materials for purposes of Environmental Requirements. Tenant agrees not to enter into any agreement with any person, including without limitation any governmental authority, regarding the removal of Hazardous Materials that have been disposed of or otherwise released onto or from the Premises without the written approval of Landlord.

33.4 Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or the Project and loss of rental income from the Project), claims, demands, actions, suits, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages), expenses (including, without limitation, remediation, removal, repair, corrective action, or cleanup expenses), and costs (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, consultant fees or expert fees and including, without limitation, removal or management of any asbestos brought into the Premises or disturbed in breach of the requirements of this Article 33, regardless of whether such removal or management is required by law) which are brought or recoverable against, or suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of any release of Hazardous Materials or any breach of the requirements under this Article 33 by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees, regardless of whether Tenant had knowledge of such noncompliance. The obligations of Tenant under this Article 33 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

33.5 Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenant’s compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Article 33, or the environmental condition of the Premises. Access shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlord’s prior notice (at least 24 hours in advance) to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenant’s operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord holds against Tenant. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any communication or report that Tenant makes to any governmental authority regarding any possible violation of Environmental Requirements or release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of receipt thereof, provide Landlord with a copy of any documents or correspondence received from any governmental agency or other party relating to a possible violation of Environmental Requirements or claim or liability associated with the release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises.

 

- 44 -


33.6 [Intentionally deleted].

33.7 Landlord hereby informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises and adjacent properties overlie a former solid waste landfill site commonly known as the Westport Landfill (“Former Landfill”). Landlord further informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that (i) prior testing has detected the presence of low levels of certain volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds and other contaminants in the groundwater, in the leachate from the landfilled solid waste, and/or in certain surface waters of the Property, as more fully described in the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region’s (“Regional Board”) Order No. R2-2003-0074 (Updated Waste Discharge Requirements and Rescission of Order No. 94-181) (“Order”), (ii) methane gas is or may be generated by the landfilled solid waste (item “i” immediately preceding and this item “ii” are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Landfill Contamination”), and (iii) the Premises and the Former Landfill are subject to the Order. The Order is attached hereto as Exhibit H. As evidenced by their initials on said Exhibit H, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has provided Tenant with copies of the Order, and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant and Tenant’s experts (if any) have had ample opportunity to review the Order and that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the environmental conditions of the Property and the suitability of such conditions for Tenant’s intended use of the Property. Additional environmental reports are available for Tenant’s review at Landlord’s offices. To Landlord’s actual knowledge (without duty of inquiry), there is no other on-site originated Hazardous Materials contamination within the Project. In the event the Regional Board determines that the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied for a period in excess of thirty (30) days due to the any Hazardous Materials conditions related to the Landfill Contamination, then, provided Tenant has not caused and/or contributed to the incident responsible for said occupancy restriction, Tenant may terminate this Lease provided Tenant gives Landlord written notice within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of notice that the Premises cannot be occupied for the purpose referenced in this Lease of its election to so terminate the Lease in the event Tenant cannot occupy the majority of the Premises at the conclusion of the thirty (30) day period. In the event said notice is received by Landlord as required herein and the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied as referenced above, this Lease shall thereafter terminate on the date of termination referenced in said Tenant notice (which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date the Premises are deemed un-occupiable). Tenant agrees to cooperate and provide Landlord and the Regional Board or their authorized representatives, upon presentation of credentials, during normal business hours, immediate entry upon the Premises to assess any and all aspects of the environmental condition of the Project and its use, including, but not limited to, conducting any environmental assessment or audit, taking samples of soil, groundwater or other water, air or building materials, the inspection of treatment equipment, monitoring equipment or monitoring methods, or sampling of any discharge governed by the Order.

ARTICLE 34.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS

34.1 Tenant, as its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, and governmental rules, regulations, or requirements now in force or which may hereafter become in force, of federal, state, county, and municipal authorities, including, but not

 

- 45 -


limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act, with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, and with any occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, which impose, any duty upon Landlord or Tenant, insofar as any thereof relate to or affect the condition, use, alteration, or occupancy of the Premises. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans for any improvements shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act.

ARTICLE 35.

SEVERABILITY

35.1 This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Term, then it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of both parties that in lieu of each clause or provision that is illegal, or unenforceable, there is added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and still be legal, valid, and enforceable.

ARTICLE 36.

NOTICES

36.1 Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party to this Lease to or on the other, such notice or demand shall be given or served in writing and delivered personally, or forwarded by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or recognized overnight courier, addressed to Landlord’s address and Tenant’s address, as applicable, as specified in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notice from time to time by serving written notice of the new address as provided in Article 36.

36.2 Notice hereunder shall become effective upon (a) delivery in case of personal delivery and (b) receipt or refusal in case of certified or registered mail or delivery by overnight courier.

ARTICLE 37.

OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER

37.1 Landlord and Tenant agree that all the provisions hereof are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words imparting such covenants were used in each paragraph hereof, and that, except as restricted by the provisions hereof, shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. If the rights of Tenant hereunder are owned by two or more parties, or two or more parties are designated herein as Tenant, then all such parties shall be jointly and severally liable

 

- 46 -


for the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Whenever the singular or plural number, masculine or feminine or neuter gender is used herein, it shall equally include the other.

ARTICLE 38.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

38.1 This Lease and any attached addenda or exhibits constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant. No prior or contemporaneous written or oral leases or representations shall be binding. This Lease shall not be amended, changed, or extended except by written instrument signed by Landlord and Tenant.

38.2 THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

ARTICLE 39.

CAPTIONS

39.1 Paragraph captions are for Landlord’s and Tenant’s convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 40.

CHANGES

40.1 Should any mortgagee require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not bring about any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way substantially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified.

ARTICLE 41.

AUTHORITY

41.1 All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, or those which may be provided by law, may be exercised by Landlord in its own name individually, or in its name by its agent, and all legal proceedings for the enforcement of any such rights or remedies, including distress for Rent, unlawful detainer, and any other legal or equitable proceedings may be commenced and prosecuted to final judgment and be executed by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent. Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that each has full power and authority to execute this Lease and to make and perform the agreements herein contained, and Tenant expressly stipulates that any rights or remedies available to

 

- 47 -


Landlord, either by the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, may be enforced by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent or principal.

ARTICLE 42.

BROKERAGE

42.1 Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, in negotiation of this Lease. Landlord shall make payment of the brokerage fee due the Landlord’s Broker pursuant to and in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. Landlord’s Broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Except for amounts owing to Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker, each party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless of and from any and all damages, losses, costs, or expenses (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements) by reason of any claim of or liability to any other broker or other person claiming through the indemnifying party and arising out of or in connection with the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Lease. Additionally, except as may be otherwise expressly agreed upon by Landlord in writing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and/or Landlord’s agent shall have no obligation for payment of any brokerage fee or similar compensation to any person with whom Tenant has dealt or may in the future deal with respect to leasing of any additional or expansion space in the Building or renewals or extensions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 43.

EXHIBITS

43.1 Exhibits  A through I are attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes and are hereby acknowledged by both parties to this Lease.

ARTICLE 44.

APPURTENANCES

44.1 The Premises include the right of ingress and egress thereto and therefrom; however, Landlord reserves the right to make changes and alterations to the Building, fixtures and equipment thereof, in the street entrances, doors, halls, corridors, lobbies, passages, elevators, escalators, stairways, toilets and other parts thereof which Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided that Tenant at all times has a means of access to the Premises (subject to a temporary interruption due to Force Majeure Events or necessary maintenance that cannot reasonably be performed without such interruption of access). Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant of the Building or any passage, door, tunnel, concourse, plaza or any other area connecting the garages or other buildings with the Building, shall give Tenant any right or easement of such use and the use thereof may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without liability of any kind to Tenant and without affecting the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

 

- 48 -


ARTICLE 45.

PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY

45.1 Tenant, for itself and for all persons claiming through or under it, hereby expressly waives any and all rights which are, or in the future may be, conferred upon Tenant by any present or future law to redeem the Premises, or to any new trial in any action for ejection under any provisions of law, after reentry thereupon, or upon any part thereof, by Landlord, or after any warrant to dispossess or judgment in ejection. If Landlord shall acquire possession of the Premises by summary proceedings, or in any other lawful manner without judicial proceedings, it shall be deemed a reentry within the meaning of that word as used in this Lease. In the event that Landlord commences any summary proceedings or action for nonpayment of Rent or other charges provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action. Tenant and Landlord both waive a trial by jury of any or all issues arising in any action or proceeding between the parties hereto or their successors, under or connected with this Lease, or any of its provisions.

ARTICLE 46.

RECORDING

46.1 Tenant shall not record this Lease but will, at the request of Landlord, execute a memorandum or notice thereof in recordable form satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant specifying the date of commencement and expiration of the Term of this Lease and other information required by statute. Either Landlord or Tenant may then record said memorandum or notice of lease at the cost of the recording party.

ARTICLE 47.

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

47.1 Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees and/or trust deed holders, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing of the address of such mortgagees and/or trust deed holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagees and/or trust deed holders shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.

ARTICLE 48.

SHORING

48.1 If any excavation or construction is made adjacent to, upon or within the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant shall afford to any and all persons causing or authorized to

 

- 49 -


cause such excavation or construction license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as such persons shall deem necessary to preserve the Building or any portion thereof from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, braces and supports, without any claim for damages or indemnity or abatement of Rent (subject to the express provisions of this Lease), or of a constructive or actual eviction of Tenant.

ARTICLE 49.

PARKING

49.1 The use by Tenant, its employees and invitees, of the parking facilities of the Project shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein and shall be subject to such other agreement between Landlord and Tenant as may hereinafter be established and to such other rules and regulations as Landlord may establish. Tenant, its employees and invitees shall use no more than the Maximum Parking Allocation. Tenant’s use of the parking spaces shall be confined to the Project. If, in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, it becomes necessary, Landlord shall exercise due diligence to cause the creation of cross-parking easements and such other agreements as are necessary to permit Tenant, its employees and invitees to use parking spaces on properties and buildings which are separate legal parcels from the Project. Tenant acknowledges that other tenants of the Project and the tenants of the other buildings, their employees and invitees, may be given the right to park at the Project.

ARTICLE 50.

ELECTRICAL CAPACITY

Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times, its use of electric energy shall never exceed the capacity of the existing feeders to the Building or the risers of wiring installation. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements upon written request of Tenant shall be installed by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excess or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disrupt other tenants or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Landlord will also, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions.

ARTICLE 51.

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 52.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT

52.1 Location of Tenant’s Equipment and Landlord Consent:

 

- 50 -


52.1.1 Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove and use communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Building in or serving the Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall locate all electronic telecommunications equipment within the Premises and shall coordinate the location of all Lines with Landlord. Any request for consent shall contain such information as Landlord may request.

52.1.2 Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, the Lines or any equipment related thereto, the plans, specifications or designs related thereto, the contractor or subcontractor, or the work performed hereunder, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy or appropriateness thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same.

52.1.3 If Landlord consents to Tenant’s proposal, Tenant shall pay all of Tenant’s and Landlord’s third party costs in connection therewith (including without limitation all costs related to new Lines) and shall use, maintain and operate the Lines and related equipment in accordance with and subject to all laws governing the Lines and equipment and at Tenant’s sole risk and expense. Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements of this Lease concerning alterations in connection with installing the Lines. As soon as the work is completed, Tenant shall submit as-built drawings to Landlord.

52.1.4 Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party), within three days after written notice.

52.2 Reallocation of Line Space . Landlord may (but shall not have the obligation to) (a) install and relocate Lines at the Building; and (b) monitor and control the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Building by Landlord, Tenant or any other party.

52.3 Line Problems . Except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively called “Line Problems”): (a) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, or replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants in the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirement of the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause; (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; or (c) any eavesdropping or wiretapping by unauthorized parties. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

 

- 51 -


52.4 Electromagnetic Fields . If Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field and/or radio frequency exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to appropriately insulate that equipment and the Lines therefor (including without limitation riser cables), and take such other remedial action at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as Lender may require in its sole discretion to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields, radio frequency or radiation.

52.5 Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires .

52.5.1 Within 30 days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant to:

(a) Retain any or all Lines installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building;

(b) Remove any or all such Lines and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Lines (“Wire Restoration Work”). Landlord shall perform such Wire Restoration Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; or

(c) Require Tenant to perform the Wire Restoration Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

52.5.2 In the event Landlord elects to retain the Lines, Tenant covenants that Tenant shall have good right to surrender such Lines, free of all liens and encumbrances, and that all Lines shall be left in their then existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, properly labeled at each end and in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box, and in safe condition.

52.5.3 In the event Tenant fails or refuses to pay all costs of the Wire Restoration Work within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice requesting Tenant’s reimbursement for or payment of such costs, Landlord may apply all or any portion of Tenant’s Security Deposit toward the payment of such unpaid costs relative to the Wire Restoration Work. The retention or application of such Security Deposit by Landlord pursuant to this clause does not constitute a limitation on or waiver of Landlord’s right to seek further remedy under law or equity. The provisions of this clause shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

ARTICLE 53.

ERISA

53.1 To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a New Jersey corporation (“Prudential”), that:

(a) Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); and

 

- 52 -


(b) Tenant is not acquiring the Property as a plan asset subject to ERISA but for Tenant’s own investment account; and

(c) Tenant is not an “affiliate” of Prudential as defined in Section IV(b) or PTE 90-1;

(d) Tenant is not a “party in interest” (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) to the Virginia Retirement System; and

(e) Tenant agrees to keep the identity of the Virginia Retirement System confidential, except to the extent that Tenant may be required to disclose such information as a result of (i) legal process, or (ii) compliance with ERISA or other Laws governing Tenant’s operations.

ARTICLE 54.

LETTER OF CREDIT

54.1 Letter of Credit . Tenant agrees to provide, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a Letter of Credit (as defined below) in the Letter of Credit Required Amount as additional security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of all of the provisions of this Lease, on the terms and conditions set forth below. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit and the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled.

54.2 Delivery of Letter of Credit . (a) Tenant shall cause a Letter of Credit, in the amount of the Letter of Credit Required Amount to be issued by a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “L/C Bank”) in favor of Landlord, and its successors, assigns and transferees; (b) Tenant will cause the Letter of Credit to remain in full force and effect during the entire Term and thereafter until ninety (90) days after expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; and (c) the initial Letter of Credit will be delivered to Landlord upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant. So long as no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the Expiration Date The specific requirements for the Letter of Credit and the rights of Landlord to make draws thereon will be as set forth in this Article 54. All of Tenant’s rights and all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease are strictly contingent on Tenant’s delivering and thereafter causing the Letter of Credit to remain in full force and effect during the entire Term.

54.3 Draws on the Letter of Credit . Immediately upon, and at any time or from time to time after, the occurrence of any one or more Draw Events (as defined below), Landlord will have the unconditional right to draw on the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Article 54; provided that so long as Landlord is not prevented from giving notice by application of the Bankruptcy Code’s automatic stay, with respect to any Draw Event other than that described in Section 54.4(b), Landlord shall not draw until it has given Tenant notice that an Event of Default exists. Upon the payment to Landlord of the Draw Proceeds, Landlord will hold the Draw

 

- 53 -


Proceeds in its own name and for its own account, without liability for interest, to use and apply any and all of the Draw Proceeds only (a) to cure any Event of Default by Tenant; (b) to pay any other sum to which Landlord becomes obligated by reason of Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Lease; or (c) to compensate Landlord for any monetary loss or damage which Landlord suffers thereby arising from Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Lease. In addition, if the Draw Event is the failure of Tenant to renew the Letter of Credit as required hereunder, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw the entire Letter of Credit as a cash security deposit, held as a pledge under the California Uniform Commercial Code to secure Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Among other things, it is expressly understood that the Draw Proceeds will not be considered an advance payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or a measure of Landlord’s damages resulting from any Event of Default hereunder (past, present or future). Further, immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more Draw Events, Landlord may, from time to time and without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Draw Proceeds (whether from a contemporaneous or prior draw on the Letter of Credit) to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of Base Rent or Additional Rent, to pay to Landlord any and all amounts to which Landlord is entitled in connection with the pursuit of any one or more of its remedies hereunder, and to compensate Landlord for any and all other damage, injury, expense or liability caused to Landlord by any and all such Events of Default. Any delays in Landlord’s draw on the Letter of Credit or in Landlord’s use of the Draw Proceeds as provided in this Article 54 will not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights hereunder with respect to the Letter of Credit or the Draw Proceeds. Following any such application of the Draw Proceeds, Tenant will either pay to Landlord on demand the cash amount so applied in order to restore the Draw Proceeds to the full amount thereof immediately prior to such application or cause the Letter of Credit to be replenished to its full amount thereunder. Landlord will not be liable for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages incurred by Tenant arising from a claim that Landlord violated the bankruptcy code’s automatic stay in connection with any draw by Landlord of any Draw Proceeds, Landlord’s liability (if any) under such circumstances being limited to the reimbursement of direct costs as and to the extent expressly provided in this Section 54.3. Nothing in this Lease or in the Letter of Credit will confer upon Tenant any property rights or interests in any Draw Proceeds; provided, however, that upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and so long as there then exist no Draw Events or Events of Default hereunder, Landlord agrees to return of any remaining unapplied balance of the Draw Proceeds then held by Landlord, and the Letter of Credit itself (if and to the extent not previously drawn in full) to the L/C Bank. Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit and/or apply any Deposit in any order.

54.4 Applicable Definitions .

“Draw Event” means each of the following events:

(a) the occurrence of any one or more of the following which shall have also been preceded, simultaneously accompanied, or succeeded by an Event of Default under this Lease regardless of the absence of any notice of default which might otherwise be required with respect to an Event of Default if the giving of notice to Tenant about such breach by Tenant is stayed or barred due to one of the following events: (i) Tenant’s filing of a petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, or Tenant’s making a general assignment or general

 

- 54 -


arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (ii) the filing of an involuntary petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, or the filing of a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization or rearrangement, by or against Tenant and such filing not being dismissed within sixty (60) days, (iii) the entry of an order for relief under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, (iv) the appointment of a “custodian,” as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code (or of an equivalent thereto under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted), for Tenant, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and possession not being restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days, or (v) the subjection of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure and such subjection not being discharged within sixty (60) days;

(b) the failure of Tenant, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then in effect, to cause an extension, renewal or replacement issuance of the Letter of Credit, to be effected, which extension, renewal or replacement issuance will be made by the L/C Bank, will otherwise meet all of the requirements of the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, which failure will be an Event of Default under this Lease;

(c) the failure of Tenant to make when due any payment of Base Rent, of any monthly installment of any Additional Rent, or pay any other monetary obligation within five (5) days after the amount is due; provided that in the event Tenant is entitled to a notice prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default for non-payment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 22.1(a) , this Draw Event shall not be deemed to have occurred until expiration of five days after that notice (or, if Landlord is prevented from giving notice by application of the Bankruptcy Code’s automatic stay, any failure of Tenant to make when due any payment of Base Rent, of any monthly installment of any Additional Rent, or to pay any other monetary obligation within five days after the amount is due).

(d) the payment by Landlord of any sum to cure a failure by Tenant to comply with any non-monetary obligation hereunder which Tenant has not cured within fifteen (15) days after notice thereof by Landlord (or, if Landlord is prevented from giving notice by application of the bankruptcy code’s automatic stay, the payment of Landlord of any sum to cure a failure by Tenant to comply with any non-monetary obligation hereunder that Tenant has not cured within fifteen (15) days from the date of the breach).

“Draw Proceeds” means the proceeds of any draw or draws made by Landlord under the Letter of Credit, together with any and all interest accruing thereon.

“L/C Bank” means any United States bank which is approved by Landlord in Landlord’s discretion.

“Letter of Credit” means that certain one-year irrevocable letter of credit, in the Letter of Credit Required Amount, issued by the L/C Bank, as required under Section 54.2 and, if

 

- 55 -


applicable, as extended, renewed, replaced or modified from time to time in accordance with this Lease, which letter of credit will be transferable and in substantially the same form as attached Exhibit I.

54.5 Transfer of Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall not be mortgaged, assigned or encumbered in any manner whatsoever by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Premises and the Building and in this Lease and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds to the transferee or mortgagee, and in such event, Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for return of the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds so transferred. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm Landlord’s transfer or assignment of the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds to such transferee or mortgagee.

54.6 Letter of Credit is Not Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent California Civil Code 1950.7 in any way: (a) is determined to be applicable to this Lease or the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof); or (b) controls Landlord’s rights to draw on the Letter of Credit or apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any amounts due under this Lease or any damages Landlord may suffer following termination of this Lease, then Tenant full and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, it being agreed that Landlord may recover from the Letter of Credit (or its proceeds) all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon the termination of this Lease in accordance with this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

- 56 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, acting herein through duly authorized individuals, have caused these presents to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

IMPERVA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Robin L. Matlock

 

Robin L. Matlock, EVP & GM

  [Printed Name and Title]

By:

 

Aviv Shoham, VP Finance

 

/s/ Aviv Shoham

  [Printed Name and Title]
If Tenant is a corporation, this instrument must be executed by the chairman of the board, the president or any vice president and the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant financial officer or any assistant treasurer of such corporation, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which case the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this instrument.
Tenant’s NAICS Code:            541511

 

- 57 -


LANDLORD:

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,

a California limited liability company

By:

  THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, its member
  By:  

/s/ JoLynn Chow Miller

   

JoLynn Chow Miller

    [Printed Name and Title]
    Second Vice President

 

- 58 -

Exhibit 10.14

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(RELOCATION)

This First Amendment to Lease (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 12, 2010, by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IMPERVA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to the following facts and circumstances:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated February 12, 2008 (the “Lease”), of certain premises comprising approximately 15,760 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 101, (the “Existing Space”), in a commercial office building (the “Building”) located at 3400 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California, and more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given those terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to relocate Tenant to new space in Building, and to substitute that new space for the Existing Space as the “Premises” demised by the Lease. Landlord and Tenant further wish to terminate Tenant’s obligations under the Lease with respect to the Existing Space to the extent provided in this Agreement.

It is therefore, agreed as follows:

1. The following terms shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement and the Lease:

“Relocation Space” means the premises more particularly described on Exhibit “B-l” attached hereto, which is commonly known as Suite 200 in the Building.

“Relocation Space Commencement Date” means the date that is the later of (a) July 1, 2010, or (b) the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Relocation Space to Tenant with the Relocation Space Improvements substantially completed.

“Relocation Space Improvements” means those improvements constructed in the Relocation Space by Landlord pursuant to Section 55.1.8 of the Lease, as amended by this Agreement.

2. Effective on the Relocation Space Commencement Date, (a) Exhibit “B-l” to this Agreement is substituted for and replaces the existing Exhibit “B” to the Lease, (b) “Premises” shall mean the Relocation Space and shall no longer mean the Existing Space, and (c) Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Relocation Space, on the terms and conditions in the Lease and as further provided herein.

 

- 1 -


3. The following new Articles 55 and 56 are added to the Lease:

“ARTICLE 55

RELOCATION SPACE

55.1 Relocation Space Terms.

55.1.1 Effective on the Relocation Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall include the space (the “Relocation Space”) generally indicated on Exhibit B-l hereto as the Relocation Space, which space consists of 25,560 rentable square feet. Commencing on the date that is twenty-one (21) days prior to the Relocation Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to have early access to the Relocation Space without the obligation for payment of rent for the purposes of installing its furniture, fixtures, cabling, files and equipment; and provided that (a) Tenant shall not interfere with Landlord’s construction of the Relocation Space Improvements, (b) Tenant first provides Landlord with all insurance required by the terms of the Lease, modified to apply to the Relocation Space, (c) all construction by Tenant shall be performed in accordance with the terms of the Lease, including without limitation Article 15, and (d) Tenant has coordinated its schedule of early entry with Landlord to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. The Relocation Space Improvements shall be deemed substantially completed upon the later of the (a) issuance of a certificate of substantial completion by Landlord’s architect as to construction of the Relocation Space Improvements, or (b) issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy by the local building authority (or a reasonably substantial equivalent such as a sign-off from a building inspector), if such is required, notwithstanding that minor or unsubstantial details or construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remains to be performed. The Relocation Space Commencement Date and the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder shall not be delayed or postponed by reason of any delay by Tenant in performing changes or alterations in the Relocation Space not required to be performed by Landlord. In the event the Relocation Space Commencement Date shall occur on a day other than the first day of a month, then the Base Rent shall be immediately paid for such partial month prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. As soon as the Relocation Space Commencement Date is determined, Tenant shall execute a Relocation Space Commencement Date memorandum in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit F acknowledging, among other things, the (a) Relocation Space Commencement Date, (b) scheduled Expiration Date of this Lease, and (c) Tenant’s acceptance of the Relocation Space. The Tenant’s failure to execute the Relocation Space Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder.

55.1.2 Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects (the “Relocation Space Punch List Items”) which were part of the Relocation Space Improvements in the Relocation Space within thirty (30) days after the Relocation Space Commencement Date and Landlord shall, at its sole expense, complete said work and/or remedy such unsatisfactory conditions or defects as soon as possible. The existence of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or

 

- 2 -


defects as aforesaid shall not affect the Relocation Space Commencement Date or the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder.

55.1.3 Subject to completion of the Relocation Space Punch List Items, the taking of possession of the Relocation Space by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the Relocation Space and the Relocation Building were in good and satisfactory condition at the time possession was taken by Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly stated above, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the condition of the Relocation Building, the Relocation Space, the land upon which the Relocation Building is constructed, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Relocation Building or the Relocation Space, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in this Lease.

55.1.4 Notwithstanding Section 55.1.3 above, Landlord warrants that the roof, structural components of the Relocation Building, the HVAC system, electrical and plumbing systems, elevator, parking lot or site lighting (the “Relocation Space Covered Items”), other than those constructed by Tenant, shall be in good operating condition on the date possession of the Relocation Space is delivered to Tenant. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the delivery of possession, or if one of such Relocation Space Covered Items should malfunction or fail within sixty (60) days after the delivery of possession to Tenant, Landlord shall, as Landlord’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify the same at Landlord’s expense.

55.1.5 Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent for the Relocation Space in accordance with the following schedule payable in advance and without notice in monthly installments on the Relocation Space Commencement Date (which payment shall be a prorated partial payment for any partial month) and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the Relocation Space Term:

 

Period*

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

1 - 12

  $475,416.00   $39,618.00

13 - 24

  $490,752.00   $40,896.00

25 - 36

  $521,424.00   $43,452.00

37 - Expiration Date

  $536,760.00   $44,730.00

 

  * Measured in months from the first day of the calendar month in which the Relocation Space Commencement Date falls.

55.1.6 Tenant shall pay Landlord the first installment of Monthly Base Rent due after the Relocation Space Commencement Date upon execution and delivery of the First Amendment to Lease which adds this Article 55 to the Lease (the “First Amendment”).

 

- 3 -


55.1.7 The term for the Relocation Space (“Relocation Space Term”) shall commence on the Relocation Space Commencement Date, and shall expire on the Expiration Date (as defined in the First Amendment) or earlier termination of this Lease.

55.1.8 The construction of the Relocation Space Improvements shall be governed by the terms of Exhibit C of the Original Lease (the “Work Letter”), with the following modifications:

(a) The total Tenant Improvement Allowance with respect to the Expansion Space shall be $639,000.00 in lieu of the amount set forth in the Work Letter;

(b) All references to the “Premises” in the Work Letter shall be references to the Expansion Space;

(c) Tenant shall be entitled to use up to $102,240.00 of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the purpose of purchasing and installing workstation cubicles (the “Cubicles”) and the installation of (i) standard 4 CAT 6 cabling for each cube/office (for voice and data), (ii) fifteen (15) additional CAT 6 data ports for wireless access points, printers and fax machines in the Relocation Space, and (iii) four (4) patch panels for the voice/data cabling in the IT Room, and (iv) patch panel and cabling for one hundred fifty (150) data ports in the Support Room (collectively with the Cubicles, the “Permitted Cubicles and Cabling”);

(d) No portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance may be expended for office or conference room furniture, lobby furniture, server equipment or other equipment or cabling other than the Permitted Cubicles and Cabling;

(e) Each reference in the Tenant Work Letter to the “Commencement Date” shall be a reference to the Relocation Space Commencement Date;

(f) The first sentence of Section 5.1 of the Tenant Improvement Work Letter is revised to read as follows: “Except as provided in this Section 5.1, the Relocation Space Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in Section 1 of the First Amendment to this Lease;”

(g) Section 6.1 of the Tenant Work Letter shall not apply and the provisions of Section 5.1.1 of the Lease, as amended by this Agreement, shall instead govern Tenant’s early access into the Relocation Space; and

(h) Landlord shall retain title to the Cubicles notwithstanding that they were purchased out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

55.1.9 All other terms and conditions of this Lease shall, except to the extent inconsistent with this Article, apply to the Relocation Space; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to any construction allowance or other inducement, except as expressly provided in this Article 55, and the provisions of Article 2 shall not apply.

55.2 Termination of Leasing of the Existing Space . The Lease for the Existing Space shall terminate on the Relocation Space Commencement Date (the “Existing Space Expiration Date”) that is one day after the Relocation Space Commencement Date. Tenant shall be required

 

- 4 -


to fulfill all obligations under the Lease relating to the expiration of the term with respect to the Existing Space on or before the Existing Space Expiration Date. It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant that the term of the Lease with respect to the Relocation Space continue through the Expiration Date, notwithstanding that the Lease with respect to the Existing Space shall terminate on the Existing Space Expiration Date. If Tenant does not vacate the Existing Space on or before the Relocation Space Commencement Date, all provisions in Article 31 of the Lease shall apply with respect to that holding over in the Existing Space.

SECTION 56

PERSONAL PROPERTY

56.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the Cubicles (the “Included Personal Property”).

56.2 Tenant shall:

56.2.1 Accept the Included Personal Property in its “as is” condition as of the date hereof, as the same may be affected by reasonable wear and tear after the date hereof;

56.2.2 Insure the Included Personal Property against loss or damage by fire or other casualty (and all of the provisions of this Lease applicable to insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall be applicable thereto); and

56.2.3 Surrender the Included Personal Property to Landlord in the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease in the same condition as at the commencement of this Lease, as the same may be affected by reasonable wear and tear or damage by fire or other casualty; provided, however, that if the Included Personal Property shall have been damaged by fire or other casualty and not repaired or replaced then upon such expiration or sooner termination Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full replacement cost thereof.”

4. Effective on the Relocation Space Commencement Date, the following further amendments to the Lease shall apply:

4.1 The Tenant’s Building Percentage for the Existing Space is deleted and the Lease is amended to provide that Tenant’s Building Percentage with respect to the Relocation Space is 51.27%.

4.2 The Term of the Lease is hereby extended such that it shall expire on the date (the “Expiration Date”) that is the day prior to the date that is forty-five (45) months after the Relocation Space Commencement Date; provided that if the Relocation Space Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the calendar month in which the date that is forty-five (45) months after the Relocation Space Commencement Date falls.

4.3 The Square footage appearing in the last sentence of Section 32.1 of the Original Lease is increased to 25,000 square feet.

 

- 5 -


4.4 The following new Article 51 is hereby added to the Lease:

“ARTICLE 51.

OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE

51.1 Extension Option . Tenant shall have the option to extend this Lease (the “Extension Option”) for one additional term of three (3) years (the “Extension Period”) after the Expiration Date, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

(a) If the Extension Option is exercised, then the Base Rent per annum for such Extension Period (the “Option Rent”) shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined hereinafter) for the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Option for such Extension Period; provided, however, that the Option Rent shall in no event be less than the Base Rent scheduled to be paid during the year immediately prior to the commencement of the Extension Period.

(b) The Extension Option must be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only at the time and in the manner provided in this subsection 51.1(b).

(i) If Tenant wishes to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant must, on or before the date occurring six (6) months before the Expiration Date (as defined in the First Amendment to this Lease) (but not before the date that is nine (9) months before the Expiration Date), exercise the Extension Option by delivering written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Extension Option, the Lease Term shall be extended for the Extension Period upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended, except that the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be as provided in Subparagraph 51.1(a) and Tenant shall have no further options to extend the Lease Term.

(ii) If Tenant fails to deliver a timely Exercise Notice, Tenant shall be considered to have elected not to exercise the Extension Option.

(c) It is understood and agreed that the Extension Option hereby granted is personal to Tenant and is not transferable; provided that Tenant may assign the Extension Option to a Permitted Transferee as part of the assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease to that Permitted Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

(d) Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the Extension Period.

51.2 Fair Market Rental Value . The provisions of this Section shall apply in any instance in which this Lease provides that the Fair Market Rental Value is to apply.

(a) “Fair Market Rental Value” means the annual amount per square foot that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in arm’s length

 

- 6 -


negotiations, without any additional inducements, for a lease of the applicable space on the applicable terms and conditions for the applicable period of time. Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by Landlord considering the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in the Building and in Comparable Buildings owned or managed by Landlord in the Market Area. If there are no such direct leases that are recent, consideration shall be given to the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in other Comparable Buildings in the Market Area.

(b) In determining the rental rate of comparable space, the parties shall include all escalations and take into consideration the following concessions:

(i) Rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted to tenants in connection with the comparable space;

(ii) Tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for the comparable space, taking into account the value of the existing improvements in the Premises, based on the age, quality, and layout of the improvements.

(c) If in determining the Fair Market Rental Value the parties determine that the economic terms of leases of comparable space include a tenant improvement allowance, Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole option, elect to do the following:

(i) Grant some or all of the value of the tenant improvement allowance as an allowance for the refurbishment of the Premises; and

(ii) Reduce the Base Rent component of the Fair Market Rental Value to be an effective rental rate that takes into consideration the total dollar value of that portion of the tenant improvement allowance that Landlord has elected not to grant to Tenant (in which case that portion of the tenant improvement allowance evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant).

51.3 Determination of Fair Market Rental Value . The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall be as provided in this Section 51.3.

(a) Negotiated Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the tenth (10th) day after Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option (the “Outside Agreement Date”).

(b) Parties’ Separate Determinations . If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on or before the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each make a separate determination of the Fair Market Rental Value and notify the other party of this determination within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date.

(i) Two Determinations . If each party makes a timely determination of the Fair Market Rental Value, those determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsection (c).

 

- 7 -


(ii) One Determination . If Landlord or Tenant fails to make a determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within the five-business day period, that failure shall be conclusively considered to be that party’s approval of the Fair Market Rental Value submitted within the five-business day period by the other party.

(c) Arbitration . If both parties make timely individual determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value under subsection (b), the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by arbitration under this subsection (c).

(i) Scope of Arbitration . The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited to the sole issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Value as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 51.2.

(ii) Qualifications of Arbitrator(s) . The arbitrators must be licensed real estate brokers who have been active in the leasing of commercial multi-story properties in the Market Area over the five-year period ending on the date of their appointment as arbitrator(s).

(iii) Parties’ Appointment of Arbitrators . Within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator and notify the other party of the arbitrator’s name and business address.

(iv) Appointment of Third Arbitrator . If each party timely appoints an arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators shall, within ten (10) days after the appointment of the second arbitrator, agree on and appoint a third arbitrator (who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth above for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators) and provide notice to Landlord and Tenant of the arbitrator’s name and business address.

(v) Arbitrators’ Decision . Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third arbitrator, the three (3) arbitrators shall decide whether the parties will use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of their decision. The decision of the majority the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(vi) If Only One Arbitrator is Appointed . If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision and notify Landlord and Tenant of that decision within thirty (30) days after the arbitrator’s appointment. The arbitrator’s decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(vii) If Only Two Arbitrators Are Appointed . If each party appoints an arbitrator in a timely manner, but the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on and appoint a third arbitrator within the required period, the arbitrators shall be dismissed without delay and the issue of Fair Market Rental Value shall be

 

- 8 -


submitted to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS, subject to the provisions of this section.

(viii) If No Arbitrator Is Appointed . If Landlord and Tenant each fail to appoint an arbitrator in a timely manner, the matter to be decided shall be submitted without delay to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS subject the provisions of this Section 51.3(c).

51.4 Cost of Arbitration . The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted Fair Market Rental Value is not selected by the arbitrators.”

5. Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit from Tenant in the amount of $42,552.00 pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Lease that was deposited with Landlord in lieu of the Letter of Credit upon the execution and delivery of the Lease. The amount of the Security Deposit required under the Lease shall be increased to $71,823.60 and Tenant shall deposit the balance of the Security Deposit in the amount of $29,271.60 with Landlord on the date Tenant executes and delivers this Agreement. Accordingly, (a) the “Security Deposit Amount” in the Basic Lease Information of the Lease is hereby changed to $71,823.60, (b) the following is hereby deleted from the Basic Lease Information of the Lease: “Letter of Credit Required Amount: $42,552.00,” and (c) Article 54 and Exhibit I are hereby deleted from the Lease and are of no further force or effect.

6. The Basic Lease Information is amended to show the address of Tenant for notices as the Existing Space until the Relocation Space Commencement Date and then the Relocation Space from and after the Relocation Space Commencement Date until Tenant’s address is changed pursuant to Section 36.3 of the Lease.

7. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than those persons, if any, whose names are set forth at the end of this Paragraph) in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or other person, firm or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction and Landlord and Tenant do each hereby indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation, commission or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party. Named brokers:

 

 

Landlord’s Broker:

   NAI BT Commercial.
 

Tenant’s Broker:

   Collectively, CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and CPC.

The commission payable to Landlord’s Broker with respect to this Agreement shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the separate commission in effect between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. Landlord’s Broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenant’s Broker if so provided in any agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Nothing in this Agreement shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlord’s Broker.

 

- 9 -


8. As additional consideration for this Agreement, Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord on the date first above written as follows:

(a) The Lease for the Existing Space is in full force and effect.

(b) Tenant is in possession of the Premises denoted “Existing Space”.

(c) Base Rent for the Existing Space has been paid through January 31, 2010.

(d) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Existing Space have been paid through January 31, 2010.

(e) To Tenant’s knowledge, there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.

(f) All required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s improvements of the Existing Space have been received.

(g) To Tenant’s knowledge, there are no existing defenses or offsets which Tenant or Landlord has against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord or Tenant.

(h) Tenant has not sublet any portion of the Premises denoted “Existing Space” or assigned its interest in the Lease.

(i) Tenant’s representations and warranties in Section 53.1 of the Lease are true and correct.

9. Except as specifically provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease as amended hereby are confirmed and continue in full force and effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, administrators, successors and assigns (as the case may be) of the parties hereto. This Agreement and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement, set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Agreement. Tenant agrees that neither Tenant nor its agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant shall disclose any matters set forth in this Agreement or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the express written consent of Landlord. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control. Submission of this Agreement by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Agreement but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Agreement until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

“Landlord:”
WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company
By:  

The Prudential Insurance Company of

America, a New Jersey corporation, its

member

  By:  

/s/ Jeffrey D. Mills

   

Jeffrey D. Mills, Vice President

        [Printed Name and Title]
“Tenant:”
IMPERVA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Aviv Shoham

 

Aviv Shoham, VP Finance

              [Printed Name and Title]

 

- 11 -


EXHIBIT B-1

RELOCATION SPACE

(See Attached)

 

- 1 -


LOGO

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

Entity Name

  

State/Country of Incorporation

Imperva UK Ltd    United Kingdom
Imperva Italy SRL    Italy
Imperva France SARL    France
Imperva B.V.    The Netherlands
Imperva Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
Imperva Ltd.    Israel
Imperva Japan K.K.    Japan
Imperva Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
Incapsula, Inc.    Delaware
Incapsula Ltd.    Israel

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 17, 2011, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Imperva, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California

June 17, 2011

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global,

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 17, 2011, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Imperva, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

     A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel

June 17, 2011